Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout10/24/16 schematicdesignnarrative CHAUNCEY 404 E Collage St Iowa City, Iowa Schematic Design Development Design Narrative August 4, 2106 Blank Page Table of Contents Contents Page Participants 3 - 4 Code Analysis 5 - 30 Exterior Schematic Deign Development 31 - 35 Interior Schematic Design Development 36 - 46 LEED Worksheet 47 - 50 Geotechnical Report 51 - 126 Acoustical Report 127 - 148 Roofing Report 149 - 156 Plumbing Cut Sheets 157 - 262 Light Fixture Cut Sheets 263 -559 Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC BLANK PAGE Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC PARTICIPANTS DEVELOPER moengroup 201 E College Street Iowa City, Iowa 52240 319 430 3010 ARCHITECT: Rohrbach Associates PC 325 E. Washington Street, Suite 400 Iowa City, Iowa 52244-2238 319 338 9311 MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEER: Alvine Engineering 1102 Douglas Street Omaha, NE 68102 402 348 7007 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER M2B Structural Engineers nd 422 2 Avenue SE Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401 319 364 0666 CIVIL ENGINEER hbk Engineering 509 S Gilbert Street Iowa City, Iowa 52240 319 338 7557 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT genus Landscape Architects th 325 E 5 Street Des Moines, Iowa 50309 515 284 1010 ACOUSTICAL CONSULTANT Kirkegaard Associates 801 W Adam Street th 8 Floor Chicago, Illinois 60607 312 441 1980 Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC BLANK PAGE Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC CODE ANALYSIS Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC BLANK PAGE Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC Code Analysis INTRODUCTION This report represents a preliminary review and analysis of major building code, fire protection, and life safety features required for the Chauncey project located at the corner of College and Gilbert Street in Iowa City, Iowa. The following Fire and Life Safety Building Code report presents the detailed code requirements of the 2015 Edition of the International Building Code (IBC) and applicable referenced standards. Fire Protection and Life Safety Plan involves several interdependent elements including: 1. Means of Egress 2. Smoke Control Systems 3. Compartmentation 4. Automatic Fire Detection, Emergency Voice/Alarm Communication Systems 5. Fire Command and Control Strategy 6. Smoke Proof Enclosures 7. Type of Construction 8. Fire-resistance Rated Construction, Fire Walls, Fire Barriers, Fire Partitions, Fire Rated Doors, Etc. 9. Smoke Barriers and Smoke Partitions 10. Structural Fire Protection Requirements 11. Allowable Height and Area 12. Occupancy Separation Requirements 13. Interior Finish Requirements 14. Illumination of Means of Egress (Emergency Lighting and Exit Sign) 15. Standby Power and Emergency Power Systems 16. Limiting Distance Between Buildings PROJECT DESCRIPTION The Chauncey LLC building a 15 story high rise mixed used commercial and residential building as follows. Floor Usage Area (gsf) Elevation Ground Floor Parking, Mechanical and Tenant Storage 24,939 0’-0” (656’) First Floor Bowling Alley, Restaurant, Theaters and Lobby 24,709 14’’-6” (670’-6” Second Floor. Bowling Alley, Restaurant and Lobby 25,215 14’-0” (684’-6”) Third Floor Commercial Office 22,430 14’-0” (698’-6”) Fourth Floor Commercial Office 21,063 13’-0” (711’-6”) Fifth Floor Hotel 14,525 17’-0” (728’-6”) Sixth Floor Hotel 14,525 10’-6” (739’-0”) Seventh Floor Hotel 14,525 10’-6” (749’-6”) Eight Floor Residential Condominium 14,525 10’-6” (760’-0”) Ninth Floor Residential Condominium 14,525 10’-6” (770’-6”) Tenth Floor Residential Condominium 14,317 10’-6” (781’-0”) Eleventh Floor Residential Condominium 14,317 10’-6” (791’-6”) Twelfth Floor Residential Condominium 14,317 10’-6” (802’-0”) Thirteenth Floor Residential Condominium 14,317 10’-6” (812’-6”) Fourteenth Floor Residential Condominium 14,317 10’-6” (823’-0”) Fifteenth Floor Residential Condominium w/ mezzanine 25,315 10’-6” (833’-6”) Total Gross Area 287,881 (860’-0”) Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC APPLICABLE CODES 2015 International Building Code is the current code design document per the State of Iowa. The IBC will address general construction limitations (i.e. height and area) and building core and shell requirements, means of egress system and is referenced for occupancy specific requirements. The following is a list of applicable fire/life safety codes, or referenced standards for this project: International Building Code (IBC), 2015 Edition with state amendments State of Iowa plumbing Code (Uniform Plumbing Code 2012 with state amendments) 2012 International Plumbing Code, table 403.1 o International Mechanical Code 2012 Edition with state amendments 2015 International Fire Code 2014 National Electrical Code 2012 International Energy Conservation Code IBC CHAPTER 300 301 USE GROUP CLASSIFICATION This project contains the following use group classifications (IBC Chapter 3: USE OCCUPANCY Residential Condominium Group R-2 (IBC 310.4) Theaters – Fixed Seats Group A-1 (IBC 303.2) Bowling Group A-3 (IBC 303.4) Restaurant Group A-2 (IBS 303.3) Hotel Group R-1 (IBC 310.3) Commercial Office Group B (IBC 304) Mechanical Accessory Parking (Public Enclosed Garage – size constraints) Group U (IBC 312 and 406.4) IBC CHAPTER 400 403 IBC CHAPTER 4 HIGH-RISE BUILDINGS 403.2.1.1 Type of Construction: Buildings less than 420’ tall with a monitored fire sprinkler system, construction type can be reduced from a Type 1A to a Type 1B, except columns. 403.2.4 The bond strength for spray fire-resistant materials is 430 psf. 403.3.2 Required fire pumps shall be supplied by connections to a minimum of two water mains located in different streets. Exception: Two connections to the same main shall be permitted provided the main is valve such that an interruption can be isolated so that the water supply will continue without interruption though at least one of the connections. 403.4.5 Emergency responder radio coverage: Shall be provided in accordance with International Fire Code Section 510. 403.4.6 Fire command center complying with section 911. 403.4.8.1 If standby power system is a generator set inside a building, the generator shall be located in a separate room enclosed with 2-hr fire barriers. 403.5.5.1 Luminous egress path marking: Occupancy types A, B and R-1 require egress path to be marked with luminous indicators per IBC 1025. Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC 403.6.1 Fire service access elevator. In buildings with an occupied floor more than 120 feet (36 576 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access, a minimum of two fire service access elevator shall be provided in accordance with Section 3007. 406 MOTOR VEHICAL RELATED OCCUPANCIES 406.4 Public Parking Garage. Private garages are limited to 1,000 SF so this is considered a Public Garage. 406.4.1 Clear height: Not less than 7’-0” at vehicle and pedestrian traffic areas. 406.6. Enclosed parking Garages: 406.6.2 Mechanical ventilation to comply with International Mechanical Code. 409 MOTION PICTURE PROJECTION ROOMS 409.1 The two theaters will project digital images and ribbon type films but not nitrate based films. 420 GROUPS R-1, R-2 420.2 Walls separating dwelling units in the same building, walls separating sleeping units in the same building and walls separating dwelling or sleeping units from other occupancies contiguous to them in the same building shall be constructed as fire partitions in accordance with section 708. 420.3 Horizontal separation. Floor assemblies separating dwellingunits in the same buildings, floor assemblies separating sleeping units in the same building and floor assemblies separating dwelling or sleeping units from other occupancies contiguous to them in the same building shall be constructed as horizontal assemblies in accordance with Section 711. IBC CHAPTER 500 504 BUILDING HEIGHT AND NUMBER OF STORIES IBC Table 504.3 Allowable building height in feet above grade: Occupancy Classification Fire Sprinkler Construction Type 1A A and B S UL R S UL * IBC 403.2.1.1 allows buildings under 420’ tall with fully sprinkler system to be reduced to a Construction Type 1B IBC Table 504.4 Allowable Number of Stories above Grade Occupancy Classification Fire Sprinkler Constriction Type 1A A1 S UL A2 S UL A3 S UL B S UL R1 S UL R2 S UL U S UL Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC 506 BUILDING AREA IBC Table 506.2 Allowable Area Factor in Square Feet Occupancy Classification Fire Sprinkler Construction Type 1A Construction Type 1B A1 S UL UL A2 S UL UL A3 S UL UL B S UL UL R1 S UL UL R2 S UL UL U S UL 106,500 508 MULTIPLE OCCUPANCIES The IBC permits buildings with multiple occupancies to be addressed in three ways – accessory uses (IBC 508.2), non-separated occupancies \[IBC 508.3\] or as separated occupancies. \[IBC 508.4\] 508.3 In non-separated occupancies, each portion of the building is classified as to its use and all code issues related to that occupancy are considered provided the most restrictive provision of Chapter 403 (High-Rise Buildings) and fire protection provisions of Chapter 9 are applied throughout the building containing the non- separated occupancies. No specific fire resistive separations are required between the mixed occupancies. IBC CHAPTER 6 CONSTRUCTION TYPES The IBC regulates the construction type of a building based upon the building’s height and area, use group classification, percent open exterior perimeter, and presence, or lack thereof, of automatic sprinkler systems. The construction type dictates the requirements for the fire resistance rating of various structural members, shafts, partitions and other building elements as discussed below. 601.1 CONSTRUCTION TYPE For this project, the type of construction is dictated by the height of the building. The height of a building, per IBC Section 502.1, is the vertical distance from grade plane (the average of finished ground adjoining the building at the exterior walls) to the average height of the highest roof surface. Per IBC Table 503, 601.2 FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS (TYPE IA CONSTRUCTION) Chapter 6 in the IBC establishes the requirements for the types of construction. The following table outlines the fire resistance rated building elements required for this project. Table 601 1A Fire Resistance 1b Fire Rating (Hours)Resistance Rating 5 (Hours) Structural Frame 32 2 1 Interior Bearing Walls 3 2 2 Exterior Bearing Walls 3 2 1 Exterior Nonbearing Walls and Partitions \[IBC Table 10’-0” from parking 602\] garage Interior Nonbearing Walls and Partitions 0 0 Floor Construction 2 2 Roof Construction and Secondary Members 1 1/2 1 1. Includes columns and girders, beams, trusses and spandrels having direct connections to the columns and bracing members designed to carry gravity loads. 2. The fire resistance ratings of structural frame and bearing walls are permitted to be reduced by 1-hour where supporting a roof only. 3. Not less than the rating required by other sections of the code 4. Denotes Non-combustible 5. Sprayed fire resistant materials shall have a minimum bond strength of 430 psf per IBC Table 403.2.4 Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC Table 602 FIRETYPES OF OCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY GROUP A, SEPARATIONCONSTRUCTION GROUP HGROUP F-1, M, S-1B, E, F-2, R, S-2, U fggb DISTANCE = X (feet) X < 5 All 3 2 1 c 5 < X < 10 IA321 ( EAST 1-4) Others211 10 < X < 30 IA, IB 211 (East 5-15) IIB, VB 100 Others111 d X > 30 All 0 0 0 ( all other) For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm. a. Load-bearing exterior walls shall also comply with the fire-resistance rating requirements of Table 601. b. For special requirements for Group U occupancies, see Section 406.3. c. See Section 706.1.1 for party walls. d. Open parking garages complying with Section 406 shall not be required to have a fire-resistance rating. e. The fire-resistance rating of an exterior wall is determined based upon the fire separation distance of the exterior wall and the story in which the wall is located. f. For special requirements for Group H occupancies, see Section 415.5. g. For special requirements for Group S aircraft hangars, see Section 412.4.1. h. Where Table 705.8 permits nonbearing exterior walls with unlimited area of unprotected openings, the required fire-resistance rating for the exterior walls is 0 hours. IBC CHAPTER 7 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES Chapter 7 in the IBC establishes minimum fire resistance ratings for the materials for the various building elements to safeguard against the spread of fire and smoke within and around the building. Fire ratings range from 0-4 hours. The following table outlines the fire resistance rated building elements required for this project. 705 EXTERIOR WALLS: In addition to the exterior bearing wall fire resistance rating requirements noted above, the required fire resistance rating of exterior walls is also governed by the horizontal separation of the exterior wall to the nearest property line or center of street. Horizontal separation is measured at a 90-degree angle to the building face. Load bearing and non-load bearing exterior walls are required to be provided with the following fire resistance ratings based upon the horizontal separation as follows: Horizontal Separation (IBC Table 602) 0 < 55 to < 1010 to < 30>30 1* 1 – east 1 thru 4 0 – east 5 thru 15 0 – all other * 2 Hours Required for S-1 Occupancies Openings in exterior walls can be either protected or unprotected. The maximum area of unprotected or protected openings permitted in an exterior wall in any story may not exceed the values set forth in IBC Table 705.8, which is summarized below. Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC OpeningFire Separation Distance (feet) Classification 0<3 3<5 5<10 10<15 15<20 20<25 25<30 30> Unprotected NP NP 10% 15% 25% 45% 70% NL Non-Sprinklered Unprotected NP 15% 25%45%75%NL NL NR Sprinklered East East 5-SouthNorth G-4 15 West Protected NP 15% 25% 45% 75% NL NL NR NP = Not Permitted NL = Not Limited NR = Not Required For an opening to be considered protected the opening must have a labeled fire door or shutter assembly \[IBC Section 715.4\] or an exterior fire window assembly \[IBC Section 715.5\]. Sprinkler protection throughout the building including an approved water curtain to protect exterior openings. \[IBC Section 705.8.2\] Sprinkler Allowance: The maximum allowable area of unprotected openings in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system is the same as those for protected openings. \[IBC 705.8.1\] both Openings may be unprotected and not limited in total area, if the following conditions are met: The openings are in the first story. The openings are in an exterior wall facing a street, and the fire separation distance from the exterior wall is at least 15 feet or facing an unoccupied space. This unoccupied space must be at least 30 feet wide and be accessible from the street by a posted fire lane. \[IBC Section 705.8.1, Exception 1\] OR Buildings with exterior bearing walls, non-bearing walls and primary structural frame are not required to be fire-resistance rated. \[IBC 705.8.1, Exception 2\] 708 FIRE PARTITIONS :Fire partitions provide separation between spaces or rooms on the same level including sleeping units, corridor walls and required elevator lobbies. In most cases, the fire partition is continuous from the floor to the underside of the floor deck or roof deck above. Fire partitions that are not continuous must be appropriately fire-stopped. Fire partitions are required to have a 1-hour fire resistance rating, but may be reduced for corridor walls per IBC Table 1018.1. 708.3 Exception 1 – Separation of corridor walls can be ½ hour as per table 1020.1 708.3 Exception 2 – Separation between sleeping rooms of R occupancy is ½ hour 709 SMOKE BARRIERS: The smoke barrier protects against the penetration of smoke both horizontally and vertically and must have a 1-hour rating. The smoke barrier must be continuous from wall to wall or from the floor to the underside of the floor/ceiling or roof deck above. Openings, penetrations and joints must be protected accordingly 710 SMOKE PARTITIONS: The smoke partition protects against the penetration of smoke between spaces and room on the same level, but unlike the smoke barrier, this partition does not have to be rated construction. The smoke partition must be continuous from the floor to the underside of the floor/ceiling or roof deck above. Opening, penetrations and joints must be appropriately sealed to protect against the “free passage of smoke”. Smoke partitions are not required to have a fire resistance rating unless specified in the code 711 HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLY: Horizontal assembly pertains mainly to the construction of roofs and floors. Roofs: Roof assemblies protect against the spread of fire between buildings. All roof assemblies are required to be constructed of material that is permitted by the building's type of construction and in accordance with Table 601. Floors:Floor assemblies protect against the spread of smoke and fire between stories and can be used to separate different occupancies in a building. Floors can be constructed as a fire barrier. Table 601 provides the minimum required fire-resistance rating, which is dependent on the type of construction. Both roof and floor construction is required to have all openings, penetrations, and joints constructed in accordance with IBC Sections 713, 714 and 716. Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC 713 SHAFT ENCLOSURES: A shaft is an enclosed vertical space that extends through one or more stories of a building and is constructed to match the building construction type. Shafts protect against the spread of fire and smoke between stories. All penetrations through the enclosure shall be appropriately protected. Shafts are most often created for mechanical, electrical and plumbing chases, elevator and dumbwaiter lifts, and laundry and refuse chutes. HeightFire Resistance Rating Connecting four (4) or more stories 2-hour 1 Connecting less than four (4) stories 1-hour, but not less than the rating of the floor being penetrated. 1. Per IBC Section 403.2.1.2 the fire resistance of shafts other than exit enclosures and elevator hoistway enclosures may be reduced to 1-hour where the shaft is provided with automatic sprinklers at the top and at alternate levels. 716 OPENING PROTECTION: All openings in fire resistance rated walls or smoke partitions must be self- closing, positively latching, and must possess the proper fire resistance rating to maintain the integrity of the assembly penetrated as indicated in the table below. REQUIRED ASSEMBLY MINIMUM FIRE DOOR AND TYPE OF ASSEMBLYRATINGFIRE SHUTTER ASSEMBLY (hours)RATING (hours) Fire walls and fire barriers having a 43 required fire-resistance rating greater 33 1 than 1 hour 21 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 Fire barriers having a required fire- resistance rating of 1 hour: - Shaft, exit enclosure and exit passageway walls 11 - Other fire barriers 13/4 Fire partitions: Corridor walls 11/3 0.51/3 Other fire partitions 13/4 0.51/3 31 1/2 Exterior walls 21 1/2 13/4 Smoke barriers 1 1/3 1. Two doors, each with a fire protection rating of 1 ½ hours, installed on opposite sides of the same opening in a fire wall, shall be deemed equivalent in fire protection rating to one 3-hour fire door. Door assemblies in corridors, exit enclosures and exit passageways must be listed smoke and draft control assemblies. Louvers in these doors are not allowed. Glazing is permitted in limited capacity of fire doors. The location, area and rating of the glazing must be reviewed against NFPA 80 and NFPA 257. All penetrations through fire resistance rated barriers or smoke partitions must be protected with approved firestop assemblies. CHAPTER 8 INTERIOR FINISH Chapter 8 of the IBC regulates the interior finish and trim of buildings. Interior finish consists of all exposed surfaces of walls, ceilings and floors within buildings and is further categorized as interior ceiling finish, interior floor finish or interior wall finish. Interior wall or ceiling finish required to be either Class A, Class B or Class C Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC must be classified based on test results from NFPA 286, Standard Method of Fire Test for Evaluation Contribution of Wall and Ceiling Interior Finish to Room Fire Growth; NFPA 265, Standard Method of Fire Test for Evaluating Room Fire Growth Contributions of Textile Wall Coverings on Full Height Panels of Walls; ASTM E84, Standard Test Method of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; or UL 723, Standard for Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials as follows \[IBC Section 803.1\]: ClassificationFlame SpreadSmoke Developed Class A 0 – 25 0 – 450 Class B 26 – 75 0 – 450 Class C 76 – 200 0 – 450 Interior finish materials that have a flame-spread rating in excess of 200 or a smoke-developed rating in excess of 450 are not permitted. Interior floor finishes are classified as either Class I or Class II; Class I interior floor finishes are characterized by a critical radiant flux not less than 0.45 W/cm and Class II interior 2 floor finishes are characterized by a critical radiant heat flux not less than 0.22 W/cm. \[IBC Section 10.2.7.4\] 2 The interior finishes provided within the project should have flame-spread classifications that do not exceed the following classifications in the locations identified. Minimum Interior Finish Requirements – Fully Sprinklered Building \[IBC Table 803.11\] ExitsCorridorsOther Spaces Use Group Assembly (A) Walls/Ceilings B BC No Rating No Rating No Rating Floors Business (B R-1) Walls/Ceilings B CC No Rating No Rating No Rating Floors Residential (R-2) Walls/Ceilings C CC No Rating No Rating No Rating Floors Storage Walls/Ceilings C CC No Rating No Rating No Rating Floors SUMMARY OF FIRE RESISTANCE RATED SEPARATIONS The following table is a summary of the fire resistance rated separations required for this project as outlined in the pertinent sections of this report. Additional fire resistive separations are required as outlined in other sections, this table is intended to serve as a summary reference. Building Areas Requiring Separation Fire Resistance Rating (Hours) Corridor Walls \[IBC 1020.1\] in R occupancy ½ Stairways connecting 4 or more stories \[IBC 1022.1\] 2 Laundry Rooms over 100 square feet\[IBC Table 508.2.5\] 1 or Fire Sprinklers Elevator Shafts \[IBC 708.14\] 2 Elevator Machine Room \[IBC Table 3006.4\] 2 Furnace Room where any piece of equipment is over 400,000 Btu/hour input \[IBC 1 or Fire Sprinklers Table 508.2.5\] Boiler rooms where largest piece of equipment is over 15 psi and 10 horsepower 0 or Fire Sprinklers \[IBC Table 28.3.2.2.2\] 1. Per IBC Section 403.2.1.2 the fire resistance of shafts other than exit enclosures and elevator hoistway enclosures may be reduced to 1-hour where the shaft is provided with automatic sprinklers at the top and at alternate levels. Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC CHAPTER 9 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS Fire protection systems serve several purposes in addition to providing adequate protection from fire. Fire protection systems consist of approved equipment and systems or combinations of systems used to: detect a fire activate an alarm extinguish or control a fire; or control or manage smoke and products of a fire or any combination thereof 903 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM An automatic sprinkler system is required throughout all buildings with a Group R fire area \[IBC 903.2.8\] and in all occupancies where the building has a floor level > 55 above fire department vehicle access and 30 or more occupants on the floor. \[IBC 903.2.11.3\] The automatic sprinkler system shall be designed per the requirements of NFPA 13, 2007 edition. \[IBC 903.3.1.1\] All valves controlling water supply to an automatic sprinkler system, pumps, tanks, water levels and temperatures, air pressures, and water-flow switches shall be electronically supervised. For this project, sprinklers within sleeping units shall be quick response sprinklers or residential sprinklers per IBC 903.3.2. Automatic sprinklers are not required in the following rooms or spaces when an approved fire detection device is provided. \[IBC 903.3.1.1.1\] Any room or space where the application of water constitutes a serious life or fire hazard. Any room or space where sprinklers are considered undesirable because of the nature of the contents, when approved by the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ). Generator and transformer rooms separated from the remainder of the building by walls and floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assemblies having a fire resistance rating of not less than two hours. This must be coordinated with the National Electric Code to determine the required fire resistance rating of the rooms containing such equipment. In rooms or areas that are of noncombustible construction with wholly noncombustible contents. Fire service access elevator machine rooms and machinery spaces. Other than the spaces specified above, automatic sprinklers installed throughout the entire building including must be in accordance with NFPA 13. Sprinklers shall not be omitted from any room or space merely because it is contained in fire resistance rated construction or contains electrical equipment. \[IBC 903.3.1.1\] The sprinkler systems must be zoned by building area, by floor level and in accordance with the maximum area of coverage per NFPA 13. Where a high-rise building is assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F a secondary on-site water supply equal to the hydraulically calculated sprinkler demand shall be provided. 905 STANDPIPE SYSTEM: A Class I standpipe system is required in buildings equipped with an automatic sprinkler system where the floor level of the highest story is located more than 30 feet above the lowest level of fire department access or where the floor level of the lowest story is located more than 30 feet below the highest level of fire department access. \[IBC 905.3.1 exception 1\] Thus, the entire building from the lowest level to the topmost level must be provided with a Class I automatic standpipe system. The standpipe system must be interconnected and designed in accordance with NFPA 14, 2007 Edition. \[IBC 905.2, IBC 905.4.2, IBC 2.2\] Class I standpipe hose connections are required in the following locations \[IBC 905.4\]: In every required stairway at the intermediate landing of each floor level above and below grade. On each side of the wall adjacent to the exit opening of a horizontal exit, unless the exit is reachable from exit stairway hose connections by a 30-foot hose stream from a nozzle attached to 100 feet of hose. In every exit passageway at the entrance from the exit passageway to other areas of a building unless the exit is reachable from exit stairway hose connections by a 30-foot hose stream from a nozzle attached to 100 feet of hose. Where the most remote portion of a floor or story is more than 200-feet from a hose connection, the AHJ is authorized to require that additional intermediate hose connections be provided; Where the roof has a slope less than four units vertical in 12 units horizontal, each standpipe must be provided with a hose connection located either on the roof or at the highest landing of stairways with Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC stair access to the roof. An additional hose connection is required at the top of the most hydraulically remote standpipe for testing purposes. The Class I automatic wet standpipe system must be designed in accordance with the pressure and flow requirements of NFPA 14 Per NFPA 14, Section 7.10, the minimum flow rate for the hydraulically most demanding standpipe is 500 GPM at a residual pressure of 6.9 bar (100-psi). The minimum flow rate for additional standpipes is 250 GPM per standpipe at the same residual pressure with the total not to exceed 1000 GPM. The demand for the sprinkler system is not considered concurrently with the standpipe demand in buildings protected throughout with a sprinkler system. Where the static pressure at a hose connection exceeds 175 psi, an approved pressure-regulating device is required to limit static and residual pressures to 175 psi. 906 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: Portable fire extinguishers are required in all Group A, B and R occupancies. \[IFC 906.1\] The size and distribution of portable fire extinguishers must be in accordance with NFPA 10, 2007 edition. For most areas, in the occupancies noted above, an approved fire extinguisher is required within 75 of all occupied portions of the building and shall be located in a conspicuous area that is not obstructed or obscured from view. Portable extinguishers less than 40 lbs. shall be mounted so that its top is no more than 5 feet above the floor. An extinguisher weighing more than 40 pounds is installed so that ͵ its top is no more than 3.5 feet above the floor 907 FIRE DETECTION AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS: Fire alarm systems are a means to detect fire and a means of emergency notification to building occupants and to emergency responders and should be designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 72 (2007 edition) including the primary and secondary power and associated wiring. Fire alarm systems are required in the following uses and situations that pertain to The Chauncey based on: number of occupants capability of the occupants height and area of the building Residential Use Group R requires the installation of a manual fire alarm system whenever sleeping units are located three or more stories above grade, more than story below grade or when a building contains more than 16 sleeping units. \[907.2..9.1\] Manual fire alarm boxes are not required in a building with an automatic sprinkler system equipped with water flow detection devices that activate the occupant notification appliances. \[IBC 907.2.9.1 exception 2\] Smoke alarms (single- or multiple-station) shall be installed in Group R-1 occupancies regardless of occupant load in the following locations \[IBC 907.2.11.2\]: outside of each separate sleeping area in the immediate vicinity of bedrooms in each room used for sleeping Food preparation areas Smoke alarms within individual sleeping rooms or dwelling units shall be interconnected. \[IBC 907.2.11.3\] If a building is equipped with an approved automatic sprinkler system monitored by the fire alarm system, smoke detectors (or other automatic fire detection where ambient conditions prohibit the installation of smoke detectors) may be substituted for required heat detectors. Smoke detectors are required as follows: in each mechanical equipment, electrical, transformer, telephone equipment, elevator machine rooms or similar room, which is not provided with sprinkler protection; in the main return air and exhaust air plenum of each air conditioning system having a single or combined capacity greater than 2,000 cfm. Such detectors shall be located in a serviceable area downstream of the last duct inlet; at each connection to a vertical duct or riser serving two or more stories from a return air duct or plenum of an air conditioning system having a capacity greater than 15,000 cfm \[IMC Section 606\] Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC Visual notification devices are required in public and common use areas \[IBC 907.5.2.3.1\] and where there audible alarm coverage in employee work areas, the notification appliance circuits serving the employee work areas shall be designed with a minimum of 20 percent spare capacity for the potential of adding visible notification appliances in the future. \[IBC 907.5.2.3.2\] In Group R-2 occupancies all dwelling units and sleeping units shall be provided with the capability to support visual alarms. \[907.5.2.3.4\] Audible alarm notification devices shall emit a distinctive sound that provides a sound pressure level of 15 decibels above the average ambient sound. \[IBC 907.5.2.1\] Notification appliances shall be located and designed in accordance with NFPA 72 (2007 Edition). Where audible appliances are installed to provide signals for sleeping areas, they shall have at least 15 dB above the average ambient sound level or 5 dB above the maximum sound level for at least 60 seconds, or a sound level of 75 dB, whichever is greater measured at the pillow. The primary and secondary power supplies for the fire alarm system are required in accordance with NFPA 72. Per NFPA 72 Section 4.4.1.3.1, at least two independent and reliable power supplies are required, one primary and one secondary, each of which has adequate capacity for the application. All fire alarm systems shall be monitored by an approved supervising station in accordance with NFPA 72. 911 FIRE COMMAND CENTER: The Chauncey will be equipped with a fire command center. Location to be approved by the Fire Chief. Room to be constructed with no less than a 1 hour rated construction. Room size 200 square feet with no dimension less than 10’. The command center shall comply with NFPA 72 and include the following features: • Emergency voice/alarm communication system. • Fire department communication system. • Fire detection and alarm annunciator. • Annunciator unit visually indicating location of elevators and operation. • Status indicators and controls for air distribution systems. • Fire fighter’s control panel for smoke control systems. • Controls for unlocking stairway doors simultaneously. • Sprinkler valve and water flow detector display panels. • Emergency and power status indicators. • A telephone for fire department use with controlled access to public telephones. • Fire pumps status indicators. • Schematic building plans detailing building core, egress, fire protection systems, firefighting equipment, fire department access, fire resistive and smoke resistive construction. • Work table. • Generator supervision devices, manual start and transfer features. • Public address system, if required • Elevator fire recall switch. 913 FIRE PUMP ROOM: The Chauncey will have a fire pump room constructed with a 2 hour rate wall system. CHAPTER 10 MEANS OF EGRESS 1002 DEFINITIONS: The means of egress has three distinct parts – exit access, exit and exit discharge. exit access The is “that portion of the means of egress system that leads from an occupied portion of a building or structure to an exit”. \[IBC 1002\] exit The is that portion of the means of egress following the exit access, separated by fire-resistance- rated construction to provide a protected pathway (vertically or horizontally) to the exits discharge. Exits include exterior exit doors at the level of exit discharge, vertical exit enclosures, exit passageways, exterior exit stairways, exterior exit ramps and horizontal exits. \[IBC 1002\] exit discharge The between the termination of an exit and the part of the means of egress that leads to the public way. \[IBC 1002\] The means of egress involves a variety of other regulated elements including, but not limited to, occupant load, illumination, doorways, stairways, ramps, signage, distance, hardware, enclosures and corridors all of which are integrated to provide a reasonably safe passage out of the building. Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC 1003 GENERAL MEANS OF EGRESS 1003.2 Ceiling Height: Headroom height in the means of egress shall not be less than 7’-6”. Headroom in doorways and specified projections/protrusions within the means of egress shall not be less than 6’- 8”. 1003.4 Floor Surface: The floor surface meant for walking shall be uniformly slip-resistant along the path of travel. Changes in elevation less than 12” shall be accomplished by means of a ramp complying with IBC 1010, when the slope is greater than 1:20. A single riser not greater than 7” is permitted at an exterior stair or two risers and one tread stair is permitted at locations not required to accessible. Where a stair is used the tread depth shall not be less than 13 in. \[IBC 1003.5, exceptions 1 and 2\] Guards shall be used where the open side of a means of egress exceeds 30 in. above the floor or grade below. \[IBC 1013.1\] 1003.6 Means of Egress Continuity: The means of egress shall not be interrupted by any building element other than components of the means of egress and the capacity of the pathway shall not diminish. 1004 OCCUPANT LOAD AND EXIT CAPACITY - GENERAL Determining the occupant load defines the means of egress components and, conversely, the means of egress components define the occupant load. Occupant loads shall be calculated to include the primary space and any accessory space exiting through the primary space. The occupant loads for each space within the project are calculated using the maximum floor area allowances per occupant identified in IBC Table 1004.1.1. The occupant load factors utilized for this project are as follows. The occupant load factors apply to the gross square footage of a space unless otherwise noted: Space / Area Occupant Load Factor sq.ft. / person Assembly - Fixed Seats Per Count Assembly – Chairs and Tables 15 net Bowling Center 5 per lane + 7 net Business 100 gross Exercise Room 50 gross Kitchen - Commercial 200 gross Parking Garage 200 gross Residential 200 gross Thegross square footage refers to the floor area within the inside perimeter of the outside walls of the building under construction with no deduction for hallways, stairs, closets, thickness of interior walls, columns or other features. \[IBC 1002\] Thenet square footage refers to the floor area within the inside perimeter of the outside walls, or the outside walls and firewalls under consideration with deductions for unoccupied accessory areas such as corridors, stairs, closets, toilet rooms, thickness of interior walls, column or other features. \[IBC 1002\] These calculated occupant loads are then used to determine the minimum required size of the building’s egress elements, using the egress width per occupant factors identified in IBC Table 7.3.3.1, as replicated below: Egress Component Egress Width per Occupant Served inches / occupant Stairways 0.3 Doors, ramps and corridors 0.2 Where there are multiple egresses, the means of egress shall be sized such that the loss of any one means of egress will not reduce the available capacity to less than 50 percent. \[IBC1005.1\] Where an exit serves more than one story only the occupant load of each story is considered \[IBC 1005.1\]; however, where a means of a egress from a story above or a story below converge at an intermediate story the width of the egress shall not be less than the sum of the capacity of the two means of egress. \[IBC 1004.5\] Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC Occupant Load Calculations Occupan Occ. Load Min. FloortMin. # offor each Egress# of LevelOccupancy AreaLoadWidth of Occ.Stair/ExitWidth per Stairs Types(SF)FactorStair (persons)Exit (SF/Occ) 44 in. Level 15 Residential 10,249 200 51.2 25.6 36 in. 2 Level 15 Mechanical 159 300 .5 .25 Level 14 Residential 9,538 200 48.1 24.0 36 in. 2 44 in. Level 14 Mechanical 210 300 0.7 0.4 Level 13 Residential 9,619 200 40.5 20.3 36 in. 2 44 in. Level 13 Mechanical 188 300 0.6 0.3 Level 12 Residential 9,611 200 48.0 24.0 36 in. 2 44 in. Level 12 Mechanical 210 300 0.7 .04 Level 11 Residential 9,480 200 47.4 23.7 36 in. 2 44 in. Level 11 Mechanical 209 300 0.7 0.4 Level 10 Residential 9,492 200 47.5 23.7 36 in. 2 44 in. Level 10 Mechanical 207 300 0.7 0.4 Level 9 Residential 10,527 200 52.6 26.3 36 in. 2 44 in. Level 9 Mechanical 211 300 0.7 0.4 Level 8 Hotel 8,673 200 43.4 21.7 36 in. 2 44 in. Level 8 Mechanical 178 300 0.6 0.3 Level 7 Hotel 8,600 200 43.4 21.7 36 in. 2 44 in. Level 7 Mechanical 175 300 0.6 0.3 Level 6 Hotel 8.602 200 43.4 21.7 36 in. 2 44 in. Level 6 Mechanical 222 300 0.7 0.4 Level 5 Hotel 7,688 200 38.4 19.2 Level 5 Exercise 993 50 19.9 9.9 36 in. 2 44 in. Level 5 Mechanical 160 300 0.58 0.3 .. Level 4 Business 16,874 100 168.7 84.4 36 in. 244 in. Level 4 Mechanical 290 300 1.0 0.5 Level 3 Business 18,313 100 183.1 91.5 36 in. 2 44 in. Level 3 Mechanical 308 300 1.0 0.5 Level 2 Bowling 6 Lane 5 per lane 30 15 Assembly Level 2 2,481 15 165.4 82.7 (restaurant) 36 in.244 in. Level 2 Theater 3 792 15 52.8 26.4 Level 2 Business 2,690 100 26.9 13.5 Level 2 Theater 107* 41.7 Level 2 Mechanical 734 300 2.4 1.2 Level 1 Bowling 6 Lanes 5 per lane 30 15 2 exit at grade Assembly 72” each Level 1 4,093 15 272.9 136.4 (Restaurant) Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC Occupant Load Calculations Occupan Occ. Load Min. FloortMin. # offor each Egress# of LevelOccupancy AreaLoadWidth of Occ.Stair/ExitWidth per Stairs Types(SF)FactorStair (persons)Exit (SF/Occ) Level 1 Theater 107* 62.5 Level 1 Kitchen 1,278 200 6.4 3.2 Mechanical / Level 1 1,050 300 3.5 1.8 loading Level 1 Business 1,096 100 11.0 5.5 36 in Level 0 Parking 17,516 200 87.6 43.8 1 at grade And 1 stair Level 0 Mechanical 300 10 3.3 44” 5,134 ƭƷƓķ Ϋ{ƌƚƦĻŅƌƚƚƩƷŷĻğƷĻƩ͵IğƌŅƚĭĭǒƦğƓƷƭĭğƌĭǒƌğƷĻķƷƚĻǣźƷƚƓЊŅƌƚƚƩğƓķŷğƌŅƚƓЋŅƌƚƚƩ 1006 NUMBER OF EXITS Floor areas must be provided with the minimum number of approved, independent exits as required IBC Table 1006.3 based upon occupant load, as summarized below: Occupant Load Minimum Number of Exits 500 or LESS 2 (All Levels) 501 – 1,000 3 NA OVER 1,000 4 N/A Each floor of the building must be provided with a minimum of two exits. The number of available exits from any individual space within the building is typically determined by the common path of travel distance discussed below. Elevator lobbies are not required to be enclosed per IBC 1009.4, Exception 2. 1006.2.1 COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL Common path of travel is defined by the IBC as “the portion of exit access that must be traversed before two separate and distinct paths of travel to two exits are available.” The maximum allowable common path of travel distances for the occupancies present are as replicated below. Max. Common Path of Travel Ft. (Sprinklered) Occupancy Group A 75 Group B 100 Group R-1 75 Group R-3 125 1007 EXIT ACCESS ARRANGEMENT When two exits are required from a room or space, the exits must be separated by a minimum of one-third the maximum diagonal of the space served in a building protected throughout by a fire sprinkler system. \[IBC 1007.1.1, exception 2\] When three or more exits are required from a room or space, at least two of the exits must be separated by one-third the maximum diagonal of the room or space served. Exit separation is measured in a straight line between the nearest edges of the exit doors. 1008 ILLUMINATION OF MEANS OF EGRESS Illumination of the means of egress system is required and must be continuous during the time that the conditions of occupancy require the means of egress to be available for use. For the purpose of illumination requirements, the means of egress consists of designated stairs, aisles, corridors, ramps and passageways Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC leading to an exit and corridors, walkways and exit passageways leading to a public way. In the event of failure of the power supply, an emergency electrical system shall automatically illuminate aisles and unenclosed stairs in rooms or spaces that require two or more means of egress, corridors, exit enclosures, exit passageways, exterior egress components, exit discharge elements, and exterior landings. Emergency lighting must be provided for a duration of not less than 90 minutes. Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination of not less than an average of 1 ft-candle and, at any point, not less than 0.1 ft-candle measured along the path of egress travel at the floor level. Illumination levels are permitted to decline to not less than an average of 0.6 ft-candle and, at any point, not less than0.06 ft-candle at the end of the 90 minute duration. New emergency power systems for emergency lighting shall be at least Type 10, Class 1.5, Level 1, in accordance with NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems. 1009 ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS Areas accessible to people with severe mobility impairment require a minimum of two accessible means of egress. \[IBC 1009.1\] Access within the maximum permitted travel distance from any point on an accessible floor is required to a single accessible area of refuge or one accessible exit. Accessible stories four or more stories above the level of exit discharge are required to have at least one accessible elevator. Areas of refuge are not required in buildings with fully automatic fire sprinkler systems (1009.3 Except 5). 1010 EGRESS DOORS All exit and exit access doors must be side-hinged or pivoted-swinging type and must be capable of swinging to the full required width of the opening. The minimum required clear width for all means of egress doors is 32 in. Where double doors are provided, it is acceptable for one leaf to provide the minimum 32 in. clearance and for the other leaf to be smaller. No single door shall exceed a width of 48 in.\] The door height shall comply with the minimum headroom height in means of egress of 6’-8”. Egress doors serving an occupant load greater than 50 persons or serving an exit enclosure are required to swing in the direction of egress travel. \[IBC 1010.1.2.1\] 1011 STAIRWAYS Stairways and related elements shall comply with the basic items noted below: • The stair width must be sufficient for the occupant load being served, but must not be less than 44 in. or 36 in. if serving an occupant load of 50 or less. \[IBC 1011.2\] • Stairways must have a minimum headroom clearance of 80 in. measured vertically from the edge of the stair nosing. The clear headroom must be continuous above the stairway to the point where the line intersects the landing below, one tread depth beyond the bottom riser and maintained the for the full width of the stairway and landing. \[IBC Section 1011.3\] • Stair risers should be between 4 in. and 7 in. and stair treads should be 11 in. minimum \[IBC 1011.5.2\] Treads and risers shall be uniform in size and shape with a tolerance between the largest and smallest tread or riser of 3/8 in. \[IBC 1011.5.4\] • Landings must be provided at the top and bottom of every stairway. The landing width should not be less than the width of the stairway and the depth of the landing shall be equal to the width of the stairs, but the landing need not be greater than 48 in. where the stairway has a straight run. \[IBC 1009.5\] • At least one stairway shall extend to the roof \[IBC 1011.12\]. If the building roof is unoccupied, access is permitted to the roof through a hatch or trap door not less than 16 square feet with a minimum dimension of 2 feet. \[IBC Section 1011.12.1\] • Stairway handrails shall be between 34 in. and 38 in. above the tread nosing and have an outside diameter between 1-1/4 in. and 2 in. \[IBC 1014\]. Handrails shall return to the wall, guard walking surface or newel post. \[IBC 1014.6\] Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC • Guards shall not be less than 42 in. and shall have balusters or ornamental patterns such that a 4 in. diameter sphere cannot pass through any opening up to the required guard height except that between 36” and 42” openings shall not allow passage of a sphere 4-3/8” in diameter \[IBC 1015-3\] There is an exception of 6 in. for the area formed by the tread, riser and bottom of the guard. \[IBC 1015.4, exception 2\] • The building has three stair enclosures that extend from first floor to the twelfth floor. One of the stairway enclosures extend to the roof. See Section 6.5 for smoke proof enclosures and pressurized stairways. 1012 RAMPS Ramps are permitted as a part of a means of egress and must conform to the special requirements of IBC Section 1012, with the following parameters: FeatureDimensional Criteria in. Minimum width clear of all obstructions, except projections not more 36” clear but equal to corridor than 4.5 in at or below handrail height on each side width Maximum slope 1 in 12 Maximum cross slope 1 in 48 Maximum rise for a single ramp run 30 1017 TRAVEL DISTANCE Exits must be located such that the maximum length of exit access travel, measured from the most remote point to an approved exit along the natural and unobstructed line of travel does not exceed the distances summarized below for a building equipped throughout with automatic sprinkler protection \[IBC Table 1017.2\]. Max. Dead End in CorridorMax. Travel Distance Use Group Feet (Sprinklered Feet (Sprinklered) 1020.4 Ex#2) Group A 20 250 Group B 50 300 Group R-1 50 250 Group R-3 20 250 Dead-end corridors shall not be limited where the length of the dead-end is less than 2.5 times the width of the dead-end corridor. 1020 CORRIDORS Corridors are to be constructed with a fire rated wall in accordance IBC 1020.1 Occupancy B and A Occupancy greater than 30 Fully Sprinklered 0 HR Occupancy R Occupancy greater than 10 Fully Sprinklered 0.5 HR Minimum corridor width for all occupancies listed 44” 1023 EXIT ENCLOSURES / EXIT PASSAGEWAYS Interior exit stairways and interior exit ramps must be enclosed with fire barriers. \[IBC 1023.2\] All exit enclosures connecting four (4) or more stories must be two (2) hour fire resistance rated with 90-minute rated opening protection. Openings in exit enclosures are limited to doors from normally occupied spaces and corridors and doors for egress from the enclosure. An exit enclosure may not be used for any purpose that has the potential to interfere with its use as an exit. Exit Enclosure Fire Resistance Ratings HeightFire Resistance Rating Connecting four (4) or more stories 2-hour Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC 1025 LUMINOUS EGRESS PATH MARKINGS Approved luminous egress path markings delineating the exit path shall be provided in Group A and R-1 occupancy types. The following competent markings are required. Steps – A solid strip at the horizontal leading edge of each step 1 “wide Landing – A solid strip at the leading edge 1” wide Landing Demarcation -Within 4” of the perimeter of the landing (on wall or floor) Handrails – Solid strip on the top surface 1” wide Doors on the Exit Path – Door exit sign low on the door. 1” luminesce strip on the door frame and 1” luminescent strip on the panic rail 1028 EXIT DISCHARGE The base requirement for the arrangement of exit enclosure discharge in buildings is that up to 50% of the number and capacity of exit enclosures are permitted to discharge through areas on the level of exit discharge provided the building is protected by automatic sprinklers throughout. \[IBC 1028.1\] CHAPTER 11 ACCESSIBILITY IBC REQUIREMENTS 1107.4 Accessible Routes: Exception 1107.4.5 Accessible routes need not be provided to mezzanines with individual R1 Occupancies. 1107.6.1 Group R-1 (Hotel). In Group R-1 occupancies, Accessible units and Type B units shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1107.6.1. and 1107.6.1.2. Table 1107.6.1.1 Total numbers of units are 26 – 50 range so only 2 required units without roll in showers, 0 with roll in showers are required 1107.6.2.2.1 Accessible units R -2. Accessibledwelling units and sleeping units shall be provided in accordance with Table 1107.6.1.1. Table 1107.6.1.1 Total numbers of units are 50 – 75 range so only 3 required units without roll in showers, 1 with roll in showers are required The number of Accessible units required in these Group R-2 facilities I the same as that required in hotels and motels. All associated and shared areas (e.g., bathrooms, kitchens, study rooms) must also be accessible in accordance with ICC A117.1. A certain number of Accessible units must have associated bathrooms equipped with a roll-in shower. 1107.6.2.2.2 Type B units. Where there are four or more dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence in a single structure, every dwelling unit and every sleeping unit intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B unit. 8.2 ADA Requirements ADA REQUIREMENTS 221 Assembly Areas: Table 221.2.1 Theaters ranging from 26 to 50 seats shall provide 3 wheel chair Spaces Theaters ranging from 51 to 150 seats shall provide 4 wheel chair Spaces 224.1 Transient Lodging Guest Rooms Transient lodging facilities shall provide guest rooms in accordance with 224. Certain facilities used for transient lodging, including time shares, dormitories, and town homes may be covered by both these requirements and the Fair Housing Amendments Act. The Fair Housing Amendments Act requires that certain residential structures having four or more multi-family dwelling units, regardless of whether they are privately owned or federally assisted; include certain features of accessible and adaptable design according to guidelines established by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD). This law and the appropriate regulations should be consulted before proceeding with the design and construction of residential housing. Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC Housing at a place of education that is subject to this section shall comply with the provisions of the 2010 Standards applicable to transient lodging, including, but not limited to, the requirements for transient lodging guest rooms in sections 224 and 806 subject to the following exceptions. For the purposes of the application of this section, the term "sleeping room" is intended to be used interchangeably with the term "guest room" as it is used in the transient lodging standards. (1) Kitchens within housing units containing accessible sleeping rooms with mobility features (including suites and clustered sleeping rooms) or on floors containing accessible sleeping rooms with mobility features shall provide turning spaces that comply with section 809.2.2 of the 2010 Standards and kitchen work surfaces that comply with section 804.3 of the 2010 Standards. (2) Multi-bedroom housing units containing accessible sleeping rooms with mobility features shall have an accessible route throughout the unit in accordance with section 809.2 of the 2010 Standards. (3) Apartments or townhouse facilities that are provided by or on behalf of a place of education, which are leased on a year-round basis exclusively to graduate students or faculty, and do not contain any public use or common use areas available for educational programming, are not subject to the transient lodging standards and shall comply with the requirements for residential facilities in sections 233 and 809 of the 2010 Standards. 224.1.2 Guest Room Doors and Doorways. Entrances, doors, and doorways providing user passage into and within guest rooms that are not required to provide mobility features complying with 806.2 shall comply with 404.2.3. Because of the social interaction that often occurs in lodging facilities, an accessible clear opening width is required for doors and doorways to and within all guest rooms, including those not required to be accessible. This applies to all doors, including bathroom doors that allow full user passage. Other requirements for doors and doorways in Section 404 do not apply to guest rooms not required to provide mobility features. 224.2 Guest Rooms with Mobility Features. In transient lodging facilities, guest rooms with mobility features complying with 806.2 shall be provided in accordance with Table 224.2. Table 224.2 Guest Rooms with Mobility Features Total Number of Guest Minimum Minimum Total Number of Rooms Provided Number of Required Number of Required Required Rooms Rooms Without Rooms With Roll-in Showers Roll-in Showers 26- 50 (Hotel Rooms) 2 0 2 51 – 75 Condos 3 1 4 224.4 Guest Rooms with Communication Features. In transient lodging facilities, guest rooms with communication features complying with 806.3 shall be provided in accordance with Table 224.4. Table 224.4 Guest Rooms with Communication Features Total Number of Guest Rooms Provided Minimum Number of Required Guest Rooms With Communication Features 26-50 Hotel 4 51-75 Condo 7 224.5 Dispersion. Guest rooms required to provide mobility features complying with 806.2 and guest rooms required to provide communication features complying with 806.3 shall be dispersed among the various classes of guest rooms, and shall provide choices of types of guest rooms, number of beds, and other amenities comparable to the choices provided to other guests. Where the minimum number of guest rooms required to comply with 806 is not sufficient to allow for complete dispersion, guest rooms shall be dispersed in the following priority: guest room type, number of beds, and amenities. At least one guest room required to provide mobility features complying with 806.2 shall also provide communication features complying with 806.3. Not more than 10 percent of guest rooms required to provide mobility features complying with 806.2 shall be used to satisfy the minimum number of guest rooms required to provide communication features complying with 806.3. Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC Factors to be considered in providing an equivalent range of options may include, but are not limited to, room size, bed size, cost, view, bathroom fixtures such as hot tubs and spas, smoking and nonsmoking, and the number of rooms provided. 229 Windows 229.1 General. Where glazed openings are provided in accessible rooms or spaces for operation by occupants, at least one opening shall comply with 309. Each glazed opening required by an administrative authority to be operable shall comply with 309. EXCEPTION: 2. Glazed openings in guest rooms required to provide communication features and in guest rooms required to comply with 206.5.3 shall not be required to comply with 229. 230 Two-Way Communication Systems 230.1 General. Where a two-way communication system is provided to gain admittance to a building or facility or to restricted areas within a building or facility, the system shall comply with 708. This requirement applies to facilities such as office buildings, courthouses, and other facilities where admittance to the building or restricted spaces is dependent on two-way communication systems. 213 Toilet Facilities and Bathing Facilities 213.1 General. Where toilet facilities and bathing facilities are provided, they shall comply with 213. Where toilet facilities and bathing facilities are provided in facilities permitted by 206.2.3 Exceptions 1 and 2 not to connect stories by an accessible route, toilet facilities and bathing facilities shall be provided on a story connected by an accessible route to an accessible entrance. 213.2 Toilet Rooms and Bathing Rooms. Where toilet rooms are provided, each toilet room shall comply with 603. Where bathing rooms are provided, each bathing room shall comply with 603. EXCEPTION: 4. Where multiple single user toilet rooms are clustered at a single location, no more than 50 percent of the single user toilet rooms for each use at each cluster shall be required to comply with 603. These requirements allow the use of unisex (or single-user) toilet rooms in alterations when technical infeasibility can be demonstrated. Unisex toilet rooms benefit people who use opposite sex personal care assistants. For this reason, it is advantageous to install unisex toilet rooms in addition to accessible single-sex toilet rooms in new facilities. A "cluster" is a group of toilet rooms proximate to one another. Generally, toilet rooms in a cluster are within sight of, or adjacent to, one another. Doors to unisex toilet rooms and unisex bathing rooms shall have privacy latches. 213.3 Plumbing Fixtures and Accessories. Plumbing fixtures and accessories provided in a toilet room or bathing room required to comply with 213.2 shall comply with 213.3. 213.3.2 Water Closets. Where water closets are provided, at least one shall comply with 604. 213.3.3 Urinals. Where more than one urinal is provided, at least one shall comply with 605. 213.3.4 Lavatories. Where lavatories are provided, at least one shall comply with 606 and shall not be located in a toilet compartment. 213.3.5 Mirrors. Where mirrors are provided, at least one shall comply with 603.3. Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC 213.3.6 Bathing Facilities. Where bathtubs or showers are provided, at least one bathtub complying with 607 or at least one shower complying with 608 shall be provided. 213.3.7 Coat Hooks and Shelves . Where coat hooks or shelves are provided in toilet rooms without toilet compartments, at least one of each type shall comply with 603.4. Where coat hooks or shelves are provided in toilet compartments, at least one of each type complying with 604.8.3 shall be provided in toilet compartments required to comply with 213.3.1. Where coat hooks or shelves are provided in bathing facilities, at least one of each type complying with 603.4 shall serve fixtures required to comply with 213.3.6. CHAPTER 30 ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS ELEVATORS / ELEVATOR LOBBIES All elevators must comply with the fire fighters’ emergency operations requirements of ASME A17.1, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators. \[IBC 9.4.3.1\] Elevator machine rooms containing solid-state equipment must be provided with independent ventilation or air conditioning systems to maintain temperatures within the range established for elevator equipment. \[IBC 3005.2\] The operating temperature shall be established by the elevator equipment manufacturer’s specifications. When standby power is connected to the elevator, the machine room ventilation or air-conditioning shall be connected to standby power. Where heat detectors are used to shut down elevator power prior to sprinkler operation, the detector shall have both a lower temperature rating and a higher sensitivity as compared to the sprinkler. \[NFPA 72, Section 6.16.4.1\] Heat detectors must be used to shut down elevator power prior to sprinkler operation in accordance with Section 6.16.4.2 of NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm Code. The heat detectors must be placed within 2 ft of each automatic sprinkler and be installed in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 5 of NFPA 72. Upon activation of the heat detector used for elevator power shutdown, there should be a delay in the activation of the power shunt trip. This delay should be the time that it takes the elevator cab to travel from the top of the hoistway to the lowest recall level. 3006 ELEVATOR LOBBIES AND HOISTWAY OPENING PROTECTION Every exit stairway serving a floor surface more than 75 feet above the fire department vehicle access level shall be a smokeproof enclosure or as a pressurized stairway. \[IBC 1023.2\] Access to a smokeproof enclosure shall be by way of a vestibule, with a 90-minute fire rated door. The door between the vestibule and the stairway enclosure shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than 20 minutes. Smokeproof enclosures and associated vestibule shall be vented naturally per IBC Section 909.20.3 or mechanically per IBC Section 909.20.4. All smokeproof enclosures or pressurized stairways shall terminate at an exit discharge. 3006.3.4 Hostway opening protection is not required when the hoistway is pressurized in accordance with IBC 909.21 3007 FIRE SERVICE ACCESS ELEVATORS IBC 403.6.1 required two elevators in a High Rise building to comply with the requirements for Fire Service Access. The following compents are required for Fire Service Access 3007.2 Automatic Sprinkler throughout the building with valve montering 3007.3 Accommodations to prevent water from entering the elevator hoistway. 3007.6 Fire Service Access Lobby as follows Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC Elevator Lobby Requirement Element of Lobby Fire Service Access Occupant Evacuation Lobby Required` Yes except discharge level Yes except discharge level Lobby Construction 1 HR w/ ¾ HR Door 1 HR w/ ¾ HR Door Access Direct access to Exit Direct access to Exit Lobby Size 150 SF Min 3 SF per 25% Occupancy plus 10 SF per 50 - wheelchair 150 SF Size – ground Floor 83.7 SF Size – First Floor NA – Exit Discharge NA – Exit Discharge Size – Second Floor NA – Open to Exit Discharge NA – Open to Exit Discharge 169.2 SF Size – Third Floor 150 SF Size – Fourth Floor 150 SF 169.2 SF Size – Fifth Floor 150 SF 97 SF Size – Sixth Floor 150 SF 48.4 SF Size – Seventh Floor 150 SF 48.4 SF Size – Eight Floor 150 SF 48.4 SF Size – Ninth Floor 150 SF 41.9 SF Size – Tenth Floor 150 SF 41.9 SF Size – Eleven Floor 150 SF 41.9 SF Size – Twelve Floor 150 SF 41.9 SF Size – Thirteen Floor 150 SF 41.9 SF Size – Fourteen Floor 150 SF 41.9 SF Size – Fifteen Floor 150 SF 43.3 SF 3007.6.1 Lobby shall have access to exit stair. 3007.7 Elevator monitoring from the fire command center. 3007.9 Fire protection stand pipe shall not be access through the fire service access lobby. 3008 OCCUPANT EVACUATION ELEVATORS 3008.1 General. Where elevators are to be used for occupant self-evacuation during fires, all passenger elevators for general public use shall comply with this section. Where other elevators are used for occupant self-evacuation, they shall also comply with this section. 3008.5 Emergency voice/alarm communication system. The building shall be provided with an emergency voice/alarm communication system. The emergency voice/alarm communication system shall be accessible to the fire department. The system shall be provided in accordance with Section 907.5.2.2. 3008.5.1 Notification appliances. A minimum of one audible and one visible notification appliance shall be installed within each occupant evacuation elevator lobby. 3008.6 Automatic sprinkler system. The building shall be protected throughout by an approved, electrically- supervised automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, except as otherwise permitted bySection 903.3.1.1.1 and as prohibited by Section 3008.6.1. 3008.6.1 Prohibited locations. Automatic sprinklers shall not be installed in elevator machine rooms and elevator machine spaces for occupant evacuation elevators. 3008.6.2 Sprinkler system monitoring. The sprinkler system shall have a sprinkler control valve supervisory switch and water flow-initiating device provided for each floor that is monitored by the building's fire alarm system. 3008.11 Occupant evacuation elevator lobby. The occupant evacuation elevators shall open into an elevator lobby in accordance with Sections 3008.11.1 through 3008.11.5. 3008.11.1 Access. The occupant evacuation elevator lobby shall have direct access to an exit enclosure. 3008.11.2 Lobby enclosure. The occupant evacuation elevator lobby shall be enclosed with a smoke barrier having a minimum 1-hour fire-resistance rating, except that lobby doorways shall comply with Section 3008.11.3. Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC Exception: Enclosed occupant evacuation elevator lobbies are not required at the level(s) of exit discharge. 3008.11.3 Lobby doorways. Each occupant evacuation elevator lobby shall be provided with a 3 doorway that is protected with a /-hour fire doorassembly complying with Section 715.4. 4 3008.11.3.1 Vision panel. A vision panel shall be installed in each fire door assembly protecting the lobby doorway. The vision panel shall consist of fire-protection-rated glazing and shall be located to furnish clear vision of the occupant evacuation elevator lobby. 3008.11.3.2 Door closing. Each fire doorassembly protecting the lobby doorway shall be automatic- closing upon receipt of any fire alarm signal from the emergency voice/alarm communication system serving the building. 3008.11.4 Lobby size. Each occupant evacuation elevator lobby shall have minimum floor area as follows: 2 1. The occupant evacuation elevator lobby floor area shall accommodate, at 3 square feet (0.28 m) per person, a minimum of 25 percent of the occupant load of the floor area served by the lobby. 2. The occupant evacuation elevator lobby floor area also shall accommodate one wheelchair space of 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) for each 50 persons, or portion thereof, of the occupant load of the floor area served by the lobby. Exception: The size of lobbies serving multiple banks of elevators shall have the minimum floor area approved on an individual basis and shall be consistent with the building's fire safety and evacuation plan. Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC PLUMBING FIXTURE COUNTS The following table summarizes the required number of fixtures base the requirements of the Iowa State Plumbing Code Chapter 25. Amendment 641-25.4 references International Plumbing Code Table 403.1. The minimum number of fixtures shall be calculated fifty percent of the total occupancy per sex. See Occupant Load Calculation for total Occupant Load. Classification Female MaleUrinal (up FemaleMaleDrinkingBath Water Water to 67% of Lavatory Lavatory Fountainor Closet Closet male WC) Show er A-11 per 65 1 per 125 1 per 200 1 per 200 1 per 500 214Occupant 107 M / 107 F Fixtures 1.6 0.8 0.5 0.5 0.4 A-21 per 75 1 per 75 1 per 200 1 per 200 1 per 500 438.3 Occupant 219.2 M / 219.2 F Fixtures 2.9 2.9 1.1 1.1 0.9 A-31 per 65 1 per 125 1 per 200 1 per 200 1 per 500 60 Occupant 30 M / 30 F Fixtures 0.5 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 B1 per 25 1 per 40 1 per 150 1 per 200 1 per st 489.6 Occupant for the for the 11000 st 244.8 M 244.8 F 1 50 + 80 + 1 per 1 per 50 80 for for over over the the first first 80 50 Fixtures 5.9 4.1 1.6 1.2 .5 R-1 Motel 1 per 1 per 1 per 1 per 1 per 168.9 Occupant Sleeping SleepingSleepingSleepingSleepi Room Room Room Room ng Room Fixtures R-2 Apartment 1 per 1 per 1 per 1 per 1 per 325.9 Occupant Sleeping SleepingSleepingSleepingSleepi Room Room Room Room ng Room Total 10.9 8 3.4 3.0 2.8 Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC BLANK PAGE Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC EXTERIOR SCHEMATIC DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC BLANK PAGE Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC Exterior Schematic Design Development Below Grade Walls Location – Ground floor north, west and south walls Ground floor is predominantly underground. All underground walls will be a poured concrete wall with sheet applied waterproofing, drainage matt and 2” rigid insulation. Structural Precast Concrete Location – East wall, NE Corner and SE corner Ground Floor through Second Floor ЊЉ Structural precast panel ” thick wall panels with 4” EPS insulation. - Sandblast finish with reveals on exterior face. - White cement, pigment, standard limestone aggregate and sand. - Float finish on the interior face. - CIP foundation base plates Louvers and Flood Vents Location - Ground Floor east and north walls Louvers: East and north walls will include mechanical louvers (painted aluminum) 50 sf and 80 sf louvers Flood control vents: 12 Smart Vents on each the north and east walls are required. Basis of Design Flood Solutions Smart Vent Overhead Doors Location – Ground Floor East and First Floor South –Loading Dock 10’x10’ sectional overhead doors to the garage. Motor operated with key card access control. Swing Man Doors Location – Ground and First Floors The NE exterior doors will be aluminum store front doors. Welded aluminum hinge doors with insulated glass and average level exit hardware. Access control will be included Revolving Doors Location – First Floor North and South Semi Circular, semi custom revolving door with all glass ceilings and wings fully formed and welded aluminum on the enclosure and canopy. Basis of Design - Dorma Crane 4000 Series. Structural Glazing Location – First and Second Floor SW corner, NW corner and West Elevations Engineered structural glass system both vertically and horizontal roof. Steel framing utilizing a tube steel frame rd every 3 bay of glass (+/- 15’-3” OC) with continuous tube steel horizontal framing at the top perimeter. Between rd the tube steel frames there are horizontal glass framing supported every 3 point by a stainless steel cable system. From the horizontal glass frame spider clip framing will secure the insulated glass. The spiders are intended to secure the glass with a clamp at the space between the glass panels (not through the glass units). Extruded aluminum receiver channel will be used at the floor line and where the horizontal glass fastens to the building to receive the glazing. Glass for this system will be a combination of tempered glass for the horizontal frames and insulating units of two layer laminated glass on the exterior with an insulated air space and interior single pane of glass. Thickness and lamination requirement for the glass is to be determined by the Structural Glazing engineering. Basis of Design SADEV S4000P Spider System Curtainwall rdth Location - 3 and 4 floor office glazing, north and south stair towers, parking ramp connection, second floor north glazing (by FilmSceen), and penthouse glazing Nominal 7” deep by 2 ½” wide aluminum pressure plate system with composite pressure plate. Clear Anodized Finish. Glass to be a 1” insulated glass system with low e coating and argon filled Basis of Design Wausau Super Wall with Guardian SNX 62 Glass Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC Window Walls thth Location - All glazing on the hotel and condominium floors 5 through 15 include the inside corner of glass at the north stair tower on 3 and 4. Thermal broken aluminum framed window wall system. Male / female horizontal stacked with extruded receiver to accept metal panels at the floor separations. System to include awning operable windows and a thermal broken patio door with seal on all 4 sides. Glass to be a 1” insulated glass with low e coating and argon filled Basis of Design Wausau 4250 iNvent series with Guardian SNX 62 glass and TD-5240i Terrace Door Exterior Sliding Doors Location – North wall first floor restaurant. Thermally broken aluminum frames sliding glass wall system. Single track sliding system with top support and bottom rail with fixed intermediate glass panels. Glass to be 1” insulated low e glass, same as the Curtainwall. Exterior insect screen included. A glass rail will be required on the exterior for wall protection from First floor. Aluminum framed system with continuous top rail and glass infill panel railing system Basis of Design – Nanawall HSW60 with ScreenOne Terraces th Location – All Floors 8 through 15 Condominiums 4” precast concrete deck sitting on tube steel framing. Top of precast to be sloped to outside to drain. Light broom finish on traffic side of precast. Steel frame to be thermally broken with plastic spacer between bearing plates on the steel. 4’ tall aluminum framed railing system with glass panels. Vertical post to be set into pockets cast in the precast concrete. Privacy screening to be constructed on the terraces between the units. The screen at the column lines will be constructed with a full high tube aluminum tube around the perimeter and in filled with a two layer perforated metal panel sandwiched in between the vertical tubes. These will also be free standing 8’ tall perforated corrugated metal panel divider where the individual condo separations do not fall on the column spacing. These free standing panels will be held in place with removable clip system at the floor and deck of the patio above. Plaza Deck / Roofing rdthth Location – 3 floor, 5 floor, 15 floor and penthouse floor. Combination of a paver system and green roofing over insulation and roofing membrane. See roofing report for basis of design. See Landscaping report for green roof basis of design. Metal Panel Cladding rdth Location – Cladding on 3 and 4 floors. Exterior wall to be constructed with 6” metal stud exterior gypsum sheathing, interior gypsum board. On the exterior sheathing, a vapor impermeable weather barrier and 5” of mineral fiber insulation. Metal composite panels (fire rated core) installed on metal furring with standoff clips. Intent is a dry joint design with route and return panels. Metal Panel Floor Covers thth Location – Cladding between floors on 5 through 15 floor and east wall over columns. Exterior wall to be constructed with 6” metal stud exterior gypsum sheathing, interior gypsum board. On the exterior sheathing, a vapor impermeable weather barrier and 5” of mineral fiber insulation. Formed metal panels installed on metal furring with standoff clips. Intent is a dry joint design with 1” return panels. In addition the steel framing for the terraces will need to be wrapped / flashed to the weather barrier Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC Natural Cladding Location – Exterior walls of the stairs and elevator shafts and the interior at the north stair tower. Also there is natural cladding in the west corner on levels 5 through 15. Exterior wall of the stair towers and elevator shafts are to be constructed with poured in place concrete (see structural for thickness) and finished with a Terra-Cotta cladding. Semi heated spaces such as elevators and stairs are required by ASHREA to meet R10 for mass walls. Concrete alone will not achieve and R10 so exterior insulation will be required. 2” of mineral fiber insulation installed on the concrete. Zee furring on engineered standoff clips installed over the insulation and then the metal support for the terra-cotta. Terra Cotta is a single face shell. Exterior wall in the west corner of the residential tower is constructed as a stud wall system. 6” metal studs 16” oc with exterior gypsum sheathing and a fluid applied weather barrier. 5” of mineral wool insulation over the weather barrier with the precast panels suspended from the structure. Alternate 4” architectural precast panels. Solid uninsulated panels sized for less than 10,000 pounds. Finish of the panel is a light colored concrete with horizontal joint to replicate a 12”x48” terra cotta panel. Finish to be a light sand blasted exterior face, float finish interior of the panel. White cement, pigment, ͵ standard limestone aggregate and special sand Precast concrete option will require 1 ½” of mineral fiber insulation at the concrete walls and 3” of mineral fiber on the stud walls Mechanical Screen Walls Location North end of the Penthouse roof. Cooling towers on the penthouse roof as a major source of noise. There will be an exterior wall separating the NE corner roof top mechanical equipment and the terraces on the penthouse. Acoustical wall will be a 12’ tall composite insulated acoustical metal panel. Basis of Design – Kinetics Noise Control, Noiseblock Barrier Wall System South Entrance Canopy Location North end of the Penthouse roof. Engineered structural glass system on a steel framing utilizing a tube steel. Glass panels supported from the tube steel on a spider clip system fro horizontal applications The spiders are intended to secure the glass with a clamp at the space between the glass panels (not through the glass units). Extruded aluminum receiver channel will be used at the floor line. Custom formed internal gutter to be fabricated to drain the water and the center of the panels Glass for this system will be units of two layer laminated glass with a ceramic frit to reduce light levels. Thickness and lamination requirement for the glass is to be determined by the Structural Glazing engineering. Basis of Design SADEV S4000P Spider System Alternate System: roofing membrane adhered to a metal roof deck on structural steel tubing. The underside will be finished with a MCM route and return panel. Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC INTERIOR SCHEMATIC DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC BLANK PAGE Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC Interior Schematic Design Development Ground Floor Parking Floors: Exposed concrete with heavy broom finish. Parking spaces and isles to have traffic paint striping Wall: Exposed concrete form finish. Ceiling: Exposed concrete, form finish. Doors and Frames Hinged doors to exterior - Aluminum door with glass. Heavy duty exit hardware with access control Garage doors – 2” thick insulated section. Motor operated with access control. Basis of Design Raynor ThermaSeal Special Feature: Pipe bollard at pinch pints, corners and separating walkways. Wire tenant store units mounted above the floor at each of the parking spaces. Mechanical and Electrical Rooms Floors: 12” to 16” thick concrete floors for flood proofing. Troweled finish Walls: Walls at the perimeter of the rooms are cast in place concrete form finished. Poured integral with the floors for a flood proof room Walls inside the flood proof room – 8” concrete block Ceiling: Exposed concrete, form finish Doors and Frames: Walk in doors in flood wall, heavy duty mild steel flood doors with seals all 4 sides. Basis of Design PS Flood Barriers, mechanical room flood door (PD 525). Hardware consistent with a flood proof door Doors inside the flood proof rooms. Hollow metal door and frames, Hardware heavy duty latching locks. Access doors – Each room will have a 3’x3’ access door mounted above the flood plan to access the room during a flood. Trash Room Floors: Exposed concrete floor with a trowel finish Walls: Exposed concrete form finish and 8” concrete block Ceilings: Exposed concrete form finished Doors and Frames: Hinged doors – hollow metal door and frame, heavy duty latching hardware Overhead door - Aluminum coiling doors Support and Storage Rooms Floors: Exposed concrete floor with a trowel finish Walls: Exposed concrete form finish and 8” concrete block Ceilings: Exposed concrete form finished Doors and Frames: Walk in doors – hollow metal door and frame, heavy duty latching hardware Elevator Lobby and Pubic Corridor Floors: Exposed concrete floor with a level 3 polished finish Walls: Exposed concrete ACI 310 Class 2 form finish and 8” concrete block (unpainted). Ceilings: Acoustical lay in ceiling. Doors and Frames: Hinged doors – Fire Rated hollow metal door and frame, heavy duty latching hardware at elevator lobby. Glazed aluminum door and frame at door to exterior, heavy duty panic hardware with access control Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC First and Second Floors Public Spaces Floors: Due to code requiring insulation between the garage and first floor, Install 2” rigid insulation on top of the structural slab and pour a 2” concrete topping slab. Finish to be exposed concrete floor with a level 3 polished finish. Walk off matt / carpet in recessed slab at the north and south entry Walls: Separating the bowling alley, single row of acoustical laminated glass and multi-layer gypsum board stud walls see acoustical report. Finishes on stud wall to be paint Separating the Theaters. See acoustical report for the construction. Exterior finishes of these walls are a wood plank system bending in both directions. Wood Species TBD but assumes premium grade wood and finish. Also not the entries to the theaters will be highly sculpted curved finish. Elevator walls exposed concrete and exposed columns - ACI 310 Class 2 form finish. Other walls gypsum board on metal studs. Sound insulation in cavity and painted finish. Ceiling: Acoustical suspend acoustical plank ceiling and gypsum board soffits. Doors and Frames: General use – Wood doors with aluminum frames. Heavy duty hardware. Public Stairs: Center tube stringer with solid wood treads. Raisers constructed with a translucent panel and light with a tape LED light. Glass panel side guard attached with grommets to the wood stringers. Aluminum hand rails. ADA detection under the stair to be a raised planter platform. Guard Rails: At the public stairs and two story space, laminated glass panels with aluminum top and bottom receiver. Glass and receivers to be curved to match curve in the floor Theaters 1 and 2 Floors: Carpet tile on the walk ways and isles. See acoustical report. Wall: Acoustical report outlines the multiple layer gypsum board ceiling on stud wall construction of the theater. Interior finish will be a multi plane acoustical wall panel. See acoustical report. Vestibule to the Theaters will be covered with an acoustically absorbent wall panel 2” thick. Ceiling: An acoustical isolation ceiling of multi-layer gypsum board on studs suspended with acoustical rd isolators will be constructed under the 3 floor concrete floor structure. Ceiling finish will be a multiple level acoustical treatment. See acoustical report. The same acoustical isolating ceiling will be required in the projection room. Doors and Frames: Wood veneer acoustical doors with aluminum frames see acoustic report for construction. Special Features: Paint steel pipe rails are sloped seating Theater Seating, A/V, projection equipment and projection screens not included Educational Room Floors: Carpet tile on the floor. Wall: Acoustical report outlines the wall construction of a double wall system of masonry and multi-layer gypsum board drywall between the room and the Bowling alley. Wall finish will be gypsum board and paint. Ceiling: Ceiling finish will be a suspended acoustical ceiling. Doors and Frames: Wood veneer acoustical doors with aluminum frames. Special Features: Electric roller shades on the exterior window. Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC First and Second Floors - Continued Restaurant / Bowling Floor: Restaurant – Combination of Luxury vinyl plank (LVT) floor at the bowling seating areas and carpet tile in the dining areas Bowling Alley – Colored lane constructed of a high pressure laminate. Kitchen – Fluid applied epoxy flooring in the kitchen and food prep areas. Wall: Acoustical walls construction between spaces multiple layer gypsum board and resilient channels on metal studs. see acoustical report. nd Wall to 2 floor Education Room – 8” masonry and Gyp board, see acoustical report. Other wall construction - Gypsum board on metal studs with sound insulation in the cavity. Wall finishes a combination of painted gypsum board and Acoustical panel. Wall Finishes in kitchen will be a food prep grade wall covering such as an acrylic panel or FRP board Ceiling: rd Second floor Bowling Alley will have an acoustical isolation ceiling constructed under the 3 level structure. Multi-layer gypsum board on studs hung with acoustical isolators. Bowling ceiling of acoustical panels and gypsum board soffits Dining areas suspended gypsum board, painted. First floor kitchen washable suspended ceiling tile system Doors and Frames Entry doors part of the aluminum glazing system. Heavy duty exit hardware Other doors, solid core acoustical wood doors in Hollow metal frames Stairs: Decorative steel framed stair with center tube stringer supporting a wood tread and translucent panel raiser. LED strip light will be incorporated into the treads. Aluminum hand rails and frosted glass guard rails. Glass panel guard rails attached to the wood treads with the round plug type connectors Special Features: The acoustical support describes sound isolation of the bowling alley floor structure Public Toilets Floors: Floor structure is an isolated concrete slab over the structural slab for the toilets under the theaters. Description provided in the acoustical report. Floor finish will be a large tile porcelain ceramic tile Walls: Multi-layered gypsum board on metal studs and sound insulation in the cavity under the theaters. See acoustical report. Walls in the other public toilets will be gypsum board on metal studs and insulation. Wall finishes will be ceramic tile at the wet walls and paint everywhere else. Ceiling: A multi layered gypsum board on studs hung with acoustical isolators will be constructed in the toilets under the theaters. A suspended 2x2 ceiling will be installed below the acoustical ceiling. Doors and Frames: Solid core wood doors with aluminum frames Special Features: Overhead braced toilet partitions. Stainless Steel hardware. Recessed toilet room accessories Support Spaces Floors: Carpet tile over the concrete floors Walls: Wall construction is gypsum board on metal studs. Wall finishes at hotel reception – 3d ceramic tile or thin stone veneer. Other walls to be painted gypsum board. Ceiling: Suspended acoustical ceilings and gypsum board soffits Doors and Frames: Solid core wood doors in aluminum frames. Heavy duty locking hardware. Mechanical and Electrical Spaces Floors: Exposed concrete floor with a trowel finish Walls: Painted gypsum board on metal studs with sound insulation Ceilings: Exposed concrete form finished Doors and Frames: Walk in doors – hollow metal door and frame, heavy duty latching hardware Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC Third and Fourth Floor Commercial Spaces Floor: Exposed trowel finish concrete in the suites Walls: Exterior walls gypsum board - primed Ceiling: Exposed concrete form finish: Doors and Frames Solid core wood doors in aluminum frames Public Spaces / Elevator Lobbies Floors: Exposed concrete floor with a level 3 polished finish. Including corridor if indicated Walls: Elevator walls exposed concrete ACI 310 Class 2 form finish Other walls gypsum board on metal studs. Sound insulation in cavity and painted finish. Ceiling: Suspended acoustical ceilings and gypsum board soffits Doors and Frames: General use – Wood doors on aluminum frames. Heavy duty hardware. Public Toilets Floors: Floor finish will be a large tile porcelain ceramic tile Walls: Multi-layered gypsum board on metal studs and sound insulation in the cavity. Wall finishes will be ceramic tile on the wet walls with painted gypsum board on all others. Ceiling: Suspended acoustical ceiling and gypsum board soffits Doors and Frames: Solid core wood doors with aluminum frames Special Features: Phenolic toilet partitions Support Spaces Floors: Exposed concrete floor with a trowel finish Walls: Painted gypsum board on metal studs with sound insulation Ceilings: Exposed concrete form finished Doors and Frames: Hollow metal door and frame, heavy duty latching hardware Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC Fifth - Eighth Floors th Hotel Rooms / Condo (8) Floors: Exposed concrete floor with a level 3 polished finish Walls: Wall Construction between suites multi layered gypsum board resilient cannel, studs and sound insulation, see acoustical report. Wall Construction inside suites, gypsum board on metal stud with sound insulation Wall Finish paint gypsum board. Ceiling: Suspended gypsum board hung from the structure. Painted gypsum board Doors and Frames: Corridor doors solid core wood doors in aluminum frames – Electrical access control hardware. Special Feature: Free standing closet casework with glass sliding doors. Kitchenette appliances- convection oven/microwave, cook top, dish washer, and refrigerator. Kitchenette casework – European style laminate cabinets, plastic laminate counter tops and tile back splash. Condo will have cost upgrades for Corian and Quartz tops Manual roller shades at exterior Toilets inside Suites Floors: Exposed concrete floor with a level 3 polished finish Walls: Gypsum board on metal studs and sound insulation in the cavity. Wall finishes will be ceramic tile in the showers and painted gypsum board on all other walls. Ceiling: Suspended gypsum board on tee grid hung from the structure. Painted gypsum board. Doors and Frames: Solid core wood doors with aluminum frames Casework: Built in vanity top with plastic laminate counter. Special Feature Low profile raised pan shower with glass doors and walls and ceramic tile walls. Exercise Room Floor: Rubberized athletic floor matt over the entire floor. Walls: Walls between Exercise and Hotel rooms – multi layer gypsum board on metal studs similar to acoustical report for hotel rooms Walls with in the suite – gypsum board on metal studs with sound insulation in cavity. Wall finish – Paint with areas of fixed acoustical panels Ceiling: Suspended acoustical ceiling. Doors and Frames: Solid core wood doors on aluminum frames – standard locking hardware. Special Feature: Sound masking generator – see acoustical report Lobbies and Corridors Floors: Exposed concrete floor with a level 3 polished finish. Including corridor. Walls: Elevator walls exposed concrete ACI 310 Class 2 form finish Other walls gypsum board on metal studs. Sound insulation in cavity and painted finish. 4” tall wood wall base. Ceiling: Suspended acoustical ceilings and gypsum board soffits Doors and Frames: General use – Wood doors on aluminum frames. Heavy duty hardware. Elevator lobby doors fire rated solid core wood doors with hold open devices wired to fire alarm and exit hardware Special Features: th Wood casework and quartz countertops at the 5 floor south lobby. Support Spaces Floors: Exposed concrete floor with a trowel finish Walls: Painted gypsum board on metal studs with sound insulation Ceilings: Exposed concrete form finished in mechanical spaces, Suspended acoustical ceiling in laundry and other similar support spaces Doors and Frames: Walk in doors – hollow metal door and frame, heavy duty latching hardware Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC Ninth through Fourteenth Floors Condos Floors: Exposed concrete floor with a level 3 polished finish Walls: Wall Construction between suites multi layered gypsum board on resilient channel and sound insulation, see acoustical report. Wall Construction inside suites, gypsum board on metal stud with sound insulation Wall Finish paint Ceiling: Suspended gypsum board hung from the structure. Painted gypsum board. Doors and Frames: Corridor doors solid core wood doors in aluminum frames – Electrical access control hardware. Doors to mechanical, support and toilets solid core wood doors in aluminum frames – standard hardware level. Doors to Bed Rooms: Exterior mount horizontal sliding door. Door is a solid core wood door with a large frosted glass panel. Special Feature: Manual roller shades at exterior windows with an option upgrade to motor operated shades Kitchens Inside Suites Floor: Exposed concrete floor with a level 3 polished finish Walls: Painted gypsum board with ceramic tile back splash between counter and upper casework Ceiling: Suspended gypsum board hung from the structure. Painted gypsum board. Casework: Modern “European” style laminate casework with plastic counter tops. Cost upgrades to install Corian and Quartz counter tops. Special Feature Kitchen appliances, electric range, built in microwave, range hood, dishwasher, refrigerator, garbage disposal Toilets Inside Suites Floors: Exposed concrete floor with a level 3 polished finish Walls: Gypsum board on metal studs and sound insulation in the cavity. Wall finishes will be ceramic tile in the shower walls and painted gypsum board on all other walls. Ceiling: Suspended gypsum board hung from the structure. Painted gypsum board. Doors and Frames: Solid core wood doors with aluminum frames Casework: Built in vanity top with plastic laminate counter. Cost upgrades for Corian and Quartz tops Special Feature Low profile raised pan shower with glass doors and walls with ceramic tile walls Lobbies and Corridors Floors: Exposed concrete floor with a level 3 polished finish. Including corridors. Walls: Elevator walls exposed concrete ACI 310 Class 2 form finish Other walls gypsum board on metal studs. Sound insulation in cavity and painted finish. 4” wood wall base. Ceiling: Suspended acoustical ceilings and gypsum board soffits Doors and Frames: General use – Wood doors on aluminum frames. Heavy duty hardware. Horizontal sliding Won-Dor at the north elevator lobby to create fire rated lobby. Support Spaces Floors: Exposed concrete floor with a trowel finish Walls: Painted gypsum board on metal studs with sound insulation Ceilings: Exposed concrete form finished Doors and Frames: Hollow metal door and frame, heavy duty latching hardware Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC Fifteenth Floor and Mezzanine Condo Floors: Exposed concrete floor with a level 3 polished finish Walls: Wall Construction between suites multi layered gypsum board on resilient channels and sound insulation, see acoustical report. Wall Construction inside suites, gypsum board on metal stud with sound insulation Wall Finish paint Ceiling: Suspended gypsum board hung from the structure. Painted gypsum board. Doors and Frames: Corridor doors solid core wood doors in aluminum frames – Electrical access control hardware. Doors to mechanical, support and toilets: solid core wood doors in aluminum frames – standard hardware level. Doors to Bed Rooms: Exterior mount horizontal sliding door. Door is a solid core wood door with a large frosted glass panel. Special Feature: Manual roller shades at exterior windows with an optional upgrade to motor operated shades Communicating stairs – metal framed with wood treads and glass raiser. Glass guard rails with aluminum top and bottom receiver. Kitchens Inside Suites Floor: Exposed concrete floor with a level 3 polished finish Walls: Painted gypsum board with ceramic tile back splash between counter and upper casework. Ceiling: Suspended gypsum board hung from the structure. Painted gypsum board. Casework Modern “European” style laminate casework with plastic counter tops. Cost upgrades to install Corian and Quartz counter tops. Special Feature Kitchen appliances, electric range, built in microwave, range hood, dishwasher, and garbage disposal Toilets Inside Suites Floors: Exposed concrete floor with a level 3 polished finish Walls: Gypsum board on metal studs and sound insulation in the cavity. Wall finishes will be ceramic tile in the showers and paint gypsum board on the remaining walls. Ceiling: Suspended gypsum board hung from the structure. Painted gypsum board. Doors and Frames: Solid core wood doors with aluminum frames Casework: Built in vanity top with plastic laminate tops. Cost upgrades for Corian and quartz counter tops Special Feature Low profile raised pan shower with glass doors and walls with ceramic tile walls Lobbies and Corridors Floors: Exposed concrete floor with a level 3 polished finish. Including corridors. Walls: Elevator walls exposed concrete ACI 310 Class 2 form finish Other walls gypsum board on metal studs. Sound insulation in cavity and painted finish. Ceiling: Suspended acoustical ceilings and gypsum board soffits Doors and Frames: General use – Wood doors on aluminum frames. Heavy duty hardware. Horizontal sliding Won-Dor at the north elevator lobby to create fire rated lobby. Support Space Floors: Exposed concrete floor with a trowel finish Walls: Painted gypsum board on metal studs with sound insulation Ceilings: Exposed concrete form finished Doors and Frames: Hinged doors – hollow metal door and frame, heavy duty latching hardware Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC Support Spaces and Features Elevators North Elevators A and B Elevator Qty/Designation Two Grouping: Duplex Seismic Requirement: No Seismic Designs Included Environment Rating: NEMA 1 Capacity: A - 3,500# and B - 4000# (hospital shaped) Speed: 500 FPM Travel: 180’-0” Landings/Openings: 16 front openings Overall Canopy Height: 8’-0” Cab Finish: KONE Design: SS#4 fronts and door, SS#4 flat handrails on side and rear walls; LF98 SS#4 ceiling (LED canned lighting); KONE’s STANDARD laminate selections or SS# 4 wall panels. Aluminum sills, moving pads included as well Clear Cab Dimension: (A) 6’-8 ½” x 5’-5 ¼” (B) 7’-8 ½”x 5’-5 1/4”x Entrances: Standard KONE Design: 3’-6” W X 7’-0” H, (P1-P3) side-slide opening SS#4 finish, aluminum sills, 16 ga. bolted frames Fixtures: KSS0140 fixtures Emergency Operation: Firefighters Phase I and II, ADA Hands-free phone (standard KONE phone), Fire Status Panel Auxiliary Operation: EMERGENCY POWER LOWERING Security Features: Card reader interface, CCTV interface Hoistway Size: 9’-5” x 7’-5” (based on non-seismic) PER CAR + divider beams down the center Pit Depth: 7’-0” Overhead Height: 15’-6” based on 8’ tall cab (see alt. pricing and info. For taller cabs Power Supply Req’d: 480 volts (+/- 10%), 3 phase, 60 Hz Control Room Location: At or near the TOP landing within 20 feet of hoistway Warranty & Maintenance: Twelve (12) months during normal working hours South Elevators C and D Elevator Qty/Designation Two Grouping: Duplex Seismic Requirement: No – No Seismic Designs Included Environment Rating: NEMA 1 Capacity: 3,500# Speed: 500 FPM Travel: 106’-9” Landings/Openings: 8 front openings Overall Canopy Height: 8’-0” Cab Finish: KONE Design: SS#4 fronts and door, SS#4 flat handrails on side and rear walls; LF98 SS#4 ceiling (LED canned lighting); KONE’s STANDARD laminate selections or SS# 4 wall panels. Aluminum sills, moving pads included as well Clear Cab Dimension: 6’-8 ½” x 5’-5 ¼” Entrances: Standard KONE Design: 3’-6” W X 7’-0” H, (P1-P3) side-slide opening SS#4 finish, aluminum sills, 16 ga. bolted frames Fixtures: KSS0140 fixtures Emergency Operation: Firefighters Phase I and II, ADA Hands-free phone (standard KONE phone), Fire Status Panel Auxiliary Operation: EMERGENCY POWER LOWERING Security Features: Card reader interface, CCTV interface Hoistway Size: 9’-5” x 7’-5” (based on non-seismic) PER CAR + divider beams down the center Pit Depth: 7’-0” Overhead Height: 15’-6” based on 8’ tall cab Power Supply Req’d: 480 volts (+/- 10%), 3 phase, 60 Hz Control Room Location: At or near the TOP landing within 20 feet of hoistway Warranty & Maintenance: Twelve (12) months during normal working hours Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC Trash Chutes th Trash chute from 15 floor to ground floor, 24” diameter stainless steel duct, slip formed with sloped offset at bottom into a trash compactor. Basis of Design – Chutes International. Doors to chute on floors 3 through 15 Trash Compactor side compacting with recycling sorter. Basis of Design – Chutes International Dura Tri Sorter Stairs Floor and Stair Treads: poured in place concrete main landing with steel plate treads and intermediate landings Walls: Exposed concrete ACI 310 Class 2 form finish Ceiling: Painted under side of the steel treads and landings. Doors and Frames: Fire Rated wood door in hollow metal frame with exit hardware. Luminescent exit path markings on stair door frames, landings and treads Fire Proofing the Steel Structure Concrete structure is adequate coverage so no fire proofing required thth floor through 15 floor. Spray on cement fire proofing on beams and columns. Deck Steel framing of 5 needs no additional fire proofing. All beams and columns will be wrapped in a single layer gypsum board framing. Signage Exterior Signage: Back light cut metal signs at the north and south entry. Signage will include large text and a cut metal graphic. Kiosk: First and second floors will have a custom build kiosk in the center lobby. Design TBD Decorative signs: The restaurant, theater and hotel reception desk with have decorative feature sign constructed with a back light cut metal letter and graphic. Directories: The parking ramp entry and elevator lobbies from the ground to 4th floors with have building directories. Stair: Every floor inside the stair towers will have code required exiting signage. These can be a raised letter sign with required text, graphics and braille. Vinyl cut letters on a metal panel Elevator lobbies. Every floor will have required exiting signage. Vinyl cut letter with graphic and braille on a metal panel. Room signs: Every room will have ADA required signage. Vinyl cut letters with graphic and braille on a metal panel. Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC LEED WORKSHEET Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC BLANK PAGE Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC BLANK PAGE Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC GEOTECHNICAL REPORT Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC BLANK PAGE Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 Prepared for: Moen Group Iowa City, Iowa Prepared by: Terracon Consultants, Inc. Cedar Rapids, Iowa 113 114 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ............................................................................................................. i 1.0INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................. 1 2.0PROJECT INFORMATION ............................................................................................. 1 2.1Project Description ............................................................................................... 1 2.2Site Location and Description............................................................................... 2 3.0SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS ........................................................................................ 3 3.1Bedrock Geology ................................................................................................. 3 3.2Typical Profile ...................................................................................................... 3 3.3Groundwater Conditions ...................................................................................... 4 4.0RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION ...................................... 5 4.1Geotechnical Considerations ............................................................................... 5 4.1.1High Structural Loads ............................................................................... 5 4.1.2Existing Uncontrolled Fill .......................................................................... 5 4.1.3Groundwater ............................................................................................ 6 4.2Site Preparation and Earthwork ........................................................................... 6 4.2.1Demolition Considerations ........................................................................ 6 4.2.2Site Grading ............................................................................................. 7 4.2.3Soil Stabilization ....................................................................................... 8 4.2.4Excavation Considerations ....................................................................... 8 4.2.5Fill Material Requirements ........................................................................ 8 4.2.6Compaction Requirements ..................................................................... 10 4.2.7Grading and Drainage ............................................................................ 10 4.3Deep Foundation Recommendations ................................................................. 11 4.3.1Drilled Shaft Foundation Design Parameters .......................................... 11 4.3.2Lateral Load Resistance of Drilled Shaft Foundations ............................ 12 4.3.3Drilled Shaft Foundation Construction Considerations ............................ 14 4.4Seismic Design Recommendations .................................................................... 16 4.5Floor Slabs......................................................................................................... 16 4.5.1Floor Slab Design Recommendations .................................................... 17 4.5.2Floor Slab Subdrains .............................................................................. 18 4.5.3Floor Slab Construction Considerations.................................................. 18 4.6Lateral Earth Pressures ..................................................................................... 19 4.7Mechanically Stabilized Earth (MSE) Retaining Walls ........................................ 21 4.7.1MSE Retaining Wall Design Recommendations ..................................... 21 4.7.2MSE Wall Foundation Construction Considerations ............................... 22 4.7.3MSE Retaining Wall Retained Soil Parameters ...................................... 23 4.8Frost Considerations .......................................................................................... 23 4.9Environmental Considerations ........................................................................... 24 5.0GENERAL COMMENTS ............................................................................................... 24 ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 115 TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) APPENDIX A – FIELD EXPLORATION Exhibit A-1Site Location Plan Exhibit A-2Boring Location Plan Exhibit A-3Field Exploration Description Exhibit A-4Subsurface Profile Exhibits A-5 to A-12Boring Logs Exhibits A-13 to A-21Rock Core Photographs Exhibits A-22 and A-23Goodman Jack Charts Exhibits A-24 and A-25Seismic Refraction Survey APPENDIX B – SUPPORTING INFORMATION Exhibit B-1Laboratory Testing Exhibit B-2Atterberg Limits Test Exhibit B-3Grain Size Analyses APPENDIX C – SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS Exhibit C-1General Notes Exhibit C-2Unified Soil Classification System Exhibit C-3General Notes – Description of Rock Properties ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 116 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY A geotechnical exploration has been performed for The Chauncey to be located northeast of the intersection of South Gilbert and East College Streets in Iowa City, Iowa. Terracon’s geotechnical scope of work included the advancement of eight borings at the project site that extended to depths of about 25.5 to 79 feet below existing site grades. Based on the information obtained from our subsurface exploration, the site is suitable for development of the proposed project. The following primary geotechnical considerations were identified: The proposed structure may be supported on drilled shaft foundations extending into the moderately weathered dolomite bedrock. Assuming the shafts are designed and constructed as recommended in this report, total and differential settlement should be less than about 1 inch and two-thirds (2/3) of total settlement, respectively. Due to the relatively high recommended bearing capacities, pre-drilling a large percentage of shaft locations and full-time observation by Terracon is recommended during drilled shaft construction. Due to the soil overburden conditions and shallow groundwater, full-depth temporary casing extending to bedrock is recommended during drilled shaft construction. Existing fill was encountered below anticipated lower level floor slab subgrade elevation in most of the building borings. If the owner is willing to accept the risk of unsuitable materials that could lead to floor slab distress not being discovered during construction, stable portions of existing fill could be left in place for support of the lower level floor slab and/or building appurtenances. However, a minimum undercut and replacement of existing fill with new structural fill is recommended. Retaining walls could bear on the stiff native clay, medium dense native sand, or on new structural fill extended to suitable native materials. Extensive overexcavation and replacement of existing fill materials, soft to medium stiff clay soils and loose sand soils should be anticipated, unless these materials are improved by aggregate piers or deep foundations are used. Stabilization of the lower level subgrade with a crushed stone working platform is recommended, and subgrade stabilization could be required in other areas. We recommend that construction cost estimates include an allowance for subgrade stabilization. On-site soils appear suitable for use as compacted structural fill; however, if they do not meet the low plasticity fill criteria and/or are silty textured, they should not be utilized within 4 feet ResponsiveResourcefulReliable i 117 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 of finished subgrade elevation in building and appurtenance areas. Significant moisture conditioning (e.g. drying of clays and wetting of sands) should be anticipated if the on-site soils are used as fill. Sorting of the existing fill sections would likely be required to remove unsuitable materials. Based on the subsurface information obtained during our site exploration, the 2012 International Building Code (IBC), seismic site classification is C. Earthwork on the project should be observed and evaluated by Terracon. The evaluation of earthwork should include observation and testing of engineered fill, subgrade preparation, foundation bearing materials, and other geotechnical conditions exposed during construction. This summary should be used in conjunction with the entire report for design purposes. It should be recognized that details were not included or fully developed in this section, and the report must be read in its entirety for a comprehensive understanding of the items contained herein. The GENERAL COMMENTS section titled should be read for an understanding of the report limitations. ResponsiveResourcefulReliable ii 118 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT THE CHAUNCEY EAST COLLEGE AND SOUTH GILBERT STREETS IOWA CITY, IOWA Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 April 20, 2016 1.0 INTRODUCTION This report presents the results of our subsurface exploration and geotechnical engineering services performed for The Chauncey project to be located northeast of the intersection of East College and South Gilbert Streets in Iowa City, Iowa. The purpose of these services is to provide information and geotechnical engineering recommendations relative to: subsurface soil and rock conditionsgroundwater conditions demolition considerationsexcavation/ dewatering considerations site preparation and earthworkfloor slab design and construction foundation design and constructionlateral earth pressures seismic site classification per IBCfrost considerations A Site Location Plan (Exhibit A-1), a Boring Location Plan (Exhibit A-2), a subsurface soil profile (Exhibit A-4), logs of the borings (Exhibits A-5 to A-12), rock core photographs (Exhibits A-13 to A-21), Goodman Jack Test results (Exhibits A-22 and A-23), and seismic refraction survey (Exhibits A-24 and A-25) are included in Appendix A of this report. The results of the laboratory testing performed on soil and rock samples obtained from the site during the field exploration are included on the boring logs, and/or in Appendix B of this report. Descriptions of the field exploration and laboratory testing are included in their respective appendices. 2.0 PROJECT INFORMATION 2.1 Project Description ItemDescription Building at 408 East College Street Pavements and sidewalks Retaining walls (excluding wall between 408 East College Street Demolition and Chauncey Swan Parking Ramp) Subsurface utilities and overhead electrical lines MidAmerican Energy Company substation ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 1 119 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 ItemDescription Fifteen-story building with a proposed plan area of Structures approximately 25,000 square feet Lower level parking Below grade areas Lower level of building on north, west, and south sides Superstructure: steel frame and reinforced concrete shear walls Building construction Lower level: cast in place concrete with slab-on-grade (assumed) Upper levels: concrete decks or composite decks Lower level will match that of the Chauncey Swan parking ramp Finished floor elevation lowest level Approximately 655 feet Columns: 3,500 kips Maximum loads Walls: 25 klf (assumed) Slabs: 125 psf Grading Fills of less than about 1 foot and excavations up to about 15 feet (estimated)for the lower level garage Steps/seat walls on the north side of the building Free-standing retaining Further details not provided, but anticipated to be o walls modular block gravity or mechanically stabilized earth (MSE) walls Drains to City storm sewer (assumed) Stormwater management Not included in our scope of services 2.2 Site Location and Description ItemDescription 404 and 408 East College Street, and a portion of 405 East Location Washington Street in Iowa City, Iowa (Exhibit A-1) Building at 408 East College Street Retaining walls MidAmerican Energy Company substation Existing improvements Subsurface utilities including electrical, gas, fiber optic lines, (all to be removed or sanitary sewers, and storm sewers demolished as part of new Overhead electrical lines construction) Pavements, including parking lots and City alleys Landscaping, including grass, shrubs, and trees (primarily existing Chauncey Swan Park) Existing topography Surface elevations range from about 655 to 670 feet in proposed (Johnson County GIS) building area ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 2 120 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 3.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 3.1 Bedrock Geology The 2004 Bedrock Geology of Southeast Iowa, Digital Geologic Map of Iowa, Phase 7: Southeast Iowa map, prepared by the Iowa Geological Survey indicates the uppermost bedrock underlying the site is of the Cedar Valley Group of the Upper Middle and Upper Devonian Series, which has a primary lithology of limestone, described as fossiliferous, locally biostromal, and part argillaceous. Secondary lithologies are sublithographic to interclastic limestone; and dolomite, part argillaceous, and minor lithologies of shale, sandy limestone, chert, and silicification. No “Karst and Potential Karst” on the project area, and no sinkhole activity within 1 mile of the site is mapped by the Iowa Department of Natural Resources (IDNR). We are not aware of any Karst related foundation/structure distress on adjacent properties. 3.2 Typical Profile Based on the results of the borings, subsurface conditions on the project site can be generalized as follows: Approximate Consistency / Relative StratumMaterial Description Depth to Bottom of Density Stratum (feet) 6 to 12 inches Asphaltic / portland cement concrete / Surficial AN/A granular base course 1 (B-1 to B-5) 2 to 8 inches Surficial BTopsoil / root zoneN/A (B-6 to B-8) Fill - lean clay, sandy lean clay, fat clay, 6 to 18 1organic clay, clayey sand, silty sand, andN/A (B-1 to B-7) organic clayey sand Interbedded alluvial soils - silty clay, lean 51.5 to 61.5 Clay – soft to stiff clay to sandy lean clay, lean to fat clay, (B-1 to B-6) 2fat clay, silt to sandy silt, sands with Sand – very loose to 2 25.5 varying grain size distributions and silt medium dense (B-7 and B-8) and gravel contents 55.5 to 64 3Residual soil - sandy fat clayVery stiff (B-5 and B-6) More than 65.5 toHighly to moderately 4Bedrock - limestone and dolomite 3 79weathered 1. Borings B-1 to B-5 were performed in the existing alley and parking lot. 2. Borings B-7 and B-8 terminated within this stratum. 3. Borings B-1 to B-6 terminated within this stratum. ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 3 121 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 Conditions encountered at each boring location are indicated on the individual boring logs. Stratification boundaries on the boring logs represent the approximate location of changes in native soil and rock types; in situ, the transition between materials may be gradual. Details for each of the borings can be found on the boring logs in Appendix A of this report. 3.3 Groundwater Conditions The borings were observed for the presence of groundwater during drilling and sampling. The mud-rotary and/or core drilling procedures introduce drilling fluid into the boreholes, making water level observations shortly after the completion of drilling (e.g. same day) unrepresentative; therefore, water levels were not recorded for some borings after the completion of drilling. Except for Boring B-3 where a temporary piezometer has been installed, the boreholes were backfilled with auger cuttings after completion of our drilling operation, and the pavements (where present) patched. Water levels observations are presented in the table below. WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS While Drilling / SamplingDelayed Observations (feet)(feet) Boring No. DepthElevationDepthElevation B-116649.5N/A- - B-29648.5N/A- - 1 B-3NI- -15.5652.5 B-4NI- -N/A- - B-516653N/A- - B-69649.5N/A- - 2 B-719643.515.5647 B-815645N/A- - NI: No indication of groundwater prior to mud-rotary drilling. N/A: Delayed water level observation not performed. 1. Observation in piezometer 16 days after boring (on 3/16/2016). 2. Observation approximately 2 hours after the completion of boring. These water level observations provide an approximate indication of the groundwater conditions existing on the site at the time the observations were made. Longer-term observations (e.g. additional observations in the Boring B-3 piezometer and potentially additional piezometers) would be required for a better evaluation of the groundwater conditions on this site. Fluctuations of the groundwater levels will likely occur due to seasonal variations in the amount of rainfall, runoff and other factors not evident at the time the borings were performed. Therefore, groundwater levels during construction or at other times in the life of the structure may be different than the levels indicated on the boring logs. Also, trapped or “perched” water could be present within the sand or silt seams within native clay soils and/or in cohesionless soils (fill and native) above lower permeability clay soil layers. The possibility of groundwater level fluctuations and ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 4 122 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 perched water should be considered when developing the design and construction plans for the project. 4.0 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION 4.1 Geotechnical Considerations Based on the results of the subsurface exploration, laboratory testing, and our analyses, it is our opinion that the proposed structure can be supported on drilled shaft foundations that extend into competent bedrock. Primary geotechnical considerations include: High structural loads; Existing uncontrolled fill; Groundwater levels. Further details are provided herein. 4.1.1 High Structural Loads We understand that the maximum column load will be on the order of 3,500 kips. To avoid the need for multiple shafts (or other deep foundation types) with structural caps, shafts extending a significant depth into the bedrock will be required. Due to the variability of the bedrock, additional confirmation borings at all highly loaded shafts (i.e. compressive loads of 1,500 kips or more) as well as a portion of the more lightly loaded shafts, is necessary to confirm applicability of the design values recommended in this report. In addition, full-time observation of shaft construction by a Terracon field engineer or senior technician is necessary to evaluate when shaft excavations have extended into bedrock a sufficient distance for the bearing capacities recommended in this report. 4.1.2 Existing Uncontrolled Fill Existing fill materials were encountered to depths ranging from about 1.5 to 4.5 feet below anticipated lowest level finished floor elevation in five of the six building area borings. Based on the test results and composition of the fill, it appears that the fill was not placed as engineered fill with consistent control of moisture and density. Records regarding fill placement were not provided to Terracon for the preparation of this report, and likely do not exist. Support of floor slabs, and appurtenances on or above existing fill soils is discussed in this report. However, even with the recommended construction testing services, there is an inherent risk for the owner that highly compressible fill or unsuitable material within or buried by the fill will not be discovered. This risk of unforeseen conditions cannot be eliminated without completely removing the existing fill, but can be reduced by performing additional testing and evaluation. ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 5 123 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 If the owner is willing to accept the risk of unsuitable materials being present within or buried by the fill and not being detected, resulting in adverse floor slab and appurtenance performance, then stable portions of the existing fill soils could be used to support the floor slab and pavements. However, as a minimum we recommend at least 18 inches of properly compacted structural fill be present below grade-supported slabs. Granular working platforms and granular base courses could be considered part of this new fill section. If existing fill is present below retaining wall foundations, we recommend that either a cantilever type retaining wall be used that is supported on either deep foundations or aggregate pier improved soils, or that modular block walls be supported on new fill extending to suitable native soils or on aggregate pier improved soils. 4.1.3 Groundwater Based on the water levels encountered in the borings and temporary piezometer, portions of the lower level excavation, particularly grade beam and subfloor utility excavations, may extend below the water table. Heave in clay soils and/or quick conditions in sandy soils may result if excavations extend below the water table and proper dewatering measures are not performed. This would significantly reduce the bearing capacity of the subgrade soils for floor slab support. We recommend that an allowance for construction dewatering be included in cost estimates and bid documents. We understand that the lower level will be primarily parking; however, waterproofing of the lower level walls and slabs should be planned in any moisture sensitive areas. If critical equipment will be placed in the lower level, a back-up generator for powering sump pumps should be planned, or the lower level walls and floor slab could be designed to resist hydrostatic groundwater pressures structurally. 4.2 Site Preparation and Earthwork 4.2.1 Demolition Considerations It is important that the demolition of the existing structures and other site features and utilities be performed with close observation and testing. Any unsuitable fill and lower strength native materials should also be removed at this time. Grade supported slabs will likely be supported on the new fill placed in the demolition excavations. The demolition contractor should be aware of project requirements for backfilling so that removal of these fill materials and replacement under controlled conditions is not necessary upon construction of new grade-supported slabs. We recommend that the foundation plans of the existing MidAmerican Energy Corporation substation (and for any other current or previous structure on the site, if available) be reviewed prior to final foundation design. If existing structures are supported on deep foundations, it may not be practical to install a new foundation in that location, or the deep foundations will need to ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 6 124 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 be extracted. Any existing deep foundations encountered during construction that are not extracted should have their locations surveyed. 4.2.2 Site Grading Topsoil, vegetation, existing shallow foundations, slabs, unsuitable fill materials, and any otherwise unsuitable materials should be removed from the construction areas. If deep foundations are encountered during construction, they could be cut-off at least 2 feet below bottom of new slab elevation. Subgrade conditions should be observed by Terracon during construction. If the owner elects to leave a portion of the fill in place and assumes increased risk of distress in exchange for decreased construction costs, the lower level floor and appurtenances subgrades should be undercut at least 18 inches and new structural fill soils placed back to design subgrade level. Similarly, while not encountered near anticipated floor slab subgrade in the borings, if moderate to high plasticity clay soils are encountered, they should be undercut a minimum of 18 inches and replaced with low plasticity structural fill soils back to planned subgrade level. Note that the recommended 12-inch crushed stone working platform and 6-inch granular base course would satisfy the recommended overexcavation. We anticipate that utility lines extend through the new structure areas. It has been our experience that poorly compacted backfill is commonly found adjacent to below-grade foundations and in utility line trenches. Utility lines should be re-routed outside of the new building areas whenever feasible. Terracon should be notified of any existing utilities discovered that are below planned bottom of excavation elevation, so further recommendations can be provided. After rough grade has been established, the exposed subgrade should be proofrolled by the contractor and test probed by Terracon. However, obviously unstable subgrades should not be proofrolled to reduce disturbance of the subgrade soils, until after these soils have been stabilized. Proofrolling on clay subgrades could be accomplished by using heavy, rubber-tired construction equipment or a tandem axle dump truck (gross weight of 20 to 25 tons), while on sandy soils, by using a vibratory drum roller (gross weight of 10 tons or more). This surficial proofroll would help to provide a stable base for the compaction of new structural fill, and delineates low density, soft, or disturbed areas that may exist below subgrade level. Soft or loose areas should be undercut, moisture conditioned, and recompacted or replaced with approved structural fill. Dewatering during construction should be anticipated. We expect that sump pits and pumps would generally be adequate for dewatering localized excavations in clay soils. More extensive dewatering measures, such as well points and sheeting may be required for excavations extending into water bearing sand soils, and will likely be required for the building excavation. Groundwater levels should be maintained at least 2 feet below the lowest excavation level during construction. ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 7 125 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 Upon completion of filling and grading, care should be taken to maintain the subgrade moisture content prior to construction of floor slabs and appurtenances. Construction traffic over the completed subgrade should be avoided to the extent practical. The site should also be graded to prevent ponding of surface water on the prepared subgrades or in excavations. If the subgrade should become frozen, desiccated, saturated, or disturbed, the affected material should be removed or these materials should be scarified, moisture conditioned, and recompacted prior to floor slab and appurtenance construction. 4.2.3 Soil Stabilization Corrective measures will probably be required to increase subgrade stability during subgrade preparation. The owner should budget for additional costs to provide the required corrective measures. Based on our experience in soils of these types, crushed stone working mat on the order of 1 to 2 feet thick could be required to stabilize subgrade soils. A geotextile stabilization material could also be placed below the crushed stone to help stabilize the subgrade soils, but should not be used until all below-grade construction in the area is completed. 4.2.4 Excavation Considerations All excavations should comply with the requirements of OSHA 29CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P, "Excavations" and its appendices, as well as other applicable codes. This document states that the excavation safety is the responsibility of the contractor. Reference to this OSHArequirement should be included in the project specifications. Slope heights, slope inclinations and/or excavation depths should in no case exceed those specified in local, state or federal safety regulations, including current OSHA excavation and trench safety standards. Where granular soils are encountered, excavations will likely require shoring or bracing to maintain stability and reduce the lateral extent of the excavations. Sloped excavations could be considered if the lateral extent would not impact adjacent utilities, pavements or structures. Where poorly compacted variable fill materials are encountered, flatter slopes than those required by OHSA could be required to maintain the stability of the excavation(s). The information provided in this report is intended for its use by our client for this project only. Under no circumstances should the information provided below be interpreted to mean that Terracon is assuming responsibility for construction site safety or the contractor's activities; such responsibility is not being implied and should not be inferred. Construction site safety is the sole responsibility of the contractor, who shall also be solely responsible for the means, methods, and sequencing of construction operations. 4.2.5 Fill Material Requirements Fill placed in building and appurtenance areas should be low plasticitycohesive soil or granular soil. Fill placed in confined excavations, utility trenches, and retaining wall foundation overexcavations (if any) should consist of relatively clean and well-graded granular material. This should provide for greater ease of placement and compaction in confined areas where larger ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 8 126 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 compaction equipment cannot be operated. The use of granular fill in these isolated and potentially deeper excavations would reduce the potential for differential settlement for building components. The lean clay inorganic cohesive soils, and the sand soils, encountered in the borings are considered suitable for use as site mass grading fill. Significant moisture conditioning (e.g. drying of clays and wetting of sands) should be anticipated if on-site soils are used as fill. Sorting should be anticipated to remove higher plasticity soils, organic soils, and/or other deleterious materials if the existing fill is reused as new structural fill. The lean to fat clay and fat clay soils will have Atterberg limits greater than those recommended, and should not be used as fill within 4 feet of finished subgrade elevation. Similarly, the silt soils are difficult to place and compact, and are highly frost susceptible, so should not be used as structural fill within 4 feet of final subgrade elevation. We anticipate that an off-site source of granular material will be required, and that unsuitable materials from cut sections will need to be wasted from the site. Potentially impacted excavated materials (e.g. the existing fill in Boring B-5) should be evaluated by a Terracon environmental professional prior to reuse or removal from the site. Compacted structural fill should meet the following material property requirements: 1 Fill TypeUSCS ClassificationAcceptable Location for Placement Low plasticity CL-ML, CLGeneral site grading fill 2 cohesive High plasticityGreen (non-structural) locations, general site CL/CH, CH, ML 3 cohesive and siltgrading fill GW, GP, GM, GCGeneral site grading fill, below retaining wall 4 Granular SW, SP, SM, SCfoundations UnsuitableMH, OL, OH, PTGreen (non-structural) locations CL-ML, CL, CL-OL, ML, 5 On-site soilsPer the USCS classifications noted in this table CL/CH, CH, SM, SP-SM, SP 1. Structural fill should consist of approved materials that are free of organic matter and debris. Frozen material should not be used, and fill should not be placed on a frozen subgrade. A sample of each material type should be submitted to the geotechnical engineer for evaluation prior to use on this site. 2. Low plasticity cohesive soil has a liquid limit less than 45 and a plasticity index less than 23. 3. CH, CL/CH, and ML soils should not be used for structural fill within 4 feet of finished subgrade elevation. 4. Gradation requirements of granular materials may need to be met for specific applications for use as fill. 5. Should be evaluated by a Terracon environmental professional if potential impacts observed. ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 9 127 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 Appropriate laboratory tests, including Atterberg Limits for cohesive soils, organic content tests for dark colored soils and/or those that exhibit a noticeable odor, and standard Proctor (ASTM D698) moisture-density relationship tests should be performed on proposed fill materials prior to their use as structural fill. Further evaluation of any on-site soils or off-site fill materials should be performed by Terracon prior to their use in compacted fill sections. 4.2.6 Compaction Requirements ItemDescription 9 inches or less in loose thickness when heavy, self- propelled compaction equipment is used Maximum fill lift thickness 4 inches in loose thickness when hand-guided equipment (i.e. jumping jack or plate compactor) is used 98% beneath retaining wall foundations Minimum compaction 1,2,3 requirements 95% above retaining wall foundations and other areas Low plasticity cohesive: -2% to +3% 1 Moisture content range High Plasticity cohesive: 0 to +4% 4 Granular: -3% to +3% 1. As determined by the standard Proctor test (ASTM D698). 2. Lean to fat clay and fat clay should not be compacted to more than 100 percent of standard Proctor maximum dry density. 3. If the granular material is a coarse sand or gravel, or of a uniform size, or has a low fines content, compaction comparison to relative density may be more appropriate. In this case, granular materials should be compacted to at least 70% relative density (ASTM D 4253-00 and D 4254-00). 4. Moisture levels should be maintained at levels satisfactory for compaction to be achieved without the granular fill material bulking during placement or pumping when proofrolled. 4.2.7 Grading and Drainage Final surrounding grades should be sloped to provide effective drainage away from the building and appurtenances during and after construction. In addition, roof drainage should be collected by a system of gutters and downspouts and transmitted by pipe to the storm water drainage system or discharged a minimum of 5 feet away from the structure. As an alternative, splash blocks may be used as long as the ground surface is paved and slopes away from the structure. Grades around the structure should also be periodically inspected and adjusted as necessary, as part of the structure’s maintenance program. Water permitted to pond next to the building or on appurtenances can result in greater soil movements than those discussed in this report. These greater movements can result in unacceptable differential slab movements and/or cracked slabs. Estimated movements described in this report are based on effective drainage for the life of the structure and cannot be relied upon if effective drainage is not maintained. ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 10 128 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 Trees or other vegetation whose root systems have the ability to remove excessive moisture from the subgrade and foundation soils should not be planted next to structures such as retaining walls. Trees and shrubbery should be kept away from the exterior edges of a shallow foundation element a distance at least equal to 1½ times their expected mature height. 4.3 Deep Foundation Recommendations Based on the subsurface conditions observed in the borings, it is our opinion that the proposed building may be supported on drilled shafts extending into competent bedrock. Design and construction considerations for drilled shaft foundations are presented in the following sections. 4.3.1 Drilled Shaft Foundation Design Parameters DRILLED SHAFT DESIGN SUMMARY The design parameters provided below in the table should be used for the design of drilled shaft foundations. The values presented for allowable side friction and end bearing include a factor of safety of approximately 2. Side friction should be ignored within the frost zone. Drilled shafts should be spaced at least three (3) shaft diameters apart (center-to-center) if side friction is used for uplift loads. Note that loads may be resisted by the following combinations only: Axial compression: side friction and end bearing in bedrock; Neglect side friction in soil; o Axial uplift: side friction in soil and bedrock. For heavily loaded shafts (i.e. 1,500 kips or more), the RQD of the bedrock for a distance below the shaft tip equal to the shaft diameter should be at least 65 percent, if the higher allowable end bearing pressure of 150,000 psf is used. If bedrock with an RQD of 65 percent or more is not encountered during pre-drilling, the shaft could be designed with a longer rock socket and/or greater diameter using the allowable end bearing pressure of 50,000 psf. Terracon can provide additional recommendations after the pre-drilling program is completed. As can be seen in Borings B-2 to B-4, and B-6, the RQD values to the drilled depths are in the 40 to 65 percent range, and using the higher parameters for design would require drilled shafts extending to deeper depths (as would occur during the recommended shaft pre-drilling) to determine the minimum end bearing depths. ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 11 129 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 DRILLED SHAFT DESIGN SUMMARY Uplift- CompressionAllowable ElevationAllowable Stratum - AllowableEnd Bearing 1 RangeSoil TypeSkin No. Skin FrictionPressure 2, 3, 4 (Feet)Friction (Section 3.2) (psf)(psf) (psf) Frost Zone / Existing Above 6501- -- -- - Fill 650 - 625Upper alluvium2- -400- - 625 toLower alluvium and 5 2 and 3- -400 – 550- - 603 - 608residuum 603 - 608 toHighly weathered 42,0001,350- - 605.5 - 600bedrock 6 45,0003,50050,000 RQD 40% Below Dolomite bedrock 605.5 - 595 6 415,00010,000150,000 RQD 65% 1. See individual boring logs where depth and elevation ranges are shown. 2. The effective weight of the shafts may be added to uplift resistance. 3. Buoyant unit weights of the soil and concrete should be used in the calculations below the highest anticipated groundwater elevation of either 650 feet or the floor slab subdrain invert elevation. 4. Tensile reinforcement should extend to the bottom of shafts piles subjected to uplift loading. 5. Increases linearly with depth. 6. Shafts should extend a distance equal to or greater than one (1) shaft diameter into moderately weathered bedrock for end bearing to be considered. We recommend a minimum shaft diameter of 30 inches be used in order to permit cleaning and testing of the shaft bottoms. Post-construction settlements of drilled shafts designed and constructed as described in this report are estimated to range from about ¾ to 1 inch. Differential settlement between individual shafts can typically be estimated at one-half to two-thirds the total settlement. 4.3.2 Lateral Load Resistance of Drilled Shaft Foundations Detailed lateral analyses can be considered using design methods that incorporate p-y curves such as LPILE. Recommended input values for use in LPILE 2013 analyses that represent the materials encountered in the borings are shown on the table below. We can provide assistance in determining input parameters for older versions of LPILE, and or other COM624P based programs upon request. Use of the default values for (strain) and Soil Modulus k – Static are 50h recommended; however, input values for these parameters can be provided if needed. Boring B-5 was selected as being the controlling soil conditions (e.g. maximum lateral deflection for a shaft head elevation of about 650 feet) for lateral load design. We can provide LPILE parameters for other borings upon request. ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 12 130 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 LPILE 2013 INPUT PARAMETERS Material PropertyRecommended Value Lean clay /HighlyModerately Sand -fineSand withSandy fat Material type sandy leanweatheredweathered to coarsesiltclay claybedrockbedrock Elevation range 650 -639.5 - 627 - 608 608 - 605 605 - 595 595 - 590 (feet) 639.5627 Stiff ClayStrong Weak Soft ClaySandSandw/o FreeRock LPILE soil model Rock (Matlock)(Reese)(Reese)Water(Vuggy (Reese) (Reese)Limestone) Moist unit weight 1 110115120125150165 (pcf) Saturated unit weight 1 115115120125150165 (pcf) Effective unit weight 1 5353586388103 (pcf) Cohesion 2 500- -- -1,500- -- - (psf) Internal frictionangle 2 - -3032- -- -- - (degrees) Uniaxial compressive - -- -- -- -2,00012,000 strength, qu (psi) Initial modulus of rock - -- -- -- -2,000- - mass (psi) RQD (%) - -- -- -- -5- - Strain factor, k - -- -- -- -0.005- - rm 1. Effective unit weight should be used below the expected water table. A water table elevation of 650 feet or equal the highest invert elevation of the building subdrain system is recommended for design. LPILE will estimate values of k and E based on strength; however, values of k for cyclic loading h50h should be 40% of the static values if not reduced automatically by the analysis program. Since deflection or a service limit criterion will most likely control lateral capacity design, no safety/resistance factor is included with these parameters. We can provide input parameters for other analysis programs and/or perform the LPILE analysis upon request. LPILE p-y Multipliers: For laterally loaded shafts in a group, a reduction in lateral capacity is recommended. The following reduction multipliers (P) for laterally loaded shafts in a group below m a pile cap, as shown below in Figure 1, are recommended for shafts spaced three (3) diameters (3D) center-to-center (C-T-C), and lateral load applied in-line with the rows of piles: Front row: P = 0.8; m Second row: P = 0.4 m Third and subsequent row: P = 0.3. m ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 13 131 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 Figure 1. From FHWA HI 97-014, revised November, 1998. For the case of a single row of shafts supporting a laterally loaded grade beam, group action for lateral resistance of shafts would need be taken into account when spacing is less than 3D C-T- C. However, shaft C-T-C spacings closer than 3D are not recommended due to potential for the installation of a new shaft disturbing that of an already installed shaft, and would also result in uplift axial capacity reductions. It should be noted that the load capacities provided herein are based on the stresses induced in the supporting soil and rock strata. The structural capacity of the shafts should be checked to assure that they can safely accommodate the combined stresses induced by axial and lateral forces. Lateral deflections of shafts should be evaluated using an appropriate analysis method, and will depend upon the shaft’s diameter, length, configuration, stiffness and “fixed head” or “free head” condition. We can provide additional analyses and estimates of lateral deflections for specific loading conditions upon request. The load-carrying capacity of shafts may be improved by increasing the diameter and possibly the length. It should be noted that increased shaft length will not provide additional lateral capacity once an elastic hinge develops in the shaft. 4.3.3 Drilled Shaft Foundation Construction Considerations Terracon should be retained to observe all drilled shaft excavations to evaluate the suitability of the bearing materials and to verify that conditions in the drilled shaft excavations are consistent with those encountered in the test borings. If unsuitable materials are encountered at planned depths, it may be necessary to deepen the shaft. In addition, the following testing program is recommended: All highly loaded (i.e. compressive load of 1,500 kips or more) shaft locations should be pre-drilled with a rock coring technique to a distance equal to at least one (1) rock socket diameter below design end bearing elevation. ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 14 132 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 A representative portion (i.e. one-quarter to one-third) of more lightly loaded shafts should also be pre-drilled in the same manner as the highly loaded shafts. A layer of moderately weathered bedrock above more highly weathered bedrock (“cap rock”) could be present at some shaft locations, and would likely require a coring technique during shaft construction to penetrate effectively. The borings encountered groundwater and existing uncontrolled fill underlain by interbedded layers of clay and sand and then highly weathered bedrock prior to the end bearing stratum being encountered. A full-depth temporary steel casing in the overburden is recommended to stabilize the sides of the shaft excavations. Difficult drilling conditions should be expected within both the sand layers above the bedrock and in the weathered bedrock, and the potential for hard bedrock drilling conditions should also be anticipated. Significant seepage should be anticipated in the water-bearing sandy soil and highly weather bedrock layers, if a seal between the temporary casing and moderately weathered bedrock is not achieved. The drilled shaft contractor and foundation design engineer should be aware of these risks. Use of a telescoping casing arrangement can be considered to avoid handling long casing lengths. The lower casing, in particular, should be of sufficient length and stiffness and have an appropriate cutting edge to allow it to be firmly seated into the bedrock in order to seal out groundwater. Care should be taken so that the sides and bottom of the excavation are not disturbed during construction. The bottom of the shaft excavation should be free of loose material before concrete placement. Concrete should be placed as soon as possible after the foundation excavation is completed to reduce the potential disturbance of the bearing surface. If possible, excess water should be evacuated from the casing in order to place concrete in the "dry”. If dewatering the shaft excavation is not feasible, concrete should be placed using a tremie that extends to within 6 inches of the shaft base. The tremie remains inserted several feet into the fresh concrete as it displaces the water and/or drilling slurry upward and until placement is complete. If casing is removed during concrete placement, care should be exercised to maintain concrete inside the casing at a sufficient level to resist earth and hydrostatic pressures present on a casing exterior. Arching of the concrete, loss of seal and other problems can occur during casing removal and result in contamination of the drilled shaft. These conditions should be considered during the design and construction phases. Placement of loose soil backfill should not be permitted around the casing prior to removal. ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 15 133 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 4.4 Seismic Design Recommendations Based on the borings, seismic survey results, and planned lowest level of finished floor elevation of about 655 feet, we recommend that the building be designed for 2012 and/or 2015 IBC Seismic Site Class C. DescriptionValue Weighted average shear wave velocity, vNorth-south array: 1,210 ft/s s (rounded to the nearest 5 ft/s)East-west array: 1,215ft/s 12 2012/2015 International Building Code Site Classification (IBC)C Site latitude41° 39.55' N Site longitude91° 31.79' W 3 SSpectral Acceleration for a Short Period0.068 g DS 3 SSpectral Acceleration for a 1-Second Period0.062 g D1 2012/2015 International Building Code, 1. Note: In general accordance with the IBC Site Class is based on the average characteristics of the upper 100 feet of the subsurface profile. 2. Note: The average shear-wave velocity analysis and recommendations presented in this report are based upon the data obtained from the seismic refraction survey traverses performed at the indicated locations and on the indicated date. This analysis does not reflect variations that may occur across the site, or variations that may occur throughout the year, such as groundwater fluctuations. The refraction microtremor method is an approximate method, and one of many methods that can be used to determine shear-wave velocities. There are other costlier methods that can be used to further increase the accuracy of the seismic site classification and shear-wave profile. 3. These values were obtained using online seismic design maps and tools provided by the USGS (http://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/designmaps/). 4.5 Floor Slabs A 6 inch thickness of drainage course base material is recommended over a minimum thickness of 12 inches of well-graded crushed stone (e.g. IDOT Gradation 14, Section 4123) that is recommended to be placed over the exposed lower level subgrade soils following excavation to finished subgrade elevation, and prior to allowing other construction activities within the excavation. However, a greater thickness of crushed stone may be required to provide stability in some areas of the excavation. ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 16 134 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 4.5.1 Floor Slab Design Recommendations ItemDescription Interior floor system Slab-on-grade portland cement concrete Minimum 6 inches of free-draining (less than 6% passing the U.S. No. 200 sieve) crushed aggregate compacted to at least 95% of ASTM D 698 Over a 12-inch thick well-graded crushed stone o working platform for the lower level subgrade At least 18 inches of new structural fill should be present Floor slab support below floor slabs where portions of existing fill materials are left in place for floor slab support At least 18 inches of low plasticity cohesive, or granular soils with at least 18% passing the U.S. No. 200 sieve) material should be present below floor slabs where lean to fat clay or fat clay soils are present Minimum of 3½ feet of clean aggregate (less than 6% Unheated areas subject to frost 2 passing the U.S. No. 200 sieve) material below slabs 100 pounds per square inch per inch (psi/in) Estimated modulus of subgrade May be increased to 150 psi/in where at least 18 inches reaction for point loads of granular material are present below floor slabs 1. To reduce contamination of the recommended 6-inch thick drainage layer of free-draining material (e.g. IDOT Gradation 12a, Section 4121, or other aggregate with less than 6 percent passing the U.S. No. 200 sieve), we recommend that all drilled shaft and below-grade utility construction be completed before the base course aggregate is placed. Subdrains should be provided to reduce the potential for water ponding within the aggregate. 2. The use of a vapor retarder should be considered beneath concrete slabs on grade that will be covered with wood, tile, carpet or other moisture sensitive or impervious coverings, or when the slab will support equipment sensitive to moisture. When conditions warrant the use of a vapor retarder, the slab designer should refer to ACI 360 for procedures and cautions regarding the use and placement of a vapor retarder. Where floor slabs are tied to perimeter walls or turn-down slabs to meet structural or other construction objectives, our experience indicates that any differential movement between the walls and slabs will likely be observed in adjacent slab expansion joints or floor slab cracks that occur beyond the length of the structural dowels. The structural engineer should account for this potential differential settlement through use of sufficient control joints, appropriate reinforcing or other means. It should be noted that settlements of floor slabs supported on existing fill materials cannot be accurately predicted, but could be larger than normal and result in some cracking. Any unsuitable subgrade materials observed during construction should be overexcavated and replaced with new structural fill. Frequent control joints are recommended in the floor slabs where existing fill ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 17 135 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 materials are present to help control any cracking. A higher than normal percentage of steel reinforcement should be considered in floor slabs to provide additional strength and help control crack displacement. Additional replacement of existing fill materials below the slab areas with new structural fill could also be considered to help reduce the risk and to provide a more uniform bearing surface. A high modulus geogrid placed between the subgrade and base course could also be used to improve the degree and uniformity of subgrade support. However, all below- grade construction should be completed before the geogrid is placed. 4.5.2 Floor Slab Subdrains Based on the possibility of groundwater affecting the lower level slab, we recommend installing a subdrain system to control groundwater, improve stability, and improve long term slab performance. Subdrain Design Recommendations ItemValue At least 12 inches below the finished floor slab Drain locations and spacings elevation and spaced no greater than 30 feet apart Minimum drain pipe diameter 4 inches 16 inches or greater to provide minimum 6 inch Drain trench width annulus of drainage aggregate around drain pipe. Minimum of 12 inches below bottom of granular working platform Invert depth below subgrade elevation Minimum of 3½ feet below bottom of slab in areas potentially subject to frost Subdrain trench backfill material IDOT Section 4131 (porous backfill) The subdrains should be hydraulically connected to the free-draining granular base layer. Subdrains should be sloped to provide positive gravity drainage to reliable discharge points such as the below grade sump system or storm water management system, and reverse flow should be prevented. Periodic maintenance of subdrains is required for long-term proper performance. 4.5.3 Floor Slab Construction Considerations On most project sites, the site grading is generally accomplished early in the construction phase. However as construction proceeds, the subgrade will likely be disturbed due to utility excavations, construction traffic, desiccation, rainfall, etc. Correction to subgrades prior to placement of base course crushed stone and concrete should be anticipated, particularly where subgrades consist of and/or are underlain by poorly compacted existing fills, high moisture content clay soils, and/or loose sand soils. We recommend the area underlying the floor slab be rough graded and then thoroughly proofrolled with a partially-loaded (gross weight of about 25 tons) tandem axle dump truck prior to final grading and placement of the crushed stone base course. Particular attention should be ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 18 136 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 paid to high traffic areas that were rutted and disturbed earlier and to areas where backfilled trenches are located. Areas where unsuitable conditions are located should be repaired by removing and replacing the affected material with properly compacted fill. Dry and/or desiccated subgrade soils should be removed, or subjected to a procedure of scarification, moisture conditioning, and recompaction prior to placing the floor slab base course. The recommended crushed stone base thickness is not intended to be used as a working surface for construction activities. Some redressing and correction of the crushed stone base disturbed or contaminated with fines should be anticipated if the stone base is placed early during construction. 4.6 Lateral Earth Pressures Reinforced concrete walls with unbalanced backfill levels on opposite sides, such as basement walls and retaining walls, should be designed for earth pressures at least equal to those indicated in the following table. Earth pressures will be influenced by structural design of the walls, conditions of wall restraint, methods of construction and/or compaction and the strength of the materials being restrained. Two wall restraint conditions are shown. Active earth pressure is commonly used for design of free-standing cantilever retaining walls and assumes wall movement. The "at-rest" condition assumes no wall rotation and should be used for basement walls and other walls restrained from movement. The surcharge components would apply where drives, surface parking or other loading will be applied adjacent to the below grade walls. The recommended design lateral earth pressures are for cast-in-place concrete walls only, do not include a factor of safety, and do not include any provision for possible hydrostatic pressure on the walls. These recommendations are not applicable to the design of modular block - geogrid reinforced backfill walls, and additional analyses and evaluation would be required for these walls. ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 19 137 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 Earth Pressure Coefficients EARTHCOEFFICIENTEQUIVALENT FLUIDSURCHARGEEARTH PRESSURE, P 2 PRESSUREFOR BACKFILLPRESSUREPRESSURE, (psf) CONDITIONSTYPEP 1 (pcf) (psf) DrainedUndrainedDrainedUndrained Active (Ka)Granular - 0.334080(0.33)S(40)H(85)H Lean Clay - 0.425090(0.42)S(50)H(90)H 5590(55)H(90)H Granular - 0.46(0.46)S At-Rest (Ko) 70100(70)H(100)H Lean Clay - 0.60(0.60)S Passive (Kp) Granular - 3.0360235------ Lean Clay - 2.4290200------ 0.30: On cohesive bearing soils Ultimate coefficient of sliding resistance on suitable bearing soils0.35: On granular bearing soils 0.45: On at least 2 feet of crushed stone backfill Applicable conditions to the above include: For active earth pressure, wall must rotate about base, with top lateral movements of about HHH 0.002 to 0.004, where is wall height; For passive earth pressure to develop, wall must move horizontally to mobilize resistance; Uniform surcharge, where S is surcharge pressure; In-situ soil backfill weight a maximum of 120 pcf; Horizontal backfill, compacted between 95 and 100 percent of standard Proctor maximum dry density; Loading from heavy compaction equipment not included; Heavy construction equipment should not operate within a horizontal distance o closer than a distance equal to the exposed height of retaining walls; No hydrostatic pressures acting on wall; No dynamic loading; No safety factor included; Ignore passive pressure in frost zone. Backfill placed against structures should consist of granular soils or low plasticity cohesive soils, and should be placed in thin lifts and compacted using hand-operated equipment. For the granular values to be valid, the granular backfill must extend out and up from the base of the wall at an angle of at least 45 degrees from vertical for both the active and at-rest cases, and at least 60 degrees for the passive case. A perforated rigid plastic or metal drain line installed behind the base of walls that extend below adjacent grade is recommended to prevent hydrostatic loading on the walls. The basement wall drain system should be used in conjunction with the sub-floor drain system presented in section 4.5.2 ; however, reverse flow between the systems should be prevented. The invert of a drain line ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 20 138 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 around a below-grade building area or exterior retaining wall should be placed near foundation bearing level. The drain line should be sloped to provide positive gravity drainage to a storm sewer and/or to a sump pit and pump. The drain line should be surrounded by clean, free-draining granular material having less than 5 percent passing the No. 200 sieve. The free-draining aggregate should be encapsulated in a filter fabric. The granular fill should extend to within 2 feet of final grade, where it should be capped with compacted cohesive fill to reduce infiltration of surface water into the drain system. As an alternative to free-draining granular fill, a pre-fabricated drainage structure may be used. A pre-fabricated drainage structure is a plastic drainage core or mesh which is covered with filter fabric to prevent soil intrusion, and is fastened to the wall prior to placing backfill. 4.7 Mechanically Stabilized Earth (MSE) Retaining Walls 4.7.1 MSE Retaining Wall Design Recommendations The proper design and analysis of a modular block, mechanically stabilized earth (MSE) retaining wall system should include consideration of external, internal, and global stability. The external stability considers the reinforced soil mass as a monolithic block, and includes sliding, overturning, and bearing capacity failure of the wall. The internal stability includes pullout and tensile failure of the geogrid members. Global stability considers the failure of the slope beyond the limits of the mechanically stabilized wall. The results of these analyses are dependent upon the wall configuration, wall type, grid type and location, slope geometry, surcharge loading, groundwater, as well as soil characteristics (texture, density, shear strength, and moisture content). Based upon the subsurface conditions encountered in the borings, MSE walls appear to be feasible, with a program of overexcavation and replacement of unsuitable materials, such as ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 21 139 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 existing fill, very soft to medium stiff native clay, and very loose to loose native sand, below the bottom of the wall. We recommend that cost estimates for wall construction include an allowance for this bearing soil correction. As an alternative to bearing soil correction by overexcavation and replacement, the walls could be supported on lower strength/lower density native soils and/or existing fill materials that have ® been improved with methods such as “GeopierRammed Aggregate Piers”, “Vibro-Replacement ® Stone Columns”, or other similar aggregate pier systems that extend through the fill soils to suitable native soils. These soil improvement methods are proprietary systems designed by licensed contractors who could provide further information regarding these support options. The design bearing pressure is provided by the aggregate pier designer/installer. Since wall heights were not provided, checks of bearing capacity and settlement were not performed. These should be provided by the retaining wall designer, or could be performed by Terracon upon request. External, internal, and global stability of the wall is the responsibility of the wall designer, and was not considered in our analyses. However, we would be pleased to review the design of the retaining wall systems by the selected design-build contractor with regard to external, internal, and global stability, if desired. The MSE wall should be designed with a leveling pad comprised of properly compacted, well- graded crushed stone or concrete mud mat. In addition, we recommend that the leveling pad be designed with a minimum embedment depth of 24 inches, as measured from the base of the foundation to the lowest adjacent grade; however, it should be noted that frost depths could reach or exceed 4 feet in depth. Additional wall embedment could be required based on design evaluation of sliding resistance, foundation bearing capacity, and/or global slope stability. It should be noted that drainage of soil within a retaining wall system is essential in maintaining the integrity of the proposed wall. The saturation of reinforced fill zone from surface water infiltration can significantly reduce the material strength and jeopardize the stability of the wall structure. Thus, we recommend that a drainage system be constructed to reduce the potential for surface water infiltration or groundwater accumulation behind the retaining wall. 4.7.2 MSE Wall Foundation Construction Considerations The base of the wall foundation excavation should be free of water and loose soil prior to placing the aggregate leveling pad and wall backfill. Should the soils at bearing level become excessively dry, disturbed or saturated, or frozen, the affected soil should be removed prior to wall construction. It is recommended that the geotechnical engineer be retained to observe and test the soil foundation bearing materials. ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 22 140 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 MSE wall foundation excavations should be observed by the retaining wall designer. If the soil conditions encountered differ significantly from those presented in this report and/or those used in the design of the wall, supplemental recommendations will be required. Where unsuitable bearing soils are encountered in foundation excavations, the excavations should be extended deeper to suitable soils or as directed by the retaining wall designer, and backfilled with properly compacted granular materials. 4.7.3 MSE Retaining Wall Retained Soil Parameters The boring logs should be reviewed by the wall designer to select the soil types anticipated at the base elevation of the wall for foundation parameters, and retained soil types for lateral earth pressure parameters. Based and typical modular block retaining wall design, the following soil design parameters should be considered: Modular Wall Soil Design Parameters 1 Effective Friction Soil TypeCohesionUnit Weight (pcf) Angle Existing fill160115 Native fat clay220115 Native lean clay240120 Native sandy lean clay260125 Native sand300120 222 Reinforced fillTBDTBDTBD 1. Parameters provided consider typical soil strengths for estimation of lateral earth pressures. 2. To be determined by the modular block wall designer. 4.8 Frost Considerations The soils on this site are frost susceptible, and small amounts of water can affect the performance of the slabs-on-grade, sidewalks and pavements. Exterior slabs should be anticipated to heave during winter months. If frost action needs to be eliminated in critical areas, we recommend the use of non-frost susceptible structural or structural slabs (e.g., structural stoops in front of building doors). Placement of non-frost susceptible material in large areas may not be feasible; however, the following recommendations are provided to help reduce potential frost heave: Providing surface drainage away from the building and slabs and toward the site storm drainage system; Installing drain tiles around the perimeter of the building, stoops, and below exterior slabs, and connect them to the storm drainage system; Placing non-frost susceptible fill as backfill beneath slabs and pavements that are critical to the project. ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 23 141 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 As an alternative to extending the non-frost susceptible fill to the full frost depth, consideration can be made to placing extruded polystyrene or cellular concrete under a buffer of at least 2 feet of non-frost susceptible fill. 4.9 Environmental Considerations It should be noted that potential creosote odors were detected by our drill crew during drilling operations at this site during laboratory testing of the samples in the existing fill stratum in Boring B-5 (approximately 0.5 to 11.5 feet in depth). Any comments made in this geotechnical engineering report regarding evidence of contamination should not be construed as providing any level of environmental site assessment services. Although geotechnical design and construction recommendations are included in this report, these recommendations do not address the potential effects of impacted soil and/or groundwater on the proposed project. Possible effects include, but are not limited to, vapor accumulation in excavations and building areas. In addition, excavation and backfilling which are often required for removal of contaminants would alter the subsurface conditions described in this report and may necessitate modification of the recommendations. The designer of any project on this site should be made aware of the information contained in this report. An environmental assessment of the site has not been performed, but can be provided upon request. Terracon can provide services regarding the effect on the proposed development, and if required, proper disposal of contaminated materials and/or site remediation. 5.0 GENERAL COMMENTS Terracon should be retained to review the final design plans and specifications so comments can be made regarding interpretation and implementation of our geotechnical recommendations in the design and specifications. Terracon also should be retained to provide observation and testing services during grading, excavation, foundation construction and other earth-related construction phases of the project. The analysis and recommendations presented in this report are based upon the data obtained from the borings performed at the indicated locations and from other information discussed in this report. This report does not reflect variations that may occur between borings, across the site, or due to the modifying effects of construction or weather. The nature and extent of such variations may not become evident until during or after construction. If variations appear, we should be immediately notified so that further evaluation and supplemental recommendations can be provided. The scope of services for this project does not include either specifically or by implication any environmental or biological (e.g., mold, fungi, bacteria) assessment of the site or identification or ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 24 142 143 APPENDIX A FIELD EXPLORATION 144 PROJECT LOCATION BASE DRAWING FROM JOHNSON COUNTY, IOWA GIS THIS DRAWING IS INTENDED FOR GENERAL LOCATION PURPOSES ONLY Consulting Engineers and Scientists 0400' 145 WASHINGTON STREET S E B-7 B-8 B-1 B-5 LANDSCAPING CONCRETE 16" Tree D ADA 16" Tree RAMP D CONCRETE 8" Tree LANDSCAPING 4" Tree LANDSCAPING LANDSCAPING 4" Tree 4" Tree16" Tree STAIRS D LANDSCAPINGLANDSCAPING 14" Tree 80' ROW 10" Tree 18" Tree S 8" Tree 12" Tree 14" Tree GRASS B-4 GRASS 18" Tree 4" Tree LANDSCAPING PLANTER D B-2 LANDSCAPING LANDSCAPING B-1 E E CONCRETE ASPHALT S S D FF=658.10 FF=658.55 CONCRETE CONCRETE 70'(R) D CONCRETE CONCRETE CONCRETE EXISTING BUILDING 3,262 SF B-4 B-3 408 E. COLLEGE STREET B-2 30'(R) B-3 20'(R) 18" Tree B-6 ADA RAMP COLUMN UP 0.40'(R) 404 E. COLLEGE B-5 UP STREET FF=672.40 0.59'(R) ELEVATOR BUILDING 20'(R) 79.83' STAIRS D S COLLEGE STREET D D - APPROXIMATE BORING LOCATION - APPROXIMATE BORING LOCATION TERRACON PROJ. NO. 06915056 BASE DRAWINGS FROM JOHNSON COUNTY, IOWA GIS AND CADD DRAWING '150572-base topo-jm.dwg' BY HBK ENGINEERING, LLC- APPROXIMATE SEISMIC RUN LOCATION THIS DRAWING IS INTENDED FOR GENERAL LOCATION PURPOSES ONLY APRIL 2016 Consulting Engineers and Scientists 060' 146 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 Field Exploration Description Our field exploration consisted of performing eight borings at the project site that extended to depths of about 25.5 to 79 feet below the existing grades. The boring locations were performed as close as access and utility considerations allowed to the planned locations. Following the completion of fieldwork, Iowa State Plane South coordinates (rounded to the nearest foot) of the boring locations were obtained with a survey quality GPS unit and are presented on the boring logs. The approximate boring locations are indicated on the attached Boring Location Plan. The ground surface elevations indicated on the boring logs are approximate (rounded to the nearest 0.5-foot), and were obtained by the drill crew with a level and rod. The elevations were referenced to utilities with known elevations from the site topographic plan provided by HBK Engineering, LLC. The locations and elevations of the borings should be considered accurate only to the degree implied by the means and methods used to define them. Drilling and Soil Sampling The borings were drilled with a truck-mounted, rotary drilling rig using continuous flight, hollow- stemmed augers and/or a mud rotary procedure to advance the boreholes. Samples of overburden soils and highly weathered bedrock were obtained using either thin-walled tube (ASTM D1587) or split-barrel sampling (ASTM D1586) procedures. In the thin-walled tube sampling procedure, a seamless steel tube with a sharp cutting edge is pushed hydraulically into the ground to obtain relatively undisturbed samples of cohesive or moderately cohesive soils. In the split-barrel sampling procedure, a standard 2-inch O.D. split-barrel sampling spoon is driven into the ground with a 140-pound hammer falling a distance of 30 inches. A CME automatic SPT hammer was used to advance the split-barrel sampler in the borings performed for this project. A significantly greater efficiency is achieved with the automatic hammer compared to the conventional safety hammer operated with a cathead and rope. This higher efficiency has an appreciable effect on the SPT-N value. The effect of the automatic hammer's efficiency has been considered in the interpretation and analysis of the subsurface information for this report. The number of blows required to advance the sampling spoon the last 12 inches of a normal 18-inch penetration is recorded as the standard penetration resistance value. These values are indicated on the boring logs at the corresponding depths of occurrence. The samples were sealed and returned to the laboratory for testing and classification (ASTM D4220). Rock Coring After achieving auger refusal in bedrock, Borings B-1 through B-6 were advanced approximately an additional 9.9 to 15 feet using diamond-bit core drilling procedures (ASTM D2113). After the core samples were retrieved, they were placed in a box (ASTM D5079) and logged. The rock was later visually classified, and the "percent recovery" and rock quality designation (RQD) (ASTM D6032) was determined for each run. The "percent recovery" is the ratio of the sample length retrieved to the drilled length, expressed as a percent. An indication of the actual in-situ rock quality is provided by calculating the sample's RQD. The RQD is the percentage of the length of broken cores retrieved which have core ResponsiveResourcefulReliable Exhibit A-3 147 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 segments at least 4 inches in length compared to each drilled length. The percent recovery and RQD are related to rock soundness and quality as shown in the table below: Relation of RQD and In-Situ Rock Quality RQD (%)Rock Quality 90 – 100Excellent 75 – 90Good 50 – 75Fair 25 – 50Poor 0 – 25Very Poor Field logs of the borings were prepared by the drill crew. Each log included visual classification of the materials encountered during drilling as well as the driller's interpretation of the subsurface conditions between samples. The boring logs (ASTM D5434) included with this report represent an interpretation of the field logs by a geotechnical engineer and include modifications based on laboratory observation and tests on select samples. Goodman Jack Testing Terracon performed Goodman Jack testing in Borings B-2 and B-5 in order to help evaluate the in-situ deformation characteristics of the rock mass. The Goodman Jack is a device that is inserted into an “N” size core hole in bedrock, and can test the bedrock to pressures of up to 100 tons per square foot. Field results of the Goodman Jack testing are borehole wall deflection as function of applied jack plate pressure. The data generated from the Goodman Jack tests (Exhibits A-22 and A-23), coupled with laboratory core compressive strength data and RQD, is used to develop allowable design capacities for drilled shafts extending to and/or into bedrock. Seismic Refraction Survey On March 7, 2016, Terracon used a seismic refraction system (SRS) consisting of a seismograph and 24 geophones to perform a site-specific seismic class survey. Two traverses using a linear array of 24 geophones were placed in accessible areas as shown on Exhibit A-2. A computer was used to record refraction microtremors produced by ambient seismic noise. The data was then processed using a wavefield-transformation data-processing technique and an interactive Rayleigh-wave dispersion-modeling tool. The refraction microtremor method exploits aspects of spectral analysis of surface waves (SASW) and multi-channel analysis of surface waves (MASW) to derive a shear wave profile and an average shear-wave velocity along the array for a corresponding interpreted depth of about 100 feet. Procedural standards noted above are for reference to methodology in general. In some cases variations to methods are applied as a result of local practice or professional judgment. ResponsiveResourcefulReliable Exhibit A-3 148 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 Goodman Jack Pressure v. Displacement Boring B-2 -Test at 56.5 to 58.5 feet 12000 Hydraulic Pressure 10000 Plate Pressure 8000 6000 4000 2000 E=826ksi calc 0 0.0000.0100.0200.0300.0400.0500.060 Displacement (inches) Goodman Jack Pressure v. Displacement Boring B-2 -Test at 59 to 61 feet 12000 Hydraulic Pressure 10000 Plate Pressure 8000 6000 4000 2000 E= 550 ksi calc 0 0.0000.0100.0200.0300.0400.0500.060 Displacement (inches) Exhibit A-22 ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 174 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 Goodman Jack Pressure v. Displacement Boring B-5 -Test at 72 to 74 feet 12000 Hydraulic Pressure Plate Pressure 10000 8000 6000 4000 2000 E=951ksi calc 0 0.0000.0100.0200.0300.0400.0500.060 Displacement (inches) Goodman Jack Pressure v. Displacement Boring B-5 -Test at 76.5 to 78.5 feet 12000 Hydraulic Pressure Plate Pressure 10000 8000 6000 4000 2000 E= 801 ksi calc 0 0.0000.0100.0200.0300.0400.0500.060 Displacement (inches) Exhibit A-23 ResponsiveResourcefulReliable 175 North–South Profile Average Shear Wave Velocity to 100 ft (rounded) = 1,210 ft/s Shear Wave Profile Project Manager:Project No.EXHIBIT # TWS06165035 Drawn by:Scale: THE CHAUNCEY RMKN.T.S. A-24 NEQ of East College and South Gilbert Streets Checked by:File Name: GJK NS.xlsx Iowa City, Iowa Approved by:Date: 2640 12th Street SW C edar Rapids, Iowa 52404 BEB 3/7/2016 PH. (319) 366-8321 FAX. (319) 366-0032 176 East–West Profile Average Shear Wave Velocity to 100 ft (rounded) = 1,215 ft/s Shear Wave Profile Project Manager:Project No.EXHIBIT # TWS06165035 Drawn by:Scale: THE CHAUNCEY RMKN.T.S. A-25 NEQ of East College and South Gilbert Streets Checked by:File Name: GJK NS.xlsx Iowa City, Iowa Approved by:Date: 2640 12th Street SW C edar Rapids, Iowa 52404 BEB 3/7/2016 PH. (319) 366-8321 FAX. (319) 366-0032 177 APPENDIX B SUPPORTING INFORMATION 178 Geotechnical Engineering Report The Chauncey Iowa City, Iowa April 20, 2016 Terracon Project No. 06165035.01 Laboratory Testing Soil samples were tested in the laboratory to measure their natural water contents (ASTM D2216). Dry unit weight measurements (ASTM D7263) were performed on portions of intact thin-walled tube samples. The unconfined compressive strength (ASTM D2166) of some thin-walled tube samples was also measured. A hand penetrometer was used to estimate the unconfined compressive strength of some cohesive samples. The hand penetrometer provides a better estimate of soil consistency than visual examination alone. The following index tests were performed to aid in classifying the soils and evaluating their engineering properties: Five (5) Atterberg limits (liquid and plastic) tests (ASTM D4318); Four (4) organic content (loss on ignition) determinations (ASTM D2974); Three (3) grain size analyses (ASTM D422). The results of the laboratory tests are shown on the boring logs, adjacent to the soil profiles, at their corresponding sample depths and/or as Exhibits B-2 and B-3. As a part of the laboratory testing program, the soil samples were classified in the laboratory (ASTM D2488) based on visual observation, texture, plasticity, and the limited laboratory testing described above. Additional testing could be performed to more accurately classify the samples. Portions of the recovered samples were placed in sealed containers, and the samples will be retained for at least 1 month in case additional testing is requested. The soil descriptions General Notes presented on the boring logs for native soils are in accordance with our enclosed Unified Soil Classification System and (USCS) (ASTM D2487). The estimated group symbol for the USCS is also shown on the boring logs, and a brief description of the Unified System is attached to this report. Description of Rock Classification of rock materials is in accordance with the enclosed Properties and has been estimated from core and disturbed samples. Petrographic analysis may indicate other rock types. Sixteen (16) portions of the rock core obtained were tested for density and compressive strength (ASTM D4543 and D7012), with the results being presented on the boring logs. Procedural standards noted above are for reference to methodology in general. In some cases variations to methods are applied as a result of local practice or professional judgment. ResponsiveResourcefulReliable Exhibit B-1 179 180 181 APPENDIX C SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS 182 183 UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Soil Classification A Criteria for Assigning Group Symbols and Group Names Using Laboratory Tests Group B Group Name Symbol F E GW Well-graded gravel Cu 4 and 1 Cc 3 Clean Gravels: Gravels: C Less than 5% fines F E GP Poorly graded gravel Cu 4 and/or 1 Cc 3 More than 50% of coarse fraction retained F,G,H Fines classify as ML or MH GM Silty gravel Gravels with Fines: Coarse Grained Soils: on No. 4 sieve C More than 12% fines F,G,H Fines classify as CL or CH GC Clayey gravel More than 50% retained I E SW Well-graded sand Cu 6 and 1 Cc 3 Clean Sands: Sands: on No. 200 sieve D Less than 5% fines I E SP Poorly graded sand Cu 6 and/or 1 Cc 3 50% or more of coarse fraction passes No. 4 G,H,I Fines classify as ML or MH SM Silty sand Sands with Fines: sieve D More than 12% fines G,H,I Fines classify as CL or CH SC Clayey sand K,L,M J CL Lean clay PI 7 and plots on or above “A” line Inorganic: K,L,M J ML Silt PI 4 or plots below “A” line Silts and Clays: Liquid limit less than 50 K,L,M,N Liquid limit - oven dried Organic clay Organic:OL 0.75 Fine-Grained Soils: K,L,M,O Liquid limit - not dried Organic silt 50% or more passes the K,L,M PI plots on or above “A” line CH Fat clay No. 200 sieve Inorganic: K,L,M PI plots below “A” line MH Elastic Silt Silts and Clays: K,L,M,P Liquid limit 50 or more Liquid limit - oven driedOrganic clay Organic:OH 0.75 K,L,M,Q Liquid limit - not dried Organic silt Highly organic soils:Primarily organic matter, dark in color, and organic odor PT Peat AH Based on the material passing the 3-inch (75-mm) sieveIf fines are organic, add “with organic fines” to group name. B I If field sample contained cobbles or boulders, or both, add “with cobbles If soil contains 15% gravel, add “with gravel” to group name. J or boulders, or both” to group name. If Atterberg limits plot in shaded area, soil is a CL-ML, silty clay. C K Gravels with 5 to 12% fines require dual symbols: GW-GM well-graded If soil contains 15 to 29% plus No. 200, add “with sand” or “with gravel,” gravel with silt, GW-GC well-graded gravel with clay, GP-GM poorly whichever is predominant. graded gravel with silt, GP-GC poorly graded gravel with clay.L If soil contains 30% plus No. 200 predominantly sand, add “sandy” to D Sands with 5 to 12% fines require dual symbols: SW-SM well-graded group name. sand with silt, SW-SC well-graded sand with clay, SP-SM poorly graded M If soil contains 30% plus No. 200, predominantly gravel, add sand with silt, SP-SC poorly graded sand with clay “gravelly” to group name. N PI 4 and plots on or above “A” line. 2 (D) 30O E PI 4 or plots below “A” line. Cu = D/D Cc = 6010 P DxD PI plots on or above “A” line. 1060 Q PI plots below “A” line. F If soil contains 15% sand, add “with sand” to group name. G If fines classify as CL-ML, use dual symbol GC-GM, or SC-SM. Exhibit C-2 184 DESCRIPTION OF ROCK PROPERTIES WEATHERING TermDescription Unweathered No visible sign of rock material weathering, perhaps slight discoloration on major discontinuity surfaces. Slightly Discoloration indicates weathering of rock material and discontinuity surfaces. All the rock material may be weathered discolored by weathering and may be somewhat weaker externally than in its fresh condition. Moderately Less than half of the rock material is decomposed and/or disintegrated to a soil. Fresh or discolored rock is weathered present either as a continuous framework or as corestones. Highly More than half of the rock material is decomposed and/or disintegrated to a soil. Fresh or discolored rock is weathered present either as a discontinuous framework or as corestones. Completely All rock material is decomposed and/or disintegrated to soil. The original mass structure is still largely weathered intact. All rock material is converted to soil. The mass structure and material fabric are destroyed. There is a Residual soil large change in volume, but the soil has not been significantly transported. STRENGTH OR HARDNESS Uniaxial Compressive DescriptionField Identification Strength, PSI (MPa) Extremely weak Indented by thumbnail 40-150 (0.3-1) Crumbles under firm blows with point of geological hammer, can Very weak 150-700 (1-5) be peeled by a pocket knife Can be peeled by a pocket knife with difficulty, shallow Weak rock 700-4,000 (5-30) indentations made by firm blow with point of geological hammer Cannot be scraped or peeled with a pocket knife, specimen can be Medium strong 4,000-7,000 (30-50) fractured with single firm blow of geological hammer Specimen requires more than one blow of geological hammer to Strong rock 7,000-15,000 (50-100) fracture it Very strong Specimen requires many blows of geological hammer to fracture it 15,000-36,000 (100-250) Extremely strong Specimen can only be chipped with geological hammer >36,000 (>250) DISCONTINUITY DESCRIPTION Fracture Spacing (Joints, Faults, Other Fractures)Bedding Spacing (May Include Foliation or Banding) DescriptionSpacingDescriptionSpacing Extremely closeLaminated < ¾ in (<19 mm)< ½ in (<12 mm) Very closeVery thin ¾ in – 2-1/2 in (19 - 60 mm)½ in – 2 in (12 – 50 mm) CloseThin 2-1/2 in – 8 in (60 – 200 mm)2 in – 1 ft (50 – 300 mm) ModerateMedium 8 in – 2 ft (200 – 600 mm)1 ft – 3 ft (300 – 900 mm) WideThick 2 ft – 6 ft (600 mm – 2.0 m)3 ft – 10 ft (900 mm – 3 m) Very WideMassive 6 ft – 20 ft (2.0 – 6 m)> 10 ft (3 m) Discontinuity Orientation (Angle): Measure the angle of discontinuity relative to a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the core. (For most cases, the core axis is vertical; therefore, the plane perpendicular to the core axis is horizontal.) For example, a horizontal bedding plane would have a 0 degree angle . ROCK QUALITY DESIGNATION (RQD*) DescriptionRQD Value (%) Very Poor 0 - 25 Poor 25 – 50 Fair 50 – 75 Good 75 – 90 Excellent 90 - 100 *The combined length of all sound and intact core segments equal to or greater than 4 inches in length, expressed as a percentage of the total core run length. Reference: U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, Publication No FHWA-NHI-10-034, December 2009 Technical Manual for Design and Construction of Road Tunnels – Civil Elements Exhibit C-3 185 BLANK PAGE Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC ACOUSTICAL REPORT Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC BLANK PAGE Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC ASSOCIATES 7733 Forsyth Boulevard St. Louis, Missouri 63105 USA tel +1 314 896 2511 www.kirkegaard.com ASSOCIATES ASSOCIATES ASSOCIATES ASSOCIATES ASSOCIATES ASSOCIATES ASSOCIATES ASSOCIATES ASSOCIATES ASSOCIATES ASSOCIATES ASSOCIATES ASSOCIATES ASSOCIATES ASSOCIATES ASSOCIATES ASSOCIATES ASSOCIATES ASSOCIATES ROOFING REPORT Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC BLANK PAGE Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC April 11, 2016 Steve Rohrbach, AIA Rohrbach Associates PC 325 E. Washington Street #400 Iowa City, IA 52240 PRELIMINARY SCOPE OF WORK Roofing and Terrace Waterproofing The Chauncey Iowa City, IA Dear Steve, Following our initial design review meeting and subsequent correspondence, we offer the following preliminary roofing and terrace deck waterproofing scope of work for your review and consideration. The following general criteria have been considered in developing this scope of work: Comply with City of Iowa Citycode adoptions, which are based on the 2015 IBC (as § amended by the City) and Iowa State Energy Code (based on 2012 IECC). Class Afire rating required for all roof areas, even if it exceeds code (note the impact of § vegetative roof coverings has not been considered and will require study by the firm specifying these systems). Uppermostroof slope will be 2:12, which affects roof choices required to meet Class A. § Property insurance company is unknown at this time. Provide roof systems that are FM § Global approved, given that selected firm may requireadherence to FM Global standards. RoofNav calculations for the upper penthouse roof level indicate a system approved for 1-105 (field), 1-150 (perimeters) and 1-195 (corners) is required. Values calculated using ASCE 7-10 do not exceed FM Global's values, so FM Global's values are the key criteria. Usepremium systems given the concealed location of the waterproofing and the § importance of long-term, trouble-free service to you and the other project stakeholders. Use roof system that is highlywind and hail resistant, particularly on the upper roofs § which have the greatest exposure of nearly all other structures in Iowa City. As such, systems that have been tested for high wind uplift pressures are proposed, including paver attachment on the upper level terraces. Recommend options that have multiple, manufacturer-approved,applicators that have § proven they can deliver exceptional quality workmanship. Uppermost roof will require a "cool roof" for the project to meetLEED Silver. The firm § selecting the terrace paver finishes may also need to consider paver colors to ensure the LEED credit for "cool roof" can be achieved.. All roof/terracedecks other than the uppermost steel deck level will be structurally sloped § cast-in-place (CIP) concrete decks with integral concrete curbs at perimeters and penetrations. Roof drains with companion overflow drains will be provided at low points; locations to be determined during SD or DD stage.These decks will not utilize lightweight structural concrete for the structural slabs or any topping slabs required to obtain structural roof slope under the waterproofing membrane. Roof and Pavement Consultants ··· 6065 Huntington Court N.E. Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52402 319.393.9100 Fax 319.393.3994 ··· W222 N615 Cheaney Drive, Suite A Waukesha, Wisconsin 53186 319.393.9100 Fax 262.832.1406 www.benchmark-inc.com Rohrbach Associates PCApril 11, 2016 The Chauncey Page 2 of 5 Project No. ROHICCH001B Rohrbach Associates PCApril 11, 2016 The Chauncey Page 3 of 5 Project No. ROHICCH001B The key plans on page 2 show the locations of the three recommended systems. There are two small areas on the mezzanine level plan that we are unsure about, but they represent a small percentage of the roof footage and cost, thus can be addressed later. The following scope of work is recommended for consideration for each roof type (listed top to bottom): Roof Type A If all components are supplied by Siplast, Inc. including the pavers and pedestals, a 20-year system warranty can be provided, which would include an addendum to cover removal and replacement of pavers in the event of a leak. 24" x 24" x 2" pavers by Hanover, with Guardian attachment system § http://www.hanoverpavers.com/index.php/high-wind-solutions Compensator Leveling System and Elevator Pedestal System § http://www.hanoverpavers.com/index.php/pedestal-systems TerraTex N08 filter fabric by Hanes Geo Components, loose laid § 3.0" Styrofoam Plazamate by Dow or Foamular 600 by Owens Corning, loose laid § 2.5" or 3.0" Styrofoam Plazamate by Dow or Foamular 600 by Owens Corning, loose laid § (2.5" will provide total R-25 to meet 2012 IECC; 3.0" will provide total R-30 to exceed 2012 IECC if desirable for sustainable design objectives) Paradrain Drain Mat by Siplast, Inc., loose laid § Teranap 1M Sand by Siplast, Inc. (or 1M GS \[granule surface\] if waterproofing will be § exposed to UV for over 10 weeks before installing overburden), torch applied Paradiene 20 TG by Siplast, Inc., torch applied § PA-1125 or PA-911 LS primer, by Siplast, Inc. § CIP concrete deck with 1/4" per foot minimum structural slope to roof drains. § Perimeter and penetration flashings consisting of Paradiene 20 TG and Parapro 123 § (liquid-applied, polyester fleece-reinforced, 2-part PMMA resin) flashing system, by Siplast, Inc. Roof Type B Products supplied by Siplast, Inc. including pavers. Siplast, Inc. provides green roof systems in addition to the pavers, borders, and other accessory green roof components, via strategic partners. We recommend that the Landscape Architect contact Siplast, Inc. to review options for the rooftop garden area, as suggested during our meeting. The system, including green roofing components and plant materials, qualifies for the same warranty as Roof Type A. 24" x 24" x 2" pavers by Hanover (omit Guardian system) § Compensator Leveling System and Elevator Pedestal System § TerraTex N08 filter fabric by Hanes Geo Components, loose laid § 3.0" Styrofoam Plazamate by Dow or Foamular 600 by Owens Corning, loose laid § 2.5" or 3.0" Styrofoam Plazamate by Dow or Foamular 600 by Owens Corning, loose laid § (2.5" will provide total R-25 to meet 2012 IECC; 3.0" will provide total R-30 to exceed 2012 IECC if desirable for LEED or other purposes) Paradrain Drain Mat by Siplast, Inc., loose laid § Siplast, Inc. root barrier sheet for green roofing areas, loose laid § Teranap 1M Sand by Siplast, Inc. (or 1M GS \[granule surface\] if waterproofing will be § exposed to UV for over 10 weeks before installing overburden), torch applied Paradiene 20 TG by Siplast, Inc., torch applied § PA-1125 or PA-911 LS primer, by Siplast, Inc. § CIP concrete deck with 1/4" per foot minimum structural slope to roof drains. § Perimeter and penetration flashings consisting of Paradiene 20 TG and Parapro 123 § (liquid-applied, polyester fleece-reinforced, PMMA resin) flashing system, by Siplast, Inc. Rohrbach Associates PCApril 11, 2016 The Chauncey Page 4 of 5 Project No. ROHICCH001B Roof Types A and B are recommended for electric field vector mapping (EFVM) testing prior to covering the Teranap membrane layer with subsequent sheet goods or other overburden layers. The schedule and sequence of work will likely dictate multiple visits by the testing firm. The Siplast, Inc. approved testing firm is International Leak Detection, Ltd. (contact Chris Eichhorn atchris@leak-detection.com).http://leak-detection.com/ Roof Type C We recommend Sika Sarnafil PVC roof systems be specified for these areas. This system will meet FM Global 1-A-195-SH, which meets the corner pressure value required to meet the RoofNav wind uplift calculations. If all components are supplied by Sika Sarnafil, and the recommended roof system is used, a 20-year system warranty can be provided. The system may also qualify for additional wind speed warranty coverage given its robust design. 72-mil, Felt-back, S-327 membrane with hot air welded seams, adhered with ribbon-applied § polyurethane foam adhesive applied at 12" o.c. (we recommend receiving alternate budget pricing to substitute 96-mil for 72-mil membrane). 5/8" DensDeck Prime, mechanically fastened to the steel decking with #14 fasteners and § Galvalume plates at the rate of 1 per 1 square foot. 3.0" Styrofoam Deckmate Plus FA by Dow, loose laid § 2.5" or 3.0" Styrofoam Deckmate Plus FA by Dow, loose laid (2.5" will provide total R-25 to § meet 2012 IECC; 3.0" will provide total R-30 to exceed 2012 IECC if desirable for LEED or other purposes) 5/8" DensDeck Prime thermal barrier, loose laid § Steel decking, mechanically fastened to the roof framing in accordance with FM Global § requirements (see RoofNav Assembly #338446-0-0). The roof system rating was accomplished by testing the entire assembly, including the specific decking and fasteners at the rates listed in the RoofNav Assembly. These requirements will need to be specified by the Structural Engineer in careful coordination with the roof system, to ensure the finished roof assembly meets the required 195 wind rating. Further research and Manufacturer collaboration is required during the DD phase to verify the exact options for the decking, fasteners, and fastening locations. However, for preliminary pricing we recommend using the following basic criteria: 6' maximum support span using 36 ksi minimum steel with 1/4" minimum thickness o 33 ksi minimum, 18 ga. FM Global approved TYPE WR steel decking o 24" – 36" decking sheet width o FM Global approved tek 5 fasteners with 6" o.c. spacing (one per rib at all supports) in o the field zones, and two fasteners with 6" o.c. spacing (two per rib at all supports) in the perimeter and corner zones. FM Global approved tek 3 fasteners at all decking side laps, spaced 24" o.c. with two o fasteners used per location in the field zones; and 12" o.c. with two fasteners per location at the perimeter and corner zones. We also recommend an FM Global tested premanufactured edge system as supplied by the roof system Manufacturer be specified, given the wind exposure at this elevation. This would be Sika Sarnafil's Edge Grip Extruded Fascia, which has an extruded aluminum anchor bar in lieu of a cold-formed sheet metal anchor bar. We recommend budget pricing be based on 6.75" face height with Kynar finish 0.063" aluminum cover plate. This would be included in the Manufacturer's total system roof warranty by default. Rohrbach Associates PCApril 11, 2016 The Chauncey Page 5 of 5 Project No. ROHICCH001B The gutter edge should be budgeted with Kynar finish 0.063" aluminum gutter (8" x 8") with matching downspouts. Gutter brackets and 180-degree twisted straps should be spaced 24" o.c., constructed of cold-formed 1/8" x 1" stainless steel bar stock, and secured with stainless steel hardware. The roof edge metal along the gutter should be 24 ga. Sarnaclad (PVC coated) G-90 galvanized steel with continuous 22 ga. G-90 galvanized steel cleat. Edge metal flange and cleat should both be fastened with hot dipped galvanized ring shank nails; metal flange at 3" o.c. staggered, and face of cleat at 6" o.c. Subcontractors The following firms are Siplast-approved to install Teranap waterproofing systems; and all but T & K Roofing are approved Sika Sarnafil applicators: Academy Roofing & Sheet Metal Co., Inc. (contact Nick Parenza) § http://www.academyroofing.com/about-us/meet-the-team/ Dryspace, Inc. (contact Dennis Runyan) § http://www.dryspace.com/ T & K Roofing & Sheet Metal Co., Inc. (contact Jim Agne) § http://www.tkroofing.com/ D.C. Taylor Co. (contact Greg Thirnbeck) § http://www.dctaylorco.com/ Kirberg Company (contact Jeremy Cozart in the St. Louis office) § http://www.kirberg.com/ Steve, please let me know if future discussion or revisions are required prior to RAPC forwarding to MLC for preliminary pricing. Respectfully submitted, BENCHMARK, INC. Tom Irvine, RRC, CDT Senior Consultant Cc: Darrell Frett – RAPC Andrew Reynolds, EIT – Benchmark, Inc. BLANK PAGE Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC PLUMBING FIXTURE CUT SHEETS Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC BLANK PAGE Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC -HOTELPACKAGE- -WC.1- ® ® ® ® ® ™ ® ® 30"(762mm) ° -SHR.1- ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® -SHOWERDOOR- www.bascoshowerdoor.com AvailableinstandardandcustomconfigurationAnti-jambheaderinsert TemperedsafetyglassWallfill Curbfill Adjustablesealedheavydutyballbearingrollers Upanddownadjustmentofpanelsis.156Glasspatterns Safetytee-lockwalljambtoheaderconnectionFinish Moldedjambbumpers MetalCuts Maximumallowablewidthofunit=72 SC-881header=Unitwidth-1/16 Maximumallowableheightofunit=72 SC-556tubtrack=Unitwidth-1/16 SC-896walljamb=Unitht.1-1/2 SC-882toprail=(Unitwidth/2)-1/8 GlassSize SC-883bottomrail=(Unitwidth/2)-1/8 Width=(UnitWidth/2)-2 SC-884siderail=Unitht.-2-5/8 Height=UnitHt.-4-1/2 6150-7150PartsList A.1TubTrackwithVinyl B.2WallJambs C.6PlasticWallPlugs D.6#8x11/2"TrussHeadScrews E.2Nylonspacers F.1Header G.2GlazedPanels H.4NylonRollerBearings J.4#8-32x3/8"HexHeadScrews K.4TowelBarTrimRings L.2TowelBars N.2#10-24x7/8"TrussHeadScrews P.2#10-24x11/8"FlatHeadScrews R.2AcrylicFingerPulls S.2BASCODecals T.1NylonBottomGuide U.1#6x3/8"PanHeadScrew V.2StainlessBumperInserts W.2SoftJambBumpers Copyright©BascoShowerDoorsofElegance2001.Allrightsreserved. 02-26-07 -SHR.2- Oasisone-pieceFRPgelcoatshowercompartmentSHFW-3837,having singleverticalbaratentryoncontrolwall,andreinforcementforseatoppositecontrol wall. program. (RHseatreinforcement/ Dimensionsshownaremaximum.Duetothenatureofthematerialsinvolved,actualunitdimensionscanvary(tolerances:+0/-3/8inch). 15 36x36interior,centerdrain,ramped1/2-inchthresholdshowerwithActivLife1.50 dia.stainlesssteel2-barpackage(singlehorizontalinsidecornerbar&singlevertical controlwallbar)withseatreinforcementoppositecontrolwall. 36x36interior,centerdrain,ramped1/2-inchthresholdshowerwithActivLife1.25 dia.whitepowdercoated2-bar(singlehorizontalcornerbaracrossthecontrolwalland backwall,singleverticalbaroncontrolwall)andseatreinforcementoppositecontrol wall. 36x36interior,centerdrain,ramped1/2-inchthresholdshowerwithActivLife1.25 dia.off-whitepowdercoated2-bar(singlehorizontalcornerbaracrossthecontrolwall andbackwall,singleverticalbaroncontrolwall)andseatreinforcementoppositecon- trolwall. 36x36interior,centerdrain,ramped1/2-inchthresholdshowerwithActivLife1.25 singleverticalbaroncontrolwall)andseatreinforcementoppositecontrolwall. Factoryinstalled1dia.stainlesssteelshowercurtainrod. attachmentdesignprovidestamper-resistanceandminimiesdebriscollectionareasatcontactpoints,comparedtocommonexposed FRPcomposite.) - turalcorematerialencapsulatedinFRPcomposite.) 1 ® ® ® ® ® X ® ™ ® CSAB651 OBC ® ® ® ® ® 2-15/16" ™ ® ® ™ -LAV.1- ® CSAB651 OBC ® ™ ™ ® X -LAV.2- ™ CSAB651 OBC ® ™ ™ ConcealedArmHoleLocations X -SK.1- Gourmet(Celebrity®)StainlessSteelSingle BowlTopMountSink SPECIFICATIONS Model(s)CR2522 PRODUCTSPECIFICATIONS Gourmet(Celebrity®)StainlessSteelSingleBowlTopMountSink. Overalldimensionsare25"x22"x7".Sinkismanufacturedfrom20 gauge304StainlessSteelwithaBrushedSatinfinish,Centerdrain placementandFullspraysidesandbottom. InstallationType: TopMount Material: 304StainlessSteel Finish: BrushedSatin Gauge: 20 SoundDeadening: Fullspraysidesandbottom NumberofBowls: 1 SinkDimensions: 25"x22"x7" Bowl1Dimensions: 21"x15-3/4"x6-3/4" DrainSize: 3-1/2"(89mm) DrainLocation: Center MinimumCabinetSize: 30" AMERICANPRIDE.ALIFETIMETRADITION. MountingHardware: Part#64090012includedfor Likeyourfamily,theElkayfamilyhasvaluesandtraditionsthat countertopsupto3/4"(19mm)thick endure.Foralmostacentury,Elkayhasbeenafamily-ownedand CutoutTemplate#: 1000001188 operatedcompany,providingthousandsofjobsthatsupportour familiesandcommunities. Templateisavailablefordownloadatelkay.com ® SinksarelistedbyIAPMOasmeetingtheapplicable CutoutDimensionsforTopMountInstallation: requirementsoftheUniformPlumbingCode®,International 24-3/8"x21-3/8"(619mmx543mm)with1-1/2"(38mm)corner PlumbingCode®,andNationalPlumbingCodeofCanada. radius ProductCompliance: BUYAMERICANACT HoleDrillingConfigurations: ASMEA112.19.3/CSAB45.4 CleanandCareManual(PDF) InstallationInstructions(PDF) LimitedLifetimeWarranty(PDF) Similarmodelsareavailablewith: extradeepbowls InstallationProfile: PART:________________________________QTY:_____________ PROJECT:______________________________________________ CONTACT:______________________________________________ DATE:__________________________________________________ NOTES:_________________________________________________ APPROVAL:_____________________________________________ Inkeepingwithourpolicyofcontinuingproductimprovement,Elkayreservestherighttochangeproductspecificationswithoutnotice.Pleasevisitelkay.com forthemostcurrentversionofElkayproductspecificationsheets.ThisspecificationdescribesanElkayproductwithdesign,quality,andfunctionalbenefitstothe ElkayREV111020152222CamdenCourt©2015 elkay.com/cr2522OakBrook,IL60523CR2522spec.pdf _ Gourmet(Celebrity®)StainlessSteelSingle BowlTopMountSink SPECIFICATIONS Model(s)CR2522 OPTIONALACCESSORIES BottomGrid: LKWBG2115SS CuttingBoard: CB1516 Drain: LK99 Faucet: LKGT1041,LKGT2041 Hardware: LK364,LK463 RinsingBasket: LKWRB2115SS,LKWERBSS Sinkmate: LKSM17,LKSMHOOK, LKSMSPONGE,LKSMHSL SoapDispenser: LKGT1054 Inkeepingwithourpolicyofcontinuingproductimprovement,Elkayreservestherighttochangeproductspecificationswithoutnotice.Pleasevisitelkay.com forthemostcurrentversionofElkayproductspecificationsheets.ThisspecificationdescribesanElkayproductwithdesign,quality,andfunctionalbenefitstothe ElkayREV111020152222CamdenCourt©2015 elkay.com/cr2522OakBrook,IL60523CR2522spec.pdf _ ® CSAB651 OBC ® ® ® 10-1/2 -CONDOPACKAGE- -SH.1- ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® -WC.1- ® ® ® ® ® ™ ® ® 30"(762mm) ° -SK.1- Gourmet(Celebrity®)StainlessSteelDouble BowlTopMountSink SPECIFICATIONS Model(s)CR3322 PRODUCTSPECIFICATIONS Gourmet(Celebrity®)StainlessSteelDoubleBowlTopMountSink. Overalldimensionsare33"x22"x7".Sinkismanufacturedfrom20 gauge304StainlessSteelwithaBrushedSatinfinish,Centerdrain placementandFullspraysidesandbottom. InstallationType: TopMount Material: 304StainlessSteel Finish: BrushedSatin Gauge: 20 SoundDeadening: Fullspraysidesandbottom NumberofBowls: 2 SinkDimensions: 33"x22"x7" Bowl1Dimensions: 14"x15-3/4"x6-3/4" Bowl2Dimensions: 14"x15-3/4"x6-3/4" DrainSize: 3-1/2"(89mm) DrainLocation: Center AMERICANPRIDE.ALIFETIMETRADITION. MinimumCabinetSize: 36" Likeyourfamily,theElkayfamilyhasvaluesandtraditionsthat MountingHardware: Part#64090014includedfor endure.Foralmostacentury,Elkayhasbeenafamily-ownedand countertopsupto3/4"(19mm)thick operatedcompany,providingthousandsofjobsthatsupportour CutoutTemplate#:familiesandcommunities. 1000001189 Templateisavailablefordownloadatelkay.com ® SinksarelistedbyIAPMOasmeetingtheapplicable requirementsoftheUniformPlumbingCode®,International CutoutDimensionsforTopMountInstallation: PlumbingCode®,andNationalPlumbingCodeofCanada. 32-3/8"x21-3/8"(822mmx543mm)with1-1/2"(38mm)corner ProductCompliance: BUYAMERICANACT radius ASMEA112.19.3/CSAB45.4 HoleDrillingConfigurations: CleanandCareManual(PDF) InstallationInstructions(PDF) LimitedLifetimeWarranty(PDF) InstallationProfile: PART:________________________________QTY:_____________ PROJECT:______________________________________________ CONTACT:______________________________________________ DATE:__________________________________________________ NOTES:_________________________________________________ APPROVAL:_____________________________________________ Inkeepingwithourpolicyofcontinuingproductimprovement,Elkayreservestherighttochangeproductspecificationswithoutnotice.Pleasevisitelkay.com forthemostcurrentversionofElkayproductspecificationsheets.ThisspecificationdescribesanElkayproductwithdesign,quality,andfunctionalbenefitstothe ElkayREV111020152222CamdenCourt©2015 elkay.com/cr3322OakBrook,IL60523CR3322spec.pdf _ Gourmet(Celebrity®)StainlessSteelDouble BowlTopMountSink SPECIFICATIONS Model(s)CR3322 OPTIONALACCESSORIES BottomGrid: LKWBG1415SS CuttingBoard: CB1516 Drain: LK99 Faucet: LKGT1041,LKGT2041 Hardware: LK364,LK463 RinsingBasket: LKWERBSS Sinkmate: LKSM17,LKSMHOOK, LKSMSPONGE,LKSMHSL SoapDispenser: LKGT1054 Inkeepingwithourpolicyofcontinuingproductimprovement,Elkayreservestherighttochangeproductspecificationswithoutnotice.Pleasevisitelkay.com forthemostcurrentversionofElkayproductspecificationsheets.ThisspecificationdescribesanElkayproductwithdesign,quality,andfunctionalbenefitstothe ElkayREV111020152222CamdenCourt©2015 elkay.com/cr3322OakBrook,IL60523CR3322spec.pdf _ é ® ® ™ CSAB651 OBC ® ® ® ® é ® 11-1/4"(286mm) -LAV.1- ® CSAB651 OBC ® ™ ™ ® x -SK.2- Gourmet(Celebrity®)StainlessSteelSingle BowlTopMountBarSink SPECIFICATIONS Model(s)BCR15 PRODUCTSPECIFICATIONS Gourmet(Celebrity®)StainlessSteelSingleBowlTopMountBar Sink.Overalldimensionsare15"x15"x6-1/8".Sinkis manufacturedfrom20gauge304StainlessSteelwithaBrushed Satinfinish,CenterdrainplacementandFullspraysidesand bottom. InstallationType: TopMount Material: 304StainlessSteel Finish: BrushedSatin Gauge: 20 SoundDeadening: Fullspraysidesandbottom NumberofBowls: 1 SinkDimensions: 15"x15"x6-1/8" Bowl1Dimensions: 12"x10"x6" DrainSize: 2"(51mm) DrainLocation: Center MinimumCabinetSize: 18" AMERICANPRIDE.ALIFETIMETRADITION. Likeyourfamily,theElkayfamilyhasvaluesandtraditionsthat MountingHardware: Part#64090008includedfor endure.Foralmostacentury,Elkayhasbeenafamily-ownedand countertopsupto3/4"(19mm)thick operatedcompany,providingthousandsofjobsthatsupportour CutoutTemplate#: 1000001240 familiesandcommunities. Templateisavailablefordownloadatelkay.com ® SinksarelistedbyIAPMOasmeetingtheapplicable requirementsoftheUniformPlumbingCode®,International CutoutDimensionsforTopMountInstallation: PlumbingCode®,andNationalPlumbingCodeofCanada. 14-3/8"x14-3/8"(365mmx365mm)with1-1/2"(38mm)corner ProductCompliance: ADA radius BUYAMERICANACT ThissinkiscomplianttoADAandANSI/ICCA117.1accessibility ASMEA112.19.3/CSAB45.4 requirementswheninstalledaccordingtotherequirementsoutlined CleanandCareManual(PDF) inthesestandards. InstallationInstructions(PDF) HoleDrillingConfigurations: LimitedLifetimeWarranty(PDF) Similarmodelsareavailablewith: includedaccessories(kit) PART:________________________________QTY:_____________ PROJECT:______________________________________________ CONTACT:______________________________________________ DATE:__________________________________________________ NOTES:_________________________________________________ APPROVAL:_____________________________________________ Inkeepingwithourpolicyofcontinuingproductimprovement,Elkayreservestherighttochangeproductspecificationswithoutnotice.Pleasevisitelkay.com forthemostcurrentversionofElkayproductspecificationsheets.ThisspecificationdescribesanElkayproductwithdesign,quality,andfunctionalbenefitstothe notoverlooked. ElkayREV110220152222CamdenCourt©2015 elkay.com/bcr15OakBrook,IL60523BCR15spec.pdf _ Gourmet(Celebrity®)StainlessSteelSingle BowlTopMountBarSink SPECIFICATIONS Model(s)BCR15 InstallationProfile: OPTIONALACCESSORIES CuttingBoard: CB912 Drain: LK36 Faucet: LKGT1042,LKGT2042 Hardware: LK364,LK463 Sinkmate: LKSM17,LKSMHOOK, LKSMSPONGE,LKSMHSL SoapDispenser: LKGT1054 Inkeepingwithourpolicyofcontinuingproductimprovement,Elkayreservestherighttochangeproductspecificationswithoutnotice.Pleasevisitelkay.com forthemostcurrentversionofElkayproductspecificationsheets.ThisspecificationdescribesanElkayproductwithdesign,quality,andfunctionalbenefitstothe notoverlooked. ElkayREV110220152222CamdenCourt©2015 elkay.com/bcr15OakBrook,IL60523BCR15spec.pdf _ ® ® ® -BT.1- ® ® ® ® ® X -WP.1- ® ® ® - COMMERCIAL PACKAGE - -CONDOPACKAGE- AD-1 DSN EWC-1 FD-1 FD-2 FD-3 HB-1 L-1 L-2 MS-1 OD-1 RD-1 S-1 S-2 S-3 UR-1 BLANK PAGE Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC LIGHT FIXTURE CUT SHEETS Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC BLANK PAGE Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC ® TYPE 1 Description Type Catalog # The Halo ML56 LED Downlighting System is a series of modular LED Light Modules for use with designated 5” or 6” ML56 LED trims in new construction, remodel and retrofit installation. TYPE 1 Compatible with Halo 5” H550 and 6” H750, H2750 Series LED housings. And in retrofit of exist- Project ing housings the ML56 Series fits 5" or 6" Halo, All-Pro, and others. ML56 system offers shallow trims for installation in Halo, All-Pro and others shallow housings. ML56 Light Modules are Date offered in 600 Series, 900 Series, and 1200 Series, 80CRI or 90CRI, and four color temperatures Comments 2700K, 3000K, 3500K, 4000K. ML56 Light Modules are universal voltage 120V – 277V and dim- mable at 120V. The ML56 lens provides uniform diffuse illumination standard. Prepared by Specification Features Mechanical L70 at 50,000 hours, projected in accor- LED Driver • dance with IES TM-21 Driver is universal voltage 120V-277V, and • Light Module may be controlled from a switch in this LED is a chip on board design consisting • Module includes LED package, LED driver, • range of main inputs (switchable at 120V, of a multiple LED package to create one heat sink, and lens 220V, 230V, 240V, and 277V) virtual light source for a productive “cone Durable die-cast aluminum construction. • of light” Driver is dimmable at 120V operation when • Heat sink designed to conduct heat away • connected to a compatible dimmer. Color Specification & Quality Standards from the LED keeping the junction temper- Driver is a high efficiency, electronic power • A tight chromaticity specification ensures • atures below specified maximums, includ- supply providing DC power to the LED. LED color uniformity, sustainable Color ing insulated ceiling environments Driver meets FCC EMI/RFI Consumer Level • Rendering Index (CRI) and Correlated Color Lens limits on 120V main inputs, and is compli- Temperature (CCT) over the useful life of Impact-resistant polycarbonate • ant for use in residential and commercial the LED installations. Convex form for lamp-like appearance • LED color uniformity of 3 SDCM, exceeds • ML56 LED Driver features high power factor, low High lumen transmission®• ENERGY STAR color standards per ANSI • THD, and has integral thermal protection in C78.377- 2008. Diffusing for even illumination • System the event of over temperature or internal Every Halo LED Light Module is quality test- • Mounting failure. ed and performance measured, and then Light Modules attach to reflector and baffle • Driver is replaceable, if replacement should • serialized in a permanent record to register trims via locking tabs, and attach to eye- 600 Series / 80 CRI be required. lumens, wattage, CRI and CCT. balls via keyed twist-to-lock mating bosses Halo LED serialized testing and measure- • Dimming The complete light module and trim assem- • ML5606827 ment process ensures color and lumen con- Designed for dimming capability to nominal bly installs into housings with precision sistency on a per-unit basis, and validates 5% in normal operation with standard 120V formed torsion springs located on the trim ML5606830 long-term product consistency over time Leading Edge (LE) and Trailing Edge (TE) Friction Blade mounting is an alternate • Halo ML56 LED Light Modules include • phase control dimmers. (Consult dimmer ML5606835 option using the accessory 6” Friction Blade lumen, CRI, and CCT designations in the manufacturer for dimmer compatibility and Kit model ML56CLIP (order separately). model number ML5606840 details. Note, some dimmers require a neutral Friction blades provide alternative to tor- in the wallbox.) Example: ML5606830 • sion springs for retrofit in 6” housings 56 = 5” / 6” aperture series without torsion mounting tabs. The stain- 5-Inch and 6-Inch Warranty 06 = 600 lumen series less steel friction blades allow the ML56 to Cooper Lighting provides a (5) five year limited 600 Lumen LED 8 = >80 CRI be installed in a wider range of housings, warranty on the Halo ML56 LED Light Module. Light Module for 30 = 3000K nominal CCT and allow rotation in the housing aperture LED Module in New or Retrofit Existing New Construction, (360 degrees). Electrical Power Connections Construction – Housings other than Halo Remodel and Retrofit LED connector is a non-screw base lumi- • Housing Compatibility or All-Pro naire disconnect offering easy installation A complete ML56 system includes a LED If used in recessed housings other than • with the matching Halo 5” H550 series For use with 59x and 69x Light Module, LED trim, and a compatible Halo or All-Pro the Cooper Lighting 5-year and 6” H750 and H2750 series housings housing (new construction, remodel, or exist- Series Trims limited warranty applies to the LED Light (housing selected depends upon LED trim ing retrofit). Housing compatibility in the Module and Trim only. 5” or 6”). ML56 System is determined by the ML56 trim As with any electrical installation, a quali- • FOR USE IN LED Connector is a non-screw base, and • dimensions. ML56 trims are available in 5” fied electrician must ensure compatibility of where required to qualify as a high-efficacy INSULATED CEILING and 6” aperture (5” = 59xx series and 6” = use with a particular housing; this includes luminaire. 69xx series trims). Refer to Housing – Trim AND NON-INSULATED all applicable national and local electrical Section in this document.The included E26 medium screw-base • CEILING RATED and building codes. Installer is responsible Edison adapter provides easy retrofit to properly and securely retain the LED LED HOUSINGS of incandescent housings (see Housing Module and LED Trim in the housing at time 600 Series = 600 design lumens typical. • Section). of installation. Delivered lumens vary depending upon CRI, • HIGH EFFICACY LED Ground Connection color temperature, and trim finish. WITH INTEGRAL Separate grounding cable included on the Color Temperature options: 2700K, 3000K, • module for attachment to the housing during DRIVER - DIMMABLE 3500K, 4000K installation. CRI: 80 • Energy Data ML56 600/80 Series (Values at non-dimming line voltage) Minimum Starting Temp: -30°C (-22°F) EMI/RFI: FCC Title 47 CFR, Part 15, (Consumer) Sound Rating: Class A Input Voltage: UNV 120V-277V Power Factor: >0.95 @ 120V and >0.9 @277V Input Frequency: 50/60Hz 2700K3000K3500K4000K THD: <20% nominalnominalnominalnominal Max. Rated Wattage: 10W CRICRICRICRI Input Power: 9.0W Input Current at 120V: 0.15A ML5606827ML5606830ML5606835ML5606840 Input Current at 277V: 0.08A 5” or 6“ LED 600 Series 5” or 6“ LED 600 Series 5” or 6“ LED 600 Series 5” or 6“ LED 600 Series Driver Compliance: UL8750, Class II rated Maximum IC (Insulated Ceiling) Ambient Continuous Operating Temperature: 25°C (77°F) Maximum Non-IC Ambient Continuous Operating Temperature: 40°C (104°F) ADV141689 3/02/2015 ML56 LED System TYPE 1 600 Series / 80 CRI Compliance cULus listed 1598 Luminaire (Halo and All-Pro housings)May be used in IC (insulated ceiling) housings in direct (commercial and residential compliant) • • contact with insulation* and combustible material UL Classified when used in retrofit (refer to housing Photometric testing in accordance with IES LM-79 • • section)Can be used as a California Title 24 compliant Non- • Lumen maintenance projections in accordance with IES • Residential LED Luminaire cULus listed for damp locationsLM-80 and TM-21 • Can be used for International Energy Conservation Code • cULus Wet location listed with baffle and reflector trims CE Mark - “Conformité Européene” conformity with the • • (IECC) high efficiency luminaire compliance. only Council of European Communities Directives, meeting Can be used for Washington State Energy Code compliance internationally recognized compliance when used with Halo • Airtight certified per ASTM E283 (not exceeding 2.0 CFM • H550, H750, and H2750 Series LED housings only ® under 57 Pascals pressure difference) ENERGY STAR certified luminaire - consult ENERGY • ® STAR Certified product list IP66 ingress protection rated with baffle and reflector trims • only * Not for use with housings in direct EMI/RFI per FCC 47CFR Part 15 Class B Consumer limits • RoHS compliant • contact with spray foam insulation. ® Refer to ENERGY STAR Can be used to comply with California Title 24 Non-Residential Lighting Controls requirements as a LED Luminaire Dimensions 4-1/2" \[114 mm\] 3" \[76 mm\] – Specifications and compliances subject to change without notice 2 ADV141689 ML56 LED System TYPE 1 600 Series / 80 CRI Ordering Information Sample Number: ML5606830 593WB Order LED Module and trim separately. A complete system also includes a compatible housing (new construction, remodel, or existing retrofit). Housing aperture size in the ML56 System is determined by the ML56 trim dimensions. ML56 trims are available in 5” and 6” aperture (5” = 59xx series and 6” = 69xx series trims). Refer to Housing Section in this document. ML56 LED Light Modules 600 Series / 80 CRIML56 LED 5" and 6" TrimsML56 System Accessories = 5"/6" LED light module, =Friction clip mounting kit - for retrofitting ML5606827590 Series - 5" LED TrimsML56CLIP 600 lumen, 80CRI, 2700K=5" LED trim, polymer “dead-front”, shallow white baffle & flange – non-torsion spring housings, 6" clips* 591WB = 5"/6" LED light module, shallow and standard housings (For use with 600 Series LED light modules only)=5" Wall wash insert - kick reflector for 595WW (1-included ML5606830WW595SC 600 lumen, 80CRI, 3000K=5" LED trim, specular reflector & white flangewith trim) double or corner wall wash** 592SC = 5"/6" LED light module, =5" LED trim, haze reflector & white flange=6" Wall wash insert - kick reflector for 695WW (1-included ML5606835592HWW695SC 600 lumen, 80CRI, 3500K=5" LED trim, white reflector & flangewith trim) double or corner wall wash** 592W = 5"/6" LED light module, =5" LED trim, white micro-step baffle & flange=5" LED oversize trim ring for use with 59* series trims, ML5606840593WBTRM590WH 600 lumen, 80CRI, 4000K=5" LED trim, black micro-step baffle & white flangewhite 6.3" I.D., 7.5" O.D. Ring slips over LED trim. Inset design allows 593BB =5" LED trim, satin nickel micro-step baffle & flange5" trim to fit into oversize ring for an even trim surface 593SNB =5" LED trim, tuscan bronze micro-step baffle & flange=6" LED oversize trim ring for use with 69* series trims, 593TBZBTRM690WH =5" LED directional trim, white eyeball, baffle & flange – white 6.9" I.D., 9.5" O.D. Ring slips over LED trim. Inset design allows 594WB shallow and standard housings6" trim to fit into oversize ring for an even trim surface =5" LED directional trim, satin nickel eyeball, baffle & flange – 594SNB *ML56CLIP is compatible with 6" baffle and reflector trims only (691, shallow and standard housings =5" LED directional trim, tuscan bronze eyeball, baffle & flange – 692, 693, 695, 696 series). 594TBZB For eyeball trim (694 series) use ML7RAB retrofit adpater band. shallow and standard housings =5" LED trim, wall wash - specular reflector, repositionable specular kick 595WW **Wall wash trims 595WW and 695WW feature an exclusive repo reflector, white flange - =5" LED trim, white shallow baffle & flange – shallow and standard housingssitionable kick reflector for fine-tuning adjustment of the wall wash 596WB effect. The WW595SC and WW695SC are repositionable kick reflec - tors sold separately for addition to the wall wash trim when a double 690 Series - 6" LED Trims =6" LED trim, polymer “dead-front”, white shallow baffle & flange – 691WB or corner wall wash is needed, or for replacement of original kick shallow and standard housings (For use with 600 Series LED light modules only)reflector included with the trim. =6" LED trim, specular reflector & white flange 692SC =6" LED trim, haze reflector & white flange 692H =6" LED trim, white reflector & flange 692W =6" LED trim, white micro-step baffle & flange 693WB =6" LED trim, black micro-step baffle & white flange 693BB =6" LED trim, satin nickel micro-step baffle & flange 693SNB =6" LED trim, tuscan bronze micro-step baffle & flange 693TBZB =6" LED directional trim, white eyeball, baffle & flange – shallow 694WB and standard housings =6" LED directional trim, satin nickel eyeball, baffle & flange – 694SNB shallow and standard housings =6" LED directional trim, tuscan bronze eyeball, baffle & flange – 694TBZB shallow and standard housings =6" LED trim, wall wash - specular reflector, repositionable specular 695WW kick reflector, white flange =6" LED trim, white shallow baffle & flange – for use with shallow 696WB and standard housings Lighting Facts ML5606827ML5606830ML5606835ML5606840 Lumens (Light Output) Lumens (Light Output) Lumens (Light Output) Lumens (Light Output) Watts Watts Watts Watts Color Accuracy (CRI) Color Accuracy (CRI) Color Accuracy (CRI) Color Accuracy (CRI) Light Color (CCT) Light Color (CCT) Light Color (CCT) Light Color (CCT) Correlated Color Temperature (CCT)Correlated Color Temperature (CCT)Correlated Color Temperature (CCT)Correlated Color Temperature (CCT) 2700K3000K4500K6500K2700K3000K4500K6500K2700K3000K4500K6500K2700K3000K4500K6500K MODEL# ML5606827MODEL# ML5606830MODEL# ML5606835MODEL# ML5606840 Specifications and compliances subject to change without notice – ADV141689 3 ML56 LED System TYPE 1 600 Series / 80 CRI Housing – Trim Compatibility Housing aperture size in the ML56 System is determined by the ML56 trim dimensions. ML56 trims are available in 5" and 6" aperture (5" = 59xx series and 6" = 69xx series trims). Refer to ML56 TRIMS in this document. (Note “X” in the trim model number denotes finish code.) Housing – Compatibility The ML56 LED light module - trim combination is cULus Listed or UL Classified for use with any 5" or 6" diameter recessed housing constructed of steel or aluminum with an internal volume that 3 exceeds 115 in in addition to those noted below. Housing and All-Pro UL Listed Compatibility 6” Trims: 691X, 692X, 693X, 694X, 695X, 696X (Note shallow housings for use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) HALO - LED Housings with LED Luminaire Connector - High-Efficacy Compliant BrandHousing TypeCatalog NumberDescription Halo H750ICAT 6" LED, Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite, New Construction Housing Standard Housings H750RICAT 6" LED, Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite, Remodel Housing H750T 6" LED, Non-IC, Air-Tite, New Construction Housing H750TCP 6" LED, Non-IC, New Construction/Remodel Chicago Plenum Housing HaloShallow Housings H2750ICAT 6” LED, Shallow, Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite, New Constr. (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) HALO and All-Pro - Incandescent E26 Screwbase Housings BrandHousing TypeCatalog NumberDescription HaloStandard Housings H7ICAT 6” Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite New Construction Housing H7RICAT 6” Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite Remodel Housing H7ICT 6” Insulated Ceiling, New Construction Housing H7RICT 6” Insulated Ceiling, Remodel Housing H7ICATNB 6” Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite New Construction Housing, No Socket Bracket H7ICTNB 6” Insulated Ceiling, New Construction Housing, No Socket Bracket H7T 6” Non-IC, New Construction Housing H7RT 6” Non-IC, Remodel Housing H7TNB 6” Non-IC, New Construction Housing, No Socket Bracket H7TCP 6” Non-IC, Chicago Plenum, New Construction/Remodel Housing H7UICT 6” Insulated Ceiling, Universal New Construction Housing H7UICAT 6” Insulated Ceiling, Universal, Air-Tite, New Construction Housing All-Pro EI700AT 6” Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite New Construction Housing Standard Housings EI700RAT 6” Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite Remodel Housing EI700 6” Insulated Ceiling, New Construction Housing EI700R 6” Insulated Ceiling, Remodel Housing EI700ATNB 6” Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite New Construction Housing, No Socket Bracket EI700NB 6” Insulated Ceiling, New Construction Housing, No Socket Bracket EI700U 6” Insulated Ceiling, Universal New Construction Housing EI700UAT 6” Insulated Ceiling, Universal, Air-Tite, New Construction Housing ET700 6” Non-IC, New Construction Housing ET700R 6” Non-IC, Remodel Housing Halo H27ICAT 6” Shallow, Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite New Construction (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) Shallow Housings H27RICAT6” Shallow, Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite Remodel Housing (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) H27ICT 6” Shallow, Insulated Ceiling, New Construction Housing (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) H27RICT 6” Shallow, Insulated Ceiling, Remodel Housing (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) H27T 6” Shallow, Non-IC, New Construction Housing (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) H27RT 6” Shallow, Non-IC, Remodel Housing (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) All-Pro EI2700AT 6” Shallow, Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite New Construction (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) Shallow Housings EI2700 6” Shallow, Insulated Ceiling, New Construction Housing (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) EI2700R 6” Shallow, Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite Remodel Housing (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) ET2700 6” Shallow, Non-IC, New Construction Housing (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) ET2700R 6” Shallow, Non-IC, Remodel Housing (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) Halo LED Retrofit Enclosures BrandTypeCatalog NumberDescription HaloRetrofit ML7BXRFK 6” Retrofit Enclosure, Non-IC, BX Whip ML7E26RFK 6” Retrofit Enclosure, Non-IC, E26 Screw base Interface HALO - LED Housings with LED Luminaire Connector - High-Efficacy Compliant BrandHousing TypeCatalog NumberDescription – Specifications and compliances subject to change without notice 4 ADV141689 ML56 LED System TYPE 1 600 Series / 80 CRI Housing Compatibility Continued 5” Trims: 591X, 592X, 593X, 594X, 595X, 596X (Note shallow housings for use with 591X, 594X, 596X trims only) HaloStandard Housings H550ICAT 5" LED, Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite, New Construction Housing H550RICAT 5" LED, Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite, Remodel Housing HALO and All-Pro - Incandescent E26 Screwbase Housings BrandHousing TypeCatalog NumberDescription HaloStandard Housings H5ICAT 5” Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite New Construction Housing H5RICAT 5” Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite Remodel Housing H5T 5” Non-IC, New Construction Housing H5RT 5” Non-IC, Remodel Housing H5TM 5” Non-IC, New Construction Housing (Canada) All-ProStandard Housings EI500AT 5” Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite New Construction Housing EI500RAT 5” Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite Remodel Housing ET500 5” Non-IC, New Construction Housing ET500R 5” Non-IC, Remodel Housing HaloShallow Housings H25ICAT 5” Shallow, Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite New Construction (use with 591X, 594X, 596X trims only) Housings - UL Classified for Retrofit Compatibility 6” Trims: 691X, 692X, 693X, 694X, 695X, 696X (Note shallow housings for use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) BrandHousing TypeCatalog Number JunoStandard Housings IC22, IC22R, IC22W, IC22S, IC23, IC23W, TC2, TC2R, IC2 Shallow Housings IC21, IC21R (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) CapriStandard Housings CR1, PR1, QL1 Shallow Housings R9ASIC/PS9RM (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) Elco HL7ICA (EL7ICA) LithoniaStandard Housings LC6, L7X Shallow Housings L7XP (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) Thomas PS1 Commercial Electric C7ICA, H3 ProgressStandard Housings P87-AT † * Shallow Housings P86TG (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) Lightolier 1104ICS †*, 1104ICR †* † Requires replacement of torsion springs with Friction Clips. Order Friction Clip Kit separately: ML56CLIP * ML56CLIP is compatible with only baffle and reflector trims. 5” Trims: 591X, 596X BrandHousing TypeCatalog Number JunoStandard Housings IC20, IC25S, IC25W, TC20 Specifications and compliances subject to change without notice – ADV141689 5 ML56 LED System TYPE 1 600 Series / 80 CRI ML56 600 Series Compliance Table 80 CRI LED Modules with ML56 Trims ML5606827ML5606830ML5606835ML5606840 593BB T24NR, WSEC, IECCT24NR, WSEC, IECCT24NR, WSEC, IECCT24NR, WSEC, IECC 693BB T24NR, WSEC, IECCT24NR, WSEC, IECCT24NR, WSEC, IECCT24NR, WSEC, IECC 593TBZB T24NR, WSEC, IECCT24NR, WSEC, IECCT24NR, WSEC, IECCT24NR, WSEC, IECC 693TBZB T24NR, WSEC, IECCT24NR, WSEC, IECCT24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 593SNB T24NR, WSEC, IECCT24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 693SNB T24NR, WSEC, IECCT24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 592H ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 592W ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 593WB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 592SC ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 692H ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 595WW ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 695WW ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 693WB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 692SC ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 692W ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 596WB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 694TBZB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 594TBZB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 696WB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 694SNB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 594SNB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 694WB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 594WB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 594WB-30 ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 694WB-30 ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC Code Descriptions: ® ES = ENERGY STAR Certified Luminaire T24 = Can be used to comply with California Title 24 Non-Residential Lighting Controls requirements as a LED Luminaire IECC = International Energy Conservation Code "High Efficacy" WSEC = Washington State Energy Code - "High Efficacy" Luminaire ML56 600 Series Lumen Table 80 CRI LED Modules with ML56 trims ML5606827ML5606830ML5606835ML5606840 Trim Catalog #LumensLPWLumensLPWLumensLPWLumensLPW 593BB427.347.5440.548.9486.054.0500.555.6 0° Tilt Angle 693BB473.052.6487.654.2537.959.8554.061.6 593TBZB479.553.3494.354.9545.360.6561.662.4 693TBZB496.955.2512.256.9565.162.8582.064.7 593SNB531.759.1548.160.9604.767.2622.769.2 693SNB549.161.0566.062.9624.569.4643.171.5 592H599.166.6617.668.6681.475.7701.778.0 592W617.668.6636.670.7702.478.0723.380.4 593WB628.469.8647.872.0714.779.4736.181.8 592SC632.870.3652.372.5719.780.0741.282.4 692H635.070.6654.672.7722.280.2743.782.6 595WW637.170.8656.873.0724.680.5746.382.9 695WW638.270.9657.973.1725.980.7747.583.1 693WB648.072.0668.074.2737.081.9759.084.3 692SC648.072.0668.074.2737.081.9759.084.3 692W650.272.2670.274.5739.582.2761.584.6 596WB662.173.6682.675.8753.183.7775.686.2 694TBZB667.674.2688.276.5759.384.4781.986.9 594TBZB668.774.3689.376.6760.584.5783.287.0 696WB673.074.8693.877.1765.485.0788.387.6 694SNB681.775.7702.778.1775.386.1798.588.7 594SNB683.976.0705.078.3777.886.4801.089.0 694WB704.578.3726.380.7801.389.0825.291.7 594WB706.778.5728.580.9803.889.3827.892.0 594WB-30685.076.1706.178.5779.086.6802.389.1 30° Tilt Angle 694WB-30654.572.7674.775.0744.482.7766.685.2 Photometric tests are per IES measurement standards. Tests represent typical fixture performance. Field results may vary. – Specifications and compliances subject to change without notice 6 ADV141689 ML56 LED System TYPE 1 600 Series / 80 CRI Photometry 5" Trims • 600 Series • 80 CRI Multiplier Table ML5606830-594WB CCT Option2700 K 3000 K3500 K4000 K P130276 Test Number 0.9701.0001.1031.136 CCT Multiplier 600 Series, 80CRI Light Module Table based upon testing with 3000°K color temperature, 80CRI. 5" Aperture, Directional Eyeball Trim Multipliers may be used to determine relative lumen values with other color temperatures. 729 Lumens 80.9 Lm/W Efficacy 1.22 SC CB Candlepower Distribution ML5606830-592SC Cone of Light 30º P130228 Test Number D Eyeball at 0-degrees 30º Horizontal 600 Series, 80CRI Light Module Plane 90º 5" Aperture, Specular Clear Trim Trim D 0º 652.0 Lumens DFCLWCB 72.5 Lm/W Efficacy 8.16.66.63.2 5.5 75º 1.06 SC 58.38.44 7 DFCLW 100 3.89.69.84.6 8 5.515.75.85.8 310.7115.2 9 Candlepower Distribution 60º 79.77.27.2 2.51212.25.8 10 87.48.48.4 Downlight 1.714.314.66.9 12 95.99.49.4 200 104.710.410.4 90º 123.312.612.6 45º D 75º 30º 160 300 CB 30º Zonal Lumen Summary Vertical 60º0º15º30º ZoneLumens %Fixture Plane 0-3033751.7 Zonal Lumen Summary DFCLWCB 0-4050277 320 1'159.11.11.21.7 ZoneLumens %Fixture 0-6064498.7 45º 2'39.82.22.63.5 0-3021429.4 0-90652100 3'17.73.33.85.2 0-4034647.5 90-18000 4'9.94.55.26.9 0-6059081 0-180652100 480 5'6.45.66.68.7 0-90729100 6'4.46.77.810.4 0º15º30º 90-18000 0-180729100 ML5606830-595WW Candlepower DistributionZonal Lumen Summary P130300 Test Number ZoneLumens %Fixture Wall Wash Downlight 600 Series, 80CRI Light Module 0-3032249 5" Aperture, Wall Wash with Specular Clear Trim 0-4048573.8 Trim 90º and Specular Clear Kick Reflector 0-6063997.4 657 Lumens 0-90657100 73 Lm/W Efficacy 75º 90-18000 1.1 SC 0-180657100 160 60º Single Unit FootcandlesMultiple Unit Footcandles 320 2.5' From Wall2.5' From Wall (Distance From Fixture Along Wall) (Distance From Fixture Along Wall) 45º DD--3'----4'-- DD1'2'3'4'5'6' 1' 1' 2' 2' 480 3' 3' 4' 4' 0º15º30º 5' 5' 6' Legend 6' 7' 7' 0-deg:Wall 8' 8' 9' 90-deg:Side 9' 10' 10' 180-deg:Room Photometric tests are per IES measurement standards. Tests represent typical fixture performance. Field results may vary. Specifications and compliances subject to change without notice – ADV141689 7 ML56 LED System TYPE 1 600 Series / 80 CRI Photometry 6" Trims • 600 Series • 80 CRI ML5606830-694WB Multiplier Table P130372 Test Number CCT Option2700 K 3000 K3500 K4000 K 600 Series, 80CRI Light Module 1.00 CCT Multiplier 6” Aperture, Directional Eyeball Trim Table based upon testing with 3000°K color temperature, 80CRI. 726 Lumens Multipliers may be used to determine relative lumen values with other color temperatures. 80.7 Lm/W Efficacy 1.21 SC CB Candlepower Distribution ML5606830-692SCCone of Light 30º D P130316 Test Number Horizontal 30º Eyeball at 0-degrees 600 Series, 80CRI Light Module Plane 90º 6” Aperture, Specular Clear Trim Trim D 0º DFCLWCB 668 Lumens 74.2 Lm/W Efficacy 8.16.56.63.2 5.5 75º 0.66 SC 58.38.64 7 DFCLW 100 3.89.69.84.6 8 25.93.63.6 5.5 310.7115.2 9 60º Candlepower Distribution 164.64.6 7 2.511.912.25.8 10 12.25.25.2 8 1.714.314.66.9 12 Downlight 9.75.85.8 9 200 7.86.66.6 10 90º 45º 5.47.87.8 12 D 75º 30º 300 300 CB 30º Zonal Lumen SummaryVertical 0º15º30º 60º Plane ZoneLumens %Fixture 0-3036855.1 Zonal Lumen Summary DFCLWCB 0-4050976.3 600 158.11.11.21.7 1' ZoneLumens %Fixture 0-6065998.7 45º39.52.22.63.5 2' 0-3021429.5 0-90668100 17.63.33.85.2 3' 0-4034647.6 90-18000 9.94.55.26.9 4' 0-6058981.1 0-180668100 6.35.66.68.7 5' 900 0-90726100 4.46.77.810.4 6' 90-18000 0º15º30º 0-180726100 ML5606830-695WW Candlepower DistributionZonal Lumen Summary P130396 Test Number ZoneLumens %Fixture Wall Wash Downlight 600 Series, 80CRI Light Module 0-3035253.5 6" Aperture, Wall Wash with Specular Clear Trim 90º 0-4049274.8 Trim and Specular Clear Kick Reflector 0-6064397.7 658 Lumens 0-90658100 73.1 Lm/W Efficacy 75º 90-18000 0.69 SC 0-180658100 250 60º Single Unit FootcandlesMultiple Unit Footcandles 500 2.5' From Wall2.5' From Wall (Distance From Fixture Along Wall) (Distance From Fixture Along Wall) DD--3'----4'-- DD1'2'3'4'5'6' 45º 21.521.90.91.9 1' 1.91.20.40.1000 1' 9.58.59.58.95.38.9 2' 8.66.22.70.80.20.10 2' 11.111.911.19.98.89.9 3' 9.27.54.41.90.70.20.1 3' 750 9.310.19.388.28 4' 6.95.94.12.41.20.50.2 4' 0º15º30º 7.17.77.16.26.56.2 4.94.43.32.21.30.70.4 5' 5' 5.35.85.34.754.7 6' 3.53.22.51.81.20.80.5 6' 4.14.44.13.73.93.7 7' 2.62.41.91.510.70.5 7' Legend 3.23.43.22.93.12.9 8' 21.81.51.20.90.60.5 8' 0-deg:Wall 2.52.72.52.32.42.3 9' 1.51.41.210.70.60.4 9' 90-deg:Side 22.121.821.8 10' 1.21.110.80.60.50.4 10' 180-deg:Room Photometric tests are per IES measurement standards. Tests represent typical fixture performance. Field results may vary. EatonEaton’s Cooper Lighting Business © 2015 Eaton 1000 Eaton Boulevard1121 Highway 74 SouthAll Rights Reserved Cleveland, OH 44122Peachtree City, GA 30269Printed in USASpecifications and United StatesP: 770-486-4800Publication No. ADV141689dimensions subject to Eaton.comwww.cooperlighting.comMarch 2015change without notice. TYPE 2 Apollo LED Sconce Product Name Architectural Lighting APO Model Number 6.25" 4" 7.75" Apollo Led Sconce APO The Apollo features an LED down light Polished Nickel PN White Shade WS APO-WM-WS-BN-IN Product Name / Model / DimensionsMounting OptionsDiffuser OptionsFinish OptionsLamping Options Apollo Led Sconce / APO StandardStandard StandardStandard WallBrushed Nickel / BN White Incandescent / IN HeightWidthDepth Mount/ WM Polished Nickel / PN Shade / WS(1) 75W max 18.75"6.25"7.75" medium base Edison LED lamping 1 watt supplied 2010 Supplement Pages 7 & 8 8_2014 Architectural Lighting ILEXlight.com T 800 977 4470 F 508 824 8722 SPI TYPE 3 SPECIFICATION SHEET MONET INTERIOR WALL JOB NAMETYPE AIW10476 ADA With a flash of style and a touch of class, Advent Monet makes a lasting impression. Distinctive motifs provide an artistic twist, while Dimensions vivid color gels and luminous glowing edges complete an energetic WHDMC design. The Monet family consists of interior sconces, pendants and 6.7 in26.0 in2.5 in13.0 in ceiling mounts, as well as exterior wall mounts. Efficient linear 17.0 cm66.0 cm6.4 cm33.0 cm fluorescent lamping and long-lasting LED options allow Monet to empower a space in a simple, elegant form. Interior, ADA compliant Weight Monet sconces are UL listed for damp locations. This fixture is Hanging weight: 25.0 lb (11.4 kg). surfaced mounted, fully recessed models also available. Interior Monet's white or optional colored face is balanced by a matching or white luminous edge. Features•SPI uses strict quality guidelines in LED selection to ensure the white LED's we use meet or exceed ANSI Binning Standards (ANSI C78.733). •Formed metal construction provides durable protection for internal components and is recyclable.Lamping/lamp •L70 life=50,000+ hours. •Fixture design allows relamping without the use of tools, simplifying maintenance.•Fluorescent lamps are 3500K unless specified. •External fasteners are not visible, providing a clean fixture design.•Lamps included, with the exception of T8, T5 and incandescent. •Versatile design allows fixture to be mounted in any orientation.Mounting •Mounts to standard 4" octagonal junction box •Frosted acrylic lens gives the fixture a unique identity with light reflected through the polished edge.•Additional mounting structure and hardware required (by others). •Embossed stainless steel-linear and crosshatch face plate option adds a Additional Documents unique, metal accent and texture to a space. Color Chart (http://www.spilighting.com/PDFs/SPI_Color_Chart.pdf) •Fixture adds a splash of color to a space with theatrical color gels. Standard colors are available with other colors available upon request. Contact factory to customize a color gel that coordinates with your application. •Durable wood laminate faceplate option adds a warm, natural texture to a space. •Standard thermoset polyester powder coat paint provides durable protection in a palette of color options. Custom colors available upon request. •Compliant with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements. •Integral Class II power supply included, eliminating the need for remote mounting, simplifying installation. Technical Notes Construction •Optional motif is black, unless specified. Electrical •Integral electronic fluorescent ballast utilizes the latest energy-saving technology to maintain consistent color temperature, CRI and lumen maintenance, while eliminating the need for remote mounting and simplifying installation. •Meets NEC 410.73 double-ended, fluorescent lamp ballast disconnect requirements. •ETL listed to UL standards (US and Canada) for use in damp locations. Not recommended for exterior applications. ® SPI LIGHTINGTel (262)242-1420contact@spilighting.comCurrent as of 07/31/16. Design modification rights reserved. SPI TYPE 3 SPECIFICATION SHEET MODEL NUMBERLIGHT SOURCEFINISHVOLTAGELAMP OPTIONSOPTIONSCOLOR ACCENTS AIW10476 Not all options are available in all configurations, consult factory for details. Light Source Photometry VoltageOptions L28.7W White 28.7W 3.2W/6" LED Light Engine26IN REC 120V 120 Volt ES1 Embossed Stainless Steel-Linear Delivered Lumens: 1,173 WS LEDPattern 120-277V Universal Voltage LOW ES2 Embossed Stainless Steel-Cross 277V 277 Volt L57.3W White 57.3W 6.4W/6" LED Light Engine26IN RECHatch Pattern Delivered Lumens: 2,346 WS LED Lamp Options FP01 Open HIGH 3000K 3000K CCT FP02 Boxes 1 1F14 1F14WT5/Mini BipinITL59583 2 DML 0-10V Dimming FP03 Cross Ends 1 1F14DM 1F14WT5/Mini Bipin DimmingITL59583 3500K 3500K CCT FP04 Split 1 1F17 1F17WT8/Med BipinITL59583 4000K 4000K CCT FP05 Split 2 1 1F24 1F24WT5HO/Mini BipinITL59583 EMI Emergency Ballast Integral FP06 Prairie 1 1F24DM 1F24WT5HO/Mini Bipin DimmingITL59583 FP07 Thatch 1 FP08 Squares T5 & T8 Fluorescent Linear Lamp(s) Not Included 2 DML with LED light engine only. FP09 Perforated FP10 Parquet NPC No Perimeter Color WF1 Cherry Laminate WF2 Maple Laminate Color Accents CG01 Red Color Gel CG02 Orange Color Gel CG03 Green Color Gel CG04 Blue Color Gel Painted Finishes PT01Super WhitePT07Light TaupePT13Warm GrayPT19BluePT29Red BrassPT42Sky BluePT48Brass PT02WhitePT08Medium TaupePT14Light GrayPT20Dark GreenPT31Medium BronzePT43TealPT49Bronze PT03Morning LightPT09Medium GrayPT15SagePT21Pearl WhitePT32Dark BronzePT44GreenPT51Matte White PT04Warm WhitePT10Dark GrayPT16SprucePT22PlatinumPT33Dark BluePT45Purple PT05PuttyPT11BlackPT17RedPT27Deep CopperPT40YellowPT46Aluminum PT06Warm BeigePT12Dark ChocolatePT18Deep RedPT28Dark StainlessPT41OrangePT47Deep Red Brass Metal and Plated Finishes BALBrushed Aluminum Kit Details FP01FP02FP03FP04FP05 OpenBoxesCross EndsSplitSplit 2 FP06FP07FP08FP09FP10 PrairieThatchSquaresPerforatedParquet ® SPI LIGHTINGTel (262)242-1420contact@spilighting.comCurrent as of 07/31/16. Design modification rights reserved. TYPE 4 DESCRIPTION Type Catalog # The Halo Surface LED Downlight (SLD) incorporates WaveStream™ technology to create an ultra-low profile surface mounting luminaire with Project the performance and look of a traditional downlight. SLD4 is designed for installation in many 3-1/2” and 4” round or octagon junction boxes. Date May also retrofit in 4” aperture IC and Non-IC recessed housings*. Comments Dedicated LED wiring connector meets high-efficacy code requirement in recessed downlighting. Suitable for residential or commercial Prepared by installations. Ideal for closets, storage areas, attics and basements. ®® Compliant with NFPA 70, NEC Section 410.16 (A)(3) and 410.16 (C)(5). SPECIFICATION FEATURES CONSTRUCTION• Installer must ensure WARRANTY Cooper Lighting provides a five • Die cast aluminum trim ring and compatibility of fit, wiring and year limited warranty on the SLD die formed aluminum frame proper mounting in the LED electrical junction box. This OPTICS includes all applicable national and • WaveStream™ technology LED CHROMATICITY local electrical and building codes. provides uniform luminance • A tight chromaticity specification • Proprietary Slot-N-Lock quick from a low profile flat lens ensures LED color uniformity, installation system for junction SLD4058xxWH • AccuAim™ optics provide sustainable Color Rendering box installation directional control for the Index (CRI) and Correlated 80CRI • T-bracket with Slot-N-Lock “cone-of-light” beam distribution Color Temperature (CCT) over mounting tabs included. 2700K, 3000K, 3500K, of a traditional downlight the useful life of the LED • Precision molded lens features RECESSED HOUSING• LED chromaticity of 3 SDCM and 4000K ® high transmission polymer with exceeds ENERGY STAR color MOUNTING UV stabilized protecting film Friction Blade standards per ANSI C78.377-2008 SLD4059xxWH • 90 CRI model features high color • Pre-installed precision formed DESIGNER TRIMS 90CRI performance with R9 greater than friction blades included Accessories (sold separately) 50 • Friction blade design allows the 2700K, 3000K, 3500K, SLD designer trims are accessory • Every Halo LED is quality tested, SLD to be installed in any position rings that attach to the SLD for a and 4000K measured, and serialized in a within the housing aperture (360 permanent finish. Refer to SLD permanent record to register degrees) accessories specification sheet for 4” Surface LED lumens, wattage, CRI and CCT. * Note: Not for use in recessed details. Downlight • Halo LED serialized testing and housings in direct contact with • White (Paintable) measurement ensures color spray foam insulation refer to • Satin Nickel Suitable for and lumen consistency on a NEMA LSD 57-2013 • Tuscan Bronze ceiling or wall per-unit basis, and validates LED ELECTRICAL JUNCTION BOX electrical junction boxes long-term product consistency • Trilateral linear LED assembly is MOUNTING over time integrated in trim perimeter. • SLD may be used in compatible Suitable for ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS • Color Temperature: 2700K, 3000K, electrical junction boxes in direct 4” recessed Junction Box 3500K, 4000K contact with insulation including housing retrofit • CRI options: 80 and 90• Compatible with many 3-1/2” spray foam insulation (IC, Non-IC & AIR-TITE™) - 90 CRI can be used for x 2” and 4” x 1-1/2” round and • Suitable for installation in many California Title 24 compliance/ octagon boxes (2-1/8” deep boxes 3-1/2” and 4” octagon and round certified to Title 20recommended) electrical junction boxes. ENERGY DATA - 80 CRI can be used to comply • Supply Wire Adapter with LED Note: Driver consumes 3 cubic with California Title 24 Non- quick connector included inches of junction box. 80 CRI90 CRI Residential Lighting Controls Recessed Housings • Surface mounting in a fire-rated as a LED luminaire.Lumens • LED connector is compatible with ceiling using an appropriate 800710 (4000K models) • L70 at 50,000 hours projected Halo 4” H995 Series LED Housings. electrical box offers a cost-effective in accordance with TM-21 • LED Connector meets California alternative to fire-rated recessed Input Voltage120V120V Title-24 high-efficacy luminaire housings Frequency50/60 Hz50/60 Hz standard as a non-screw base Note: Fire-rating is per the rating • The included E26 Edison Input Current0.10 A0.10 A of the ceiling and applicable screw-base adapter provides junction box, not the SLD. Input Power12.2 W12 W capability for retrofit. Efficiency • LED connector is a non-screwbase 66 lm/W59 lm/W (4000K models) luminaire disconnect for tool-less THD installation 2700K T Ambient-30 - +40°C 80 3000K Sound RatingClass A CRI 3500K ® Refer to ENERGY STAR Certified Products List. NOMENCLATURE Can be used to comply with California Title 24 Non-Residential 4000K Lighting Controls requirements as a LED Luminaire. SLD405830WH 405 = 4” SLD 8 = >80 CRI 2700K 30 = 3000K 90 3000K WH = Matte White CRI 3500K Refer to ENERGY STAR® Certified Products List. Can be used to comply with California Title 24 High Efficacy requirements. 4000K Certified to California Title 20 Appliance Efficiency Database. ADV142257 10/07/2015 SLD4058xxWH TYPE 4 SLD4059xxWH COMPLIANCE• Airtight certified per ASTM E283 LED DRIVER • Driver is a 120V input high • cULus Listed ceiling and wall(not exceeding 2.0 CFM under 57 efficiency, dimmable electronic • cULus Damp Location listed Pascals pressure difference) ceiling and wall• 90 CRI: Can be used to comply power supply providing DC power to the LED array• cULus Wet Location Listed, ceiling with California Title 24 High • Driver features high power factor, only (shower rated)Efficacy requirements. Certified • Suitable for use in closets, to California Title 20 Appliance low THD, and has integral thermal protection in the event of over compliant with NFPA® 70, NEC® Efficiency Database. Section 410.16 (A)(3) and 410.16 • 80 CRI: Can be used to comply temperature or internal failure. (C)(5)with California Title 24 Non- • Driver is replaceable if it should be required• SLD may be used in compatible Residential Lighting Controls electrical junction boxes in direct requirements as a LED luminaire. DIMMING contact with insulation including • Can be used for International • Designed for continuous dimming SLD4058xxWH spray foam insulationEnergy Conservation Code (IECC) capability to nominally 5% with • May be installed in IC recessed and Washington State Energy many 120V Leading Edge (LE) 80CRI housings in direct contact with Code high efficiency luminaire and Trailing Edge (TE) phase 2700K, 3000K, 3500K, insulation (Not for use in recessed compliance control dimmers. Dimming to 5% housings in direct contact with • ENERGY STAR® Certified and 4000K is best assured using dimmers spray foam insulation. Refer to luminaire - consult ENERGY with low end trim adjustment. NEMA LSD 57-2013)STAR® Certified Product List SLD4059xxWH Consult dimmer manufacturer for • UL Classified when used in • Contains no mercury or lead and compatibility and conditions of retrofit with listed housings RoHS compliant.90CRI use. (Note some dimmers require (See Housing Compatibility)• Photometric testing in accordance 2700K, 3000K, 3500K, a neutral in the wallbox.) • EMI/RFI: meets FCC 47CFR Part 15 with IES LM-79 and 4000K Class B limits, and is suitable for • Lumen maintenance projections use in residential and commercial in accordance with IES LM-80 and 4” Surface LED installationsTM-21 Downlight DIMENSIONS Suitable for ceiling or wall 6” \[152mm\] electrical junction boxes Suitable for 6” 4” recessed \[152.65mm\] .8” \[20.20mm\] housing retrofit (IC, Non-IC & AIR-TITE™) .7” \[17.42mm\] ORDERING INFORMATION SAMPLE NUMBER: SLD405927WH SLD4TRMSN Junction Box Installation: Order junction box separately, as supplied by others, to complete installation. Recessed Installation: Order Halo recessed housing separately to complete installation. ModelsColor Rendering IndexColor Temperature (CCT)FinishAccessories SLD405= 4” Surface LED Downlight, 120V 8=80 CRI 27=2700K WH=WhiteDesigner Trims 9=90 CRI 30=3000K 35=3500K SLD4TRMSN=4” SLD Satin Nickel 40=4000K SLD4TRMTBZ=4” SLD Tuscan Bronze SLD4TRMWH=4” SLD White (paintable) J-Box Spacer Extension Ring junction box SLD4EXT=4” Surface LED J-Box Extender, 7.75” O.D. RAD Adapters surface (not recessed in ceiling) SLD4RAD=4” SLD Round Surface J-Box Adapter, 6.15” O.D. (For 4-inch round or octagon junction boxes) Spare Parts SLD4ACCKIT=4” Accessory Parts Replacement Kit (Screwbase adapter, torsion springs, friction blades) SLD4BRKT=4” Junction Box Bracket & Screws information. SLD4058xxWH TYPE 4 SLD4059xxWH HOUSING COMPATIBILITY internal volume that exceeds 62.3 in³ in addition to those noted below: HALO Recessed Can SizeCatalog Number 4" LED H995ICAT, H995RICAT Compatible Halo Incandescent E26 Screwbase Housings Recessed Can SizeCatalog Number HALO 4" H99ICAT, H99TAT, H99RTAT Compatible All-Pro Incandescent E26 Screwbase Housings Recessed Can SizeCatalog Number ALL-PRO 4" EI400ATSB, ET400ATSB, ET400RATSB COMPATIBLE WITH EATON’S CROUSE-HINDS JUNCTION BOXES • TP316 - for non-metallic cable • TP317 - for metal clad cable • UL Listed • Suitable for two-hour fire-rated ANSI/UL 263 when properly installed in a fire-rated ceiling or wall TP316TP317 • Refer to www.crouse-hinds.com for non-metallic cablefor metal clad cable 4” x 4” x 2-1/8”4” x 4” x 2-1/8” (102mm x 102mm x 54mm)(102mm x 102mm x 54mm) COMPATIBLE WITH MANY OTHER JUNCTION BOXES* 4" round new work non-metallic box 4" octagon steel box 4" octagon light fixture/fan with hanger bar assembly 4" x 4" x 1-1/2" steel box 4" diameter x 2-3/16" (102mm x 56mm) (102mm x 102mm x 38mm) 4" x 4" x 2-1/8" (102mm x 102mm x 54mm) 3-1/2" round new work 3-1/2" round old work non-metallic box4” round surface mount box 4" round new work non-metallic non-metallic ceiling box 4-1/4" O.D. flange, 3-1/2" I.D. x 2-5/8”4" diameter x 1-1/2” light fixture/fan box 3-1/2" diameter x 2-3/4"(108mm O.D., 89mm I.D. x 67mm)(102mm x 38mm) 4" diameter x 2-3/16" (89mm x 70mm)Requires SLD4RAD adapter (102mm x 56mm) Surface mounting in a fire-rated ceiling using an appropriate electrical box offers a cost-effective alternative to fire-rated recessed housings. Note: Fire-rating is per the rating of the ceiling and applicable junction box, not the SLD. *This is a representative list of compatible junction boxes only. Information contained in this literature about other manufacturers’ products is from published information made available by the manufacturer and is deemed to be reliable, but has not been verified. Eaton makes no specific recommendation on product selection and there are no warranties of performance or compatibility implied. Installer must determine that site conditions are suitable to allow proper installation of the SLD mounting bracket in the box. SLD4058xxWH TYPE 4 SLD4059xxWH PRODUCT DATA Cat No. CRICCTLumensPower (W)LPW SLD405827WH81270072012.259 SLD405830WH81300075012.261 SLD405835WH81350078012.264 SLD405840WH81400080012.266 SLD405927WH9227006501254 SLD405930WH9230006701256 SLD405935WH9235006901258 SLD405940WH9240007101259 Performance values are presented as typical for the model(s) indicated. Field results may vary. LIGHTING FACTS SLD405827WH - 80 CRISLD405830WH - 80 CRISLD405835WH - 80 CRISLD405840WH - 80 CRI SLD405927WH - 90 CRISLD405930WH - 90 CRISLD405935WH - 90 CRISLD405940WH - 90 CRI Eaton 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269Specifications and P: 770-486-4800dimensions subject to www.eaton.com/lightingchange without notice. TYPE 5 TYPE 6 Description The Halo ML56 LED Downlighting System is a series of modular LED Light Modules for Type Catalog # use with designated 5” or 6” ML56 LED trims in new construction, remodel and retrofit installation. Compatible with Halo 5” H550 and 6” H750, H2750 Series LED housings. And Project in retrofit of existing housings the ML56 Series fits 5" or 6" Halo, All-Pro, and others. ML56 system offers shallow trims for installation in Halo, All-Pro and others shallow housings. Date ML56 Light Modules are offered in 600 Series, 900 Series, and 1200 Series, 80CRI or 90CRI, Comments and four color temperatures 2700K, 3000K, 3500K, 4000K. ML56 Light Modules are univer- sal voltage 120V – 277V and dimmable at 120V. The ML56 lens provides uniform diffuse Prepared by illumination standard. Specification Features Mechanical CRI: 80 LED Driver • Driver is universal voltage 120V-277V, L70 at 50,000 hours, projected in accor-• • Light Module and may be controlled from a switch in dance with IES TM-21 Module includes LED package, LED driver, • this range of main inputs (switchable at LED is a chip on board design consisting • heat sink, and lens 120V, 220V, 230V, 240V, and 277V) of a multiple LED package to create one Durable die-cast aluminum construction. • Driver is dimmable at 120V operation virtual light source for a productive “cone • Heat sink designed to conduct heat • when connected to a compatible dimmer. of light” away from the LED keeping the junction Driver is a high efficiency, electronic • Color Specification & Quality Standards temperatures below specified maximums, power supply providing DC power to including insulated ceiling environmentsA tight chromaticity specification ensures • the LED. LED color uniformity, sustainable Color Lens Driver meets FCC EMI/RFI Consumer • Rendering Index (CRI) and Correlated Impact-resistant polycarbonate • Level limits on 120V main inputs, and is Color Temperature (CCT) over the useful ML56 LED compliant for use in residential and com- Convex form for lamp-like appearance • life of the LED mercial installations. High lumen transmission • LED color uniformity of 3 SDCM exceeds • System Driver features high power factor, low • Diffusing for even illumination® • ENERGY STAR color standards per THD, and has integral thermal protec- ANSI C78.377- 2008. Mounting tion in the event of over temperature or Every Halo LED Light Module is quality • Light Modules attach to reflector and • internal failure. 900 Series / 80 CRI tested and performance measured, and baffle trims via locking tabs, and attach Driver is replaceable, if replacement • then serialized in a permanent record to to eyeballs via keyed twist-to-lock mat- should be required. register lumens, wattage, CRI and CCT.ML5609827 ing bosses Halo LED serialized testing and measure- • Dimming The complete light module and trim • ML5609830 ment process ensures color and lumen Designed for dimming capability to nominal assembly installs into housings with consistency on a per-unit basis, and 5% in normal operation with standard 120V ML5609835 precision formed torsion springs located validates long-term product consistency Leading Edge (LE) and Trailing Edge (TE) on the trim over time ML5609840 phase control dimmers. (Consult dimmer Friction Blade mounting is an alternate • manufacturer for dimmer compatibility Halo ML56 LED Light Modules include • option using the accessory 6” Friction and details. Note, some dimmers require a lumen, CRI, and CCT designations in the Blade Kit model ML56CLIP (order sepa- 5-Inch and 6-Inch neutral in the wallbox.) model number rately). Friction blades provide alternative 900 Lumen LED Example: ML5609830 • to torsion springs for retrofit in 6” hous- Warranty Light Module for 56 = 5” / 6” aperture series ings without torsion mounting tabs. The Cooper Lighting provides a (5) five year 09 = 900 lumen series New Construction, stainless steel friction blades allow the limited warranty on the Halo ML56 LED 8 = >80 CRI ML56 to be installed in a wider range of Remodel and Retrofit Light Module. 30 = 3000K nominal CCT housings, and allow rotation in the hous- LED Module in New or Retrofit Existing ing aperture (360 degrees). Electrical Power Connections For use with 59x and 69x Construction – Housings other than Halo LED connector is a non-screw base • Housing Compatibility Series Trims or All-Pro luminaire disconnect offering easy instal- A complete ML56 system includes a LED If used in recessed housings other than • lation with the matching Halo 5” H550 Light Module, LED trim, and a compatible Halo or All-Pro the Cooper Lighting 5-year FOR USE IN series and 6” H750 and H2750 series housing (new construction, remodel, or limited warranty applies to the LED Light housings (housing selected depends upon existing retrofit). Housing compatibility INSULATED CEILING Module and Trim only. LED trim 5” or 6”). in the ML56 System is determined by the AND NON-INSULATED As with any electrical installation, a qual- • ML56 trim dimensions. ML56 trims are LED Connector is a non-screw base, • ified electrician must ensure compatibil-CEILING RATED available in 5” and 6” aperture (5” = 59xx and where required to qualify as a high- ity of use with a particular housing; this HOUSINGS series and 6” = 69xx series trims). Refer to efficacy luminaire. includes all applicable national and local Housing – Trim Section in this document. The included E26 medium screw-base • electrical and building codes. Installer Edison adapter provides easy retrofit HIGH EFFICACY LED is responsible to properly and securely LED of incandescent housings (see Housing retain the LED Module and LED Trim in WITH INTEGRAL 900 Series = 900 design lumens typical. • Section). the housing at time of installation. DRIVER - DIMMABLE Delivered lumens vary depending upon 5" • Ground Connection or 6", color temperature, and trim finish. Separate grounding cable included on the Color Temperature options: 2700K, • Energy Data module for attachment to the housing during 3000K, 3500K, 4000K ML56 900/80 Series installation. (Values at non-dimming line voltage) Minimum Starting Temp: -30°C (-22°F) EMI/RFI: FCC Title 47 CFR, Part 15, (Consumer) Sound Rating: Class A Input Voltage: UNV 120V-277V Power Factor: >0.95 @ 120V and >0.9 @277V Input Frequency: 50/60Hz 2700K3000K3500K4000K THD: <20% nominalnominalnominalnominal Max. Rated Wattage: 14W CRICRICRICRI Input Power: 13.4W Input Current at 120V: 0.15A ML5609827ML5609830ML5609835ML5609840 Input Current at 277V: 0.08A 5” or 6“ LED 900 Series 5” or 6“ LED 900 Series 5” or 6“ LED 900 Series 5” or 6“ LED 900 Series Driver Compliance: UL8750, Class II rated Maximum IC (Insulated Ceiling) Ambient Continuous Operating Temperature: 25°C (77°F) Maximum Non-IC Ambient Continuous Operating Temperature: 40°C (104°F) ADV141692 3/02/2015 ML56 LED System TYPE 6 900 Series / 80 CRI Compliance cULus listed 1598 Luminaire (Halo and All-Pro housings)May be used in IC (insulated ceiling) housings in direct EMI/RFI per FCC 47CFR Part 15 Class B Consumer limits • • • contact with insulation* and combustible material(commercial and residential compliant) UL Classified when used in retrofit (refer to housing • section)Can be used as a California Title 24 compliant Non-Photometric testing in accordance with IES LM-79 • • Residential LED Luminaire cULus listed for damp locationsLumen maintenance projections in accordance with IES • • Can be used for International Energy Conservation Code LM-80 and TM-21 • cULus Wet location listed with baffle and reflector trims • (IECC) high efficiency luminaire compliance. only CE Mark - “Conformité Européene” conformity with the • Can be used for Washington State Energy Code Council of European Communities Directives, meeting • Airtight certified per ASTM E283 (not exceeding 2.0 CFM • compliance internationally recognized compliance when used with under 57 Pascals pressure difference) Halo H550, H750, and H2750 Series LED housings only ® ENERGY STAR certified luminaire - consult ENERGY • IP66 ingress protection rated with baffle and reflector • ® STAR Certified product list trims only RoHS compliant • * Not for use with housings in direct contact with spray foam insulation. ® Refer to ENERGY STAR Can be used to comply with California Title 24 Non-Residential Lighting Controls requirements as a LED Luminaire Dimensions 4-1/2" \[114 mm\] 3" \[76 mm\] – Specifications and compliances subject to change without notice 2 ADV141692 ML56 LED System TYPE 6 900 Series / 80 CRI Ordering Information Sample Number: ML5609830 593WB Order LED Module and trim separately. A complete system also includes a compatible housing (new construction, remodel, or existing retrofit). Housing aperture size in the ML56 System is determined by the ML56 trim dimensions. ML56 trims are available in 5” and 6” aperture (5” = 59xx series and 6” = 69xx series trims). Refer to Housing Section in this docu ment. ML56 LED Light Modules 900 Series / 80 CRIML56 LED 5" and 6" TrimsML56 System Accessories = 5"/6" LED light =Friction clip mounting kit - for retrofitting non-torsion spring ML5609827590 Series - 5" LED TrimsML56CLIP module, 900 lumen, 80CRI, 2700K=5" LED trim, polymer “dead-front”, shallow white baffle & flange – housings, 6" clips* 591WB = 5"/6" LED light shallow and standard housings (For use with 600 Series LED light modules only)=5" Wall wash insert - kick reflector for 595WW ML5609830WW595SC module, 900 lumen, 80CRI, 3000K=5" LED trim, specular reflector & white flange(1-included with trim) double or corner wall wash** 592SC = 5"/6" LED light =5" LED trim, haze reflector & white flange=6" Wall wash insert - kick reflector for 695WW ML5609835592HWW695SC module, 900 lumen, 80CRI, 3500K=5" LED trim, white reflector & flange(1-included with trim) double or corner wall wash** 592W = 5"/6" LED light =5" LED trim, white micro-step baffle & flange=5" LED oversize trim ring for use with 59* series trims, ML5609840593WBTRM590WH module, 900 lumen, 80CRI, 4000K=5" LED trim, black micro-step baffle & white flangewhite 6.3" I.D., 7.5" O.D. 593BB Ring slips over LED trim. Inset design allows =5" LED trim, satin nickel micro-step baffle & flange5" trim to fit into oversize ring for an even trim surface 593SNB =5" LED trim, tuscan bronze micro-step baffle & flange=6" LED oversize trim ring for use with 69* series trims, 593TBZBTRM690WH =5" LED directional trim, white eyeball, baffle & flange – shallow white 6.9" I.D., 9.5" O.D. Ring slips over LED trim. Inset design allows 594WB 6" trim to fit into oversize ring for an even trim surface and standard housings =5" LED directional trim, satin nickel eyeball, baffle & flange – 594SNB *ML56CLIP is compatible with 6" baffle and reflector trims only (691, shallow and standard housings =5" LED directional trim, tuscan bronze eyeball, baffle & flange – 692, 693, 695, 696 series). 594TBZB For eyeball trim (694 series) use ML7RAB retrofit adpater band. shallow and standard housings =5" LED trim, wall wash - specular reflector, repositionable specular 595WW kick reflector, white flange **Wall Wash Trims 595WW and 695WW Feature an exclusive =5" LED trim, white shallow baffle & flange – shallow and standard housingsRepositionable Kick Reflector for fine-tuning adjustment of the wall 596WB wash effect. The WW595SC and WW695SC are Repositionable Kick Reflectors sold separately for addition to the Wall Wash Trim when a 690 Series - 6" LED Trims =6" LED trim, polymer “dead-front”, white shallow baffle & flange – double or corner wall wash is needed, or for replacement of original 691WB shallow and standard housings (For use with 600 Series LED light modules only)kick reflector included with the trim. =6" LED trim, specular reflector & white flange 692SC =6" LED trim, haze reflector & white flange 692H =6" LED trim, white reflector & flange 692W =6" LED trim, white micro-step baffle & flange 693WB =6" LED trim, black micro-step baffle & white flange 693BB =6" LED trim, satin nickel micro-step baffle & flange 693SNB =6" LED trim, tuscan bronze micro-step baffle & flange 693TBZB =6" LED directional trim, white eyeball, baffle & flange – shallow 694WB and standard housings =6" LED directional trim, satin nickel eyeball, baffle & flange – 694SNB shallow and standard housings =6" LED directional trim, tuscan bronze eyeball, baffle & flange – 694TBZB shallow and standard housings =6" LED trim, wall wash - specular reflector, repositionable specular 695WW kick reflector, white flange =6" LED trim, white shallow baffle & flange – for use with shallow 696WB and standard housings Lighting Facts ML5609827ML5609830ML5609835ML5609840 Lumens (Light Output) Lumens (Light Output) Lumens (Light Output) Lumens (Light Output) Watts Watts Watts Watts Color Accuracy (CRI) Color Accuracy (CRI) Color Accuracy (CRI) Color Accuracy (CRI) Light Color (CCT) Light Color (CCT) Light Color (CCT) Light Color (CCT) Correlated Color Temperature (CCT)Correlated Color Temperature (CCT)Correlated Color Temperature (CCT)Correlated Color Temperature (CCT) 2700K3000K4500K6500K2700K3000K4500K6500K2700K3000K4500K6500K2700K3000K4500K6500K MODEL# ML5609827MODEL# ML5609830MODEL# ML5609835MODEL# ML5609840 Specifications and compliances subject to change without notice – ADV141692 3 ML56 LED System TYPE 6 900 Series / 80 CRI Housing – Trim Compatibility Housing aperture size in the ML56 System is determined by the ML56 trim dimensions. ML56 trims are available in 5" and 6" aperture (5" = 59xx series and 6" = 69xx series trims). Refer to ML56 TRIMS in this document. (Note “X” in the trim model number denotes finish code.) Housing – Compatibility The ML56 LED light module - trim combination is cULus Listed or UL Classified for use with any 5" or 6" diameter recessed housing constructed of steel or aluminum with an internal volume 3 that exceeds 115 in in addition to those noted below. Halo and All-Pro UL Listed Compatibility 6” Trims: 691X, 692X, 693X, 694X, 695X, 696X (Note shallow housings for use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) HALO - LED Housings with LED Luminaire Connector - High-Efficacy Compliant BrandHousing TypeCatalog NumberDescription HaloStandard Housings H750ICAT 6" LED, Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite, New Construction Housing H750RICAT 6" LED, Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite, Remodel Housing H750T 6" LED, Non-IC, Air-Tite, New Construction Housing H750TCP 6" LED, Non-IC, New Construction/Remodel Chicago Plenum Housing H750TD0106" LED, Non-IC, Air-Tite, New Construction Housing H750RTD0106" LED, Non-IC, Air-Tite, Remodel Housing H750TCPD0106" LED, Non-IC, New Construction/Remodel Chicago Plenum Housing H750RINTD0106" LED, Non-IC, Air-Tite, Remodel Housing (International CE Mark and UL/cUL Listed) HaloShallow Housings H2750ICAT 6” LED, Shallow, Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite, New Constr. (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) HALO and All-Pro - Incandescent E26 Screwbase Housings BrandHousing TypeCatalog NumberDescription HaloStandard Housings H7ICAT 6” Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite New Construction Housing H7RICAT 6” Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite Remodel Housing H7ICT 6” Insulated Ceiling, New Construction Housing H7RICT 6” Insulated Ceiling, Remodel Housing H7ICATNB 6” Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite New Construction Housing, No Socket Bracket H7ICTNB 6” Insulated Ceiling, New Construction Housing, No Socket Bracket H7T 6” Non-IC, New Construction Housing H7RT 6” Non-IC, Remodel Housing H7TNB 6” Non-IC, New Construction Housing, No Socket Bracket H7TCP 6” Non-IC, Chicago Plenum, New Construction/Remodel Housing H7UICT 6” Insulated Ceiling, Universal New Construction Housing H7UICAT 6” Insulated Ceiling, Universal, Air-Tite, New Construction Housing All-ProStandard Housings EI700AT 6” Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite New Construction Housing EI700RAT 6” Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite Remodel Housing EI700 6” Insulated Ceiling, New Construction Housing EI700R 6” Insulated Ceiling, Remodel Housing EI700ATNB 6” Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite New Construction Housing, No Socket Bracket EI700NB 6” Insulated Ceiling, New Construction Housing, No Socket Bracket EI700U 6” Insulated Ceiling, Universal New Construction Housing EI700UAT 6” Insulated Ceiling, Universal, Air-Tite, New Construction Housing ET700 6” Non-IC, New Construction Housing ET700R 6” Non-IC, Remodel Housing HaloShallow Housings H27ICAT 6” Shallow, Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite New Construction (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) H27RICAT6” Shallow, Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite Remodel Housing (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) H27ICT 6” Shallow, Insulated Ceiling, New Construction Housing (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) H27RICT 6” Shallow, Insulated Ceiling, Remodel Housing (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) H27T 6” Shallow, Non-IC, New Construction Housing (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) H27RT 6” Shallow, Non-IC, Remodel Housing (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) All-ProShallow Housings EI2700AT 6” Shallow, Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite New Construction (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) EI2700 6” Shallow, Insulated Ceiling, New Construction Housing (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) EI2700R 6” Shallow, Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite Remodel Housing (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) ET2700 6” Shallow, Non-IC, New Construction Housing (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) ET2700R 6” Shallow, Non-IC, Remodel Housing (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) Halo LED Retrofit Enclosures BrandTypeCatalog NumberDescription HaloRetrofit ML7BXRFK 6” Retrofit Enclosure, Non-IC, BX Whip ML7E26RFK 6” Retrofit Enclosure, Non-IC, E26 Screw base Interface – Specifications and compliances subject to change without notice 4 ADV141692 ML56 LED System TYPE 6 900 Series / 80 CRI Housing Compatibility - Continued 5” Trims: 591X, 592X, 593X, 594X, 595X, 596X (Note shallow housings for use with 591X, 594X, 596X trims only) HALO - LED Housings with LED Luminaire Connector - High-Efficacy Compliant BrandHousing TypeCatalog NumberDescription HaloStandard Housings H550ICAT 5" LED, Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite, New Construction Housing H550RICAT 5" LED, Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite, Remodel Housing HALO and All-Pro - Incandescent E26 Screwbase Housings BrandHousing TypeCatalog NumberDescription HaloStandard Housings H5ICAT 5” Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite New Construction Housing H5RICAT 5” Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite Remodel Housing H5T 5” Non-IC, New Construction Housing H5RT 5” Non-IC, Remodel Housing H5TM 5” Non-IC, New Construction Housing (Canada) All-ProStandard Housings EI500AT 5” Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite New Construction Housing EI500RAT 5” Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite Remodel Housing ET500 5” Non-IC, New Construction Housing ET500R 5” Non-IC, Remodel Housing HaloShallow Housings H25ICAT 5” Shallow, Insulated Ceiling, Air-Tite New Construction (use with 591X, 594X, 596X trims only) Housings - UL Classified for Retrofit Compatibility 6” Trims: 691X, 692X, 693X, 694X, 695X, 696X (Note shallow housings for use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) BrandHousing TypeDescription JunoStandard Housings IC22, IC22R, IC22W, IC22S, IC23, IC23W, TC2, TC2R, IC2 Shallow Housings IC21, IC21R (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) CapriStandard Housings CR1, PR1, QL1 Shallow Housings R9ASIC/PS9RM (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) Elco HL7ICA (EL7ICA) LithoniaStandard Housings LC6, L7X Shallow Housings L7XP (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) Thomas PS1 Commercial Electric C7ICA, H3 ProgressStandard Housing P87-AT †* Shallow Housing P86TG (use with 691X, 694X, 696X trims only) Lightolier 1104ICS †*, 1104ICR †* † Requires replacement of torsion springs with Friction Clips. Order Friction Clip Kit separately: ML56CLIP * ML56CLIP is compatible with only baffle and reflector trims 5” Trims: 591X, 596X BrandHousing TypeCatalog Number JunoStandard Housings IC20, IC25S, IC25W, TC20 Specifications and compliances subject to change without notice – ADV141692 5 ML56 LED System TYPE 6 900 Series / 80 CRI ML56 900 Series Compliance Table 80 CRI LED Modules with ML56 Trims ML5609827ML5609830ML5609835ML5609840 593BB WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 693BB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 593TBZB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 693TBZB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 593SNB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 693SNB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 592H ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 593WB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 592W ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 595WW ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 592SC ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 692H ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 695WW ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 693WB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 692SC ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 596WB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 692W ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 594TBZB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 694TBZB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 594SNB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 696WB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 694SNB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 694WB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 594WB ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 594WB-30 ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC 694WB-30 ES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECCES, T24NR, WSEC, IECC Code Descriptions: ® ES = ENERGY STAR Certified Luminaire T24NR = May be used for California Title 24 Non-Residential LED luminaire IECC = International Energy Conservation Code "High Efficacy" WSEC = Washington State Energy Code - "High Efficacy" Luminaire ML56 900 Series Lumen Table 80 CRI LED Modules with ML56 trims ML5609827ML5609830ML5609835ML5609840 Trim Catalog #LumensLPWLumensLPWLumensLPWLumensLPW 0° Tilt Angle 593BB602.945.0651.348.6661.049.3674.550.3 693BB676.250.5730.554.5741.355.3756.556.5 593TBZB686.351.2741.455.3752.456.2767.857.3 693TBZB714.153.3771.457.6782.958.4799.059.6 593SNB757.156.5817.861.0830.061.9847.063.2 693SNB789.958.9853.363.7866.064.6883.866.0 592H846.863.2914.868.3928.469.3947.470.7 593WB887.266.2958.571.5972.772.6992.774.1 592W894.866.8966.772.1981.073.21001.274.7 595WW916.368.4989.973.91004.675.01025.276.5 592SC917.668.5991.374.01006.075.11026.676.6 692H921.468.8995.374.31010.175.41030.976.9 695WW922.668.9996.774.41011.575.51032.377.0 693WB934.069.71009.075.31024.076.41045.078.0 692SC946.670.61022.776.31037.977.51059.179.0 596WB946.670.61022.776.31037.977.51059.179.0 692W947.970.71024.076.41039.277.61060.679.1 594TBZB954.271.21030.876.91046.278.11067.679.7 694TBZB959.371.61036.377.31051.778.51073.380.1 594SNB959.371.61036.377.31051.778.51073.380.1 696WB975.772.81054.178.71069.779.81091.781.5 694SNB977.072.91055.478.81071.179.91093.181.6 694WB1017.475.91099.182.01115.583.21138.384.9 594WB1018.776.01100.582.11116.883.31139.785.1 30° Tilt Angle 594WB-30987.173.71066.379.61082.280.81104.482.4 694WB-30959.371.61036.377.31051.778.51073.380.1 Photometric tests are per IES measurement standards. Tests represent typical fixture performance. Field results may vary. – Specifications and compliances subject to change without notice 6 ADV141692 ML56 LED System TYPE 6 900 Series / 80 CRI Photometry 5" Trims • 900 Series • 80 CRI ML5609830-594WB Multiplier Table P130060 Test Number CCT Option2700 K 3000 K3500 K4000 K 900 Series, 80CRI Light Module 1.00 CCT Multiplier 5" Aperture, Directional Eyeball Trim Table based upon testing with 3000°K color temperature, 80CRI. 1100 Lumens Multipliers may be used to determine relative lumen values with other color temperatures. 82.1 Lm/W Efficacy 1.22 SC 5" Trims • 900 Series • 80 CRI CB Candlepower Distribution Cone of Light ML5609830-592SC 30º Eyeball at 0-degrees P130004 Test Number D 30º Horizontal 90º 900 Series, 80CRI Light Module Plane D 5” Aperture, Specular Clear Trim Trim 0º 991 Lumens DFCLWCB 75º 74 Lm/W Efficacy 12.36.66.63.2 5.5 1.06 SC DFCLW 7.68.38.64 150 7 23.95.85.8 5.5 5.89.69.84.6 8 60º 14.77.27.2 7 4.610.7115.2 Candlepower Distribution 9 11.38.48.4 8 3.711.912.25.8 10 8.99.49.4 9 Downlight 2.614.314.66.9 12 300 7.210.410.4 10 90º 45º 512.612.6 12 D 75º 30º 450 CB 30º 250 Vertical Zonal Lumen Summary 0º15º30º 60º Plane ZoneLumens %Fixture 0-3051351.8 Zonal Lumen Summary DFCLWCB 0-4076577.2 1'240.21.11.21.7 ZoneLumens %Fixture 500 0-6097998.8 2'60.12.22.63.5 0-3032429.5 45º 0-90991100 3'26.73.33.85.2 0-4052347.6 90-18000 4'154.55.26.9 0-6089281 0-180991100 5'9.65.66.68.7 0-901100100 750 6'6.76.77.810.4 90-18000 0º15º30º 0-1801100100 ML5609830-595WW Candlepower DistributionZonal Lumen Summary P130084 Test Number ZoneLumens %Fixture Wall Wash Downlight 900 Series, 80CRI Light Module 0-3048649.1 5” Aperture, Wall Wash with Specular Clear Trim 90º 0-4073273.9 Trim and Specular Clear Kick Reflector 0-6096497.4 990 Lumens 0-90990100 73.9 Lm/W Efficacy 75º 90-18000 1.06 SC 0-180990100 250 60º Single Unit FootcandlesMultiple Unit Footcandles 500 2.5' From Wall2.5' From Wall (Distance From Fixture Along Wall) (Distance From Fixture Along Wall) 45ºDD--3'----4'-- DD1'2'3'4'5'6' 1'4.33.34.34.11.94.1 1'42.710.30.100 2'15.41415.414.58.814.5 2'14.110.34.41.30.40.10 3'19.320.919.317.514.717.5 7503'16.413.67.42.91.10.40.1 4'15.517.715.513.314.813.3 4'11.510.47.441.80.80.3 0º15º30º 5'11.412.711.49.911.49.9 5'7.67.15.73.82.21.10.5 6'8.298.27.38.37.3 6'5.14.94.23.12.21.30.7 Legend 7'66.465.46.15.4 7'3.53.432.41.81.30.8 0-deg:Wall 8'4.44.74.44.14.54.1 8'2.52.52.31.91.51.10.8 90-deg:Side 9'3.33.53.33.13.43.1 9'1.91.81.71.51.210.7 180-deg:Room 10'2.62.72.62.42.62.4 10'1.41.41.31.210.80.7 Photometric tests are per IES measurement standards. Tests represent typical fixture performance. Field results may vary. Specifications and compliances subject to change without notice – ADV141692 7 TYPE 6 Photometry 6" Trims • 900 Series • 80 CRI ML5609830-694WB Multiplier Table P130156 Test Number CCT Option2700 K 3000 K3500 K4000 K 900 Series, 80CRI Light Module 1.00 CCT Multiplier 6” Aperture, Directional Eyeball Trim Table based upon testing with 3000°K color temperature, 80CRI. 1099 Lumens Multipliers may be used to determine relative lumen values with other color temperatures. 82 Lm/W Efficacy 1.21 SC CB Candlepower Distribution Cone of Light ML5609830-692SC30º Eyeball at 0-degrees D P13010030º Test Number Horizontal 90º 900 Series, 80CRI Light Module Plane D 6” Aperture, Specular Clear Trim Trim 0º DFCLWCB 1023 Lumens 75º 12.36.66.63.2 5.5 76.3 Lm/W Efficacy 7.68.38.64 7 0.66150 SC DFCLW 5.89.69.84.6 8 39.43.63.660º 5.5 4.610.7115.2 9 24.44.64.6 7 Candlepower Distribution 3.71212.25.8 10 18.65.25.2 8 2.614.314.66.9 12 300 Downlight 14.75.85.8 9 11.96.66.6 10 45º 90º 8.37.87.8 12 D 75º 30º 450 CB 30º Vertical 400 0º15º30º Plane Zonal Lumen Summary 60º ZoneLumens %Fixture DFCLWCB Zonal Lumen Summary 0-3056254.9 240.21.11.21.7 1' ZoneLumens %Fixture 0-4077876.1 800 60.12.22.63.5 2' 0-3032429.5 0-60100998.7 26.73.33.85.2 3' 45º 0-4052347.6 0-901023100 154.55.26.9 4' 0-6089181.1 90-18000 9.65.66.68.7 5' 0-901099100 0-1801023100 6.76.77.810.4 6' 1200 90-18000 0-1801099100 0º15º30º ML5609830-695WW Candlepower DistributionZonal Lumen Summary P130180 Test Number ZoneLumens %Fixture Downlight 900 Series, 80CRI Light Module 0-3053353.5 6” Aperture, Wall Wash with Specular Clear Trim 90º 0-4074574.8 Trim and Specular Clear Kick Reflector 0-6097497.7 997 Lumens 0-90997100 74.4 Lm/W Efficacy 75º 90-18000 0.69 SC 0-180997100 400 60º Single Unit FootcandlesMultiple Unit Footcandles 800 2.5' From Wall2.5' From Wall (Distance From Fixture Along Wall) (Distance From Fixture Along Wall) 45º DD--3'----4'-- DD1'2'3'4'5'6' 3.22.23.231.23 1' 31.70.60.20.100 1' 14.31314.313.48.113.4 2' 139.341.30.30.10 2' 1200 16.918.216.91513.215 3' 13.911.36.62.91.10.40.1 3' 0º15º30º 14.115.514.112.212.512.2 10.596.23.61.80.80.3 4' 4' 10.711.710.79.49.99.4 7.46.653.321.10.5 5' 5' 88.887.17.77.1 6' 5.34.83.82.71.81.20.7 6' Legend 6.26.76.25.55.95.5 7' 3.93.632.21.61.10.7 7' 0-deg:Wall 4.85.24.84.44.64.4 8' 32.82.31.81.310.7 8' 90-deg:Side 3.84.13.83.53.73.5 9' 2.32.21.91.51.10.80.6 9' 180-deg:Room 10'33.332.832.8 10'1.81.71.51.210.70.6 Photometric tests are per IES measurement standards. Tests represent typical fixture performance. Field results may vary. EatonEaton’s Cooper Lighting Business © 2015 Eaton 1000 Eaton Boulevard1121 Highway 74 SouthAll Rights Reserved Cleveland, OH 44122Peachtree City, GA 30269Printed in USASpecifications and United StatesP: 770-486-4800Publication No. ADV141692dimensions subject to Eaton.comwww.cooperlighting.comMarch 2015change without notice. TYPE 7 TYPE 8 IG Series LED Parking Garage Luminaire Product Description Cree innovates again to reset the performance benchmark in parking garage applications with the IG Series featuring WaveMax™ Technology, our innovative optical waveguide platform. Available in 33 watt and 66 watt, two lumen packages are offered to satisfy IESNA RP20-14 Basic and IESNA Security Zone G-1-03 requirements for environments seeking higher light levels for improved safety and security. The streamlined design breaks away from dated traditional designs, blending form and function, to deliver superior low-glare illumination. Parking garages Applications: Utilizes Cree WaveMax™ Technology JB Mount 3,910 or 7,500 lumens Initial Delivered Lumens: J-Box Gasket J-Box Bracket Input Power: 33 or 66 watts Up to 118 LPW 5.8" Optic: Type V Short Distribution (147mm) Made in the U.S.A. of U.S. and imported parts 4000K (+/- 300K), 5700K (+/- 500K) CCT: 15.97" (406mm) Minimum 80 CRI CRI: † 10 years on luminaire : PD Mount See www.cree.com/lighting/products/warranty for warranty terms † Pendant Mount Bracket Accessories Field-Installed Hand-Held Remote 7.5" XA-SENSREM (191mm) - For successful implementation of the programmable multi-level option, a minimum of one hand-held remote is required 15.97" (406mm) Weight 10 lbs. (4.5kg) Ordering Information Fully assembled luminaire is composed of two components that must be ordered separately: Example: Luminaire: Mount: IG-JBWH + IG-A-NM-5S-A-40K-UL-WH IG-WH Junction Box Color Options:White IG-JB WH Pendant IG-PD IGNM5SWH ProductMountingOpticInput Power DesignatorVoltageColorOptions CCT Programmable Multi-Level IGNM5SA40KULWHPML - Refer to PML spec sheet for details Type V Short33W, 3,910 lumens – 118 LPWWhite No Mount4000K120-277V J57K34 66W, 7,500 lumens – 114 LPW 5700K347V Rev. Date: V5 12/03/2015 (800) 236-6800(262) 504-5415(800) 473-1234(800) 890-7507 US: www.cree.com/lightingCanada: www.cree.com/canada T F T F TYPE 8 IG Series LED Parking Garage Luminaire Electrical Data* CREE WAVEMAX™ TECHNOLOGY provides unmatched comfort and decreased LED source luminance by smoothly System System Input Power spreading brightness over a broader area. When integrated with luminous surfaces made WattsWatts Designator 120V208V240V277V347V 120-277V347V appealing environments while exceeding illumination performance. A33350.290.170.150.130.11 CONSTRUCTION & MATERIALS • Impact resistant white polycarbonate housing and acrylic lenses J66690.570.330.280.250.20 • • • Standard luminaire can mount to both pendant or J-box (specify mount in ordering table above) • J-Box mounting bracket mounts directly over existing 4" (102mm) square, rectangular Recommended IG Series Lumen Maintenance Factors (LMF) 1 or octagonal junction boxes only • Pendant mount includes 6" (152mm) wires out of luminaire and provides a splice Input 25K hr50K hr75K hr100K hr Initial location for mounting to 3/4" IP pendant (by others) 2223 AmbientPower ProjectedProjectedProjected LMF DesignatorLMFLMFLMFLMF • Weight: 10 lbs. (4.5kg) A1.041.000.970.940.91 OPTICAL SYSTEM • J1.040.990.950.910.88 A1.030.990.960.930.91 • J1.030.980.940.900.87 • Unmatched low-glare comfort and decreased LED source luminance by smoothly spreading brightness over the optical lenses A1.020.980.950.920.90 • 6% Uplight J1.020.970.930.890.86 A1.010.970.940.910.89 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM • Input Voltage: J1.010.960.920.880.85 • Power Factor: > 0.9 at full load A1.000.960.930.900.88 • Total Harmonic Distortion: < 20% at full load J1.000.950.910.870.84 • Input Power: Stays constant over life A0.990.950.920.890.87 • Operating Temperature Range: J0.990.940.900.860.83 • Integral 6kV surge suppression protection standard A0.980.940.910.880.86 • J0.980.930.890.850.82 REGULATORY & VOLUNTARY QUALIFICATIONS A0.970.930.900.870.85 • cULus Listed J0.970.920.880.840.81 • Suitable for wet locations • 1 In accordance with IESNA TM-21-11, Projected Values represent interpolated value based on time durations that are within six times 2 • (6X) the IESNA LM-80-08 total test duration (in hours) for the device under testing ((DUT) i.e. the packaged LED chip) 3 • test duration (in hours) for the device under testing ((DUT) i.e. the packaged LED chip) • emissions • Meets Buy American requirements within ARRA • consult: www.cree.com/Lighting/Products/Outdoor/Parking-Structure/IG-Series 5S 80'60'40'20'0'20'40'60'80' 150° 1710150° 80' 24.4 Type V Short Distribution 60' 18.3 1283 120° 120° 40' 12.2 4000K5700K .1 855 .5 .2 20' 6.1 1 Input 2 0' InitialBUGInitialBUG 0m 428 Power CURB LINE DeliveredRatings** DeliveredRatings** 90°90°20' Designator 6.1 Lumens*Per TM-15-11Lumens*Per TM-15-11 12.2 40' 60' 18.3 A3,910B2 U3 G23,910B2 U3 G2 80' 60°24.4 60° 24.418.36.112.224.4 12.26.10m18.3 Candlepower Trace: Vertical plane through J7,500B3 U3 G27,500B3 U3 G2 Position of vertical plane horizontal angle of maximum candlepower. 30° of maximum candlepower. RESTL Test Report #: PL06962-001B IG-**-5S-J-40K-UL IG-**-5S-J-40K-UL Mounting Height: 15' (4.6m) A.F.G. ** For more information on the IES BUG (Backlight-Uplight-Glare) Rating visit: www.ies.org/PDF/Erratas/TM-15-11BugRatingsAddendum.pdf Initial Delivered Lumens: 7,276 Initial Delivered Lumens: 7,500 Initial FC at grade © 2015 Cree, Inc. and/or one of its subsidiaries. All rights reserved. For informational purposes only. Content is subject to change. Patent www.cree.com/patents. Cree® is a registered trademark, and the Cree logo, WaveMax™ and DiamondFacet™ are trademarks of Cree, Inc. (800) 236-6800(262) 504-5415(800) 473-1234(800) 890-7507 US: www.cree.com/lightingCanada: www.cree.com/canada T F T F TYPE 9 Metalux DESCRIPTION Type Catalog # SNLED Lensed is a narrow LED lensed striplight series. This high quality luminaire is dedicated to the latest solid state lighting and electronic Project Lensed product is available with three different lens types. Date Comments The small size of the SNLED makes it an ideal choice for size restricted architectural applications. The SNLED Series can be the illumination Prepared by solution in commercial, industrial, retail and residential applications. Fixtures can be used in storage/utility areas, coves, display cases, shops, task and general area lighting. SPECIFICATION FEATURES to meet critical life-safety lighting ConstructionShielding Offers three different lensed optical Channel is die formed cold rolled requirements. The 90-minute steel with numerous KOs for ease batteries provide constant power distributions. (LC) Clear with linear of installation. Groove for Tong to the LED system, ensuring code-optical ribs. (LN) Semi-frost for Hanger. End plate quickly converts compliance. A test switch/indicator narrow distribution. (LW) Full frost to snap-in channel connector button can be tested safely from for wide distribution. for continuous row alignment. the ground using a laser pointer, Installation Channel/wireway cover secured while the patented EZ Key prevents Fixture may be surface, pendant, with sheet metal screws.accidental discharge of the battery or stem mounted. See accessories during construction. See ordering below in ordering information. information for details. Controls Equipped standard with a 0-10V Compliance continuous dimming driver that Finish SNLED LENSED Components are UL recognized. works with any standard 0-10V Multistage iron phosphate LED Indoor luminaires are cULus listed control/dimmer. Dimming range pretreatment ensures maximum for 40° C ambient environments, is 10% to 100%; varies by control bonding and rust inhibitor. High RoHS compliant, device. Combine with energy- and comply with IESNA saving products like occupancy LM-79. LEDs comply with LM-80 sensors, day lighting controls, and standard. Lensed LED Striplight standards. DesignLights lighting relay panels to maximize energy savings. For motion control, Channel/Wireway Cover reference options for both end and Die formed heavy gauge steel. Products List under Family Models middle of the row applications. for details. Electrical 2-11/16" Warranty Long-Life LED system coupled \[68mm\] Five-year warranty. with electronic (120-277V) driver to deliver optimal lighting performance. LED’s available in 3000K, 3500K, 4000K, or 5000K temperatures are available. Projected life is 60,000 hours at 3-11/16" 3-7/8" 70% lumen output. This driver is \[95mm\] \[98mm\] 0-10V dimming standard. Emergency Battery Pack Option Optional 120v-277v integral emergency battery pack is available in 7-watts or 14-watts 3" \[77mm\] MOUNTING DATA 2' Ceiling Stand-offHole for Embossments Toggle 3" \[77mm\] 14" \[355mm\] K.O (2) 2-1/2" \[64mm\] 7/8" \[22mm\] 24" \[609mm\] 4' K.O (3) Ceiling Stand-offHole for 7/8" \[22mm\] EmbossmentsToggle 3" \[77mm\] 2-1/2" 38" \[965mm\] \[64mm\] 48" \[1219mm\] 8' 2-1/2" Ceiling Stand-off \[64mm\] Embossments 3" \[77mm\] Hole for 26-3/4" \[680mm\] K.O (2) Toggle 7/8" \[22mm\] 5" \[127mm\] 96" \[2437mm\] Safe and convenient means of disconnecting power PS519008EN 201- SNLED LENSED TYPE 9 WATTAGE Stock* / Lumen Nominal SNLED TypeLengthCatalog LogicWattagelm/W MTOTypeLumens Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-18SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U190717.13105 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-22SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U232521.7101 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-26SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U271223.18112 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-18SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U203816.21111 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-22SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U230118.37120 Clear Lens (LC)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-26SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U268821.68120 Clear Lens (LC)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-30SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U306125.07120 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-34SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U343128.43120 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-37SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U382232.32114 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-41SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U423336.64112 Clear Lens (LC)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-46SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U461541.03112 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-49SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U499445.66107 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-52SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U535750.15104 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-56SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U571456.399 Clear Lens (LC)MTOHigh4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-60HL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U611550.71118 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-60SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U612250.14120 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-68SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U686356.86120 Clear Lens (LC)StockStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-75SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U764364.64116 Clear Lens (LC)StockStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-83SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U846673.28113 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-90SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U923082.06110 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-98SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U998891.32107 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-105SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U10714100.3105 Stock* / Lumen Nominal SNLED TypeLengthCatalog LogicWattagelm/W MTOTypeLumens Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-18SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U190117105 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-22SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U231822101 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-26SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U270423116 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-18SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U203216111 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-22SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U229418120 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-26SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U268022120 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-30SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U305225120 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-34SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U342128120 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-37SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U381032114 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-41SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U422037112 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-46SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U460141112 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-49SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U497946107 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-53SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U534150106 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-56SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U56975699 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOHigh4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-60HL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U609651118 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-60SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U610350120 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-68SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U684257120 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)StockStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-75SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U762065116 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)StockStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-83SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U844173113 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-91SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U920282111 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-98SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U995891107 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-106SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U10681100106 Eaton 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 PS519008EN P: 770-486-4800dimensions subject to 201- www.eaton.com/lightingchange without notice. SNLED LENSED TYPE 9 WATTAGE Stock* / Lumen Nominal SNLED TypeLengthCatalog LogicWattagelm/W MTOTypeLumens Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-16SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U170217.1399 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-20SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U207521.792 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-23SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U242123.18104 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-16SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U181916.21111 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-20SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U205418.37109 Full Frost Lens (LW)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-23SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U239921.68111 Full Frost Lens (LW)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-27SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U273225.07108 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-30SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U306228.43106 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-33SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U341132.32105 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-37SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U377836.64101 Full Frost Lens (LW)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-41SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U411941.03100 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-44SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U445745.6696 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-47SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U478150.1594 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-50SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U510056.389 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOHigh4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-54HL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U545850.71106 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-54SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U546450.14108 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-61SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U612556.86107 Full Frost Lens (LW)StockStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-67SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U682264.64104 Full Frost Lens (LW)StockStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-74SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U755673.28101 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-81SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U823882.0699 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-88SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U891591.3296 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-95SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U9562100.395 * Stocked in either 3500K or 4000K PHOTOMETRICS LUMEN MAINTENANCE TM-21 LumenTheoretical Ambient MaintenanceL70 Temperature (12,000 hours)(Hours) 25°C92.55%303,000 Max Ambient temp in compliance with CSA: 40°C Eaton 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 PS519008EN P: 770-486-4800dimensions subject to 201- www.eaton.com/lightingchange without notice. SNLED LENSED TYPE 9 ORDERING INFORMATION SAMPLE NUMBER: 4SNLED-LD4-46SL-LN-UNV-L835-CD1-U Driver Type Packaging 2=2' Length Optic CD=0-10V Dimming Driver 4=4' Length LC=Clear Lens U=Unit Pack (10% - 100% Dimming) 8T=8' Length LN=Semi-Frost Lens - Narrow HCD=0-10V Dimming Driver LW=Full Frost Lens - Wide (1% - 100% Dimming) (13) Series SD=Step-dim (Bi Level) (4, 11) SNLED=Commercial Voltage 5LTD=Fifth Light (DALI) LED Striplight (10) UNV=Universal Voltage 120-277 (4, 6, 11) Driver 347=347V 480=480V (4) Lamp Type Number of Drivers LD4=LED 4.0 1=1 Driver Options 2=2 Drivers Emergency LED Lumens Output (2) EL7W=7-watt, 120V-277V emergency battery Stocked LumenStocked LumenStocked Lumen pack installed (7), (4) (9)(9)(9) Packages - LC Packages - LN Packages - LW EL14W=14-watt 120V-277V emergency battery (8)(8)(8) 26SL=2600 26SL=2600 23SL=2300 ACCESSORIES pack installed (7), (4) 30SL=3000 30SL=3000 27SL=2700 (Order Separately) GTD2=Bodine Generator Transfer Device (15) 46SL=4600 32HL=3200 41SL=4100 AYC-Chain/Set=36" Chain Hanger ETS2=IOTA Emergency Transfer Switch (15) 75SL=7500 46SL=4600 67SL=6700 83SL=8300 75SL=7500 74SL=7400 Wiring SCF=Fixed Stem Set (Specify Length) 83SL=8300 PI/CPI=Plug-in Option MTO LumenMTO Lumen SCS=Swivel Stem Set (Specify Length) Motion Sensors Packages - LCMTO LumenPackages - LW SCA=Adjustable 48" Stem Set 18SL=1800(8)Packages - LN16SL=1600(8) EYE CHAIN SET/3FT=Eye Bolt Chain LB-ERMS360=360° Low Bay Motion Sensor - 22SL=2200(8)18SL=1800(8)20SL=2000(8) End of Row 34SL=3400 22SL=2200(8)30SL=3000 WG/SNF-2FT=2' Wire Guard LB-MRMS360=360° Low Bay Motion Sensor - 37SL=3700 34SL=3400 33SL=3300 WG/SNF-4FT=4' Wire Guard Middle of Row 41SL=4100 37SL=3700 37SL=3700 A1B/Spacer-U=Spacer 1-1/2" to 2-1/2" from ceiling HB-ERMS360=360° High Bay Motion Sensor - 49SL=4900 41SL=4100 44SL=4400 (5) End of Row 52SL=5200 49SL=4900 47SL=4700 TOGGLE=Single Toggle No. 2 (Specify Length) HB-MRMS360=360° High Bay Motion Sensor - 56SL=5600 53SL=5300 50SL=5000 (5)Y-TOGGLE=Y Toggle No. 2 (Specify Length) Middle of Row 60SL=6000 56SL=5600 54SL=5400 CCT 60HL=6000(1)60SL=6000 54HL=5400(1) L830=3000K 68SL=6800 60HL=6000(1)61SL=6100 L835=3500K 90SL=9000(3)68SL=6800 81SL=8100(3) L840=4000K 98SL=9800(3)91SL=9100(3)88SL=8800(3) L850=5000K 105SL=10,500(3)98SL=9800(3)95SL=9500(3) 130HL=13,000(3), (14)106SL=10,600(3) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) NOTES: 4 ft. only. Nominal lumen values. Two drivers required. 4 ft. and 8 ft. only. Motion Sensor offers dimmability. For a complete listing of Fifth Light products, visit www.eaton.com/lightingsyst ems With by the wattage of the emergency battery pack (100 lm/W x 7=700 lumens). (8) (9) (10) IES-format photometry for luminaire under emergency operation available. 2 ft. and 4 ft. only. Stocked by mid April 2015. (11)(12)(13)(14) packages), refer to www.designlights.org for details. 3700 lumen and above. Step dimming not available. HCD driver option not available with 6100, 6700, 7400, 7500 and 8300 lumen packages. Not (15) currently listed on DLC QPL. equired to ensure control is disabled while operating under emergency power. formation. SHIPPING DATA Length. Wt. 2 ft. 4.3 lbs. 4 ft. 8.2 lbs. 8 ft. 15.1 lbs. Eaton 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 PS519008EN P: 770-486-4800dimensions subject to 201- www.eaton.com/lightingchange without notice. TYPE 10 LR6 Series LR6™ LED Downlight - 6" Product Description light while achieving up to 100 lumens per watt, this breakthrough performance is achieved by combining ® Technology, with an integrated driver and thermal management design. The LR6™ downlight is available in warm or neutral color temperatures, three lumen packages, and offers a variety of trim options. Applications: Performance Summary ® Technology 277V Connector Initial Delivered Lumens: Input Power: 7.5-22 watts CRI: 90 CCT: 2700K, 3500K, 4000K † Limited Warranty: 10 years Lifetime: Designed to last 50,000 hours Dimming: Dimmable to 5% 5.17" (131mm) † See www.cree.com/lighting/products/warranty for warranty terms 5.74" Housings & Trims (146mm) Reference Housing & Accessory documents for more details. 7.46" (190mm) Housings 120V GU24 Base Recessed Housings120V GU24 Base Cord Mount Housings277V Surface Mount Housings H6-GU24SC6-CM-GU24SC6-277V 120V GU24 - Architectural new construction RC6-GU24SC6-CM-BL-GU24SC6-BL-277V - New construction Edison E-26 Thread RR6-GU24 120V GU24 Base Wall Mount Housings277V Cord Mount Housings SC6-WM-GU24SC6-CM-277V 120V GU24 Base Surface Mount Housings SC6-GU24SC6-CM-BL-277V 277V Recessed Housings H6-277V ø1.535" SC6-BL-GU24 - Architectural new construction 277V Wall Mount Housings (39mm) RC6-277VSC6-WM-277V - New construction RR6-277V 5.17" (131mm) 1.545" (39mm) Edison Adaptor Trims included with GU24-E26 Base Type (LR6-7L only ) LT6A-DR LT6AP-DRLT6WH-DR 5.74" Diffuse anodized reflector w/white flangePewter diffuse anodized reflector w/white flangeSmooth white painted reflector/flange (146mm) LT6AW-DRLT6AB-DRLT6BB-DR Wheat diffuse anodized reflector w/white flangeBlack anodized reflector w/white flangeFlat black reflector/flange 7.46" (190mm) Ordering Information LR6 SeriesInitial Delivered Lumens*CCTVoltageBase Type LR6** 7L27K BlankBlank 7.5W, 650 lumens - 87 LPW 2700K 120 Volts277V Connector - Must be used with Cree six-inch 277V housings (see Housings table above) 10L35K 277V 10.5W, 1,050 lumens - 100 LPW 3500K277 Volts GU24 - GU24 base 18L40K - Available only with LR6-10L and LR6-18L 22W, 1,800 lumens - 82 LPW 4000K GU24-E26 - GU24 base w/Edison adaptor - Available only with the LR6-7L * Actual lumens vary based on color temperature ** LR6 must be ordered in Master Carton quantities of 5 Rev. Date: V3 09/01/2015 (800) 236-6800(262) 504-5415(800) 473-1234(800) 890-7507 US: www.cree.com/lighting T F Canada: www.cree.com/canada T F TYPE 10 Photometry PL06010-001 LR6-10L-35K-GU24 BASED ON CESTL REPORT TEST #: ® CREE TRUEWHITE TECHNOLOGY ® A revolutionary way to generate high-quality white light, Cree TrueWhite Technology is a patented approach that delivers an exclusive combination of 90+ CRI, beautiful light characteristics, and lifelong color consistency, all while maintaining high luminous 0 CONSTRUCTION & MATERIALS Method • Durable aluminum housing protects the light source. Adjustable flip clips provide RC %: 80 137 • Thermal management system uses integral heat sink to conduct heat away from LEDs RW %: 70503010 even when installed in with worst case installations RCR: 0 119119119119 • Suitable for insulated and non-insulated ceilings 274 1 111107103100 • One-piece aluminum lower reflector redirects light while also conducting heat away 2 from LEDs. It creates a comfortable visual transition from the lens to the ceiling plane 103969085 and easily accommodates LT6 snap-in trims 412 3 95867974 • 5.5" (140mm) pigtail 4 88787065 OPTICAL SYSTEM 5 • Unique combination of reflective and refractive optical components achieves a 82716357 549 uniform, comfortable appearance while eliminating pixelation, hot spots and 6 77655751 minimizing glare 090 7 72605246 • Components work together to optimize distribution, balancing the delivery of high illuminance levels on horizontal surfaces with an ideal amount of light on walls and 8 67554742 vertical surfaces. This increases the perception of spaciousness 9 63514439 • Deep set polycarbonate diffusing lens shields direct view of LEDs and provides greater Average Luminance Table (cd/m 2) visual cut-off 10 60484036 Horizontal Angle ELECTRICAL SYSTEM • 0°45°90° • Power Factor: minimum 0.9 13,21513,21513,215 45° • Total Harmonic Distortion: < 20% ZoneLumens% LampLuminaire 55°8,2048,2048,204 • Input Voltage: 120V, 50/60Hz or 277V, 50/60Hz 0-30 403N/A41.9% 65°5,5415,5415,541 • Dimming: 120V dimmable to 5% with most incandescent dimmer. 277V dimmable to 5% with trailing edge dimmers. Reference 0-40 605N/A62.9% 75°3,8343,8343,834 www.cree.com/Lighting/Products/Indoor/Downlights-US/LR-Series for recommended 0-60 854N/A88.7% dimmers 85°1,1651,1651,165 • Operating Temperature Range: 0-90 962N/A100% 0-180 962N/A100% REGULATORY & VOLUNTARY QUALIFICATIONS • Reference www.cree.com/Lighting/Products/Indoor/Downlights/LR-Series for detailed photometric data • Suitable for wet locations for covered ceilings only ® • ENERGY STAR Installation • Designed to easily install in standard 6” (152mm) downlight housings with minimum depth 6.5” (165mm) • and diameter of 5.75” - 6.25” (146mm - 159mm) GU24 base or 277V. Please refer to www.appliances.energy.ca.gov/AdvancedSearch.aspx for most current information • Quick install system utilizes a unique retention feature. Simply attach socket to LR6 downlight. Move light to • Meets FCC Part 15 standards for conducted and radiated emissions ready position and slide into housing • RoHS Compliant. Consult factory for additional details NOTE: Reference www.cree.com/Lighting/Products/Indoor/Downlights-US/LR-Series for detailed installation instructions Application Reference Open SpaceCorridor 22 SpacingLumensWattageLPWw/ftAverage FCSpacingLumensWattageLPWw/ftAverage FC 4 x 40.6362 4' on Center0.4427 6 x 60.2929 6' on Center0.2817 1,05010.5100 1,05010.5100 8 x 80.1616 8' on Center0.2113 10 x 100.1111 10' on Center0.1811 10' Ceiling, 80/50/20 Reflectances, 2.5 workplane. LLF: 1.0 Initial. Open Space: 50’ x 40’ x 1010' Ceiling, 80/20/50 Reflectances, Light levels on the ground. LLF: 1.0 Initial. Corridor: 6’ Wide x 100’ Long © 2015 Cree, Inc. and/or one of its subsidiaries. All rights reserved. For informational purposes only. Content is subject to ®®® change. Patent www.cree.com/patents. Cree, Cree TrueWhite, and TrueWhite are registered trademarks, and the Cree logo, ® LR6™ and the Cree TrueWhite Technology logo are trademarks of Cree, Inc. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR logo are registered trademarks of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. The UL logo is a registered trademark of UL LLC. (800) 236-6800(262) 504-5415(800) 473-1234(800) 890-7507 US: www.cree.com/lighting T F Canada: www.cree.com/canada T F TYPE 11 Nera ™ LED bottom detailinside lens detailgrid ceiling canopy drywall canopy DIMENSIONAL DATAFEATURES Unique aesthetic inspired by the visual void design philosophy. Luminaire lengths available in 4', 5', 6' and 8' lengths as well as continuous rows. 5.79" Frosted acrylic optical diffuser produces 60/40 or 70/30 light 147.1mm distributions. Features Power-Up suspension system which delivers power 1.60" through the suspension cables and eliminates visual clutter 40.6mm of separate power cord. 2.03" Installations include grid, drywall and surface-mount/open 51.6mm ceilings. 4.30" 109.3mm Choice of output levels to meet a wide variety of application fixture information needs. PERFORMANCE 48.75" PRODUCT OVERVIEW 4' Lumen Output: 2000-4000lm Wattage:18-36W 60.75" LPW: 111-115 SDCM:3 5' LumenL90 @ Maintenance:100,000hrs 72.75" 4' - 1000 Lumens per foot Delivered Lumens: 4000lm 6' Total System Watts: 40W 96.75" Photometric performance is measured in accordance with IESNA LM-79. 8' Visit focalpointlights.com for complete photometric data. Focal Point LLC | 4141 S. Pulaski Rd, Chicago, IL 60632 | 773.247.9494 | focalpointlights.com | @focalpointlightMay 2016 C fixture: project: TYPE 11 ORDERING Luminaire SeriesFNRS DETAILS NeraFNRS Shielding drywall/hard surface gridopen ceiling Frosted Lens - FL60 *bar hangers standard 60 Indirect / 40 Direct Distribution Frosted Lens -FL70 70 Indirect / 30 Direct Distribution Lumen Output feed locationfeed location 500 Lumens per foot500LF Standard L x W x HL x W x H 625 Lumens per foot625LF 35.34" x 4.26" x 3.83"18.50" x 5.50" x 2.38" feed location 750 Lumens per foot750LF L x W x H Emergency L x W x H (Not available with L3D driver.) 17.94" x 5.14" x 7.65" 35.34" x 5.57" x 3.83" 875 Lumens per foot875LF non-feed (LD1 & LU5 drivers only) L x W x H 5.42" x 4.02" x 2.32" 1000 Lumens per foot 1000LF (LD1 & LU5 drivers only) non-feed (consult factory for higher light levels) non-feed Open ceiling emergency L x W x H L x W x H requires additional box 7.34" x 5.05" x 3.90" Color Temperature 27.68" x 4.22" x 2.79" 17.11" x 4.61" x 1.69" 3000K30K canopycanopy 3500K35K L x WL x W 4000K40K 4.00" x 2.00"4.50" x 4.50" Circuits1C Single Circuit1C SPECIFICATIONS VoltageUNV UNV 120/277 VoltUNV LED System Driver Linear LED module incorporates premium LEDs on a robust platform to achieve excellent 0-10V - 10% DimmingLD1 thermal management. Available in 3000K, 3500K, 4000K with CRI>80, 3 SDCM. DALI - 1% DimmingD11 (Not available with 875 or 1000 Lumens.) Construction Lutron A-Series - Extruded aluminum rails with die-cast aluminum end-caps. 4' unit weight: 4.8lbs. 5' unit 1% EcoSystem DigitalL3D weight: 5.9lbs. 6' unit weight: 7.0lbs. 8' unit weight: 9.8lbs. (500 & 625 Lumens only.) Lutron 5-Series - Optic 5% EcoSystem DigitalLU5 0.125" thick extruded acrylic lens. Mounting Grid Accessible CeilingG Mounting (Consult factory for TechZone Ceilings.) Drywall / Hard SurfaceHS Minimum mounting height: 12" (Not available with Emergency Battery) Open CeilingOC Suspension and Power Suspension and Power Feed Low voltage power delivered via aircraft suspension/power cable. Adjustable suspension (Adjustable aircraft cable with integral to 96", consult factory for longer lengths. Drivers in sheet metal enclosure above ceiling low voltage power delivery) or surface mount for open ceilings.Drivers are replaceable. Standard 120-277V constant 24" adjustableCLV24 current driver includes 0-10V analog dimming. Power factor > .9. 48" adjustableCLV48 60" adjustableCLV60 Emergency 96" adjustableCLV96 Bodine BSL-310LP. Emergency output for 90 minutes. Maximum mounting height: 15ft Factory Options Clear Cable SleevingCCS Labels (May be required by local code) UL and cUL listed. Suitable for Dry or Damp Locations, indoor use only. Chicago PlenumCP (Not available with Open Ceiling mounting. CCS shipped standard with CP option) Finish Emergency CircuitEC Polyester powder coat applied over a 5-stage pre–treatment. Emergency BatteryEM (Test switch in canopy. Lumen Maintenance Not available with HS mounting.) Calculated: L90 at 100,000 hours Reported: L90 at >36,000 hours Finish (Derived from EPA TM-21 calculator per 6,000 hours of LED test data) Palladium SilverPS White WH Warranty Luminaire Run Length LED system rated for operation in ambient environments up to 25°C. 5 year limited warranty. 4'4' 5'5' 4' PERFORMANCE CHART 6'6' 8'8' Lumen OutputDelivered LumensSystem WattsLPW Run Configuration 500LF2000 17.7114 all 4' housingsC4 all 5' housingsC5 625LF 250022.0115 all 6' housingsC6 750LF3000 26.6114 all 8' housingsC8 Mixed housing lengthsM 875LF 350031.2113 (consult run guide on page 3 for standard configurations up to 48') 1000LF 400036.0111 Ordering example: Specify both total Luminaire Run Length and a Run Confguration *Lumen output may vary +/- 5%. Actual wattage may vary +/- 5% FNRS-FL60-625LF-35K-1C-UNV-LD1-G-CLV48-WHI-24-C8 Focal Point LLC reserves the right to change specifications for product improvement without notification.*For more information visit focalpointlights.com/reference or consult factory. TYPE 11 RUN GUIDE EXAMPLE 15' RUN - FNRS-FL60-625LF-35K-1C-UNV-LD1-G-CLV48-WH-15-C5 5'5'5' EXAMPLE 20' RUN - FNRS-FL60-625LF-35K-1C-UNV-LD1-G-CLV48-WH-20-M 8'4'8' Luminaire Run Length (ft)Run ConfigurationRun Configuration Code 44'C4 55'C5 66'C6 84' + 4'C4 88'C8 105' + 5'C5 124' + 4' + 4'C4 126' + 6'C6 128' + 4'M 148' + 6'M 155' + 5' + 5'C5 164' + 4' + 4' + 4'C4 168' + 8'C8 186' + 6' + 6'C6 204' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4'C4 205' + 5' + 5' + 5'C5 208' + 4' + 8'M 244' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4'C4 246' + 6' + 6' + 6'C6 248' + 8' + 8'C8 255' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5'C5 284' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4'C4 288' + 6' + 6' + 8'M 305' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5'C5 306' + 6' + 6' + 6' + 6'C6 308' + 8' + 8' + 6'M 324' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4'C4 328' + 8' + 8' + 8'C8 355' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5'C5 364' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4'C4 366' + 6' + 6' + 6' + 6' + 6'C6 368' + 8' + 8' + 8' + 4'M 388' + 8' + 8' + 8' + 6'M 404' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4'C4 405' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5'C5 408' + 8' + 8' + 8' + 8'C8 426' + 6' + 6' + 6' + 6' + 6' + 6'C6 444' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4'C4 448' + 8' + 8' + 8' + 8' + 4'M 455' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5'C5 468' + 8' + 8' + 8' + 8' + 6'M 484' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4'C4 486' + 6' + 6' + 6' + 6' + 6' + 6' + 6'C6 488' + 8' + 8' + 8' + 8' + 8'C8 >48Consult FactoryConsult Factory TYPE 11 Nera ™ FNRS-FL60-500LF-30K-1C-UNV-LD1-G-CLV24-WH-4' Filename: FNRSFL60500LF30K.IESLumens2012lm Test #: 1198941System Watts:18W LED LPW:112 CANDLEPOWER DISTRIBUTIONLUMEN SUMMARYLUMINANCE DATA 2 (CD/M) Vertical Horizontal AngleVertical Horizontal % 180170160150140 °°°°° AngleAngle ZoneLumensFixture 0°22.5°45°67.5°90°0° 300 130 ° 25325325325325333516.7171115611668 240 25725325125225261630.6157114301619 180 120 ° 24724424624925087643.5141213171843 120 227227233241244113656.5123315861650 110 ° Total Luminaire 198201213226231 2012100.0 1030638489 60 100 ° 162168185204211 0 90 ° 123130151175186 CO-EFFICIENTS OF UTILIZATION 80 ° 60 8391118165184 70 ° Floor20 4755112132134 120 Ceiling807050301000 1628323130 Wall7050301070501050105010501000 180 60 ° 2125212521252125194319431943160416041294129410101010876 13333 RCR 0 240 19201826174216661751167015321379127811111040864816700 1939463834 1 50 ° 300 173715791448133815791444123511921036959847743666565 5677156210228 2 010203040 °°°°° 15771377122311001432126010171041857837703649554465 100122185262291 3 ° 0 ° 0 ° 45 14371212104692013051110853918721739593573469390 4 142163222279302 ° 45 ° 90 °131510749067811194985725816615659508513403333 5 179195242290308 90 12099597926721098881625732532593440463351289 6 207216247281294 12098637005851014793545661465537386421309253 7 227230244262270 1033781622513940719479601410489342385275225 8 239237241247249 960711558455875655424549364449305354246201 9 244240239239240 896650503405817600378504326414274328222181 10 240240240240240 Go to www.focalpointlights.com for additional photometric data. Nera ™ FNRS-FL70-500LF-30K-1C-UNV-LD1-G-CLV24-WH-4' Filename: FNRSFL70500LF30K.IESLumens1890lm Test #: 1198940System Watts:18W LED LPW:106 CANDLEPOWER DISTRIBUTIONLUMEN SUMMARYLUMINANCE DATA 2 (CD/M) Vertical Horizontal AngleVertical Horizontal 180170160150140% °°°°° AngleAngle 300 ZoneLumensFixture 0°22.5°45°67.5°90°0° 130 ° 19419419419419424613.0128910841063 240 19719419319319343723.11181964989 180 120 ° 18918618518718761832.710648791220 120 173171172174174127267.394711941022 110 ° Total Luminaire 150150152156156 1915100.0 844455384 60 100 ° 122123129134135 0 90 ° 9295102110114 80 ° 60 CO-EFFICIENTS OF UTILIZATION 636579110122 70 ° 120 Floor20 3640848883 Ceiling807050301000 1321222323 180 Wall7050301070501050105010501000 60 ° 19471947194719471754175417541393139310631063760760618 23344 RCR 0 240 50 ° 176316781602153315831512138912011115915858652617495 2043514440 1 300 15971455133612371431131111251042909793703563506401 6385162222244 2 010203040 °°°°° 145212721132102113001147931912755695586493423332 112136200276305 3 0° ° 0 ° 45 1325112097085611851011782806637615496437359280 4 162184243301324 ° 45 ° 90 ° 90 12129938407271085898666717544549426391310240 5 208225271318337 1114887735626997803574643471493370354270209 6 247256285317330 1028798649544921723500580411447324322238184 7 276278291307314 951721577477853655439527362407287295212164 8 295293296301303 884656516422793596388481322373256271191147 9 304301299299300 824599465375740545346442287344229251172133 10 301301301301301 Go to www.focalpointlights.com for additional photometric data. note: Photometric testing performed in an independent lab with standard lamps and ballasts. Lamp and ballast type and configuration will affect photometric performance. TYPE 12 Nera ™ LED bottom detailinside lens detailgrid ceiling canopy drywall canopy DIMENSIONAL DATAFEATURES Unique aesthetic inspired by the visual void design philosophy. Luminaire lengths available in 4', 5', 6' and 8' lengths as well as continuous rows. 5.79" Frosted acrylic optical diffuser produces 60/40 or 70/30 light 147.1mm distributions. Features Power-Up suspension system which delivers power 1.60" through the suspension cables and eliminates visual clutter 40.6mm of separate power cord. 2.03" Installations include grid, drywall and surface-mount/open 51.6mm ceilings. 4.30" 109.3mm Choice of output levels to meet a wide variety of application fixture information needs. PERFORMANCE 48.75" PRODUCT OVERVIEW 4' Lumen Output: 2000-4000lm Wattage:18-36W 60.75" LPW: 111-115 SDCM:3 5' LumenL90 @ Maintenance:100,000hrs 72.75" 4' - 1000 Lumens per foot Delivered Lumens: 4000lm 6' Total System Watts: 40W 96.75" Photometric performance is measured in accordance with IESNA LM-79. 8' Visit focalpointlights.com for complete photometric data. Focal Point LLC | 4141 S. Pulaski Rd, Chicago, IL 60632 | 773.247.9494 | focalpointlights.com | @focalpointlightMay 2016 C fixture: project: TYPE 12 ORDERING Luminaire SeriesFNRS DETAILS NeraFNRS Shielding drywall/hard surface gridopen ceiling Frosted Lens - FL60 *bar hangers standard 60 Indirect / 40 Direct Distribution Frosted Lens -FL70 70 Indirect / 30 Direct Distribution Lumen Output feed locationfeed location 500 Lumens per foot500LF Standard L x W x HL x W x H 625 Lumens per foot625LF 35.34" x 4.26" x 3.83"18.50" x 5.50" x 2.38" feed location 750 Lumens per foot750LF L x W x H Emergency L x W x H (Not available with L3D driver.) 17.94" x 5.14" x 7.65" 35.34" x 5.57" x 3.83" 875 Lumens per foot875LF non-feed (LD1 & LU5 drivers only) L x W x H 5.42" x 4.02" x 2.32" 1000 Lumens per foot 1000LF (LD1 & LU5 drivers only) non-feed (consult factory for higher light levels) non-feed Open ceiling emergency L x W x H L x W x H requires additional box 7.34" x 5.05" x 3.90" Color Temperature 27.68" x 4.22" x 2.79" 17.11" x 4.61" x 1.69" 3000K30K canopycanopy 3500K35K L x WL x W 4000K40K 4.00" x 2.00"4.50" x 4.50" Circuits1C Single Circuit1C SPECIFICATIONS VoltageUNV UNV 120/277 VoltUNV LED System Driver Linear LED module incorporates premium LEDs on a robust platform to achieve excellent 0-10V - 10% DimmingLD1 thermal management. Available in 3000K, 3500K, 4000K with CRI>80, 3 SDCM. DALI - 1% DimmingD11 (Not available with 875 or 1000 Lumens.) Construction Lutron A-Series - Extruded aluminum rails with die-cast aluminum end-caps. 4' unit weight: 4.8lbs. 5' unit 1% EcoSystem DigitalL3D weight: 5.9lbs. 6' unit weight: 7.0lbs. 8' unit weight: 9.8lbs. (500 & 625 Lumens only.) Lutron 5-Series - Optic 5% EcoSystem DigitalLU5 0.125" thick extruded acrylic lens. Mounting Grid Accessible CeilingG Mounting (Consult factory for TechZone Ceilings.) Drywall / Hard SurfaceHS Minimum mounting height: 12" (Not available with Emergency Battery) Open CeilingOC Suspension and Power Suspension and Power Feed Low voltage power delivered via aircraft suspension/power cable. Adjustable suspension (Adjustable aircraft cable with integral to 96", consult factory for longer lengths. Drivers in sheet metal enclosure above ceiling low voltage power delivery) or surface mount for open ceilings.Drivers are replaceable. Standard 120-277V constant 24" adjustableCLV24 current driver includes 0-10V analog dimming. Power factor > .9. 48" adjustableCLV48 60" adjustableCLV60 Emergency 96" adjustableCLV96 Bodine BSL-310LP. Emergency output for 90 minutes. Maximum mounting height: 15ft Factory Options Clear Cable SleevingCCS Labels (May be required by local code) UL and cUL listed. Suitable for Dry or Damp Locations, indoor use only. Chicago PlenumCP (Not available with Open Ceiling mounting. CCS shipped standard with CP option) Finish Emergency CircuitEC Polyester powder coat applied over a 5-stage pre–treatment. Emergency BatteryEM (Test switch in canopy. Lumen Maintenance Not available with HS mounting.) Calculated: L90 at 100,000 hours Reported: L90 at >36,000 hours Finish (Derived from EPA TM-21 calculator per 6,000 hours of LED test data) Palladium SilverPS White WH Warranty Luminaire Run Length LED system rated for operation in ambient environments up to 25°C. 5 year limited warranty. 4'4' 5'5' 4' PERFORMANCE CHART 6'6' 8'8' Lumen OutputDelivered LumensSystem WattsLPW Run Configuration 500LF2000 17.7114 all 4' housingsC4 all 5' housingsC5 625LF 250022.0115 all 6' housingsC6 750LF3000 26.6114 all 8' housingsC8 Mixed housing lengthsM 875LF 350031.2113 (consult run guide on page 3 for standard configurations up to 48') 1000LF 400036.0111 Ordering example: Specify both total Luminaire Run Length and a Run Confguration *Lumen output may vary +/- 5%. Actual wattage may vary +/- 5% FNRS-FL60-625LF-35K-1C-UNV-LD1-G-CLV48-WHI-24-C8 Focal Point LLC reserves the right to change specifications for product improvement without notification.*For more information visit focalpointlights.com/reference or consult factory. TYPE 12 RUN GUIDE EXAMPLE 15' RUN - FNRS-FL60-625LF-35K-1C-UNV-LD1-G-CLV48-WH-15-C5 5'5'5' EXAMPLE 20' RUN - FNRS-FL60-625LF-35K-1C-UNV-LD1-G-CLV48-WH-20-M 8'4'8' Luminaire Run Length (ft)Run ConfigurationRun Configuration Code 44'C4 55'C5 66'C6 84' + 4'C4 88'C8 105' + 5'C5 124' + 4' + 4'C4 126' + 6'C6 128' + 4'M 148' + 6'M 155' + 5' + 5'C5 164' + 4' + 4' + 4'C4 168' + 8'C8 186' + 6' + 6'C6 204' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4'C4 205' + 5' + 5' + 5'C5 208' + 4' + 8'M 244' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4'C4 246' + 6' + 6' + 6'C6 248' + 8' + 8'C8 255' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5'C5 284' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4'C4 288' + 6' + 6' + 8'M 305' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5'C5 306' + 6' + 6' + 6' + 6'C6 308' + 8' + 8' + 6'M 324' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4'C4 328' + 8' + 8' + 8'C8 355' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5'C5 364' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4'C4 366' + 6' + 6' + 6' + 6' + 6'C6 368' + 8' + 8' + 8' + 4'M 388' + 8' + 8' + 8' + 6'M 404' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4'C4 405' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5'C5 408' + 8' + 8' + 8' + 8'C8 426' + 6' + 6' + 6' + 6' + 6' + 6'C6 444' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4'C4 448' + 8' + 8' + 8' + 8' + 4'M 455' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5' + 5'C5 468' + 8' + 8' + 8' + 8' + 6'M 484' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4' + 4'C4 486' + 6' + 6' + 6' + 6' + 6' + 6' + 6'C6 488' + 8' + 8' + 8' + 8' + 8'C8 >48Consult FactoryConsult Factory TYPE 12 Nera ™ FNRS-FL60-500LF-30K-1C-UNV-LD1-G-CLV24-WH-4' Filename: FNRSFL60500LF30K.IESLumens2012lm Test #: 1198941System Watts:18W LED LPW:112 CANDLEPOWER DISTRIBUTIONLUMEN SUMMARYLUMINANCE DATA 2 (CD/M) Vertical Horizontal AngleVertical Horizontal % 180170160150140 °°°°° AngleAngle ZoneLumensFixture 0°22.5°45°67.5°90°0° 300 130 ° 25325325325325333516.7171115611668 240 25725325125225261630.6157114301619 180 120 ° 24724424624925087643.5141213171843 120 227227233241244113656.5123315861650 110 ° Total Luminaire 198201213226231 2012100.0 1030638489 60 100 ° 162168185204211 0 90 ° 123130151175186 CO-EFFICIENTS OF UTILIZATION 80 ° 60 8391118165184 70 ° Floor20 4755112132134 120 Ceiling807050301000 1628323130 Wall7050301070501050105010501000 180 60 ° 2125212521252125194319431943160416041294129410101010876 13333 RCR 0 240 19201826174216661751167015321379127811111040864816700 1939463834 1 50 ° 300 173715791448133815791444123511921036959847743666565 5677156210228 2 010203040 °°°°° 15771377122311001432126010171041857837703649554465 100122185262291 3 ° 0 ° 0 ° 45 14371212104692013051110853918721739593573469390 4 142163222279302 ° 45 ° 90 °131510749067811194985725816615659508513403333 5 179195242290308 90 12099597926721098881625732532593440463351289 6 207216247281294 12098637005851014793545661465537386421309253 7 227230244262270 1033781622513940719479601410489342385275225 8 239237241247249 960711558455875655424549364449305354246201 9 244240239239240 896650503405817600378504326414274328222181 10 240240240240240 Go to www.focalpointlights.com for additional photometric data. Nera ™ FNRS-FL70-500LF-30K-1C-UNV-LD1-G-CLV24-WH-4' Filename: FNRSFL70500LF30K.IESLumens1890lm Test #: 1198940System Watts:18W LED LPW:106 CANDLEPOWER DISTRIBUTIONLUMEN SUMMARYLUMINANCE DATA 2 (CD/M) Vertical Horizontal AngleVertical Horizontal 180170160150140% °°°°° AngleAngle 300 ZoneLumensFixture 0°22.5°45°67.5°90°0° 130 ° 19419419419419424613.0128910841063 240 19719419319319343723.11181964989 180 120 ° 18918618518718761832.710648791220 120 173171172174174127267.394711941022 110 ° Total Luminaire 150150152156156 1915100.0 844455384 60 100 ° 122123129134135 0 90 ° 9295102110114 80 ° 60 CO-EFFICIENTS OF UTILIZATION 636579110122 70 ° 120 Floor20 3640848883 Ceiling807050301000 1321222323 180 Wall7050301070501050105010501000 60 ° 19471947194719471754175417541393139310631063760760618 23344 RCR 0 240 50 ° 176316781602153315831512138912011115915858652617495 2043514440 1 300 15971455133612371431131111251042909793703563506401 6385162222244 2 010203040 °°°°° 145212721132102113001147931912755695586493423332 112136200276305 3 0° ° 0 ° 45 1325112097085611851011782806637615496437359280 4 162184243301324 ° 45 ° 90 ° 90 12129938407271085898666717544549426391310240 5 208225271318337 1114887735626997803574643471493370354270209 6 247256285317330 1028798649544921723500580411447324322238184 7 276278291307314 951721577477853655439527362407287295212164 8 295293296301303 884656516422793596388481322373256271191147 9 304301299299300 824599465375740545346442287344229251172133 10 301301301301301 Go to www.focalpointlights.com for additional photometric data. note: Photometric testing performed in an independent lab with standard lamps and ballasts. Lamp and ballast type and configuration will affect photometric performance. TYPE 13 LR6 Series LR6™ LED Downlight - 6" Product Description light while achieving up to 100 lumens per watt, this breakthrough performance is achieved by combining ® Technology, with an integrated driver and thermal management design. The LR6™ downlight is available in warm or neutral color temperatures, three lumen packages, and offers a variety of trim options. Applications: Performance Summary ® Technology 277V Connector Initial Delivered Lumens: Input Power: 7.5-22 watts CRI: 90 CCT: 2700K, 3500K, 4000K † Limited Warranty: 10 years Lifetime: Designed to last 50,000 hours Dimming: Dimmable to 5% 5.17" (131mm) † See www.cree.com/lighting/products/warranty for warranty terms 5.74" Housings & Trims (146mm) Reference Housing & Accessory documents for more details. 7.46" (190mm) Housings 120V GU24 Base Recessed Housings120V GU24 Base Cord Mount Housings277V Surface Mount Housings H6-GU24SC6-CM-GU24SC6-277V 120V GU24 - Architectural new construction RC6-GU24SC6-CM-BL-GU24SC6-BL-277V - New construction Edison E-26 Thread RR6-GU24 120V GU24 Base Wall Mount Housings277V Cord Mount Housings SC6-WM-GU24SC6-CM-277V 120V GU24 Base Surface Mount Housings SC6-GU24SC6-CM-BL-277V 277V Recessed Housings H6-277V ø1.535" SC6-BL-GU24 - Architectural new construction 277V Wall Mount Housings (39mm) RC6-277VSC6-WM-277V - New construction RR6-277V 5.17" (131mm) 1.545" (39mm) Edison Adaptor Trims included with GU24-E26 Base Type (LR6-7L only ) LT6A-DR LT6AP-DRLT6WH-DR 5.74" Diffuse anodized reflector w/white flangePewter diffuse anodized reflector w/white flangeSmooth white painted reflector/flange (146mm) LT6AW-DRLT6AB-DRLT6BB-DR Wheat diffuse anodized reflector w/white flangeBlack anodized reflector w/white flangeFlat black reflector/flange 7.46" (190mm) Ordering Information LR6 SeriesInitial Delivered Lumens*CCTVoltageBase Type LR6** 7L27K BlankBlank 7.5W, 650 lumens - 87 LPW 2700K 120 Volts277V Connector - Must be used with Cree six-inch 277V housings (see Housings table above) 10L35K 277V 10.5W, 1,050 lumens - 100 LPW 3500K277 Volts GU24 - GU24 base 18L40K - Available only with LR6-10L and LR6-18L 22W, 1,800 lumens - 82 LPW 4000K GU24-E26 - GU24 base w/Edison adaptor - Available only with the LR6-7L * Actual lumens vary based on color temperature ** LR6 must be ordered in Master Carton quantities of 5 Rev. Date: V3 09/01/2015 (800) 236-6800(262) 504-5415(800) 473-1234(800) 890-7507 US: www.cree.com/lighting T F Canada: www.cree.com/canada T F TYPE 13 Photometry PL06010-001 LR6-10L-35K-GU24 BASED ON CESTL REPORT TEST #: ® CREE TRUEWHITE TECHNOLOGY ® A revolutionary way to generate high-quality white light, Cree TrueWhite Technology is a patented approach that delivers an exclusive combination of 90+ CRI, beautiful light characteristics, and lifelong color consistency, all while maintaining high luminous 0 CONSTRUCTION & MATERIALS Method • Durable aluminum housing protects the light source. Adjustable flip clips provide RC %: 80 137 • Thermal management system uses integral heat sink to conduct heat away from LEDs RW %: 70503010 even when installed in with worst case installations RCR: 0 119119119119 • Suitable for insulated and non-insulated ceilings 274 1 111107103100 • One-piece aluminum lower reflector redirects light while also conducting heat away 2 from LEDs. It creates a comfortable visual transition from the lens to the ceiling plane 103969085 and easily accommodates LT6 snap-in trims 412 3 95867974 • 5.5" (140mm) pigtail 4 88787065 OPTICAL SYSTEM 5 • Unique combination of reflective and refractive optical components achieves a 82716357 549 uniform, comfortable appearance while eliminating pixelation, hot spots and 6 77655751 minimizing glare 090 7 72605246 • Components work together to optimize distribution, balancing the delivery of high illuminance levels on horizontal surfaces with an ideal amount of light on walls and 8 67554742 vertical surfaces. This increases the perception of spaciousness 9 63514439 • Deep set polycarbonate diffusing lens shields direct view of LEDs and provides greater Average Luminance Table (cd/m 2) visual cut-off 10 60484036 Horizontal Angle ELECTRICAL SYSTEM • 0°45°90° • Power Factor: minimum 0.9 13,21513,21513,215 45° • Total Harmonic Distortion: < 20% ZoneLumens% LampLuminaire 55°8,2048,2048,204 • Input Voltage: 120V, 50/60Hz or 277V, 50/60Hz 0-30 403N/A41.9% 65°5,5415,5415,541 • Dimming: 120V dimmable to 5% with most incandescent dimmer. 277V dimmable to 5% with trailing edge dimmers. Reference 0-40 605N/A62.9% 75°3,8343,8343,834 www.cree.com/Lighting/Products/Indoor/Downlights-US/LR-Series for recommended 0-60 854N/A88.7% dimmers 85°1,1651,1651,165 • Operating Temperature Range: 0-90 962N/A100% 0-180 962N/A100% REGULATORY & VOLUNTARY QUALIFICATIONS • Reference www.cree.com/Lighting/Products/Indoor/Downlights/LR-Series for detailed photometric data • Suitable for wet locations for covered ceilings only ® • ENERGY STAR Installation • Designed to easily install in standard 6” (152mm) downlight housings with minimum depth 6.5” (165mm) • and diameter of 5.75” - 6.25” (146mm - 159mm) GU24 base or 277V. Please refer to www.appliances.energy.ca.gov/AdvancedSearch.aspx for most current information • Quick install system utilizes a unique retention feature. Simply attach socket to LR6 downlight. Move light to • Meets FCC Part 15 standards for conducted and radiated emissions ready position and slide into housing • RoHS Compliant. Consult factory for additional details NOTE: Reference www.cree.com/Lighting/Products/Indoor/Downlights-US/LR-Series for detailed installation instructions Application Reference Open SpaceCorridor 22 SpacingLumensWattageLPWw/ftAverage FCSpacingLumensWattageLPWw/ftAverage FC 4 x 40.6362 4' on Center0.4427 6 x 60.2929 6' on Center0.2817 1,05010.5100 1,05010.5100 8 x 80.1616 8' on Center0.2113 10 x 100.1111 10' on Center0.1811 10' Ceiling, 80/50/20 Reflectances, 2.5 workplane. LLF: 1.0 Initial. Open Space: 50’ x 40’ x 1010' Ceiling, 80/20/50 Reflectances, Light levels on the ground. LLF: 1.0 Initial. Corridor: 6’ Wide x 100’ Long © 2015 Cree, Inc. and/or one of its subsidiaries. All rights reserved. For informational purposes only. Content is subject to ®®® change. Patent www.cree.com/patents. Cree, Cree TrueWhite, and TrueWhite are registered trademarks, and the Cree logo, ® LR6™ and the Cree TrueWhite Technology logo are trademarks of Cree, Inc. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR logo are registered trademarks of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. The UL logo is a registered trademark of UL LLC. (800) 236-6800(262) 504-5415(800) 473-1234(800) 890-7507 US: www.cree.com/lighting T F Canada: www.cree.com/canada T F TYPE 14 TYPE 15 | ™ Snap(White Acrylic) LED Linear, Surface PRULITE.COM 213.746.0360 Type: Job: White Acrylic Lens (WA) R1 2 2 S1 99 S1-LED4-HO-04-WA Our basic lighting building block. UP TOLM/W 3760 Delivered Lumens 43 Watts This perfectly scaled wrap simply snaps quickly, neatly and 87 lm/w LOW MEDIUM STANDARD HIGH 84 CRI securely into a wide range of spaces. Industry-leading optical lm/ft 500 700 850 940 28 R9 peformance and integrated controls help make Snap one of our w/ft 5 7 9 11 Lumen output may vary +/- 5% 4000K used for lm/ft estimates above 5* 3500K –2% llf, 3000K –4%, 2700K –6% See LED Details PDF for more info *R1-LED4LO-SAL is DLC QPL listed. For other DLC listings, please consult factory. SERIESLED OUTPUTNOMINAL SHIELDCOLOR/ VOLTAGEMOUNTCEILING CONTROLSOPTIONS LENGTHINGFINISHINGSYSTEMS COLOR R1 LED27 LO 2´WA TMW UNV SUR X1 T-BarND Non-DimmingEML* Emergency Round2700KLow White Textured Surface or Battery, Low (120-277) 3´X3 Hard DM10 0-10v 10% AcrylicMatte WhiteWall Mount (850 delivered lumens) S1 LED3 MO CeilingDimming (Standard) 4´ EMH* Emergency Square3000KMedium YGW NOTE: See X6 DM01 0-10v 1% Battery, High other spec Gloss White 6´ LED35 SO Slot GridDimming sheet for (1175 delivered lumens) Aircraft (Standard) 3500KStandard Satin Acrylic 8´ Cable STEP Step TRS Tamper Resistant and Linear Y__ (Adjustable) LED4 HO Dimming Prismatic Screws Premium R___ Stack lenses 4000KHigh Color (Row EBCP1G Electrical Box length in 1´ PROG DML 1% Lutron Cover, Single Gang CC increments) Programmable Dimming Custom EBCP2G Electrical Box Light Output Color DMD 0.1% Cover, Dual Gang (Specify desired DALI Dimming GLV lm/ft or w/ft) C2 Galvanized DMG 1% DALI with Black PRUBIN Meticulous Dimming endplates Binning and Labeling every LED Board within a 2-Step MacAdams Ellipse *4’ or longer (remote for < 4’) 1 Architectural Wrap © 2014 All rights reserved – All products manufactured at: Prudential Ltg. 1774 E. 21st Street, Los Angeles, CA 90058 04-28-2016 TYPE 15 | ™ Snap(White Acrylic) LED Linear, Surface PRULITE.COM 213.746.0360 PHOTOMETRICS Low Output: S1-LED4-HO-04-WA 3760 Delivered Lumens 43 Watts 87 lm/w 4000 CCT Light Labs Test #L021508901 Zonal Lumen Summary: 0-90 = 77% 90-180 = 23% 676 Vertical 025456590 Angle 0 676676676676676 5 684682680678676 15 708704692666649 25 716710676641605 35 703685645590538 45 669646596524450 55 613585563442351 65 539507440345240 75 45141634324069 85 36533029614623 90 3423062301241 95 3352992241170 105 3132792071060 115 283252186930 125 245218159770 135 201177123560 145 15113184370 155 987754230 165 473524120 175 98760 180 00000 LUMEN MAINTENANCE LABELS ETL damp labeled and I.B.E.W. manufactured Designed to last with cool running mid-power LEDs projected to ELECTRICAL M maintain 90% (L90) of their initial output for 100,000 hours (at HO), current driver(s) with less than 20% THD when loaded to a and L70 exceeding 150,000 hours. minimum of 60%. Drivers sink a maximum of 6mA per driver. DM10 LED drivers are 0-10V dimmable and are compatible with most LED SYSTEM LED modules and dr 0-10V wall slide dimmers and direct 0-10V analog signal dimmers. (optional) PROG Programmable light output. Specify desired lumens or watts per linear foot. Min: 2.5 w/ft, consult factory for requests above 12 w/ft. CONSTRUCTION BINNING Standard binning (all Prudential LED boards) includes testing at Housing Die-formed 22-gauge steel, >20% PC recycled, 100% recyclable the chip level and board integration to provide consistent color temperature within a 3-step MacAdams ellipse, with +/- 5% lumen End Caps Spring-fastened aluminum, >25% PC recycled, 100% recyclable output range and +/- .004 Duv. Lens Single-piece (up to 8´ lengths) extruded acrylic, 100% recyclable ™ PRUBIN Prudential Ltg’s exclusive ‘job binning’ method that ensures MOUNTING Surface mounted to walls or ceilings or suspended by cable (OPTIONAL) color temperature consistency across all luminaires on a project. Meticulously testing and labeling EVERY LED BOARD to +/- 25 WEIGHT 2 lbs/ft lumens, +/- 50k CCT and +/- .004 Duv — while also separating WARRANTY Single-source, 5 year limited warranty covers standard components positive from negative — allows us to match color, hue and and construction intensity throughout a project and provides a consistent color temperature within a 2-step MacAdams ellipse. 2 Architectural Wrap © 2014 All rights reserved – All products manufactured at: Prudential Ltg. 1774 E. 21st Street, Los Angeles, CA 90058 04-28-2016 TYPE 15 | (White Acrylic) LED Linear, Surface Snap™ PRULITE.COM 213.746.0360 Client: CSUN Northridge, Architect: LPA Inc. Lighting Dersigner: Studio K1 ADJOINING DETAIL MOUNTING LOCATIONS K.O. / stem & powerfeed 3 Architectural Wrap © 2014 All rights reserved – All products manufactured at: Prudential Ltg. 1774 E. 21st Street, Los Angeles, CA 90058 04-28-2016 TYPE 16 Metalux AP Series Type Catalog # DESCRIPTION FM series is a versatile LED ceiling or wall mount series which can Project be used in a broad range of residential and commercial applications. This series provides customers with a high quality luminaire utilizing Date the latest LED, solid state lighting and electronic driver technology for Comments opal white lens, the FM series produces even, uniform light distribution Prepared by foyers applications where customers are replacing incandescent, circline SPECIFICATION FEATURES ConstructionElectricalInstallation Housing consists of die formed Long-Life LED system coupled Fixture may be surface (wall or steel which is post painted to offer with electrical driver to deliver ceiling) mounted. the ideal aesthetics. Diffuser are optimal performance. LEDs are white opal injection molded acrylic 3000K or4000K with a typical CRI Compliance blends offering the ideal light 80. Projected life is 35,000 hours at UL/CUL Listed. Energy Star distribution. These lens are offered 70% lumen output. in three different sizes: 12, 16 and Suitable for Damp locations. 20 inch models. Lens are attached Shielding with easy mount clips.Specially developed LED lens blend allows this product series to offer optimal light out and providing Controls FMLED Equipped standard with non-smooth even illumination with no dimmable electronic drivers which pixilation. Lenses are designed LED provides extensive energy savings from smooth opal white acrylic and provide 360° uniform light options. All drivers are suitable for distribution. Lens is securely held 120V applications.in place by swing clips and can be Wall or Ceiling Mount easily removed for installation and maintenance. 8" 7" \[178mm\] 6-3/4" \[171mm\] 2-3/4" \[71mm\] 8" \[203mm\] 12" 10-5/8" \[270mm\] 10-3/4" \[261mm\] 3-1/2" \[90mm\] WATTAGE 11-3/4" \[300mm\] Size3000K4000KWatts 16" 15-1/4" \[387mm\] 14-7/8" \[379mm\] 8"5776358 12"1018105514 4-1/8" \[104mm\]16"1707219752 20"2300239932 16-1/8" \[410mm\] 20" 18" \[457mm\] 17-11/16" \[449mm\] 4-15/16" \[125mm\] 20" \[508mm\] ADF142366 2015-08-17 09:45:52 FMLED TYPE 16 ORDERING INFORMATION SAMPLE NUMBER: FMLED12WH840PR Color Application WH=White FM=Flush Mount CCT Lamp Type 830=3000K LED 840=4000K Fixture Size Fixture Shape 8=8" PR=Round 12=12" 16=16" 20=20" formation. 3000K SHIPPING DATA Catalog No. Individual Wt. Master Pack FMLED8 1.0 lbs. 8 FMLED12 1.8 lbs. 4 FMLED16 3.5 lbs. 4 FMLED20 5.55 lbs. 2 EatonEaton’s Cooper Lighting Business 1000 Eaton Boulevard1121 Highway 74 South Cleveland, OH 44122Peachtree City, GA 30269Specifications and ADF142366ADF142366 United StatesP: 770-486-4800dimensions subject to 2015-08-17 09:45:522015-08-17 09:45:52 Eaton.comwww.eaton.com/lightingchange without notice. FMLED TYPE 16 4000K EatonEaton’s Cooper Lighting Business 1000 Eaton Boulevard1121 Highway 74 South Cleveland, OH 44122Peachtree City, GA 30269Specifications and ADF142366 United StatesP: 770-486-4800dimensions subject to 2015-08-17 09:45:52 Eaton.comwww.eaton.com/lightingchange without notice. FMLED TYPE 16 PHOTOMETRICS FMLED12WH840PR Candlepower FMLED8W840PR Candlepower Non-Dim Driver AngleAlong II45°Across Electronic Driver AngleAlong II45°Across 0 281 281 281 Linear LED 4000K 0 165 165 165 Linear LED 4000K 5 280 280 279 5 164 166 163 Spacing criterion: Spacing criterion: 10 276 277 275 10 162 164 161 (II) 1.3 x mounting (II) 1.3 x mounting 15 271 271 271 15 159 161 158 height, () 1.3 x 20 262 263 262 height, () 1.3 x 20 154 157 154 25 251 252 251 25 148 150 147 mounting height mounting height 30 239 240 239 30 142 143 141 Lumens: 1065 Lumens: 635 224 226 225 35 35 134 135 133 209 210 210 40 40 125 126 124 Input Watts: 14.2W Input Watts: 8.8W 192 194 194 45 115 117 115 45 Ef cacy: 72.0 lm/W Ef cacy: 72.2 lm/W 174 176 177 50 105 106 104 50 156 157 158 55 94 95 93 55 Test Report: Test Report: 60 137 138 140 83 84 82 60 FMLED12WH- FMLED8WH840PR. 65 119 120 122 72 73 72 65 840PR.IES IES 70 102 103 105 62 63 62 70 75 86 88 89 53 53 53 75 80 71 73 75 44 44 44 80 59 60 62 85 36 37 36 85 47 49 50 90 90 29 30 30 Coef Coefficients of Utilization Effective oor cavity re ectance 20% Effective oor cavity re ectance 20% rc80%70%50%30%10%0% rc80%70%50%30%10%0% rw7050301070503010503010503010503010 0 rw7050301070503010503010503010503010 0 RCR RCR 0 116 116 116 116 112 112 112 112 104 104 104 97 97 97 90 90 90 87 116 116 116 116 112 112 112 112 104 104 104 97 97 97 90 90 90 87 0 1 104 98 93 88 99 94 90 86 88 84 81 81 79 76 76 73 71 68 104 98 93 88 99 94 90 86 88 84 80 81 78 76 76 73 71 68 1 2 93 84 77 70 89 81 74 69 76 70 65 70 66 62 65 62 58 55 93 84 77 70 89 81 74 68 75 70 65 70 66 61 65 62 58 55 2 3 85 73 65 58 81 71 63 56 66 59 54 61 56 51 57 53 49 46 85 73 65 58 81 71 63 56 66 59 54 61 56 51 57 53 49 46 3 4 77 65 55 48 74 63 54 47 58 51 45 54 48 43 51 46 41 39 77 65 55 48 74 62 54 47 58 51 45 54 48 43 51 46 41 39 4 5 71 58 48 41 68 56 47 41 52 45 39 49 42 37 46 40 36 33 71 57 48 41 68 56 47 40 52 44 39 49 42 37 45 40 36 33 5 6 65 52 42 36 63 50 41 35 47 39 34 44 38 33 41 36 31 29 65 52 42 36 63 50 41 35 47 39 34 44 37 32 41 36 31 29 6 7 61 47 38 32 58 45 37 31 43 35 30 40 34 29 38 32 28 25 60 47 38 31 58 45 37 31 42 35 30 40 33 29 38 32 28 25 7 8 56 43 34 28 54 41 33 27 39 32 27 37 30 26 35 29 25 23 56 42 34 28 54 41 33 27 39 32 26 37 30 25 34 29 25 22 8 9 53 39 31 25 50 38 30 25 36 29 24 34 28 23 32 26 22 20 52 39 30 25 50 38 30 24 36 29 24 34 27 23 32 26 22 20 9 10 49 36 28 23 47 35 27 22 33 26 22 31 25 21 30 24 20 18 49 36 28 22 47 35 27 22 33 26 21 31 25 21 29 24 20 18 10 Zonal Lumen Summary Zonal Lumen Summary ZoneLumens% Fixture 0-30 219 20.6 ZoneLumens% Fixture 0-30 129 20.4 0-40 360 33.8 0-40 213 33.6 0-60 650 61.0 0-60 386 60.9 0-90 928 87.1 554 87.2 0-90 0-180 1065 100.0 635 100.0 0-180 FMLED16WH840PR Candlepower FMLED20WH840PR Candlepower Non-Dim Driver Non-Dim Driver AngleAlong II45°Across AngleAlong II45°Across 0 520 520 520 0 647 647 647 Linear LED 4000KLinear LED 4000K 5 515 518 519 5 646 649 641 Spacing criterion: Spacing criterion: 10 510 513 513 10 638 642 633 (II) 1.3 x mounting (II) 1.3 x mounting 15 500 503 504 15 626 629 620 height, () 1.3 x 20 485 488 488 height, () 1.3 x 20 607 610 601 25 465 468 468 25 582 586 576 mounting heightmounting height 30 443 446 447 30 555 558 549 Lumens: 1887 Lumens: 2336 417 420 421522 525 516 3535 389 392 392486 489 481 4040 Input Watts: 22.8WInput Watts: 32W 358 361 361446 449 441 4545 Ef cacy: 82.8 lm/WEf cacy: 74.0 lm/W 324 328 328404 406 399 5050 358 360 353 55 288 291 291 55 Test Report: Test Report: 60 253 254 255 60 312 314 308 FMLED16WH-FMLED20WH- 65 216 219 219 65 267 269 264 840PR.IES840PR.IES 70 184 184 184 70 225 226 222 75 151 152 152 75 185 185 181 80 122 123 123 80 149 149 146 96 97 98117 117 115 8585 74 75 7690 90 88 9090 CoefCoef Effective oor cavity re ectance 20%Effective oor cavity re ectance 20% rc80%70%50%30%10%0%rc80%70%50%30%10%0% rw7050301070503010503010503010503010 0rw7050301070503010503010503010503010 0 RCRRCR 0 117 117 117 117 113 113 113 113 105 105 105 99 99 99 93 93 93 90 0 116 116 116 116 112 112 112 112 105 105 105 98 98 98 92 92 92 89 1 104 99 94 89 101 96 91 87 89 86 82 84 81 78 78 76 74 71 1 104 99 94 90 100 96 91 87 89 86 82 83 80 78 78 76 74 71 2 94 85 78 71 91 82 76 70 77 71 67 72 68 64 68 64 61 58 2 94 85 78 72 91 82 76 70 77 71 67 72 67 63 68 64 60 58 3 86 74 66 59 82 72 64 57 67 61 55 63 58 53 59 55 51 48 3 86 74 66 59 82 72 64 58 67 61 55 63 58 53 59 55 51 48 4 78 66 56 49 75 64 55 48 60 52 47 56 50 45 53 48 43 41 4 78 66 56 49 75 64 55 49 60 52 47 56 50 45 53 47 43 40 5 72 58 49 42 69 57 48 41 53 46 40 50 44 39 47 42 37 35 5 72 58 49 42 69 57 48 42 53 46 40 50 44 39 47 42 37 35 6 66 52 43 37 63 51 42 36 48 40 35 45 39 34 43 37 33 30 6 66 53 43 37 64 51 42 36 48 41 35 45 39 34 43 37 33 30 7 61 47 38 32 59 46 38 32 44 36 31 41 35 30 39 33 29 27 7 61 47 39 32 59 46 38 32 44 36 31 41 35 30 39 33 29 27 8 57 43 34 29 55 42 34 28 40 33 27 38 31 27 36 30 26 24 8 57 43 35 29 55 42 34 28 40 33 27 38 31 27 36 30 26 24 9 53 40 31 26 51 39 31 25 37 30 25 35 28 24 33 27 23 21 9 53 40 31 26 51 39 31 25 37 30 25 35 28 24 33 27 23 21 10 50 36 28 23 48 36 28 23 34 27 22 32 26 22 31 25 21 19 10 50 36 29 23 48 36 28 23 34 27 22 32 26 22 31 25 21 19 Zonal Lumen SummaryZonal Lumen Summary ZoneLumens% FixtureZoneLumens% Fixture 0-300-30 407 21.6505 21.6 0-400-40 670 35.5831 35.6 0-600-60 1210 64.11493 63.9 0-90 1694 89.8 0-90 2080 89.1 0-180 1887 100.0 0-180 2336 100.0 EatonEaton’s Cooper Lighting Business 1000 Eaton Boulevard1121 Highway 74 South Cleveland, OH 44122Peachtree City, GA 30269Specifications and ADF142366 United StatesP: 770-486-4800dimensions subject to 2015-08-17 09:45:52 Eaton.comwww.eaton.com/lightingchange without notice. ® FLATFLEX 3000k TYPE 17 SPECIFICATION FLATFLEX: (6mm) thick and has every component hidden to resemble multitude of design options. Dimming is easy with MODA Dimmable Drivers - choice of MLV or 0-10v dimming. Full line of accessories available, MODA Xtrusions, clips and simple White or Clear Finishes. Supplied in contractor ready 150ft (45.7m) reels. UL listed for use in USA & Canada. Dimensions:Output: Delivered Lumens315.61 lm / ft CCT 3000k 150’ (45.72m) Chromaticity Ordinatesx: 0.4389 y: 0.4094 u: 0.2495 v: 0.5237 3/5” (14mm) Color Bin Tolerance+ 3% / - 3% 92.55 1/5”CRI82 (6mm) 70,000 Hours L70 @ 25°C : 90,000 Hours L50 @ 25°C Lumen Maintenance LED Spacing: 7/10” (17mm) 50,000 Hours L70 @ 50°C : 70,000 Hours L50 @ 50°C Cutting Distance: 4” (100mm) Max Continuous Length: 32’ 9 7/10” (10m) Testing DataLight Data LM-79-08 & LM-80-08 Supplied Length: 150’ (45.72m) Illuminance at a Distance: Electrical: Data Shown for 150º (For lux multiply fc by 10.7) Input Voltage24v DC Center Beam FCBeam Width Power Consumption3.41w (0.14A) - Varies based on length of run & driver 1.7 ft Power Factor 12.36 fc4.5 ft4.5 ft Dimming100-277v 0-10v Magnetic Low Voltage 3.3 ft 3.09 fc9.0 ft9.0 ft EmergencyN/A 5.0 ft 1.37 fc13.5 ft13.5 ft 6.7 ft 0.77 fc17.9 ft17.9 ft Physical: 8.3 ft 0.49 fc22.4 ft22.4 ft 10.0 ft 0.34 fc26.9 ft26.9 ft ApplicationsCove, Kitchen Cabinet, Furniture, Signage Vert. Spread: 106.8ºHoriz. Spread: 106.8º Length 150’ Drum (45.72m) DimensionsWidth 3/5” (14mm) Polar Candela Distribution: Lumens per Zone: Height 1/5” (6mm) Data Shown for 150º Weight14.3 lbs (6.48 Kg) Per Reel ZoneLumens% Total 0-1011.053.50% ConstructionTough Polyepoxide UV Protected Body. 10-2031.5610.00% 20-3047.3415.00% Thermal ManagementN/A 30-4057.4418.20% OpticsN/A 40-5059.9719.00% Fixture ConnectionsPush To Fit Connectors 50-6052.7116.70% 60-7034.4010.90% Operating Temperature-4°F ~ 122°F (-20°C ~ 50°C) 70-8014.204.50% Storage Temperature-40ºF ~ 176ºF (-40ºC ~ 80ºC) 80-904.731.50% Humidity0-95% Non Condensing 90-1001.890.60% Project Name: Notes: VDC2016405 © Copyright 2016 • 955 White Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119 • T: 702 407 7775 • F: 702 407 7773 • www.modalight.com SPECIFICATION TYPE 17 Luminance Data (cd/sq.m):CIE 1931 Chromaticity Diagram: Zonal Lumen Summary: Angle in Average Average Average ZoneLumens% Lamp% Fixt Degrees0-Deg45-Deg90-Deg 0-3089.95N.A.28.50% 45124425126934128063 0-40147.07N.A.46.60% 55119547122563123626 0-60260.06N.A.82.40% 60-9053.65N.A.17.00% 65110282112433113798 0-90313.72N.A.99.40% 75944509642197149 90-1801.89N.A.0.60% 85915869769299600 0-180315.61N.A.100% Spectral Power:Polar Graph: Data Shown for 150º Accessories: LEADER CABLEINLINE CONNECTORJUMPER CABLETERMINATORMOUNTING CLIPFF-XTR-3FT Power Lead for FLATFLEXConnector for FLATFLEXConnector for FLATFLEXTerminator for FLATFLEX (10pcs) Connects FLATFLEX ToConnects Two FLATFLEX Connects Two FLATFLEX and Terminates FLATFLEX To Screws Into Surface To Hold Screws Into Surface To Hold Power SupplyTogetherallows for corner bendsProtect FPCB From DustFLATFLEXFLATFLEX Connector Dim:Connector Dim:Connector Dim:L: 3/5” (17mm) L: 1 1/5” (30mm) L: 3’ (914mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 1/5” (6mm)W: 5/8” (16mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) H: 2/5” (11mm) H: 3/10” (8mm)H: 2/5” (10mm) H: 2/5” (11mm)H: 2/5” (11mm) H: 2/5” (11mm)2 Screws 1/2” (13mm) Finish: Finish:Finish:Finish: B-Black or W-White B-Black or W-WhiteB-Black or W-WhiteB-Black or W-White Options: Product NameFinishColor TempTested to UL & CSA by ETL For Use in USA & CANADA, Complies with California Title 24 Requirements, Lighting Facts. Exceeds ANSI C78.377A, CE & RoHS Compliant. FFB - Black Jacket3000k - Warm White C - Clear Jacket ClassClass 3 W - White Jacket EnvironmentDry Location - IP40 Warranty5 Year Limited Warranty Ordering: Sample SKU: FF-B-3000K-150FT TITLE 5 LOVE 24 THE EARTH RoHS 2013 MODA Products are protected under Worldwide Patents. Minimum order quantity may apply. TYPE 17 24v DRIVERS SPECIFICATION Non DimmingVoltage RangeIP RatingDimension Wattage 8 7/10” x 2 7/10” 1 1/2” MP17 100-277v ACIP67 150w (222mm x 68mm x 39mm) Voltage Range 0-10v DimmingIP RatingDimension Wattage 9 2/5” x 1 7/10” x 1 3/10” MP06 IP66 60w 347v AC (240mm x 43mm x 32mm) 9 2/5” x 1 7/10” x 1 3/10” 100-277v AC MP19N IP66 60w (240mm x 43mm x 32mm) 9 1/2” x 2 3/10” x 1 1/2” MP87 100-277v ACIP66 100w (241mm x 58mm x 37mm) 9 1/2” x 2 3/5” x 1 3/5” MP89 100-277v ACIP66 150w (241mm x 67mm x 40.5mm) Ordering: Sample SKU:MP19N © Copyright 2016 • 955 White Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119 • T: 702 407 7775 • F: 702 407 7773 • www.modalight.com TYPE 18 Edge Sconce Product Name Michael Wolk EDG Model Number 8.50" 4.50" 3.50" Two sources of LED illumination Edge Brushed Aluminum BA front view Edge sconce can be customized with ADA room numbers and or letter characters contact factory. Product Name / Model / DimensionsMounting OptionsDiffuser OptionsFinish OptionsLamping Options Edge Sconce / EDG Brushed Aluminum BA Standard Standard StandardStandard Shiny Opal Acrylic / AC LED / LED Wall Mount / WM Brushed Aluminum / BA HeightWidthProjection 330lm 4.50”8.50“3.50“ 3000K CCT 120v non dimmable 2 _ 2016 ILEX Architectural Lighting ILEXlight.com T 800 977 4470 F 508 824 8722 TYPE 19 Edge Sconce Product Name Michael Wolk EDG Model Number 8.50" 4.50" 3.50" Two sources of LED illumination Edge Brushed Aluminum BA front view Edge sconce can be customized with ADA room numbers and or letter characters contact factory. Product Name / Model / DimensionsMounting OptionsDiffuser OptionsFinish OptionsLamping Options Edge Sconce / EDG Brushed Aluminum BA Standard Standard StandardStandard Shiny Opal Acrylic / AC LED / LED Wall Mount / WM Brushed Aluminum / BA HeightWidthProjection 330lm 4.50”8.50“3.50“ 3000K CCT 120v non dimmable 2 _ 2016 ILEX Architectural Lighting ILEXlight.com T 800 977 4470 F 508 824 8722 TYPE 20 | ™ Snap(White Acrylic) LED Linear, Surface PRULITE.COM 213.746.0360 Type: Job: White Acrylic Lens (WA) R1 2 2 S1 99 S1-LED4-HO-04-WA Our basic lighting building block. UP TOLM/W 3760 Delivered Lumens 43 Watts This perfectly scaled wrap simply snaps quickly, neatly and 87 lm/w LOW MEDIUM STANDARD HIGH 84 CRI securely into a wide range of spaces. Industry-leading optical lm/ft 500 700 850 940 28 R9 peformance and integrated controls help make Snap one of our w/ft 5 7 9 11 Lumen output may vary +/- 5% 4000K used for lm/ft estimates above 5* 3500K –2% llf, 3000K –4%, 2700K –6% See LED Details PDF for more info *R1-LED4LO-SAL is DLC QPL listed. For other DLC listings, please consult factory. SERIESLED OUTPUTNOMINAL SHIELDCOLOR/ VOLTAGEMOUNTCEILING CONTROLSOPTIONS LENGTHINGFINISHINGSYSTEMS COLOR R1 LED27 LO 2´WA TMW UNV SUR X1 T-BarND Non-DimmingEML* Emergency Round2700KLow White Textured Surface or Battery, Low (120-277) 3´X3 Hard DM10 0-10v 10% AcrylicMatte WhiteWall Mount (850 delivered lumens) S1 LED3 MO CeilingDimming (Standard) 4´ EMH* Emergency Square3000KMedium YGW NOTE: See X6 DM01 0-10v 1% Battery, High other spec Gloss White 6´ LED35 SO Slot GridDimming sheet for (1175 delivered lumens) Aircraft (Standard) 3500KStandard Satin Acrylic 8´ Cable STEP Step TRS Tamper Resistant and Linear Y__ (Adjustable) LED4 HO Dimming Prismatic Screws Premium R___ Stack lenses 4000KHigh Color (Row EBCP1G Electrical Box length in 1´ PROG DML 1% Lutron Cover, Single Gang CC increments) Programmable Dimming Custom EBCP2G Electrical Box Light Output Color DMD 0.1% Cover, Dual Gang (Specify desired DALI Dimming GLV lm/ft or w/ft) C2 Galvanized DMG 1% DALI with Black PRUBIN Meticulous Dimming endplates Binning and Labeling every LED Board within a 2-Step MacAdams Ellipse *4’ or longer (remote for < 4’) 1 Architectural Wrap © 2014 All rights reserved – All products manufactured at: Prudential Ltg. 1774 E. 21st Street, Los Angeles, CA 90058 04-28-2016 TYPE 20 | ™ Snap(White Acrylic) LED Linear, Surface PRULITE.COM 213.746.0360 PHOTOMETRICS Low Output: S1-LED4-HO-04-WA 3760 Delivered Lumens 43 Watts 87 lm/w 4000 CCT Light Labs Test #L021508901 Zonal Lumen Summary: 0-90 = 77% 90-180 = 23% 676 Vertical 025456590 Angle 0 676676676676676 5 684682680678676 15 708704692666649 25 716710676641605 35 703685645590538 45 669646596524450 55 613585563442351 65 539507440345240 75 45141634324069 85 36533029614623 90 3423062301241 95 3352992241170 105 3132792071060 115 283252186930 125 245218159770 135 201177123560 145 15113184370 155 987754230 165 473524120 175 98760 180 00000 LUMEN MAINTENANCE LABELS ETL damp labeled and I.B.E.W. manufactured Designed to last with cool running mid-power LEDs projected to ELECTRICAL M maintain 90% (L90) of their initial output for 100,000 hours (at HO), current driver(s) with less than 20% THD when loaded to a and L70 exceeding 150,000 hours. minimum of 60%. Drivers sink a maximum of 6mA per driver. DM10 LED drivers are 0-10V dimmable and are compatible with most LED SYSTEM LED modules and dr 0-10V wall slide dimmers and direct 0-10V analog signal dimmers. (optional) PROG Programmable light output. Specify desired lumens or watts per linear foot. Min: 2.5 w/ft, consult factory for requests above 12 w/ft. CONSTRUCTION BINNING Standard binning (all Prudential LED boards) includes testing at Housing Die-formed 22-gauge steel, >20% PC recycled, 100% recyclable the chip level and board integration to provide consistent color temperature within a 3-step MacAdams ellipse, with +/- 5% lumen End Caps Spring-fastened aluminum, >25% PC recycled, 100% recyclable output range and +/- .004 Duv. Lens Single-piece (up to 8´ lengths) extruded acrylic, 100% recyclable ™ PRUBIN Prudential Ltg’s exclusive ‘job binning’ method that ensures MOUNTING Surface mounted to walls or ceilings or suspended by cable (OPTIONAL) color temperature consistency across all luminaires on a project. Meticulously testing and labeling EVERY LED BOARD to +/- 25 WEIGHT 2 lbs/ft lumens, +/- 50k CCT and +/- .004 Duv — while also separating WARRANTY Single-source, 5 year limited warranty covers standard components positive from negative — allows us to match color, hue and and construction intensity throughout a project and provides a consistent color temperature within a 2-step MacAdams ellipse. 2 Architectural Wrap © 2014 All rights reserved – All products manufactured at: Prudential Ltg. 1774 E. 21st Street, Los Angeles, CA 90058 04-28-2016 TYPE 20 | (White Acrylic) LED Linear, Surface Snap™ PRULITE.COM 213.746.0360 Client: CSUN Northridge, Architect: LPA Inc. Lighting Dersigner: Studio K1 ADJOINING DETAIL MOUNTING LOCATIONS K.O. / stem & powerfeed 3 Architectural Wrap © 2014 All rights reserved – All products manufactured at: Prudential Ltg. 1774 E. 21st Street, Los Angeles, CA 90058 04-28-2016 TYPE 21 DESCRIPTION Type Catalog # The Halo Surface LED Downlight (SLD) incorporates WaveStream™ technology to create an ultra-low profile surface mounting luminaire Project with the performance and look of a traditional downlight. SLD6-1200 UNV series is designed for installation in many 4” x 2-1/8” deep square junction boxes. Accessory mounting kit allows retrofit in 5” and 6” IC Date Comments and Non-IC recessed housings.* Suitable for residential or commercial installations. Ideal for closets, storage areas, attics and basements. Compliant with NFPA 70, NEC Section 410.16 (A)(3) and 410.16 (C)(5). ®® Prepared by SPECIFICATION FEATURES CONSTRUCTION junction box, not the SLD.LED CHROMATICITY • A tight chromaticity specification • Die cast aluminum trim ring, and • Installer must ensure die formed aluminum framecompatibility of fit, wiring and ensures LED color uniformity, proper mounting in the sustainable Color Rendering OPTICS Index (CRI) and Correlated electrical junction box. • WaveStream™ technology This includes all applicable Color Temperature (CCT) over provides uniform luminance national and local electrical and the useful life of the LED from a low profile flat lens • LED chromaticity of 3 SDCM building codes. • AccuAim™ optics provide ® • Proprietary Slot-N-Lock quick exceeds ENERGY STAR directional control for the installation system for junction color standards per ANSI. “cone-of-light” beam distribution SLD6 1200 UNV box installation• 90 CRI model features high of a traditional downlight. • T-bracket with Slot-N-Lock color performance with R9 Series • Precision molded lens features mounting tabs includedgreater than 50 high transmission polymer with Universal Voltage • Every Halo LED is quality tested, UV stabilized protecting film OPTIONAL - RECESSED HOUSING measured, and serialized in a MOUNTING SLD6128xxWHUNVJB DESIGNER TRIMS permanent record to register • Accessory SLD6ACCKIT required Accessories (sold separately) lumens, wattage, CRI and CCT. 80CRI for mounting in 5” and 6” SLD designer trims are accessory • Halo LED serialized testing and enclosed recessed housings 2700K, 3000K, 3500K, rings that attach to the SLD for a measurement ensures color • May be installed in IC recessed and 4000K permanent finish.* Refer to SLD and lumen consistency on a housings in direct contact with accessories specification sheet for per-unit basis, and validates insulation details. long-term product consistency SLD6129xxWHUNVJB * Note: Not for use in recessed • White (Paintable) over time housings in direct contact with 90CRI • Satin Nickel spray foam insulation. Refer to ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS • Tuscan Bronze 2700K, 3000K, 3500K, NEMA LSD 57-2013 Junction Box *SLD accessory trims attach with and 4000K • The SLD6 may be used with any • Compatible with 4” x 2-1/8” deep permanent adhesion and are not 5 or 6 inch diameter recessed square boxes interchangeable after installation. 6” Surface LED housing constructed of steel • Supply Wire Adapter with LED ELECTRICAL JUNCTION BOX Downlight or aluminum with an internal quick connector included MOUNTING volume that exceeds 107.9 in³. • LED connector is a non- • SLD may be used in compatible High Lumen 1200 Series screwbase luminaire disconnect LED electrical junction boxes in direct Universal Voltage for tool-less installation • Linear LED arrays are contact with insulation including Optional - Recessed 120V-277V integrated in trim perimeter spray foam insulation Housings • Color Temperature: 2700K, 3000K, • Suitable for installation in many • Accessory SLD6ACCKIT required. Suitable for 3500K, 4000K 4” x 2-1/8” deep square electrical • LED connector is compatible with • CRI options: 80 and 90 ceiling or wall junction boxes. Halo 5” H550 Series and 6” H750, - 90 CRI can be used for electrical junction boxes • Driver consumes 3 cubic inches H2750 Series LED Housings California Title 24 compliance/ of junction box. • LED Connector meets California certified to Title 20 ENERGY DATA • Compatible with other junction Title-24 high-efficacy luminaire - 80 CRI can be used to comply boxes with accessory SLD6EXT standard as a non-screw base 80 CRI90 CRI with California Title 24 Non- extension spacer ring. Residential Lighting Controls Lumens • Surface mounting in a fire-rated 12151000 as a LED luminaire. (4000K models) ceiling using an appropriate WARRANTY electrical box offers a cost- Input Voltage120V-277V120V-277V effective alternative to fire-rated Cooper Lighting provides a five Frequency50/60 Hz50/60 Hz recessed housingsyear limited warranty on the Input Current0.12 A0.12 A SLD LED Note: Fire-rating is per the rating of the ceiling and applicable Input Power14.8 W14.8 W Efficiency 82 lm/W68 lm/W (4000K models) 2700K THD 80 3000K Power Factor CRI 3500K T Ambient-30 - +40°C ® Refer to ENERGY STAR Certified Products List. Can be used to comply with California Title 24 Non-Residential Sound RatingClass A 4000K Lighting Controls requirements as a LED Luminaire. NOMENCLATURE 2700K SLD612830WH UNV JB 90 612 = 6” SLD 1200 Series 3000K 8 = >80 CRI CRI 30 = 3500K 3000K Refer to ENERGY STAR® Certified Products List. WH = Matte White Can be used to comply with California Title 24 High Efficacy requirements. 4000K Certified to California Title 20 Appliance Efficiency Database. = Universal Voltage 120V-277V JB = Junction Box Kit only TD518030EN 10/22/2015 SLD6128xxWHUNVJB TYPE 21 SLD6129xxWHUNVJB • 0-10V DC dimmers operate using• EMI/RFI: meets FCC 47CFR Part 15 LED DRIVER • Driver is a 120V-277V universal two low voltage dimming wiresClass B limits, and is suitable for voltage input, high efficiency, (color coded violet and gray). Theuse in residential and commercial low voltage dimming wires areinstallations dimmable electronic power supply providing DC power to the LED separate from the 120V AC or • Airtight certified per ASTM E283 arrays277V AC power.(not exceeding 2.0 CFM under 75 • Switching on/off is controlledPascals pressure difference) • Driver features high power factor, low THD, and has integral thermal via the line voltage (120V AC or• 90 CRI: Can be used to comply protection in the event of over 277V AC) power, and dimming iswith California Title 24 High temperature or internal failure controlled via the 2-wire 0-10V DCEfficacy requirements. Certified • Driver is replaceable if it should be low voltage wiring.to California Title 20 Appliance requiredEfficiency Database. COMPLIANCE • If dimming is not required the • 80 CRI: Can be used to comply • cULus Listed ceiling and wall fixutre may be operated from a with California Title 24 Non-SLD6 1200 UNV • cULus Damp Location listed switchResidential Lighting Controls ceiling and wall Series requirements as a LED luminaire. DIMMING - PHASE CONTROL• cULus Wet Location Listed, ceiling • Can be used for International Universal Voltage • Designed for continuous dimmingonly (shower rated) Energy Conservation Code (IECC) capability to nominally 5% with• Suitable for use in closets, and Washington State Energy SLD6128xxWHUNVJB many 120V Leading Edge (LE) andcompliant with NFPA® 70, NEC® Code high efficiency luminaire Trailing Edge (TE) Phase ControlSection 410.16 (A)(3) and 410.16 80CRI compliance dimmers. (Dimmers with low(C)(5) 2700K, 3000K, 3500K, • ENERGY STAR® certified end trim adjustment offer greater• SLD may be used in compatible luminaire - consult ENERGY and 4000K assurance of achieving 5% level.)electrical junction boxes in direct STAR® Certified Product List • Consult dimmer manufacturer forcontact with insulation including • Contains no mercury or lead and compatibility and conditions of spray foam insulation SLD6129xxWHUNVJB RoHS compliant. use.• With accessory SLD6ACCKIT, 90CRI • Photometric testing in accordance (Note some dimmers require amay be installed in IC recessed with IES LM-79 2700K, 3000K, 3500K, neutral in the wallbox.)housings in direct contact with • Lumen maintenance projections insulation (Not for use in recessed and 4000K DIMMING - 0-10V in accordance with IES LM-80 and housings in direct contact with • Dimmable to 10% in typical TM-21 spray foam insulation. Refer to 6” Surface LED operation with compatible 0-10V NEMA LSD 57-2013) Downlight DC low voltage dimmers. High Lumen 1200 Series DIMENSIONS Universal Voltage 120V-277V Suitable for ceiling or wall electrical junction boxes ORDERING INFORMATION SAMPLE NUMBER: SLD612927WHUNVJB SLD6TRMSN Junction Box Installation: Order junction box separately, as supplied by others, to complete installation. Recessed Installation: Order Halo recessed housing separately to complete installation. ModelsColor Rendering IndexColor Temperature (CCT)FinishVoltageJunction Box SLD612= 6” Surface LED 8=80 CRI 27=2700K WH=White UNV=Universal Voltage JB=Junction Box Kit only Downlight, 1200 Series 9=90 CRI 30=3000K120V-277V 35=3500K 40=4000K Accessories Designer Trims RAD Adapters (not recessed in ceiling) SLD6TRMSN=6” SLD Satin Nickel SLD6RAD=6” SLD Round Surface J-Box Adapter, 7.92” O.D. SLD6TRMTBZ=6” SLD Tuscan Bronze (for 4-inch round or octagon junction boxes.) SLD6TRMWH=6” SLD White (paintable) SLD6SADPLT=6” SLD Square Surface J-Box Adapter Plate *SLD accessory trims attach with permanent adhesion and are not interchangable after (For 4-inch square junction boxes, use with SLD6RAD.) installation Hardware Kits J-Box Spacer Extension Ring SLD6ACCKIT=6” Accessory Parts Replacement Kit (Screwbase adapter, torsion springs, friction blades) SLD6EXT=6” Surface LED J-Box Extender, 9.5” O.D. SLD6BRKT=6” Junction Box Bracket & Screws 2 TD518030EN – Specifications and compliances subject to change without notice SLD6128xxWHUNVJB TYPE 21 SLD6129xxWHUNVJB COMPATIBLE WITH EATON’S CROUSE-HINDS 4” SQUARE JUNCTION BOXES • TP450 - for non-metallic cable • TP431 - for metal clad cable • UL Listed • Suitable for two-hour fire-rated ANSI/UL 263 when properly installed in a fire-rated ceiling or wall TP450TP431† • Refer to www.crouse-hinds.com for non-metallic cablefor metal clad cable 4” x 4” x 2-1/8”4” x 4” x 2-1/8” (102mm x 102mm x 54mm)(102mm x 102mm x 54mm) †UL approved for use with aluminum interlocking grounding metal clad cable, Type MCIA (Southwire MCAP™). MCAP™ is a registered trademark of Southwire Company. COMPATIBLE WITH 4” SQUARE JUNCTION BOXES* SLD6EXT SLD6-1200 UNV Compatible with other boxes when used with SLD6EXT extension spacer ring. 4" square deep steel box 4" x 4" x 2-1/8" Surface mounting in a fire-rated ceiling using an appropriate electrical box offers a cost-effective (102mm x 102mm x 54mm) alternative to fire-rated recessed housings. Note: Fire-rating is per the rating of the ceiling and applicable junction box, not the SLD. *This is a representative list of compatible junction boxes only. Information contained in this literature about other manufacturers’ products is from published information made available by the manufacturer and is deemed to be reliable, but has not been verified. Eaton makes no specific recommendation on product selection and there are no warranties of performance or compatibility implied. Installer must determine that site conditions are suitable to allow proper installation of the SLD mounting bracket in the box. PRODUCT DATA Cat No. CRICCTLumensPower (W)LPW SLD612827WHUNVJB 802700110014.874 SLD612830WHUNVJB 803000115014.878 SLD612835WHUNVJB 803500120014.881 SLD612840WHUNVJB 804000121514.882 SLD612927WHUNVJB 92270088014.859 SLD612930WHUNVJB 92300092514.863 SLD612935WHUNVJB 92350096514.865 SLD612940WHUNVJB 924000100014.868 Performance values are presented as typical for the model(s) indicated. Field results may vary. Specifications and compliances subject to change without notice – TD518030EN 3 SLD6128xxWHUNVJB TYPE 21 SLD6129xxWHUNVJB LIGHTING FACTS SLD612827WHUNVJB - 80 CRISLD612830WHUNVJB - 80 CRISLD612835WHUNVJB - 80 CRISLD612840WHUNVJB - 80 CRI SLD612927WHUNVJB - 90 CRISLD612930WHUNVJB - 90 CRISLD612935WHUNVJB - 90 CRISLD612940WHUNVJB - 90 CRI Eaton 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269Specifications and P: 770-486-4800dimensions subject to www.eaton.com/lightingchange without notice. SPI TYPE 22 SPECIFICATION SHEET REO INTERIOR WALL JOB NAMETYPE AIW10363 ADA Reo can be mounted to any wall surface and comply with ADA requirements while providing supplemental side illumination. Five Dimensions optional color gels add a splash of color, serving as a guide or visual WHDMC path. The ability to complement any style comes standard. 13.0 in28.0 in3.7 in14.0 in 33.0 cm71.1 cm9.4 cm35.6 cm Weight Hanging weight: 25.0 lb (11.4 kg). Features•Lamps included, with the exception of T8, T5 and incandescent. •Integral Class II power supply included, eliminating the need for remote Mounting mounting, simplifying installation.•Mounts to standard 4" octagonal junction box •Formed metal construction provides durable protection for internal•Additional mounting structure and hardware required (by others). components and is recyclable. Additional Documents •Embossed stainless steel-linear and crosshatch face plate option adds a Color Chart (http://www.spilighting.com/PDFs/SPI_Color_Chart.pdf) unique, metal accent and texture to a space. •Durable wood laminate faceplate option adds a warm, natural texture to a space. •Fixture adds a splash of color to a space with theatrical color gels. Standard colors are available with other colors available upon request. Contact factory to customize a color gel that coordinates with your application. •Standard thermoset polyester powder coat paint provides durable protection in a palette of color options. Custom colors available upon request. •Compliant with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements. Technical Notes Electrical •Fluorescent versions have integral electronic ballasts utilizing the latest energy-saving technology, providing prolonged lamp life and maintaining consistent color. •SPI uses strict quality guidelines in LED selection to ensure the white LED's we use meet or exceed ANSI Binning Standards (ANSI C78.733). •Thermally protected ballast limits operating temperature. •Class "A" sound rated ballast for use in low ambient noise applications. •Meets NEC 410.73 double-ended, fluorescent lamp ballast disconnect requirements. •ETL listed to UL standards (US and Canada) for use in damp locations. Not recommended for exterior applications. Lamping/lamp •L70 life=50,000+ hours. •Fluorescent lamps are 3500K unless specified. ® SPI LIGHTINGTel (262)242-1420contact@spilighting.comCurrent as of 07/31/16. Design modification rights reserved. SPI TYPE 22 SPECIFICATION SHEET MODEL NUMBERLIGHT SOURCEFINISHVOLTAGELAMP OPTIONSOPTIONSCOLOR ACCENTS AIW10363 Not all options are available in all configurations, consult factory for details. Light Source Photometry VoltageOptions L21.5W White 21.5W 3.2W/6" LED Light Engine28IN REC 120V 120 Volt ES1 Embossed Stainless Steel-Linear Delivered Lumens: 880 WS LEDPattern 120-277V Universal Voltage LOW ES2 Embossed Stainless Steel-Cross 277V 277 Volt L43.0W White 43.0W 6.4W/6" LED Light Engine28IN RECHatch Pattern Delivered Lumens: 1,760 WS LED Lamp Options WF1 Cherry Laminate HIGH 2 DML 0-10V Dimming WF2 Maple Laminate 1 2F14 2F14WT5/Mini Bipin 3000K 3000K CCT Color Accents 1 2F14DM 2F14WT5/Mini Bipin Dimming 3500K 3500K CCT CG00 White Color Gel 1 2F17 2F17WT8/Med Bipin 4000K 4000K CCT CG01 Red Color Gel 1 2F24 2F24WT5HO/Mini Bipin EMR Emergency Ballast Remote CG02 Orange Color Gel 1 2F24DM 2F24WT5HO/Mini Bipin Dimming CG03 Green Color Gel 1 CG04 Blue Color Gel T5 & T8 Fluorescent Linear Lamp(s) Not Included 2 DML with LED light engine only. Painted Finishes PT01Super WhitePT07Light TaupePT13Warm GrayPT19BluePT29Red BrassPT42Sky BluePT48Brass PT02WhitePT08Medium TaupePT14Light GrayPT20Dark GreenPT31Medium BronzePT43TealPT49Bronze PT03Morning LightPT09Medium GrayPT15SagePT21Pearl WhitePT32Dark BronzePT44GreenPT51Matte White PT04Warm WhitePT10Dark GrayPT16SprucePT22PlatinumPT33Dark BluePT45Purple PT05PuttyPT11BlackPT17RedPT27Deep CopperPT40YellowPT46Aluminum PT06Warm BeigePT12Dark ChocolatePT18Deep RedPT28Dark StainlessPT41OrangePT47Deep Red Brass Metal and Plated Finishes BALBrushed Aluminum ® SPI LIGHTINGTel (262)242-1420contact@spilighting.comCurrent as of 07/31/16. Design modification rights reserved. ® FLATFLEX 3000k TYPE 23 SPECIFICATION FLATFLEX: (6mm) thick and has every component hidden to resemble multitude of design options. Dimming is easy with MODA Dimmable Drivers - choice of MLV or 0-10v dimming. Full line of accessories available, MODA Xtrusions, clips and simple White or Clear Finishes. Supplied in contractor ready 150ft (45.7m) reels. UL listed for use in USA & Canada. Dimensions:Output: Delivered Lumens315.61 lm / ft CCT 3000k 150’ (45.72m) Chromaticity Ordinatesx: 0.4389 y: 0.4094 u: 0.2495 v: 0.5237 3/5” (14mm) Color Bin Tolerance+ 3% / - 3% 92.55 1/5”CRI82 (6mm) 70,000 Hours L70 @ 25°C : 90,000 Hours L50 @ 25°C Lumen Maintenance LED Spacing: 7/10” (17mm) 50,000 Hours L70 @ 50°C : 70,000 Hours L50 @ 50°C Cutting Distance: 4” (100mm) Max Continuous Length: 32’ 9 7/10” (10m) Testing DataLight Data LM-79-08 & LM-80-08 Supplied Length: 150’ (45.72m) Illuminance at a Distance: Electrical: Data Shown for 150º (For lux multiply fc by 10.7) Input Voltage24v DC Center Beam FCBeam Width Power Consumption3.41w (0.14A) - Varies based on length of run & driver 1.7 ft Power Factor 12.36 fc4.5 ft4.5 ft Dimming100-277v 0-10v Magnetic Low Voltage 3.3 ft 3.09 fc9.0 ft9.0 ft EmergencyN/A 5.0 ft 1.37 fc13.5 ft13.5 ft 6.7 ft 0.77 fc17.9 ft17.9 ft Physical: 8.3 ft 0.49 fc22.4 ft22.4 ft 10.0 ft 0.34 fc26.9 ft26.9 ft ApplicationsCove, Kitchen Cabinet, Furniture, Signage Vert. Spread: 106.8ºHoriz. Spread: 106.8º Length 150’ Drum (45.72m) DimensionsWidth 3/5” (14mm) Polar Candela Distribution: Lumens per Zone: Height 1/5” (6mm) Data Shown for 150º Weight14.3 lbs (6.48 Kg) Per Reel ZoneLumens% Total 0-1011.053.50% ConstructionTough Polyepoxide UV Protected Body. 10-2031.5610.00% 20-3047.3415.00% Thermal ManagementN/A 30-4057.4418.20% OpticsN/A 40-5059.9719.00% Fixture ConnectionsPush To Fit Connectors 50-6052.7116.70% 60-7034.4010.90% Operating Temperature-4°F ~ 122°F (-20°C ~ 50°C) 70-8014.204.50% Storage Temperature-40ºF ~ 176ºF (-40ºC ~ 80ºC) 80-904.731.50% Humidity0-95% Non Condensing 90-1001.890.60% Project Name: Notes: VDC2016405 © Copyright 2016 • 955 White Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119 • T: 702 407 7775 • F: 702 407 7773 • www.modalight.com SPECIFICATION TYPE 23 Luminance Data (cd/sq.m):CIE 1931 Chromaticity Diagram: Zonal Lumen Summary: Angle in Average Average Average ZoneLumens% Lamp% Fixt Degrees0-Deg45-Deg90-Deg 0-3089.95N.A.28.50% 45124425126934128063 0-40147.07N.A.46.60% 55119547122563123626 0-60260.06N.A.82.40% 60-9053.65N.A.17.00% 65110282112433113798 0-90313.72N.A.99.40% 75944509642197149 90-1801.89N.A.0.60% 85915869769299600 0-180315.61N.A.100% Spectral Power:Polar Graph: Data Shown for 150º Accessories: LEADER CABLEINLINE CONNECTORJUMPER CABLETERMINATORMOUNTING CLIPFF-XTR-3FT Power Lead for FLATFLEXConnector for FLATFLEXConnector for FLATFLEXTerminator for FLATFLEX (10pcs) Connects FLATFLEX ToConnects Two FLATFLEX Connects Two FLATFLEX and Terminates FLATFLEX To Screws Into Surface To Hold Screws Into Surface To Hold Power SupplyTogetherallows for corner bendsProtect FPCB From DustFLATFLEXFLATFLEX Connector Dim:Connector Dim:Connector Dim:L: 3/5” (17mm) L: 1 1/5” (30mm) L: 3’ (914mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 1/5” (6mm)W: 5/8” (16mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) H: 2/5” (11mm) H: 3/10” (8mm)H: 2/5” (10mm) H: 2/5” (11mm)H: 2/5” (11mm) H: 2/5” (11mm)2 Screws 1/2” (13mm) Finish: Finish:Finish:Finish: B-Black or W-White B-Black or W-WhiteB-Black or W-WhiteB-Black or W-White Options: Product NameFinishColor TempTested to UL & CSA by ETL For Use in USA & CANADA, Complies with California Title 24 Requirements, Lighting Facts. Exceeds ANSI C78.377A, CE & RoHS Compliant. FFB - Black Jacket3000k - Warm White C - Clear Jacket ClassClass 3 W - White Jacket EnvironmentDry Location - IP40 Warranty5 Year Limited Warranty Ordering: Sample SKU: FF-B-3000K-150FT TITLE 5 LOVE 24 THE EARTH RoHS 2013 MODA Products are protected under Worldwide Patents. Minimum order quantity may apply. TYPE 23 24v DRIVERS SPECIFICATION Non DimmingVoltage RangeIP RatingDimension Wattage 8 7/10” x 2 7/10” 1 1/2” MP17 100-277v ACIP67 150w (222mm x 68mm x 39mm) Voltage Range 0-10v DimmingIP RatingDimension Wattage 9 2/5” x 1 7/10” x 1 3/10” MP06 IP66 60w 347v AC (240mm x 43mm x 32mm) 9 2/5” x 1 7/10” x 1 3/10” 100-277v AC MP19N IP66 60w (240mm x 43mm x 32mm) 9 1/2” x 2 3/10” x 1 1/2” MP87 100-277v ACIP66 100w (241mm x 58mm x 37mm) 9 1/2” x 2 3/5” x 1 3/5” MP89 100-277v ACIP66 150w (241mm x 67mm x 40.5mm) Ordering: Sample SKU:MP19N © Copyright 2016 • 955 White Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119 • T: 702 407 7775 • F: 702 407 7773 • www.modalight.com ® FLATFLEX 3000k TYPE 24 SPECIFICATION FLATFLEX: (6mm) thick and has every component hidden to resemble multitude of design options. Dimming is easy with MODA Dimmable Drivers - choice of MLV or 0-10v dimming. Full line of accessories available, MODA Xtrusions, clips and simple White or Clear Finishes. Supplied in contractor ready 150ft (45.7m) reels. UL listed for use in USA & Canada. Dimensions:Output: Delivered Lumens315.61 lm / ft CCT 3000k 150’ (45.72m) Chromaticity Ordinatesx: 0.4389 y: 0.4094 u: 0.2495 v: 0.5237 3/5” (14mm) Color Bin Tolerance+ 3% / - 3% 92.55 1/5”CRI82 (6mm) 70,000 Hours L70 @ 25°C : 90,000 Hours L50 @ 25°C Lumen Maintenance LED Spacing: 7/10” (17mm) 50,000 Hours L70 @ 50°C : 70,000 Hours L50 @ 50°C Cutting Distance: 4” (100mm) Max Continuous Length: 32’ 9 7/10” (10m) Testing DataLight Data LM-79-08 & LM-80-08 Supplied Length: 150’ (45.72m) Illuminance at a Distance: Electrical: Data Shown for 150º (For lux multiply fc by 10.7) Input Voltage24v DC Center Beam FCBeam Width Power Consumption3.41w (0.14A) - Varies based on length of run & driver 1.7 ft Power Factor 12.36 fc4.5 ft4.5 ft Dimming100-277v 0-10v Magnetic Low Voltage 3.3 ft 3.09 fc9.0 ft9.0 ft EmergencyN/A 5.0 ft 1.37 fc13.5 ft13.5 ft 6.7 ft 0.77 fc17.9 ft17.9 ft Physical: 8.3 ft 0.49 fc22.4 ft22.4 ft 10.0 ft 0.34 fc26.9 ft26.9 ft ApplicationsCove, Kitchen Cabinet, Furniture, Signage Vert. Spread: 106.8ºHoriz. Spread: 106.8º Length 150’ Drum (45.72m) DimensionsWidth 3/5” (14mm) Polar Candela Distribution: Lumens per Zone: Height 1/5” (6mm) Data Shown for 150º Weight14.3 lbs (6.48 Kg) Per Reel ZoneLumens% Total 0-1011.053.50% ConstructionTough Polyepoxide UV Protected Body. 10-2031.5610.00% 20-3047.3415.00% Thermal ManagementN/A 30-4057.4418.20% OpticsN/A 40-5059.9719.00% Fixture ConnectionsPush To Fit Connectors 50-6052.7116.70% 60-7034.4010.90% Operating Temperature-4°F ~ 122°F (-20°C ~ 50°C) 70-8014.204.50% Storage Temperature-40ºF ~ 176ºF (-40ºC ~ 80ºC) 80-904.731.50% Humidity0-95% Non Condensing 90-1001.890.60% Project Name: Notes: VDC2016405 © Copyright 2016 • 955 White Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119 • T: 702 407 7775 • F: 702 407 7773 • www.modalight.com SPECIFICATION TYPE 24 Luminance Data (cd/sq.m):CIE 1931 Chromaticity Diagram: Zonal Lumen Summary: Angle in Average Average Average ZoneLumens% Lamp% Fixt Degrees0-Deg45-Deg90-Deg 0-3089.95N.A.28.50% 45124425126934128063 0-40147.07N.A.46.60% 55119547122563123626 0-60260.06N.A.82.40% 60-9053.65N.A.17.00% 65110282112433113798 0-90313.72N.A.99.40% 75944509642197149 90-1801.89N.A.0.60% 85915869769299600 0-180315.61N.A.100% Spectral Power:Polar Graph: Data Shown for 150º Accessories: LEADER CABLEINLINE CONNECTORJUMPER CABLETERMINATORMOUNTING CLIPFF-XTR-3FT Power Lead for FLATFLEXConnector for FLATFLEXConnector for FLATFLEXTerminator for FLATFLEX (10pcs) Connects FLATFLEX ToConnects Two FLATFLEX Connects Two FLATFLEX and Terminates FLATFLEX To Screws Into Surface To Hold Screws Into Surface To Hold Power SupplyTogetherallows for corner bendsProtect FPCB From DustFLATFLEXFLATFLEX Connector Dim:Connector Dim:Connector Dim:L: 3/5” (17mm) L: 1 1/5” (30mm) L: 3’ (914mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 1/5” (6mm)W: 5/8” (16mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) H: 2/5” (11mm) H: 3/10” (8mm)H: 2/5” (10mm) H: 2/5” (11mm)H: 2/5” (11mm) H: 2/5” (11mm)2 Screws 1/2” (13mm) Finish: Finish:Finish:Finish: B-Black or W-White B-Black or W-WhiteB-Black or W-WhiteB-Black or W-White Options: Product NameFinishColor TempTested to UL & CSA by ETL For Use in USA & CANADA, Complies with California Title 24 Requirements, Lighting Facts. Exceeds ANSI C78.377A, CE & RoHS Compliant. FFB - Black Jacket3000k - Warm White C - Clear Jacket ClassClass 3 W - White Jacket EnvironmentDry Location - IP40 Warranty5 Year Limited Warranty Ordering: Sample SKU: FF-B-3000K-150FT TITLE 5 LOVE 24 THE EARTH RoHS 2013 MODA Products are protected under Worldwide Patents. Minimum order quantity may apply. TYPE 24 24v DRIVERS SPECIFICATION Non DimmingVoltage RangeIP RatingDimension Wattage 8 7/10” x 2 7/10” 1 1/2” MP17 100-277v ACIP67 150w (222mm x 68mm x 39mm) Voltage Range 0-10v DimmingIP RatingDimension Wattage 9 2/5” x 1 7/10” x 1 3/10” MP06 IP66 60w 347v AC (240mm x 43mm x 32mm) 9 2/5” x 1 7/10” x 1 3/10” 100-277v AC MP19N IP66 60w (240mm x 43mm x 32mm) 9 1/2” x 2 3/10” x 1 1/2” MP87 100-277v ACIP66 100w (241mm x 58mm x 37mm) 9 1/2” x 2 3/5” x 1 3/5” MP89 100-277v ACIP66 150w (241mm x 67mm x 40.5mm) Ordering: Sample SKU:MP19N © Copyright 2016 • 955 White Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119 • T: 702 407 7775 • F: 702 407 7773 • www.modalight.com ® FLATFLEX 3000k TYPE 25 SPECIFICATION FLATFLEX: (6mm) thick and has every component hidden to resemble multitude of design options. Dimming is easy with MODA Dimmable Drivers - choice of MLV or 0-10v dimming. Full line of accessories available, MODA Xtrusions, clips and simple White or Clear Finishes. Supplied in contractor ready 150ft (45.7m) reels. UL listed for use in USA & Canada. Dimensions:Output: Delivered Lumens315.61 lm / ft CCT 3000k 150’ (45.72m) Chromaticity Ordinatesx: 0.4389 y: 0.4094 u: 0.2495 v: 0.5237 3/5” (14mm) Color Bin Tolerance+ 3% / - 3% 92.55 1/5”CRI82 (6mm) 70,000 Hours L70 @ 25°C : 90,000 Hours L50 @ 25°C Lumen Maintenance LED Spacing: 7/10” (17mm) 50,000 Hours L70 @ 50°C : 70,000 Hours L50 @ 50°C Cutting Distance: 4” (100mm) Max Continuous Length: 32’ 9 7/10” (10m) Testing DataLight Data LM-79-08 & LM-80-08 Supplied Length: 150’ (45.72m) Illuminance at a Distance: Electrical: Data Shown for 150º (For lux multiply fc by 10.7) Input Voltage24v DC Center Beam FCBeam Width Power Consumption3.41w (0.14A) - Varies based on length of run & driver 1.7 ft Power Factor 12.36 fc4.5 ft4.5 ft Dimming100-277v 0-10v Magnetic Low Voltage 3.3 ft 3.09 fc9.0 ft9.0 ft EmergencyN/A 5.0 ft 1.37 fc13.5 ft13.5 ft 6.7 ft 0.77 fc17.9 ft17.9 ft Physical: 8.3 ft 0.49 fc22.4 ft22.4 ft 10.0 ft 0.34 fc26.9 ft26.9 ft ApplicationsCove, Kitchen Cabinet, Furniture, Signage Vert. Spread: 106.8ºHoriz. Spread: 106.8º Length 150’ Drum (45.72m) DimensionsWidth 3/5” (14mm) Polar Candela Distribution: Lumens per Zone: Height 1/5” (6mm) Data Shown for 150º Weight14.3 lbs (6.48 Kg) Per Reel ZoneLumens% Total 0-1011.053.50% ConstructionTough Polyepoxide UV Protected Body. 10-2031.5610.00% 20-3047.3415.00% Thermal ManagementN/A 30-4057.4418.20% OpticsN/A 40-5059.9719.00% Fixture ConnectionsPush To Fit Connectors 50-6052.7116.70% 60-7034.4010.90% Operating Temperature-4°F ~ 122°F (-20°C ~ 50°C) 70-8014.204.50% Storage Temperature-40ºF ~ 176ºF (-40ºC ~ 80ºC) 80-904.731.50% Humidity0-95% Non Condensing 90-1001.890.60% Project Name: Notes: VDC2016405 © Copyright 2016 • 955 White Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119 • T: 702 407 7775 • F: 702 407 7773 • www.modalight.com SPECIFICATION TYPE 25 Luminance Data (cd/sq.m):CIE 1931 Chromaticity Diagram: Zonal Lumen Summary: Angle in Average Average Average ZoneLumens% Lamp% Fixt Degrees0-Deg45-Deg90-Deg 0-3089.95N.A.28.50% 45124425126934128063 0-40147.07N.A.46.60% 55119547122563123626 0-60260.06N.A.82.40% 60-9053.65N.A.17.00% 65110282112433113798 0-90313.72N.A.99.40% 75944509642197149 90-1801.89N.A.0.60% 85915869769299600 0-180315.61N.A.100% Spectral Power:Polar Graph: Data Shown for 150º Accessories: LEADER CABLEINLINE CONNECTORJUMPER CABLETERMINATORMOUNTING CLIPFF-XTR-3FT Power Lead for FLATFLEXConnector for FLATFLEXConnector for FLATFLEXTerminator for FLATFLEX (10pcs) Connects FLATFLEX ToConnects Two FLATFLEX Connects Two FLATFLEX and Terminates FLATFLEX To Screws Into Surface To Hold Screws Into Surface To Hold Power SupplyTogetherallows for corner bendsProtect FPCB From DustFLATFLEXFLATFLEX Connector Dim:Connector Dim:Connector Dim:L: 3/5” (17mm) L: 1 1/5” (30mm) L: 3’ (914mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 1/5” (6mm)W: 5/8” (16mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) H: 2/5” (11mm) H: 3/10” (8mm)H: 2/5” (10mm) H: 2/5” (11mm)H: 2/5” (11mm) H: 2/5” (11mm)2 Screws 1/2” (13mm) Finish: Finish:Finish:Finish: B-Black or W-White B-Black or W-WhiteB-Black or W-WhiteB-Black or W-White Options: Product NameFinishColor TempTested to UL & CSA by ETL For Use in USA & CANADA, Complies with California Title 24 Requirements, Lighting Facts. Exceeds ANSI C78.377A, CE & RoHS Compliant. FFB - Black Jacket3000k - Warm White C - Clear Jacket ClassClass 3 W - White Jacket EnvironmentDry Location - IP40 Warranty5 Year Limited Warranty Ordering: Sample SKU: FF-B-3000K-150FT TITLE 5 LOVE 24 THE EARTH RoHS 2013 MODA Products are protected under Worldwide Patents. Minimum order quantity may apply. TYPE 25 24v DRIVERS SPECIFICATION Non DimmingVoltage RangeIP RatingDimension Wattage 8 7/10” x 2 7/10” 1 1/2” MP17 100-277v ACIP67 150w (222mm x 68mm x 39mm) Voltage Range 0-10v DimmingIP RatingDimension Wattage 9 2/5” x 1 7/10” x 1 3/10” MP06 IP66 60w 347v AC (240mm x 43mm x 32mm) 9 2/5” x 1 7/10” x 1 3/10” 100-277v AC MP19N IP66 60w (240mm x 43mm x 32mm) 9 1/2” x 2 3/10” x 1 1/2” MP87 100-277v ACIP66 100w (241mm x 58mm x 37mm) 9 1/2” x 2 3/5” x 1 3/5” MP89 100-277v ACIP66 150w (241mm x 67mm x 40.5mm) Ordering: Sample SKU:MP19N © Copyright 2016 • 955 White Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119 • T: 702 407 7775 • F: 702 407 7773 • www.modalight.com ® FLATFLEX 3000k TYPE 26 SPECIFICATION FLATFLEX: (6mm) thick and has every component hidden to resemble multitude of design options. Dimming is easy with MODA Dimmable Drivers - choice of MLV or 0-10v dimming. Full line of accessories available, MODA Xtrusions, clips and simple White or Clear Finishes. Supplied in contractor ready 150ft (45.7m) reels. UL listed for use in USA & Canada. Dimensions:Output: Delivered Lumens315.61 lm / ft CCT 3000k 150’ (45.72m) Chromaticity Ordinatesx: 0.4389 y: 0.4094 u: 0.2495 v: 0.5237 3/5” (14mm) Color Bin Tolerance+ 3% / - 3% 92.55 1/5”CRI82 (6mm) 70,000 Hours L70 @ 25°C : 90,000 Hours L50 @ 25°C Lumen Maintenance LED Spacing: 7/10” (17mm) 50,000 Hours L70 @ 50°C : 70,000 Hours L50 @ 50°C Cutting Distance: 4” (100mm) Max Continuous Length: 32’ 9 7/10” (10m) Testing DataLight Data LM-79-08 & LM-80-08 Supplied Length: 150’ (45.72m) Illuminance at a Distance: Electrical: Data Shown for 150º (For lux multiply fc by 10.7) Input Voltage24v DC Center Beam FCBeam Width Power Consumption3.41w (0.14A) - Varies based on length of run & driver 1.7 ft Power Factor 12.36 fc4.5 ft4.5 ft Dimming100-277v 0-10v Magnetic Low Voltage 3.3 ft 3.09 fc9.0 ft9.0 ft EmergencyN/A 5.0 ft 1.37 fc13.5 ft13.5 ft 6.7 ft 0.77 fc17.9 ft17.9 ft Physical: 8.3 ft 0.49 fc22.4 ft22.4 ft 10.0 ft 0.34 fc26.9 ft26.9 ft ApplicationsCove, Kitchen Cabinet, Furniture, Signage Vert. Spread: 106.8ºHoriz. Spread: 106.8º Length 150’ Drum (45.72m) DimensionsWidth 3/5” (14mm) Polar Candela Distribution: Lumens per Zone: Height 1/5” (6mm) Data Shown for 150º Weight14.3 lbs (6.48 Kg) Per Reel ZoneLumens% Total 0-1011.053.50% ConstructionTough Polyepoxide UV Protected Body. 10-2031.5610.00% 20-3047.3415.00% Thermal ManagementN/A 30-4057.4418.20% OpticsN/A 40-5059.9719.00% Fixture ConnectionsPush To Fit Connectors 50-6052.7116.70% 60-7034.4010.90% Operating Temperature-4°F ~ 122°F (-20°C ~ 50°C) 70-8014.204.50% Storage Temperature-40ºF ~ 176ºF (-40ºC ~ 80ºC) 80-904.731.50% Humidity0-95% Non Condensing 90-1001.890.60% Project Name: Notes: VDC2016405 © Copyright 2016 • 955 White Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119 • T: 702 407 7775 • F: 702 407 7773 • www.modalight.com SPECIFICATION TYPE 26 Luminance Data (cd/sq.m):CIE 1931 Chromaticity Diagram: Zonal Lumen Summary: Angle in Average Average Average ZoneLumens% Lamp% Fixt Degrees0-Deg45-Deg90-Deg 0-3089.95N.A.28.50% 45124425126934128063 0-40147.07N.A.46.60% 55119547122563123626 0-60260.06N.A.82.40% 60-9053.65N.A.17.00% 65110282112433113798 0-90313.72N.A.99.40% 75944509642197149 90-1801.89N.A.0.60% 85915869769299600 0-180315.61N.A.100% Spectral Power:Polar Graph: Data Shown for 150º Accessories: LEADER CABLEINLINE CONNECTORJUMPER CABLETERMINATORMOUNTING CLIPFF-XTR-3FT Power Lead for FLATFLEXConnector for FLATFLEXConnector for FLATFLEXTerminator for FLATFLEX (10pcs) Connects FLATFLEX ToConnects Two FLATFLEX Connects Two FLATFLEX and Terminates FLATFLEX To Screws Into Surface To Hold Screws Into Surface To Hold Power SupplyTogetherallows for corner bendsProtect FPCB From DustFLATFLEXFLATFLEX Connector Dim:Connector Dim:Connector Dim:L: 3/5” (17mm) L: 1 1/5” (30mm) L: 3’ (914mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 1/5” (6mm)W: 5/8” (16mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) H: 2/5” (11mm) H: 3/10” (8mm)H: 2/5” (10mm) H: 2/5” (11mm)H: 2/5” (11mm) H: 2/5” (11mm)2 Screws 1/2” (13mm) Finish: Finish:Finish:Finish: B-Black or W-White B-Black or W-WhiteB-Black or W-WhiteB-Black or W-White Options: Product NameFinishColor TempTested to UL & CSA by ETL For Use in USA & CANADA, Complies with California Title 24 Requirements, Lighting Facts. Exceeds ANSI C78.377A, CE & RoHS Compliant. FFB - Black Jacket3000k - Warm White C - Clear Jacket ClassClass 3 W - White Jacket EnvironmentDry Location - IP40 Warranty5 Year Limited Warranty Ordering: Sample SKU: FF-B-3000K-150FT TITLE 5 LOVE 24 THE EARTH RoHS 2013 MODA Products are protected under Worldwide Patents. Minimum order quantity may apply. TYPE 26 24v DRIVERS SPECIFICATION Non DimmingVoltage RangeIP RatingDimension Wattage 8 7/10” x 2 7/10” 1 1/2” MP17 100-277v ACIP67 150w (222mm x 68mm x 39mm) Voltage Range 0-10v DimmingIP RatingDimension Wattage 9 2/5” x 1 7/10” x 1 3/10” MP06 IP66 60w 347v AC (240mm x 43mm x 32mm) 9 2/5” x 1 7/10” x 1 3/10” 100-277v AC MP19N IP66 60w (240mm x 43mm x 32mm) 9 1/2” x 2 3/10” x 1 1/2” MP87 100-277v ACIP66 100w (241mm x 58mm x 37mm) 9 1/2” x 2 3/5” x 1 3/5” MP89 100-277v ACIP66 150w (241mm x 67mm x 40.5mm) Ordering: Sample SKU:MP19N © Copyright 2016 • 955 White Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119 • T: 702 407 7775 • F: 702 407 7773 • www.modalight.com TYPE 27 FINELITE r s 10 10 YearYear LED Warranty 90 Wall to Ceiling TYPE 27 FINELITE 361 721 1082 1442 TYPE 27 FINELITE 4" 6" All-Thread location for securing to structure 1" T-bar1/2" T-bar Endcap forEndcap for Recessed Recessed Independent Independent Recessed Flange Housing Recessed Flange Housing Body & Lens = 46 7/8" Body & Lens = 46 7/8" 4 ft. Grid 4 ft. Grid (without Endcap) (without Endcap) T-Bar End T-Bar End Flange Flange 48" Center to Center 48" Center to Center 1/2" Screw Slot Endcap for Recessed Independent Recessed Flange Housing Body & Lens = 46 7/8" 4 ft. Grid (without Endcap) T-Bar End Flange 48" Center to Center Spackle FlangeVisible Flange RecessedIndependentRecessedIndependent Flange HousingBody & Lens = 48"Flange HousingBody & Lens = 48" 4 ft. Grid(without Endcap)4 ft. Grid(without Endcap) HardHard HardHard CeilingCeiling CeilingCeiling 0.25"0.25" 48"48" Ceiling CutoutCeiling Cutout TYPE 27 FINELITE 1.00” Daylight Occupancy SensorSensor TYPE 28 MEDLEY C ® INTERIOR - REMOTE POWER SUPPLY WHITE LIGHT & STATIC COLORS SHAPING THE EXPERIENCE OF LIGHT ITEMSPECIFICATION LIGHT SOURCE 3.5W/FT, 6W/FT, 12W/FT OPTICS 7° X 60° 15° X 60° 30°X 60° 45°X 60° 60°X 60° 100°X 100° Asymmetric COLOR TEMPERATURES 2700K, 3000K, 3500K, 4000K, Static Red, Static Green, Static Blue, Static Amber CRI 82 PERFORMANCEWHITE (4000K) - 48" FIXTURE FIXTURE WATTAGEOPTICSLUMENSEFFICACY (lm/W)MAX CANDELA (CD / m 2) 3.5W/ current ASHRAE 3.5 (4.1 W/ft)7°107966 lm/W12011 CD / m 2 requirements 3.5 (4.1 W/ft)15° 97160 lm/W6202 CD / m 2 3.5 (4.1 W/ft)30° 98761 lm/W3559 CD / m 2 3.5 (4.1 W/ft)45° 92557 lm/W1423 CD / m 2 3.5 (4.1 W/ft)100°129679 lm/W522 CD / m 2 6 (7.4 W/ft)7°165056 lm/W19283 CD / m 2 6 (7.4 W/ft)15°148950 lm/W9518 CD / m 2 6 (7.4 W/ft)30°151551 lm/W5461 CD / m 2 6 (7.4 W/ft)45°141948 lm/W2184 CD / m 2 6 (7.9 W/ft)100°243377 lm/W615 CD / m 2 12 (14.2 W/ft)7°327254 lm/W38245 CD / m 2 12 (14.2 W/ft)15°295452 lm/W18877 CD / m 2 12 (14.2 W/ft)30°300453 lm/W10832 CD / m 2 12 (14.2 W/ft)45°281450 lm/W4332 CD / m 2 12 (16.4 W/ft)100°45921230 CD / m 70 lm/W 2 LUMEN MAINTENANCE 75,000 hrs L7075,000 hrs L70 ELECTRICAL DC VOLTAGE120V OR 277V POWER SUPPLYREMOTE POWER SUPPLY CONTROL Dimming0-10V, DMX PHYSICAL HOUSING DIMENSIONSHEIGHT X WIDTH X LENGTH: 3-3/8" X 2-3/4" X 12"/ 24" / 36" / 48" LENS OPERATING TEMPERATURE-20° C to 40° C CERTIFICATION WARRANTY 5 YEAR LIMITED All MEDLEY ® Insight Lighting www.insightlighting.com June 29, 2016 1:21 PM 1 of 6 TYPE 28 MEDLEY C ® INTERIOR - REMOTE POWER SUPPLY WHITE LIGHT & STATIC COLORS SHAPING THE EXPERIENCE OF LIGHT MC STEP 1 - FIXTURE ORDERING INFORMATION LED Light Mounting Voltage/Finish Wattage Watts Color/CCTDirectionLengthWiring Method(Dimming) /Ft MCWHITEU SMS = Surface 12"REM = Remote NO = No dimming WVS = Visor must order with Semi-Gloss 24" 3.527K7° MEDLEY C D = Downlight C1/100/PWRWL = Diffusing White CES = Close End 36" 615° SERIES 30K lens 48" 1230° must be BL 35K EAS60" 45° DIM = 0-10V dimming ordered Semi-Gloss WL Lens is 40K 72" 100° must order with Black PNS-X = Pendant 84" See below. STATIC COLORS (X = Pendant Length)96" BR Semi-Gloss 3.5R = Red 7° DMXDIM = DMX dimming Bronze 615° G = Green must order with 1230° B = Blue C1/100/RGB N 45° A = Amber Semi-Gloss 100° Natural DMX Controls are required. S Semi-Gloss Satin CC = Custom Color Contact additional charges will • • STEP 2 - POWER SUPPLY ORDERING INFORMATION NON-DIMMING POWER SUPPLIES CATALOG NUMBERDESCRIPTION C1/100/PWR/120V(1)-120V, 100W POWER SUPPLY C1/100/PWR/277V(1)-277V, 100W POWER SUPPLY 0-10V DIMMING POWER SUPPLIES C1/100/DIM/120V(1)-120V, 100W DIMMING POWER SUPPLY C1/100/DIM/277V(1)-277V, 100W DIMMING POWER SUPPLY DMX DIMMING POWER SUPPLIES C1 / 100 / RGB / 120V (1)-100W RGB POWER SUPPLY, 120V C1 / 100 / RGB / 277V (1)-100W RGB POWER SUPPLY, 277V CONTRA POWER SUPPLY OPTIONS CATALOG NUMBERDESCRIPTION PL-120 120V PLENUM RATED THERMAL PROTECTOR PL-277 277V PLENUM RATED THERMAL PROTECTOR NOTE: Due to remote power supply application variances, it is recommended to load the C1 Power Supplies at 80% of the wattage capacity. Insight Lighting www.insightlighting.com June 29, 2016 1:21 PM 2 of 6 TYPE 28 MEDLEY C ® INTERIOR - REMOTE POWER SUPPLY WHITE LIGHT & STATIC COLORS SHAPING THE EXPERIENCE OF LIGHT SMS - SURFACE, REMOTE POWER SUPPLY 4' Input Lead (no connector) 1-1/2" 55° Dim. B Max. 2" Dim. B Min. Top View 100° 3-1/4" Dim. A 1-1/2" 100° 55° 4' Input Lead (no connector) 2" Top View 2-3/4" Fixture Length12"24"36"48"60"72"84"96" Dim. A 12-1/2"24-1/2"36-1/2"48-1/2" 60-1/2"72-1/2"84-1/2"96-1/2" 5-1/4" / 11"19" / 23"19" / 35"29" / 47"41" / 59"53" / 71"65" / 83"74" / 95" CES - CLOSE END , REMOTE POWER SUPPLY Front View 1-1/2" 45°87° Dim. A 2-1/2" Dim. B 1-3/4" 4' Input Lead (no connector)Top View MOUNTING BRACKET DETAILS Fixture Length12"24"36"48"60"72"84"96" 1.08" Dim. A 12-1/2"24-1/2"36-1/2"48-1/2" 60-1/2"72-1/2"84-1/2"96-1/2" .50" Dim. B11-1/2"23-1/2"35-1/2"47-1/2"59-1/2"71-1/2"83-1/2"95-1/2" 1.00" 1.75" .28" Insight Lighting www.insightlighting.com June 29, 2016 1:21 PM 3 of 6 TYPE 28 MEDLEY C ® INTERIOR - REMOTE POWER SUPPLY WHITE LIGHT & STATIC COLORS SHAPING THE EXPERIENCE OF LIGHT EAS - EXTENDED ARM, REMOTE POWER SUPPLY 2-1/2"2-1/2" Dim. B 1-1/2" 2" Dim. A 5" Dia. 6-3/4" Front View Dim. B 12" Input Lead 90° 90°(no connector) Fixture Length12"24"36"48"60"72"84"96" Dim. A 12-1/2"24-1/2"36-1/2"48-1/2" 60-1/2"72-1/2"84-1/2"96-1/2" Dim. B13-1/4"25-1/4"37-1/4"49-1/4"61-1/4"73-1/4"85-1/4"97-1/4" CANOPY OPTIONS - EXTENDED ARM STANDARDOPTION Cat#: RLP5Cat#: RHP5 EAS Insight Lighting www.insightlighting.com June 29, 2016 1:21 PM 4 of 6 TYPE 28 MEDLEY C ® INTERIOR - REMOTE POWER SUPPLY WHITE LIGHT & STATIC COLORS SHAPING THE EXPERIENCE OF LIGHT PNS - PENDANT, REMOTE POWER SUPPLY 2"2" Dim. B 12" Input Lead " 4 Dia.(no connector) Specify 9" - 48" 2" 90°90° 1-1/2" Dim. A Front View Fixture Length12"24"36"48"60"72"84"96" Dim. A 12-1/2"24-1/2"36-1/2"48-1/2" 60-1/2"72-1/2"84-1/2"96-1/2" Dim. B13-1/4"25-1/4"37-1/4"49-1/4"61-1/4"73-1/4"85-1/4"97-1/4" CANOPY OPTIONS - PENDANT STANDARDOPTIONOPTIONOPTION Cat#: RLP4Cat#: RLP5Cat#: RHP5Cat#: SHP4.5 PNS Insight Lighting www.insightlighting.com June 29, 2016 1:21 PM 5 of 6 TYPE 28 REMOTE POWER SUPPLIES INTERIOR - REMOTE POWER SUPPLY DIMENSIONS SHAPING THE EXPERIENCE OF LIGHT CONTRA1 - PWR OR DIM (CONSTANT CURRENT) 5"7 1/2" 2 1/4" THERMAL PROTECTOR PLENUM RATED OPTION 12 7/8" 14 1/2" 3 3/4" SIDE VIEW BACK VIEW FRONT VIEW ( PLENUM ) Insight Lighting www.insightlighting.com June 29, 2016 1:21 PM 6 of 6 Low profile – minimal silhouette focuses attention on the Shallow recessed depth – fits under ducts at core walls 33W input, output exceeds that of 42W CFL luminous wall, not the luminaire For photometric and lumen maintenance reports, visit thelightingquotient.com is maximized, resulting delivered to the target creating a distribution of refraction and total minimized while light illuminating surfaces uses a combination in high application technology uniformly. Glare is internal reflection, of light ideal for efficiency. fraqtir for T-bar grid/accessible ceilings. Supplemental support wires, mount (trimless) provided with perforated spackle flange for 5 year warranty, maximum ambient temperature 45°C (113°F). bar hangers, etc. (by others) required for accessible ceilings. Skim coat of plaster mount provided with overlapping trim and spring clips for Wiring access plate gypsum board/inaccessible ceilings. Supplemental framing – up to 1-1/2" framing/support Supplemental (by others) UL listed or CSA certified for dry locations. Suitable for insulated ceilings (Type IC). HJK gypsum board/inaccessible ceilings. and/or support required (by others). TYPE 29 Integral constant current Field serviceable light ™ fraqtir asymmetric optic engine with (38mm) thick. driver Mounting: Standard: G F TP Formed aluminum housing, back box and trim frame; stainless steel hardware and spring mounting clips. Extruded aluminum Use 90°C wire for supply connections. Integral electronic HPF bar of high temperature, water-clear acrylic. Light engine may U.S. Patent 8,465,190; foreign patents pending heat sink, light engine with precision molded asymmetric light be removed for service or upgrade. Acrylic lens with elliptical Universal mounting mount) Acrylic lens with elliptical diffusion knockouts for supply wiring. Internal splice compartment Access plate on top of back box with two 1/2" L brackets ( constant current driver with quick connector. allows for access to splices below ceiling. DE Stainless steel mounting Removable aluminum Aluminum back box/ springs (4 included) heat sink/housing diffusion maximizes Optical Assembly: trim frame Electrical: Finish: 6/16 ABC (3000K) output shown above matte gray finish, indoor use 2 conductor up to 5 amps, Resonance imaging filter. = Accessory Magnetic attenuation > 100dB Order separately. See Accessories (5MHz to 10GHz) Section for specifications. 700 mA = AMR02050 AEKV2000 Type: 700mA analog dimming driver compatible with 0-10V dimming = 0-10V analog dimming 120-277V input, dimming range thelightingquotient.com ceiling, formed aluminum housing and trim frame. Semigloss 100%-1%, Lutron EcoBus dimming (controls by others) light engine with (14) LEDs. Integral 120-277V, line voltage trailing edge/reverse phase/ELV dimming 100%-1%, Lutron 3-wire dimming (controls by others) = eldoLED SOLOdrive 120-277V input, dimming range = LighTech 120-277V input, dimming range 100-10%, Low profile indoor LED, wall wash luminaire for lay-in grid 114 Boston Post Road, West Haven, Connecticut 06516, USA = Lutron A-Series 120-277V input, dimming range = Lutron A-Series 120-277V input, dimming range = 2700K, 90+ CRI = 3000K, 90+ CRI = 4000K, 70+ CRI controls by others, dims to 5% power (@120V) MA-1303 100%-0.1%, 0-10V controls by others = UL listed or CSA certified for Canada 100%-5%, 0-10V controls by others = UL listed or CSA certified for U.S. Fax 203.931.4464 TYPE 29 The Lighting Quotient 2H3H4L REMOTE DRIVER Options: (controls by others) = 2700K, 80+ CRI = 3000K, 80+ CRI = 3500K, 80+ CRI = 4000K, 80+ CRI = Non-dimming Voice 203.931.4455 from fraqtir elliptipar Project: white. EL TEZXL3LH 2730354000 0J mount only). MRI filters = For modification not listed, include detailed description. = Overlapping flange with spring clips for gypsum board = Overlapping flange with adjustable mounting brackets * = Perforated plaster flange (trimless) for gypsum board Driver Electronic Dimming = Modified to comply with Chicago plenum code = 14 LEDs @ 350mA (1000 lumens, 17W) = 14 LEDs @ 700mA (1823 lumens, 33W) = 120-277V MA-1303 Consult factory prior to specification. prior to specification. T = For use in MRI medical facility ( M To form a Catalog Number for accessible ceiling = Solid state (LED) (by others) = No options Electronic Driver = 120-277V ceilingceiling = = M014 L014 6/16 223 XX 000B0C0M STLP8 1021 TYPE 30 DOWNLIGHT ® BeveLED Trimless BASIC PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT DATE TYPE 1" REGRESS - Our narrow footprint housing provides an economical architectural solution while delivering high BeveLED Basic Recessed Downlight performance with LEDs. DELIVERED PERFORMANCE 1" Regress 14 Watts 20 Watts BeveLED Basic DOWNLIGHT 1" Regress 80+ 80+ Color Rendering Index CRI CRI Bevel Finish Lumens per Watt 66 59 Color area Source Lumens 1100 1500 Delivered Lumens 975 1250 Color Consistency 2-Step MacAdam Ellipse Performance based on 3000K Ø 3" 1 2700K 3000K 3500K 2 CCT MULTIPLIER Ø 4 1" 2 80+ 80+ 80+ Color Rendering Index CRI CRI CRI Multiplier for Lumen Output 1.00 1.00 1.08 HOW TO SPECIFY Specify trim code and housing code to order: Example : Ordering Example: 1021W - B1 - S - 10 - LSTD4 - 9014 - M2 - 27KS - 30 - NCSM - 277V - DIML2 - CB27 TRIM ORDERING INFORMATION LENS TRIMOPTIONBEVEL STYLE B1 BEVEL FINISH – – – 1021 ______ S Solite 1021W Wet location 1 B1 1” Regress Bevel, 10 White (provided Round Die Cast 13 Statuary Bronze Trimless standard) 21 Black Downlight F Frosted 28 Metalized Grey 1" 1 Wet location, use with B1 Regress RAL Custom Color trims only. (specify RAL #) AB1 1” Regress Bevel, S Solite Black Anodized Finish (provided standard) AC1 1” Regress Bevel,(Leave blank for Clear Matte Anodized F Frosted AB1 and AC1 Bevel Styles) Finish HOUSING ORDERING INFORMATION DIMMING DRIVER SELECT ONE HOUSING CODEWATTAGEENGINE CODECOLORREFLECTORHOUSING TYPEOPTIONSACCESSORIES VOLTAGE – ––––––– LRLD4M2 For use with 120V or 277V 120V NCSM1 New Construction CB27 27" C-Channel Bars ° LRLD4 9014 14W LED, M2 27KS 2700K, 80+ CRI 30 30 beam 975 lumens 5/8”- 1-1/4” DIML2 0-10V dim, 10% 277V CB52 52" C-Channel Bars ° 30KS 3000K, 80+ CRI 50 50 beam Ceiling Thickness (provided standard) 9020 20W LED, EML Emergency battery 2 ° 35KS 3500K, 80+ CRI 80 80 beam 1250 lumens DIML4 Lutron A 3-wire/ECO, 1% NCSM2 New Construction EMLW Emergency battery, 1-1/4”- 2-1/4” DIML6A EldoLED 0-10V, 0.1%, 2 wet location Ceiling Thickness logarithmic / Lutron controls MLXX - Millwork Adapter 3 IC Insulation-Contact DIML6B EldoLED 0-10V Linear, 0.1%, XX=Specify Color Rated / Airtight linear controls (10, 13, 21, 28, RAL) DIML6E EldoLED 0-10V, 1%, Millwork not wet logarithmic/Lutron controls listed DIML6F EldoLED 0-10V, 1%, linear controls DIML7 EldoLED DALI, 0.1% For use with 120V only 2 NCSM housings require above 120V DIML3 Lutron A 2-wire, 1%ceiling access. Not for use with IC housing. 120V only 2 Step MacAdam ellipse 3 N/A with NCSM1 housing DIML9 TRIAC 2-wire, 15% is standard for all 120V only DIML10 ELV 2-wire, 15% 120V only ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2014. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. Patents pending. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. Lighting Revised 07/06/2016 1021 TYPE 30 DOWNLIGHT ® BeveLED Trimless BASIC TRIM INFORMATION 1" Regress 1" Regress Finish Color Ø 3" 1 2 Ø 4 1" 2 HOUSING INFORMATION New Construction, Narrow Width - NCSM IC / Airtight - IC 4/" 3 4 7 3/" 8 X" NCSM1: /" - 1/" 51 84 5/"-1" 8 NCSM2:1 1/" - 2 1/" 7" 44 8/" 3 8/" 38 8 Shown 13" with 8/" 1 5/" 3 4 EM option 4 19" (Plan View)19" (Plan View) 18/" (Plan View) 5 8 22(Plan View)22(Plan View) 22 1/" (Plan View) 8 SPECIFICATIONS TRIM: 4-1/2” round aperture with a 1” regressed bevel, THERMAL MANAGEMENT: Proprietary high performance HOUSING: Fabricated of 20 ga. galvanized steel retained by three ball plungers. Die cast aluminum bevel aluminum die cast heatsink for maximum LED life. Ambient with thru wire J-box, 4 in 4 out at min. 90°C, #12 is available in white, statuary bronze, black, and metalized xture location should not exceed 40°C AWG thru branch circuit wiring. IC rated housing during normal operation.rated for direct contact with insulation. anodized bevel. Custom color available (provide RAL#). FIELD REPLACEABLE DRIVER: 0-10V, 100%-10% solid state MAXIMUM CEILING THICKNESS: As per drawings TRIM LENS: Trim is shipped with integral solite lens electronic constant current driver with a high power factor above. ML option is for 1” max thickness wood with standard; frosted lens available as an option. provided standard and sources 2mA. Specify 120V or 277V. IC housing and for 2-1/4” max thickness wood with Driver complies with IEEE C62.41 surge protection.NCSM2 housing. Millwork option is not available REFLECTOR: Interchangeable precision injection molded with NCSM1 housing. DIMMING OPTIONS: Multiple dimming drivers available. 1 80° beam distribution.5/” Ø See compatibility chart attached. Some on-time delay may CEILING CUT OUT: 2 Millwork: 4-13/16” Ø be experienced depending on control system used. Note: FIELD REPLACEABLE LIGHT ENGINE: Available in 2 lumen DIML6A and DIML6E logarithmic control are intended for packages: 14W (975 delivered lumens) and 20W (1250 LISTINGS: Dry/Damp. Wet location option available use with Lutron control systems; DIML6B and DIML6F eld replaceable through the with B1 trim only. Millwork Dry/Damp only. NRTL/ linear control are intended for use with non-Lutron aperture without tools. CSA-US tested to UL standards. IBEW union controls. DIML6 drivers source 2mA. ed under Luminaires COLOR: BeveLED is available in 3 color temperatures (2700K, EMERGENCY: Emergency lighting battery pack is provided xture- with remote test switch and require above ceiling access for exact model #s included in the listing. Please for service. EM option is not available with IC housings. note that only B1-S-10 trims, 30 and 50 optics, and Ellipse. 80+ color rendering index provided standard. ed. MOUNTING: y brackets and adjustable nailer bars RATED LIFE: Based on IESNA LM80-2008 50,000 hours at with integral nails provided. Nailer bars are extendible from WARRANTY: 5 years 70% lumen maintenance (L70). 14" to 24" centers. NOTES:  Not for use in corrosive environment.  Use of pressure washer voids warranty.  Trimless for drywall installation only. PHOTOMETRICS: Consult factory or website for IES 1126 River Road© 2014. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 ® USAI New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. Patents pending. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. Revised 07/06/2016 Lighting TYPE 30 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML2 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML2 LED: 0-10V Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 10%) DIML2 Dimmer Compatibility Chart Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Per Dimmer* 120V / 277V Use source current per Crestron iLux dimmer expansion module CLS-EXP-DIMFLV 100% - 10% Ð xture speciÐ cation Crestron DIN Rail dimmer DIN-4DIMFLV4 100% - 10% sheet to determine Crestron DIN Rail analog output module DIN-A08 100% - 10% number of Ð xtures per Crestron 8 Channel dimmer module GLX-DIMFLV8 100% - 10% dimmer. Max number Crestron 8 Channel dimmer module GLXP-DIMFLV8 100% - 10% of Ð xtures is limited by Leviton IllumaTech dimmer IP710-DLX 100% - 10% dimmer load rating. Lightolier (Philips) Vega V2000FAMU 100% - 10% Lutron Diva DVTV-XX 100% - 10% * NOTE: Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. DIML2 0-10V DIMMING W/RELAY TO SWITCH POWER FIXTURE DIMMER: 0-10V NOTE: (BY OTHERS) If switched, non-dimming operation is desired, LED 0-10V (-)GRAY cap off purple and gray wires individually at 0-10V (+)PURPLE V+ RED installation. Do NOT cap purple and gray wires SWITCHED HOTBLACK DRIVER V- BLACK together. NEUTRALWHITE GREEN GND CLASS 2 CONTROL WIRES LINE RELAY (BY OTHERS) NEUTRAL DIML2 0-10V DIMMING (NO RELAY) FIXTURE DIMMER: 0-10V w/ NOTE: POWER SWITCHING (BY OTHERS) If switched, non-dimming operation is desired, LED 0-10V (-)GRAY cap off purple and gray wires individually at 0-10V (+)PURPLE V+ RED installation. Do NOT cap purple and gray wires LINE SWITCHED HOTBLACK DRIVER V- BLACK together. NEUTRALWHITE GREEN GROUND GND NEUTRAL ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-2 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 30 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML3 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML3 LED: Lutron Hi-Lume A-Series 2 Wire Fwd Phase (with neutral) / LED Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 1%) 120V only. DIML3 Dimmer Compatibility Chart Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures Per Dimmer* Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Fixture Wattage 120V Only 39W and Less 40W - 80W ETC Sensor+ Cabinet ELV10 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 ETC Unison DRd Cabinet ELV10 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 Lutron Maestro Wireless¨ 600W dimmer MRF2-6ND-120- 100% - 1% 1 à 8 1 à 4 Lutron Maestro Wireless¨ 1000W dimmer MRF2-10ND-120- 100% - 1% 1 à 13 1 à 6 Lutron HomeWorks¨ QS adaptive dimmer HQRD-6NA- 100% - 1% 1 à 8 1 à 4 Lutron HomeWorks¨ QS 600W dimmer HQRD-6ND- 100% - 1% 1 à 8 1 à 4 Lutron HomeWorks¨ QS 1000 W dimmer HQRD-10ND- 100% - 1% 1 à 13 1 à 6 Lutron Caseta Wireless¨ Pro 1000W dimmer PD-10NXD- 100% - 1% 1 à 13 1 à 6 Lutron Stanza¨ dimmer SZ-6ND- 100% - 1% 1 à 8 1 à 4 Lutron RadioRA¨ 2 adaptive dimmer RRD-6NA- 100% - 1% 1 à 8 1 à 4 Lutron RadioRA¨ 2 1000 W dimmer RRD-10ND- 100% - 1% 1 à 6 1 à 3 Lutron myRoom DIN power module MQSE-4A1-D 100% - 1% 1 à 6 1 à 3 Lutron HomeWorks¨ QS wallbox power module HQRJ-WPM-6D-120- 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 Lutron Homeworks¨ DIN power module LQSE-4A1-D 100% - 1% 1 à 6 1 à 3 Lutron HomeWorks¨ wallbox power module HWI-WPM-6D-120 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 Lutron GRAFIK Eye¨ QS control unit QSGR-, QSGRJ- 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 Lutron GRAFIK Eye¨ 3000 control unit GRX-3100-, GRX-3500- 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 Lutron RPM-4U module HW-RPM-4U-120, LP-RPM-4U-120 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 Lutron RPM-4A module HW-RPM-4A-120, LP-RPM-4A-120 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 Lutron GP dimming panels Various 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 Lutron Ariadni CL 250W dimmer AYCL-253P- 100%-1% 1 à 8 1 à 4 Lutron Diva CL 250W dimmer DVCL-253P-, DVSCCL-253P- 100%-1% 1 à 8 1 à 4 Lutron GraÐ k T CL or RF CL dimmer GT-250M-, GTJ-250M- 100%-1% 1 à 8 1 à 4 Lutron Nova T CL 250W dimmer NTCL-250- 100%-1% 1 à 10 1 à 5 * NOTE: Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. DIML3 2 WIRE PHASE DIMMING FIXTURE DIMMER: 2 WIRE PHASE (BY OTHERS) LED V+ RED LINESWITCHED HOTBLACK DRIVER V- BLACK NEUTRALWHITE GROUNDGREEN GND ONLY FOR SWITCHES WITH NEUTRAL NEUTRAL ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-3 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 30 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML4 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML4 LED: Lutron Hi-Lume A-Series LED Driver with 3-Wire FL Control / LED Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 1%) DIML4 3-Wire Dimmer Compatibility Chart Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures Per Control* Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Fixture Wattage 120V Only 39W and Less 40W - 80W ETC Sensor+ Cabinet D20 Dimming module 100% - 1% 1Ã53 1Ã26 ETC Unison DRd Cabinet D20F Dimming module 100% - 1% 1Ã53 1Ã26 Lutron Nova T NTF-10- 100%Ã1% 1Ã41 1 à 20 Lutron Nova T NTF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Nova NF-10- 100%Ã1% 1Ã41 1 à 20 Lutron Nova NF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Vareo VF-10- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Skylark SF-10P-, SF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Diva DVF-103P-, DVSCF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Ariadni AYF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Vierti VTF-6A- 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron Maestro MAF-6AM-, MSCF-6AM- 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron Maestro Wireless MRF2-F6AN-DV- 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron RadioRA 2 RRD-F6AN-DV- 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron HomeWorks QS HQRD-F6AN-DV 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron Interfaces PHPM-3F-120, PHPM-3F-DV 100%Ã1% 1Ã41 1 à 20 Lutron GP Dimming Panels Various 100%Ã1% 1Ã41 1 à 20 277V Only 40W and Less 41W - 80W ETC Sensor+ Cabinet D20 Dimming module 100% - 1% 1Ã53 1Ã26 ETC Unison DRd Cabinet D20F Dimming module 100% - 1% 1Ã53 1Ã26 Lutron Nova T NTF-10-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã44 1 à 22 Lutron Nova T NTF-103P-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Nova NF-10-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã44 1 à 22 Lutron Nova NF-103P-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Skylark SF-12P-277-, SF-12P-277-3 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Diva DVF-103P-277-, DVSCF-103P-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Ariadni AYF-103P-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã44 1 à 22 Lutron Vierti VTF-6A- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Maestro MAF-6AM-277-, MSCF-6AM-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Maestro Wireless MRF2-F6AN-DV- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron RadioRA 2 RRD-F6AN-DV- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron HomeWorks QS HQRD-F6AN-DV 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Interfaces PHPM-3F-DV 100%Ã1% 1Ã88 1 à 44 Lutron GP Dimming Panels Various 100%Ã1% 1Ã88 1 à 44 * NOTE: Number of Ð xtures may be higher if wattage is less than maximum values shown. Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. DIML4 wiring diagrams continued on next page ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-4 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 30 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML4 Continued DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML4 LED: Lutron Hi-Lume A-Series LED Driver with 3-Wire FL Control / LED Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 1%) DIML4 3 WIRE PHASE DIMMING FIXTURE DIMMER: 3 WIRE PHASE (BY OTHERS) LED CAP UNUSED PURPLE GRAY ECOSYS WIRES PURPLE V+ RED DIMMED HOT ORANGE LINE DRIVER V- BLACK SWITCHED HOT BLACK NEUTRAL WHITE GROUND GREEN GND NEUTRAL DIML4 LED: Lutron Hi-Lume A-Series LED Driver with EcoSystem Control / LED Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 1%) DIML4 EcoSystem Dimmer Compatibility Chart Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures Per Control* Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Fixture Wattage 120V / 277V 39W and Less 40W - 80W Lutron PowPak dimming module RMJ-ECO32-DV-B 100%Ã1% 1Ã32 1 à 16 Lutron Energi Savr Node QSN-1ECO-S, QSN-2ECO-S 100%Ã1% 1Ã64 1 à 32 Lutron GRAFIK Eye QS (120V ONLY) QSGRJ-_E, QSGR-_E 100%Ã1% 1Ã64 1 à 32 Lutron Quantum Various 100%Ã1% 1Ã64 1 à 32 * NOTE: Number of Ð xtures may be higher if wattage is less than maximum values shown. Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. DIML4 EcoSystem CONTROLS ECOSYS BUS E2 E1 FIXTURE E2 E1 WALL CONTROL (BY OTHERS) LED PURPLE GRAY CAP PURPLE UN-USED V+ RED ORANGE ORANGE WIRE DRIVER V- BLACK BLACK LINE WHITE NEUTRAL GREEN GND ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-4 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 30 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML6A, 6E DIML6B, 6F IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML6A and DIML6E LED Dimming Compatibility Table DIML6A and DIML6E are linearly programmed dimming drivers for use with logarithmic-style dimming controls (e.g., Lutron and others listed in the table below) DIML6A = EldoLED SOLOdrive 0-10V control dims from 100% to 0.1% DIML6E = EldoLED ECOdrive 0-10V control dims from 100% to 1% Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Per Dimmer* Refer to manufacturer's 120V & 277V DIML6A / E dimmer load rating for Lutron Diva DVTV/NFTV/NTFTV with PP-20 99% - 0.1% / 1% maximum and minimum Lutron Energi Savr Node QSN-4T16-S 100% - 0.1% / 1% Ð xture quantities per Lutron GP Dimming Panels TVM2 Module 99% - 0.1% / 1% dimmer. Lutron Interfaces GRX-TVI w/ GRX3503 100% - 0.1% / 1% Sensor Switch nIO nIO EZ 100% - 0.1% / 1% * NOTE: Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. DIML6B and DIML6F LED Dimming Compatibility Table DIML6B and DIML6F are logarithmic-programmed dimming drivers for use with linear-style dimming controls (e.g., Crestron, non-Lutron and others listed in the table below) DIML6B = EldoLED SOLOdrive 0-10V control dims from 100% to 0.1% DIMMER: 0-10V DIML6F = EldoLED ECOdrive 0-10V control dims from 100% to 1% (BY OTHERS) LED 0-10V (-)GRAY DIML6B Dimmer Compatibility Chart 0-10V (+)PURPLE Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures V+ RED Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Per Dimmer* SWITCHED HOTSWITCHED HOT DRIVER V- BLACK Refer to 120V & 277V DIML6B / F NEUTRALWHITE manufacturer's Bush-Jaeger Electronic potentiometer 2112U-101 100% - 0.1% / 1% GREEN dimmer load Jung Electronic potentiometer 240-10 100% - 0.1% / 1% GND rating for Leviton IllumaTech dimmer IP710-DLX 100% - 0.1% / 1% CLASS 2 CONTROL WIRES maximum and Lightolier (Philips) Momentum (120V ONLY) ZP600FAM120 100% - 0.1% / 1% LINE RELAY minimum Ð xture Merten Electronic potentiometer 5729 100% - 0.1% / 1% (BY OTHERS)DIML6A, 6B quantities per Pass & Seymour Titan CD4FB-W 100% - 0.1% / 1% NEUTRAL 0-10V DIMMING W/RELAY TO SWITCH POWER dimmer. Watt Stopper Miro DCLV1 100% - 0.1% / 1% Synergy Wallbox Dimmers ISD BC 100% - 0.1% / 1% ABB i-bus SD/S 2.16.1 100% - 0.1% / 1% Crestron Modules GLX-DIMFLV8, GLXP-DIMFLV8 100% - 0.1% / 1% Crestron Green Light GLPAC-DIMFLV4-, GLPAC-DIMFLV8- 100% - 0.1% / 1% DIML6A, 6B Crestron Green Light Power Pack GLPP-DIMFLVEX-PM, GLPP-1DIMFLV2EX-PM, GLPP-1DIMFLV3EX-PM 100% - 0.1% / 1% 0-10V (-)GRAY 0-10V DIMMING W/RELAY TO SWITCH POWER FIXTURE 0-10V (+)PURPLE Crestron DIN Rail Analog Output Module DIN-A08 100% - 0.1% / 1% DIMMER: 0-10V V+ RED SWITCHED HOTBLACK (BY OTHERS) V- BLACK Crestron DIN Rail 0-10V Fluorescent Dimmer DIN-4DIMFLV4 100% - 0.1% / 1% LED NEUTRALWHITE Crestron iLux 0-10V Dimmer Expansion Module CLS-EXP-DIMFLV 100% - 0.1% / 1% GREEN DRIVER * NOTE: Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. GND CLASS 2 CONTROL WIRES LINE DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: RELAY (BY OTHERS) NOTES: NEUTRAL Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. DIML6 DIML6 0-10V DIMMING (NO RELAY) 0-10V DIMMING W/RELAY TO SWITCH POWER FIXTURE FIXTURE DIMMER: 0-10V w/ DIMMER: 0-10V POWER SWITCHING (BY OTHERS) (BY OTHERS) LED 0-10V (-)GRAY LED 0-10V (-)GRAY 0-10V (+)PURPLE V+ RED0-10V (+)PURPLE V+ RED SWITCHED HOTBLACK DRIVER LINE SWITCHED HOTBLACK V- BLACK DRIVER V- BLACK NEUTRALWHITE NEUTRALWHITE GREEN GREEN GROUND GND GND CLASS 2 CONTROL WIRES LINE RELAY (BY OTHERS) NEUTRAL NEUTRAL ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 DIML6A, 6B New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 0-10V DIMMING (NO RELAY) All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-6 Revised 05/20/2016 Lighting FIXTURE DIMMER: 0-10V w/ POWER SWITCHING (BY OTHERS) LED TYPE 30 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML7 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML7 LED: EldoLED DALI Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 0.1%) DIML7 DALI CONTROLS DALI BUS DA DA FIXTURE WALL CONTROL (BY OTHERS)LED ORANGE (-) ORANGE/WHITE (+) V+ RED DRIVER BLACK LINE V- BLACK WHITE NEUTRAL GREEN GND ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-7 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 30 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML9 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML9 LED: TRIAC Forward Phase Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 15%) 120V Only DIML9 2 WIRE PHASE DIMMING FIXTURE DIMMER: 2 WIRE PHASE (BY OTHERS) LED V+ RED LINESWITCHED HOTBLACK DRIVER V- BLACK NEUTRALWHITE GROUNDGREEN GND ONLY FOR SWITCHES WITH NEUTRAL NEUTRAL ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-9 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 30 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML10 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML10 LED: ELV Reverse Phase Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 15%) 120V Only DIML10 2 WIRE PHASE DIMMING FIXTURE DIMMER: 2 WIRE PHASE (BY OTHERS) LED V+ RED LINESWITCHED HOTBLACK DRIVER V- BLACK NEUTRALWHITE GROUNDGREEN GND ONLY FOR SWITCHES WITH NEUTRAL NEUTRAL ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-10 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting 1021 TYPE 31 DOWNLIGHT ® BeveLED Trimless BASIC PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT DATE TYPE 1" REGRESS - Our narrow footprint housing provides an economical architectural solution while delivering high BeveLED Basic Recessed Downlight performance with LEDs. DELIVERED PERFORMANCE 1" Regress 14 Watts 20 Watts BeveLED Basic DOWNLIGHT 1" Regress 80+ 80+ Color Rendering Index CRI CRI Bevel Finish Lumens per Watt 66 59 Color area Source Lumens 1100 1500 Delivered Lumens 975 1250 Color Consistency 2-Step MacAdam Ellipse Performance based on 3000K Ø 3" 1 2700K 3000K 3500K 2 CCT MULTIPLIER Ø 4 1" 2 80+ 80+ 80+ Color Rendering Index CRI CRI CRI Multiplier for Lumen Output 1.00 1.00 1.08 HOW TO SPECIFY Specify trim code and housing code to order: Example : Ordering Example: 1021W - B1 - S - 10 - LSTD4 - 9014 - M2 - 27KS - 30 - NCSM - 277V - DIML2 - CB27 TRIM ORDERING INFORMATION LENS TRIMOPTIONBEVEL STYLE B1 BEVEL FINISH – – – 1021 ______ S Solite 1021W Wet location 1 B1 1” Regress Bevel, 10 White (provided Round Die Cast 13 Statuary Bronze Trimless standard) 21 Black Downlight F Frosted 28 Metalized Grey 1" 1 Wet location, use with B1 Regress RAL Custom Color trims only. (specify RAL #) AB1 1” Regress Bevel, S Solite Black Anodized Finish (provided standard) AC1 1” Regress Bevel,(Leave blank for Clear Matte Anodized F Frosted AB1 and AC1 Bevel Styles) Finish HOUSING ORDERING INFORMATION DIMMING DRIVER SELECT ONE HOUSING CODEWATTAGEENGINE CODECOLORREFLECTORHOUSING TYPEOPTIONSACCESSORIES VOLTAGE – ––––––– LRLD4M2 For use with 120V or 277V 120V NCSM1 New Construction CB27 27" C-Channel Bars ° LRLD4 9014 14W LED, M2 27KS 2700K, 80+ CRI 30 30 beam 975 lumens 5/8”- 1-1/4” DIML2 0-10V dim, 10% 277V CB52 52" C-Channel Bars ° 30KS 3000K, 80+ CRI 50 50 beam Ceiling Thickness (provided standard) 9020 20W LED, EML Emergency battery 2 ° 35KS 3500K, 80+ CRI 80 80 beam 1250 lumens DIML4 Lutron A 3-wire/ECO, 1% NCSM2 New Construction EMLW Emergency battery, 1-1/4”- 2-1/4” DIML6A EldoLED 0-10V, 0.1%, 2 wet location Ceiling Thickness logarithmic / Lutron controls MLXX - Millwork Adapter 3 IC Insulation-Contact DIML6B EldoLED 0-10V Linear, 0.1%, XX=Specify Color Rated / Airtight linear controls (10, 13, 21, 28, RAL) DIML6E EldoLED 0-10V, 1%, Millwork not wet logarithmic/Lutron controls listed DIML6F EldoLED 0-10V, 1%, linear controls DIML7 EldoLED DALI, 0.1% For use with 120V only 2 NCSM housings require above 120V DIML3 Lutron A 2-wire, 1%ceiling access. Not for use with IC housing. 120V only 2 Step MacAdam ellipse 3 N/A with NCSM1 housing DIML9 TRIAC 2-wire, 15% is standard for all 120V only DIML10 ELV 2-wire, 15% 120V only ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2014. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. Patents pending. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. Lighting Revised 07/06/2016 1021 TYPE 31 DOWNLIGHT ® BeveLED Trimless BASIC TRIM INFORMATION 1" Regress 1" Regress Finish Color Ø 3" 1 2 Ø 4 1" 2 HOUSING INFORMATION New Construction, Narrow Width - NCSM IC / Airtight - IC 4/" 3 4 7 3/" 8 X" NCSM1: /" - 1/" 51 84 5/"-1" 8 NCSM2:1 1/" - 2 1/" 7" 44 8/" 3 8/" 38 8 Shown 13" with 8/" 1 5/" 3 4 EM option 4 19" (Plan View)19" (Plan View) 18/" (Plan View) 5 8 22(Plan View)22(Plan View) 22 1/" (Plan View) 8 SPECIFICATIONS TRIM: 4-1/2” round aperture with a 1” regressed bevel, THERMAL MANAGEMENT: Proprietary high performance HOUSING: Fabricated of 20 ga. galvanized steel retained by three ball plungers. Die cast aluminum bevel aluminum die cast heatsink for maximum LED life. Ambient with thru wire J-box, 4 in 4 out at min. 90°C, #12 is available in white, statuary bronze, black, and metalized xture location should not exceed 40°C AWG thru branch circuit wiring. IC rated housing during normal operation.rated for direct contact with insulation. anodized bevel. Custom color available (provide RAL#). FIELD REPLACEABLE DRIVER: 0-10V, 100%-10% solid state MAXIMUM CEILING THICKNESS: As per drawings TRIM LENS: Trim is shipped with integral solite lens electronic constant current driver with a high power factor above. ML option is for 1” max thickness wood with standard; frosted lens available as an option. provided standard and sources 2mA. Specify 120V or 277V. IC housing and for 2-1/4” max thickness wood with Driver complies with IEEE C62.41 surge protection.NCSM2 housing. Millwork option is not available REFLECTOR: Interchangeable precision injection molded with NCSM1 housing. DIMMING OPTIONS: Multiple dimming drivers available. 1 80° beam distribution.5/” Ø See compatibility chart attached. Some on-time delay may CEILING CUT OUT: 2 Millwork: 4-13/16” Ø be experienced depending on control system used. Note: FIELD REPLACEABLE LIGHT ENGINE: Available in 2 lumen DIML6A and DIML6E logarithmic control are intended for packages: 14W (975 delivered lumens) and 20W (1250 LISTINGS: Dry/Damp. Wet location option available use with Lutron control systems; DIML6B and DIML6F eld replaceable through the with B1 trim only. Millwork Dry/Damp only. NRTL/ linear control are intended for use with non-Lutron aperture without tools. CSA-US tested to UL standards. IBEW union controls. DIML6 drivers source 2mA. ed under Luminaires COLOR: BeveLED is available in 3 color temperatures (2700K, EMERGENCY: Emergency lighting battery pack is provided xture- with remote test switch and require above ceiling access for exact model #s included in the listing. Please for service. EM option is not available with IC housings. note that only B1-S-10 trims, 30 and 50 optics, and Ellipse. 80+ color rendering index provided standard. ed. MOUNTING: y brackets and adjustable nailer bars RATED LIFE: Based on IESNA LM80-2008 50,000 hours at with integral nails provided. Nailer bars are extendible from WARRANTY: 5 years 70% lumen maintenance (L70). 14" to 24" centers. NOTES:  Not for use in corrosive environment.  Use of pressure washer voids warranty.  Trimless for drywall installation only. PHOTOMETRICS: Consult factory or website for IES 1126 River Road© 2014. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 ® USAI New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. Patents pending. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. Revised 07/06/2016 Lighting TYPE 31 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML2 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML2 LED: 0-10V Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 10%) DIML2 Dimmer Compatibility Chart Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Per Dimmer* 120V / 277V Use source current per Crestron iLux dimmer expansion module CLS-EXP-DIMFLV 100% - 10% Ð xture speciÐ cation Crestron DIN Rail dimmer DIN-4DIMFLV4 100% - 10% sheet to determine Crestron DIN Rail analog output module DIN-A08 100% - 10% number of Ð xtures per Crestron 8 Channel dimmer module GLX-DIMFLV8 100% - 10% dimmer. Max number Crestron 8 Channel dimmer module GLXP-DIMFLV8 100% - 10% of Ð xtures is limited by Leviton IllumaTech dimmer IP710-DLX 100% - 10% dimmer load rating. Lightolier (Philips) Vega V2000FAMU 100% - 10% Lutron Diva DVTV-XX 100% - 10% * NOTE: Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. DIML2 0-10V DIMMING W/RELAY TO SWITCH POWER FIXTURE DIMMER: 0-10V NOTE: (BY OTHERS) If switched, non-dimming operation is desired, LED 0-10V (-)GRAY cap off purple and gray wires individually at 0-10V (+)PURPLE V+ RED installation. Do NOT cap purple and gray wires SWITCHED HOTBLACK DRIVER V- BLACK together. NEUTRALWHITE GREEN GND CLASS 2 CONTROL WIRES LINE RELAY (BY OTHERS) NEUTRAL DIML2 0-10V DIMMING (NO RELAY) FIXTURE DIMMER: 0-10V w/ NOTE: POWER SWITCHING (BY OTHERS) If switched, non-dimming operation is desired, LED 0-10V (-)GRAY cap off purple and gray wires individually at 0-10V (+)PURPLE V+ RED installation. Do NOT cap purple and gray wires LINE SWITCHED HOTBLACK DRIVER V- BLACK together. NEUTRALWHITE GREEN GROUND GND NEUTRAL ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-2 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 31 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML3 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML3 LED: Lutron Hi-Lume A-Series 2 Wire Fwd Phase (with neutral) / LED Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 1%) 120V only. DIML3 Dimmer Compatibility Chart Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures Per Dimmer* Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Fixture Wattage 120V Only 39W and Less 40W - 80W ETC Sensor+ Cabinet ELV10 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 ETC Unison DRd Cabinet ELV10 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 Lutron Maestro Wireless¨ 600W dimmer MRF2-6ND-120- 100% - 1% 1 à 8 1 à 4 Lutron Maestro Wireless¨ 1000W dimmer MRF2-10ND-120- 100% - 1% 1 à 13 1 à 6 Lutron HomeWorks¨ QS adaptive dimmer HQRD-6NA- 100% - 1% 1 à 8 1 à 4 Lutron HomeWorks¨ QS 600W dimmer HQRD-6ND- 100% - 1% 1 à 8 1 à 4 Lutron HomeWorks¨ QS 1000 W dimmer HQRD-10ND- 100% - 1% 1 à 13 1 à 6 Lutron Caseta Wireless¨ Pro 1000W dimmer PD-10NXD- 100% - 1% 1 à 13 1 à 6 Lutron Stanza¨ dimmer SZ-6ND- 100% - 1% 1 à 8 1 à 4 Lutron RadioRA¨ 2 adaptive dimmer RRD-6NA- 100% - 1% 1 à 8 1 à 4 Lutron RadioRA¨ 2 1000 W dimmer RRD-10ND- 100% - 1% 1 à 6 1 à 3 Lutron myRoom DIN power module MQSE-4A1-D 100% - 1% 1 à 6 1 à 3 Lutron HomeWorks¨ QS wallbox power module HQRJ-WPM-6D-120- 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 Lutron Homeworks¨ DIN power module LQSE-4A1-D 100% - 1% 1 à 6 1 à 3 Lutron HomeWorks¨ wallbox power module HWI-WPM-6D-120 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 Lutron GRAFIK Eye¨ QS control unit QSGR-, QSGRJ- 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 Lutron GRAFIK Eye¨ 3000 control unit GRX-3100-, GRX-3500- 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 Lutron RPM-4U module HW-RPM-4U-120, LP-RPM-4U-120 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 Lutron RPM-4A module HW-RPM-4A-120, LP-RPM-4A-120 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 Lutron GP dimming panels Various 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 Lutron Ariadni CL 250W dimmer AYCL-253P- 100%-1% 1 à 8 1 à 4 Lutron Diva CL 250W dimmer DVCL-253P-, DVSCCL-253P- 100%-1% 1 à 8 1 à 4 Lutron GraÐ k T CL or RF CL dimmer GT-250M-, GTJ-250M- 100%-1% 1 à 8 1 à 4 Lutron Nova T CL 250W dimmer NTCL-250- 100%-1% 1 à 10 1 à 5 * NOTE: Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. DIML3 2 WIRE PHASE DIMMING FIXTURE DIMMER: 2 WIRE PHASE (BY OTHERS) LED V+ RED LINESWITCHED HOTBLACK DRIVER V- BLACK NEUTRALWHITE GROUNDGREEN GND ONLY FOR SWITCHES WITH NEUTRAL NEUTRAL ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-3 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 31 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML4 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML4 LED: Lutron Hi-Lume A-Series LED Driver with 3-Wire FL Control / LED Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 1%) DIML4 3-Wire Dimmer Compatibility Chart Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures Per Control* Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Fixture Wattage 120V Only 39W and Less 40W - 80W ETC Sensor+ Cabinet D20 Dimming module 100% - 1% 1Ã53 1Ã26 ETC Unison DRd Cabinet D20F Dimming module 100% - 1% 1Ã53 1Ã26 Lutron Nova T NTF-10- 100%Ã1% 1Ã41 1 à 20 Lutron Nova T NTF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Nova NF-10- 100%Ã1% 1Ã41 1 à 20 Lutron Nova NF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Vareo VF-10- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Skylark SF-10P-, SF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Diva DVF-103P-, DVSCF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Ariadni AYF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Vierti VTF-6A- 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron Maestro MAF-6AM-, MSCF-6AM- 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron Maestro Wireless MRF2-F6AN-DV- 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron RadioRA 2 RRD-F6AN-DV- 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron HomeWorks QS HQRD-F6AN-DV 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron Interfaces PHPM-3F-120, PHPM-3F-DV 100%Ã1% 1Ã41 1 à 20 Lutron GP Dimming Panels Various 100%Ã1% 1Ã41 1 à 20 277V Only 40W and Less 41W - 80W ETC Sensor+ Cabinet D20 Dimming module 100% - 1% 1Ã53 1Ã26 ETC Unison DRd Cabinet D20F Dimming module 100% - 1% 1Ã53 1Ã26 Lutron Nova T NTF-10-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã44 1 à 22 Lutron Nova T NTF-103P-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Nova NF-10-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã44 1 à 22 Lutron Nova NF-103P-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Skylark SF-12P-277-, SF-12P-277-3 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Diva DVF-103P-277-, DVSCF-103P-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Ariadni AYF-103P-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã44 1 à 22 Lutron Vierti VTF-6A- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Maestro MAF-6AM-277-, MSCF-6AM-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Maestro Wireless MRF2-F6AN-DV- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron RadioRA 2 RRD-F6AN-DV- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron HomeWorks QS HQRD-F6AN-DV 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Interfaces PHPM-3F-DV 100%Ã1% 1Ã88 1 à 44 Lutron GP Dimming Panels Various 100%Ã1% 1Ã88 1 à 44 * NOTE: Number of Ð xtures may be higher if wattage is less than maximum values shown. Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. DIML4 wiring diagrams continued on next page ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-4 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 31 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML4 Continued DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML4 LED: Lutron Hi-Lume A-Series LED Driver with 3-Wire FL Control / LED Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 1%) DIML4 3 WIRE PHASE DIMMING FIXTURE DIMMER: 3 WIRE PHASE (BY OTHERS) LED CAP UNUSED PURPLE GRAY ECOSYS WIRES PURPLE V+ RED DIMMED HOT ORANGE LINE DRIVER V- BLACK SWITCHED HOT BLACK NEUTRAL WHITE GROUND GREEN GND NEUTRAL DIML4 LED: Lutron Hi-Lume A-Series LED Driver with EcoSystem Control / LED Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 1%) DIML4 EcoSystem Dimmer Compatibility Chart Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures Per Control* Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Fixture Wattage 120V / 277V 39W and Less 40W - 80W Lutron PowPak dimming module RMJ-ECO32-DV-B 100%Ã1% 1Ã32 1 à 16 Lutron Energi Savr Node QSN-1ECO-S, QSN-2ECO-S 100%Ã1% 1Ã64 1 à 32 Lutron GRAFIK Eye QS (120V ONLY) QSGRJ-_E, QSGR-_E 100%Ã1% 1Ã64 1 à 32 Lutron Quantum Various 100%Ã1% 1Ã64 1 à 32 * NOTE: Number of Ð xtures may be higher if wattage is less than maximum values shown. Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. DIML4 EcoSystem CONTROLS ECOSYS BUS E2 E1 FIXTURE E2 E1 WALL CONTROL (BY OTHERS) LED PURPLE GRAY CAP PURPLE UN-USED V+ RED ORANGE ORANGE WIRE DRIVER V- BLACK BLACK LINE WHITE NEUTRAL GREEN GND ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-4 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 31 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML6A, 6E DIML6B, 6F IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML6A and DIML6E LED Dimming Compatibility Table DIML6A and DIML6E are linearly programmed dimming drivers for use with logarithmic-style dimming controls (e.g., Lutron and others listed in the table below) DIML6A = EldoLED SOLOdrive 0-10V control dims from 100% to 0.1% DIML6E = EldoLED ECOdrive 0-10V control dims from 100% to 1% Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Per Dimmer* Refer to manufacturer's 120V & 277V DIML6A / E dimmer load rating for Lutron Diva DVTV/NFTV/NTFTV with PP-20 99% - 0.1% / 1% maximum and minimum Lutron Energi Savr Node QSN-4T16-S 100% - 0.1% / 1% Ð xture quantities per Lutron GP Dimming Panels TVM2 Module 99% - 0.1% / 1% dimmer. Lutron Interfaces GRX-TVI w/ GRX3503 100% - 0.1% / 1% Sensor Switch nIO nIO EZ 100% - 0.1% / 1% * NOTE: Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. DIML6B and DIML6F LED Dimming Compatibility Table DIML6B and DIML6F are logarithmic-programmed dimming drivers for use with linear-style dimming controls (e.g., Crestron, non-Lutron and others listed in the table below) DIML6B = EldoLED SOLOdrive 0-10V control dims from 100% to 0.1% DIMMER: 0-10V DIML6F = EldoLED ECOdrive 0-10V control dims from 100% to 1% (BY OTHERS) LED 0-10V (-)GRAY DIML6B Dimmer Compatibility Chart 0-10V (+)PURPLE Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures V+ RED Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Per Dimmer* SWITCHED HOTSWITCHED HOT DRIVER V- BLACK Refer to 120V & 277V DIML6B / F NEUTRALWHITE manufacturer's Bush-Jaeger Electronic potentiometer 2112U-101 100% - 0.1% / 1% GREEN dimmer load Jung Electronic potentiometer 240-10 100% - 0.1% / 1% GND rating for Leviton IllumaTech dimmer IP710-DLX 100% - 0.1% / 1% CLASS 2 CONTROL WIRES maximum and Lightolier (Philips) Momentum (120V ONLY) ZP600FAM120 100% - 0.1% / 1% LINE RELAY minimum Ð xture Merten Electronic potentiometer 5729 100% - 0.1% / 1% (BY OTHERS)DIML6A, 6B quantities per Pass & Seymour Titan CD4FB-W 100% - 0.1% / 1% NEUTRAL 0-10V DIMMING W/RELAY TO SWITCH POWER dimmer. Watt Stopper Miro DCLV1 100% - 0.1% / 1% Synergy Wallbox Dimmers ISD BC 100% - 0.1% / 1% ABB i-bus SD/S 2.16.1 100% - 0.1% / 1% Crestron Modules GLX-DIMFLV8, GLXP-DIMFLV8 100% - 0.1% / 1% Crestron Green Light GLPAC-DIMFLV4-, GLPAC-DIMFLV8- 100% - 0.1% / 1% DIML6A, 6B Crestron Green Light Power Pack GLPP-DIMFLVEX-PM, GLPP-1DIMFLV2EX-PM, GLPP-1DIMFLV3EX-PM 100% - 0.1% / 1% 0-10V (-)GRAY 0-10V DIMMING W/RELAY TO SWITCH POWER FIXTURE 0-10V (+)PURPLE Crestron DIN Rail Analog Output Module DIN-A08 100% - 0.1% / 1% DIMMER: 0-10V V+ RED SWITCHED HOTBLACK (BY OTHERS) V- BLACK Crestron DIN Rail 0-10V Fluorescent Dimmer DIN-4DIMFLV4 100% - 0.1% / 1% LED NEUTRALWHITE Crestron iLux 0-10V Dimmer Expansion Module CLS-EXP-DIMFLV 100% - 0.1% / 1% GREEN DRIVER * NOTE: Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. GND CLASS 2 CONTROL WIRES LINE DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: RELAY (BY OTHERS) NOTES: NEUTRAL Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. DIML6 DIML6 0-10V DIMMING (NO RELAY) 0-10V DIMMING W/RELAY TO SWITCH POWER FIXTURE FIXTURE DIMMER: 0-10V w/ DIMMER: 0-10V POWER SWITCHING (BY OTHERS) (BY OTHERS) LED 0-10V (-)GRAY LED 0-10V (-)GRAY 0-10V (+)PURPLE V+ RED0-10V (+)PURPLE V+ RED SWITCHED HOTBLACK DRIVER LINE SWITCHED HOTBLACK V- BLACK DRIVER V- BLACK NEUTRALWHITE NEUTRALWHITE GREEN GREEN GROUND GND GND CLASS 2 CONTROL WIRES LINE RELAY (BY OTHERS) NEUTRAL NEUTRAL ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 DIML6A, 6B New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 0-10V DIMMING (NO RELAY) All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-6 Revised 05/20/2016 Lighting FIXTURE DIMMER: 0-10V w/ POWER SWITCHING (BY OTHERS) LED TYPE 31 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML7 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML7 LED: EldoLED DALI Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 0.1%) DIML7 DALI CONTROLS DALI BUS DA DA FIXTURE WALL CONTROL (BY OTHERS)LED ORANGE (-) ORANGE/WHITE (+) V+ RED DRIVER BLACK LINE V- BLACK WHITE NEUTRAL GREEN GND ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-7 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 31 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML9 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML9 LED: TRIAC Forward Phase Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 15%) 120V Only DIML9 2 WIRE PHASE DIMMING FIXTURE DIMMER: 2 WIRE PHASE (BY OTHERS) LED V+ RED LINESWITCHED HOTBLACK DRIVER V- BLACK NEUTRALWHITE GROUNDGREEN GND ONLY FOR SWITCHES WITH NEUTRAL NEUTRAL ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-9 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 31 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML10 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML10 LED: ELV Reverse Phase Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 15%) 120V Only DIML10 2 WIRE PHASE DIMMING FIXTURE DIMMER: 2 WIRE PHASE (BY OTHERS) LED V+ RED LINESWITCHED HOTBLACK DRIVER V- BLACK NEUTRALWHITE GROUNDGREEN GND ONLY FOR SWITCHES WITH NEUTRAL NEUTRAL ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-10 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting ® FLATFLEX 3000k TYPE 32 SPECIFICATION FLATFLEX: (6mm) thick and has every component hidden to resemble multitude of design options. Dimming is easy with MODA Dimmable Drivers - choice of MLV or 0-10v dimming. Full line of accessories available, MODA Xtrusions, clips and simple White or Clear Finishes. Supplied in contractor ready 150ft (45.7m) reels. UL listed for use in USA & Canada. Dimensions:Output: Delivered Lumens315.61 lm / ft CCT 3000k 150’ (45.72m) Chromaticity Ordinatesx: 0.4389 y: 0.4094 u: 0.2495 v: 0.5237 3/5” (14mm) Color Bin Tolerance+ 3% / - 3% 92.55 1/5”CRI82 (6mm) 70,000 Hours L70 @ 25°C : 90,000 Hours L50 @ 25°C Lumen Maintenance LED Spacing: 7/10” (17mm) 50,000 Hours L70 @ 50°C : 70,000 Hours L50 @ 50°C Cutting Distance: 4” (100mm) Max Continuous Length: 32’ 9 7/10” (10m) Testing DataLight Data LM-79-08 & LM-80-08 Supplied Length: 150’ (45.72m) Illuminance at a Distance: Electrical: Data Shown for 150º (For lux multiply fc by 10.7) Input Voltage24v DC Center Beam FCBeam Width Power Consumption3.41w (0.14A) - Varies based on length of run & driver 1.7 ft Power Factor 12.36 fc4.5 ft4.5 ft Dimming100-277v 0-10v Magnetic Low Voltage 3.3 ft 3.09 fc9.0 ft9.0 ft EmergencyN/A 5.0 ft 1.37 fc13.5 ft13.5 ft 6.7 ft 0.77 fc17.9 ft17.9 ft Physical: 8.3 ft 0.49 fc22.4 ft22.4 ft 10.0 ft 0.34 fc26.9 ft26.9 ft ApplicationsCove, Kitchen Cabinet, Furniture, Signage Vert. Spread: 106.8ºHoriz. Spread: 106.8º Length 150’ Drum (45.72m) DimensionsWidth 3/5” (14mm) Polar Candela Distribution: Lumens per Zone: Height 1/5” (6mm) Data Shown for 150º Weight14.3 lbs (6.48 Kg) Per Reel ZoneLumens% Total 0-1011.053.50% ConstructionTough Polyepoxide UV Protected Body. 10-2031.5610.00% 20-3047.3415.00% Thermal ManagementN/A 30-4057.4418.20% OpticsN/A 40-5059.9719.00% Fixture ConnectionsPush To Fit Connectors 50-6052.7116.70% 60-7034.4010.90% Operating Temperature-4°F ~ 122°F (-20°C ~ 50°C) 70-8014.204.50% Storage Temperature-40ºF ~ 176ºF (-40ºC ~ 80ºC) 80-904.731.50% Humidity0-95% Non Condensing 90-1001.890.60% Project Name: Notes: VDC2016405 © Copyright 2016 • 955 White Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119 • T: 702 407 7775 • F: 702 407 7773 • www.modalight.com SPECIFICATION TYPE 32 Luminance Data (cd/sq.m):CIE 1931 Chromaticity Diagram: Zonal Lumen Summary: Angle in Average Average Average ZoneLumens% Lamp% Fixt Degrees0-Deg45-Deg90-Deg 0-3089.95N.A.28.50% 45124425126934128063 0-40147.07N.A.46.60% 55119547122563123626 0-60260.06N.A.82.40% 60-9053.65N.A.17.00% 65110282112433113798 0-90313.72N.A.99.40% 75944509642197149 90-1801.89N.A.0.60% 85915869769299600 0-180315.61N.A.100% Spectral Power:Polar Graph: Data Shown for 150º Accessories: LEADER CABLEINLINE CONNECTORJUMPER CABLETERMINATORMOUNTING CLIPFF-XTR-3FT Power Lead for FLATFLEXConnector for FLATFLEXConnector for FLATFLEXTerminator for FLATFLEX (10pcs) Connects FLATFLEX ToConnects Two FLATFLEX Connects Two FLATFLEX and Terminates FLATFLEX To Screws Into Surface To Hold Screws Into Surface To Hold Power SupplyTogetherallows for corner bendsProtect FPCB From DustFLATFLEXFLATFLEX Connector Dim:Connector Dim:Connector Dim:L: 3/5” (17mm) L: 1 1/5” (30mm) L: 3’ (914mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 1/5” (6mm)W: 5/8” (16mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) H: 2/5” (11mm) H: 3/10” (8mm)H: 2/5” (10mm) H: 2/5” (11mm)H: 2/5” (11mm) H: 2/5” (11mm)2 Screws 1/2” (13mm) Finish: Finish:Finish:Finish: B-Black or W-White B-Black or W-WhiteB-Black or W-WhiteB-Black or W-White Options: Product NameFinishColor TempTested to UL & CSA by ETL For Use in USA & CANADA, Complies with California Title 24 Requirements, Lighting Facts. Exceeds ANSI C78.377A, CE & RoHS Compliant. FFB - Black Jacket3000k - Warm White C - Clear Jacket ClassClass 3 W - White Jacket EnvironmentDry Location - IP40 Warranty5 Year Limited Warranty Ordering: Sample SKU: FF-B-3000K-150FT TITLE 5 LOVE 24 THE EARTH RoHS 2013 MODA Products are protected under Worldwide Patents. Minimum order quantity may apply. TYPE 32 24v DRIVERS SPECIFICATION Non DimmingVoltage RangeIP RatingDimension Wattage 8 7/10” x 2 7/10” 1 1/2” MP17 100-277v ACIP67 150w (222mm x 68mm x 39mm) Voltage Range 0-10v DimmingIP RatingDimension Wattage 9 2/5” x 1 7/10” x 1 3/10” MP06 IP66 60w 347v AC (240mm x 43mm x 32mm) 9 2/5” x 1 7/10” x 1 3/10” 100-277v AC MP19N IP66 60w (240mm x 43mm x 32mm) 9 1/2” x 2 3/10” x 1 1/2” MP87 100-277v ACIP66 100w (241mm x 58mm x 37mm) 9 1/2” x 2 3/5” x 1 3/5” MP89 100-277v ACIP66 150w (241mm x 67mm x 40.5mm) Ordering: Sample SKU:MP19N © Copyright 2016 • 955 White Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119 • T: 702 407 7775 • F: 702 407 7773 • www.modalight.com TYPE 33 LINE STANDARD SPECIFICATION SUMMARY Project: Linear backlighting for perimeter illumination. Date: Type: GENERAL Indoor, dry location only Location: 0-40C (32-104F) Operating Temperature: Humidity:90% maximum relative (non-condensing) LINE 2.2” (56mm) or 3.8” (96mm) width Dimensions: Mating plug connectors Connections: Material:Flexible Polyethelene Terephthalate (PET) Finish: Mating plug connector Starter Cable Mechanical fasteners for where holes are provided. Double-sided tape Mounting: can also be used. Operating Voltage: 58VDC ~~ ~ ~ Crimp Connector Safety: No mercury, UV, or IR ~~ ~ Extension Cable Driver in enclosure PHOTOMETRICS Light Output (Im)/ft: 850, 450, 175 Correlated Color Temp. (CCT): 2700K, 3000K, 3500K, 4000K, 5700K Color Rendering Index (CRI):>80 Color Uniformity:Typical 2 SDCM Lumen Maintenance:L80 = 90,000 hr (Based on LM-80 data & TM-21 calculations) Power (W)/ft Light Output (Im)Model 850LINE-STD-96-850-K__-L__6.3 LINE-STD-56-450-K__-L__ 4503.9 LINE-STD-56-175-K__-L__ 1751.4 Distribution: Lambertian Maximum Candela = 99.22 Located At Horizontal Angle = 67.5, Vertical Angle = 1 # 1 - Vertical Plane Through Horizontal Angles (67.5 - 247.5) (Through Max. Cd.) # 2 - Horizontal Cone Through Vertical Angle (1) (Through Max. Cd.) TYPE 33 ORDERING CODES LINESTDKL 1. Product2. Level3. Width4. Flux5. CCT6. Length LINESTD = Standard 56 = 56mm (2.2”)175 = 175lm27 = 2700K288-6336mm 450 = 450lm30 = 3000K 35 = 3500K 40 = 4000K 57 = 5700K LINESTD = Standard 96 = 96mm (3.8”)850 = 850lm27 = 2700K294-4116mm 30 = 3000K 35 = 3500K 40 = 4000K 57 = 5700K Example: LINE-STD-56-450-K30-L1152 ACCESSORIES Mandatory AccessoriesOptional Accessories Class 2 UL Listed LED driver(s): max. 90WExtension Cable(s) DIMENSIONS Cut possible every 14mm (0.6”) (as shown) Cut possible every 72mm (2.8”) ONLY at existing marked locations 56mm Wire 96mm (2.2”) Wire (3.8”) Cut -line marking Available lengths: 288-6336mm (11.3”-294.4”)Available lengths: 294-4116mm (11.6”-16.2”) 5 Year Limited Warranty: Parts and workmanship when used with a Cooledge approved power supply EN 60598 Compliant (as a system) CAS-0004-R01-030516 2/2 Cooledge Lighting Inc. O +1 604 273 2665 Cooledge Lighting reserves the right to change 120-13551 Commerce Parkway F +1 604 273 2660 materials or modify the design of its product Richmond, BC V6V 2L1 CanadaT +1 844 455 4448 W cooledgelighting.comcontinuing product improvement program. TYPE 34 LINE STANDARD SPECIFICATION SUMMARY Project: Linear backlighting for perimeter illumination. Date: Type: GENERAL Indoor, dry location only Location: 0-40C (32-104F) Operating Temperature: Humidity:90% maximum relative (non-condensing) LINE 2.2” (56mm) or 3.8” (96mm) width Dimensions: Mating plug connectors Connections: Material:Flexible Polyethelene Terephthalate (PET) Finish: Mating plug connector Starter Cable Mechanical fasteners for where holes are provided. Double-sided tape Mounting: can also be used. Operating Voltage: 58VDC ~~ ~ ~ Crimp Connector Safety: No mercury, UV, or IR ~~ ~ Extension Cable Driver in enclosure PHOTOMETRICS Light Output (Im)/ft: 850, 450, 175 Correlated Color Temp. (CCT): 2700K, 3000K, 3500K, 4000K, 5700K Color Rendering Index (CRI):>80 Color Uniformity:Typical 2 SDCM Lumen Maintenance:L80 = 90,000 hr (Based on LM-80 data & TM-21 calculations) Power (W)/ft Light Output (Im)Model 850LINE-STD-96-850-K__-L__6.3 LINE-STD-56-450-K__-L__ 4503.9 LINE-STD-56-175-K__-L__ 1751.4 Distribution: Lambertian Maximum Candela = 99.22 Located At Horizontal Angle = 67.5, Vertical Angle = 1 # 1 - Vertical Plane Through Horizontal Angles (67.5 - 247.5) (Through Max. Cd.) # 2 - Horizontal Cone Through Vertical Angle (1) (Through Max. Cd.) TYPE 34 ORDERING CODES LINESTDKL 1. Product2. Level3. Width4. Flux5. CCT6. Length LINESTD = Standard 56 = 56mm (2.2”)175 = 175lm27 = 2700K288-6336mm 450 = 450lm30 = 3000K 35 = 3500K 40 = 4000K 57 = 5700K LINESTD = Standard 96 = 96mm (3.8”)850 = 850lm27 = 2700K294-4116mm 30 = 3000K 35 = 3500K 40 = 4000K 57 = 5700K Example: LINE-STD-56-450-K30-L1152 ACCESSORIES Mandatory AccessoriesOptional Accessories Class 2 UL Listed LED driver(s): max. 90WExtension Cable(s) DIMENSIONS Cut possible every 14mm (0.6”) (as shown) Cut possible every 72mm (2.8”) ONLY at existing marked locations 56mm Wire 96mm (2.2”) Wire (3.8”) Cut -line marking Available lengths: 288-6336mm (11.3”-294.4”)Available lengths: 294-4116mm (11.6”-16.2”) 5 Year Limited Warranty: Parts and workmanship when used with a Cooledge approved power supply EN 60598 Compliant (as a system) CAS-0004-R01-030516 2/2 Cooledge Lighting Inc. O +1 604 273 2665 Cooledge Lighting reserves the right to change 120-13551 Commerce Parkway F +1 604 273 2660 materials or modify the design of its product Richmond, BC V6V 2L1 CanadaT +1 844 455 4448 W cooledgelighting.comcontinuing product improvement program. TYPE 35 LINE STANDARD SPECIFICATION SUMMARY Project: Linear backlighting for perimeter illumination. Date: Type: GENERAL Indoor, dry location only Location: 0-40C (32-104F) Operating Temperature: Humidity:90% maximum relative (non-condensing) LINE 2.2” (56mm) or 3.8” (96mm) width Dimensions: Mating plug connectors Connections: Material:Flexible Polyethelene Terephthalate (PET) Finish: Mating plug connector Starter Cable Mechanical fasteners for where holes are provided. Double-sided tape Mounting: can also be used. Operating Voltage: 58VDC ~~ ~ ~ Crimp Connector Safety: No mercury, UV, or IR ~~ ~ Extension Cable Driver in enclosure PHOTOMETRICS Light Output (Im)/ft: 850, 450, 175 Correlated Color Temp. (CCT): 2700K, 3000K, 3500K, 4000K, 5700K Color Rendering Index (CRI):>80 Color Uniformity:Typical 2 SDCM Lumen Maintenance:L80 = 90,000 hr (Based on LM-80 data & TM-21 calculations) Power (W)/ft Light Output (Im)Model 850LINE-STD-96-850-K__-L__6.3 LINE-STD-56-450-K__-L__ 4503.9 LINE-STD-56-175-K__-L__ 1751.4 Distribution: Lambertian Maximum Candela = 99.22 Located At Horizontal Angle = 67.5, Vertical Angle = 1 # 1 - Vertical Plane Through Horizontal Angles (67.5 - 247.5) (Through Max. Cd.) # 2 - Horizontal Cone Through Vertical Angle (1) (Through Max. Cd.) TYPE 35 ORDERING CODES LINESTDKL 1. Product2. Level3. Width4. Flux5. CCT6. Length LINESTD = Standard 56 = 56mm (2.2”)175 = 175lm27 = 2700K288-6336mm 450 = 450lm30 = 3000K 35 = 3500K 40 = 4000K 57 = 5700K LINESTD = Standard 96 = 96mm (3.8”)850 = 850lm27 = 2700K294-4116mm 30 = 3000K 35 = 3500K 40 = 4000K 57 = 5700K Example: LINE-STD-56-450-K30-L1152 ACCESSORIES Mandatory AccessoriesOptional Accessories Class 2 UL Listed LED driver(s): max. 90WExtension Cable(s) DIMENSIONS Cut possible every 14mm (0.6”) (as shown) Cut possible every 72mm (2.8”) ONLY at existing marked locations 56mm Wire 96mm (2.2”) Wire (3.8”) Cut -line marking Available lengths: 288-6336mm (11.3”-294.4”)Available lengths: 294-4116mm (11.6”-16.2”) 5 Year Limited Warranty: Parts and workmanship when used with a Cooledge approved power supply EN 60598 Compliant (as a system) CAS-0004-R01-030516 2/2 Cooledge Lighting Inc. O +1 604 273 2665 Cooledge Lighting reserves the right to change 120-13551 Commerce Parkway F +1 604 273 2660 materials or modify the design of its product Richmond, BC V6V 2L1 CanadaT +1 844 455 4448 W cooledgelighting.comcontinuing product improvement program. TYPE 36 Catalog Number Notes FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS INTENDED USE Type BLT Series LED it an excellent choice for renovation projects. CONSTRUCTION — BLT enclosure components are die-formed for dimensional consistency and painted after fabrication with a polyester powder paint for improved performance and protection. 2BLT End plates contain easy-to-position integral T-bar clips for securely attaching the luminaire to the T-grid. For additional T-grid security, optional screw on T-bar clips are available. 2' x 4' LED to the luminaire aesthetics. LED boards are accessible from below; driver is accessible from the plenum. OPTICS — Volumetric illumination is achieved by creating an optimal mix of light to walls, partitions and vertical and horizontal work surfaces – rendering the interior space, objects and occupants in a more ELECTRICAL of illumination for extended service life. 80% LED lumen maintenance at 60,000 hours (L80/60,000). 0-10 volt dimming driver. Dims to 10% the Lumen Package designations in the Ordering Information below. Length: 47-3/4 (121.2) Width: 23-3/4 (60.3) Optional integrated nLight®controls make each luminaire addressable - allowing it to digitally communicate Depth: 2-3/8 (6.0) with other nLight enabled controls such as dimmers, switches, occupancy sensors and photocontrols. Simply Depth with Air Option: 2-3/4 (6.9) connect all the nLight enabled control devices and the BLT luminaires using standard Cat-5 cabling. Unique plug-and-play convenience as devices and luminaires automatically discover each other and self-commission. Lumen Management: Unique lumen management system (option N80) provides on board intelligence that actively manages the LED light source so that constant lumen output is maintained over the system life, preventing the energy waste created by the traditional practice of over-lighting. Step-level dimming option allows system to be switched to 50% power for compliance with common energy Driver disconnect provided where required to comply with US and Canadian codes. SENSOR— Integrated sensor (individual control): Sensor Switch MSD7ADCX ((Passive infrared (PIR)) or MSDPDT7ADCX ((PIR/Microphonics Dual Tech (PDT)) integrated occupancy sensor/automatic dimming ADPADSM Curved RibbedCurved Smooth the space. See page 2 for more details on the integrated sensor. Integrated Sensor (nLight Wired Networking): This sensor is nLight-enabled, meaning it has the ability to communicate over an nLight network. When wired, using CAT-5 cabling, with other nLight-enabled sensors, power packs, or WallPods, an nLight control zone is created. Once linked to a Gateway, directly or SDPSDSM 44444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444A See page 2 for the nLight sensor options. Square RibbedSquare Smooth INSTALLATION ceiling systems. Suitable for damp location. 444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444A See Accessories section. LISTINGS www.designlights.org/QPL WARRANTY — 5-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx NOTE: All values are design or typical values, measured under laboratory conditions at 25 °C. LED 2 TYPE 36 2BLT Volumetric Recessed Lighting 2'x4' Example: 2BLT4 40L ADP EZ1 LP840 ORDERING INFORMATION Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative. 2BLT4 1 SeriesAir functionLumensVoltageDriverColor temperature 2BLT42x4 BLT(blank)Static Standard High ADPCurved, linear prisms(blank)MVOLTEZ1eldoLED dims to LP83082CRI, 3000 K 1% (0-10 volt AAir ADSMCurved, smooth120120VLP83582CRI, 3500 K (>100 LPW)(>130 LPW)dimming) supply/ SDPSquare, linear prisms277277VLP84082CRI, 4000 K return30L300040LHE4000SLDStep-level 4 SDSMSquare, smooth347347VLP85082CRI, 5000 K 5 dimming 40L400048LHE4800 LP93090CRI, 3000K LE1Lutron Ecosystem 48L480060LHE6000 6 driver dims to 1% ADPTCurved, linear prismsLP93590CRI, 3500K 60L600072LHE7200 ADSMTCurved, smoothLP94090CRI, 4000K 72L720085LHE8500 SDPTSquare, linear prismsLP95090CRI, 5000K SDSMTSquare, smooth 8 ControlsOccupancy controlOptions 11 (blank)No nLight®(blank)No sensor control Individual Control EL7L700 lumen battery pack N80nLight® with 80% lumen nLight Wired Networking MSD7ADCXPIR integral occupancy 11 EL14L1400 lumen battery pack managementsensor with automatic NES7nLight™ nES 7 PIR integral 12 CPChicago plenum dimming control 9 N80EMGnLight® with 80% lumen occupancy sensor 5,10 photocell 13 BGTDBodine Generator Transfer Device management For use with NESPDT7nLight™ nES PDT 7 dual 7 generator supply EM powerMSDPDT7ADCXPDT integral occupancy PWS18366’ pre-wire, 3/8” diameter, 18 gauge, 1 circuit technology integral occupancy sensor with automatic 9 N100nLight® without lumen control PWS18466’ pre-wire, 3/8” diameter, 18 gauge, 2 circuit dimming control management NES7ADCXnLight™ nES 7 ADCX PIR 5,10 photocell PWS1846 PWSLVTwo cables: one 6' pre-wire, 3/8” diameter, N100EMGnLight® without lumen integral occupancy sensor 18 gauge, 2 circuits; one 6' pre-wire, 3/8” management For use with with automatic dimming 14 diameter, 18 gauge, purple and gray 79 generator supply EM powerphotocell PWS1856LV6’ pre-wire, 3/8” diameter, 18 gauge, 1 circuit NESPDT7ADCXnLight™ nES PDT 7 dual 14 w/low voltage purple and grey wires technology integral occupancy 15 GLRFast-blowing fuse sensor with automatic 9 dimming photocell 15 GMFSlow-blowing fuse NPLTNarrow pallet 16 RRL_RELOC®-ready luminaire LATCEarthquake clip DWAMAnti-Microbial paint Accessories next page Stock/MTOCatalog Description *UPCLumensWattageLPWColor TemperatureVoltagePallet Qty Stock 2BLT4 40L ADP LP835008898044719533945341163500K/82 CRI120-27726 2BLT4 40L ADP LP840008898044882654032341184000K/82CRI120-27726 2BLT4 46L ADP LP83500889804541403452038.341183500K/82 CRI120-27726 2BLT4 46L ADP LP84000889804541533462038.341204000K/82CRI120-27726 2BLT4 40L ADP EL14L LP835008898046201083945341163500K/82 CRI120-27726 2BLT4 40L ADP EL14L LP840008898046201154032341184000K/82 CRI120-27726 2BLT4 46L ADP EL14L LP83500889804620112452038.341183500K/82 CRI120-27726 2BLT4 46L ADP EL14L LP84000889804620153462038.341204000K/82 CRI120-27726 MTO2BLT4 40L ADP 347 LP835008898045694523945341163500K/82 CRI34726 2BLT4 40L ADP 347 LP840008898045694694032341184000K/82CRI34726 2BLT4 46L ADP 347 LP83500889804569476452038.341183500K/82 CRI34726 2BLT4 46L ADP 347 LP84000889804569490462038.341204000K/82CRI34726 *0-10V Dimming to 10%. Notes 8 1 Approximate lumen output. 9 Requires N80, N80EMG, N100, or N100EMG. 2 All versions may not achieve 130+ LPW. Refer to photometry on www.acuitybrands.com. 10 Only available with EZ1 driver option. 0-10v dimming wires not accessible via access plate. 3 rings.11 When using pre-wire option, use PWS1846 or PWS1846 PWSLV. 4 Not available with SLD driver, EL7L or EL14L battery packs.12 Not available with N80, N80EMG, N100 or N100EMG. 5 Not available with N80, N80EMG, N100, N100EMG or occupancy control.13 14 Not available with nLIGHT wired network or individual controls. 6 Not available with controls, occupancy controls, or PWS options. Consult factory for Hi-Lume dimming. 15 Must specify voltage, 120 or 277 with GLR & GMF fusing and BGTD. 7 nLight EMG option requires a connection to existing nLight network. Power is provided from a separate 16 For ordering logic consult: RRL_2013. LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2016 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 06/28/16 TYPE 36 2BLT Volumetric Recessed Lighting 2'x4' Accessories: Order as separate catalog number.nLight® Control Accessories: Order as separate catalog number. Visit www.acuitybrands.com/products/controls/nlight. DGA24 WallPod stationsModel numberOccupancy sensorsModel number nPODM \[color\]Small motion 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech)nCM 9 RJB / nCM PDT 9 RJB nPODM DX \[color\]Large motion 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech)nCM10 RJB / nCM PDT 10 RJB Graphic touchscreennPOD GFX \[color\]Wall switch with raise/lowernWSX PDT LV DX \[color\] Photocell controlsModel numberCat-5 cable (plenum rated)Model number Full range dimmingnCM ADCX RJB10' cableCAT5 10FT J1 30' cableCAT5 30FT J1 Replacement Parts: Order as separate catalog number. *237LKE2DBLT48 ADP LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens (light traps included) *237LKL2DBLT48 SDP LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens (light traps included) *237LL22DBLT48 ADSM LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens (light traps included) *237LLA2DBLT48 SDSM LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens (light traps included) *237LT2 2DBLT48 ADPT LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237LT4 2DBLT48 SDPT LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237LT62DBLT48 ADSMT LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237LT82DBLT48 SDSMT LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237LTA2DBLT48 ADPT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237M522DBLT48 SDPT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237M5A2DBLT48 ADSMT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237M5L2DBLT48 SDSMT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY 4 ft. replacement lens (trims included) LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2016 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 06/28/16 TYPE 36 Volumetric Recessed Lighting 2'x4' 2BLT Sensor Options Occupancy Sensing Automatic nLight Wired Option Dimming PhotocellNetworking PIRPDT MSD7ADCXXX MSDPDT7ADCXXX NES7XX NES7ADCXXXX NESPDT7XX NESPDT7ADCXXXX Basic nLight Zone Integrated Sensor with Individual Control nLight Wired Networking The MSD7ADCX PIR occupancy sensor/automatic dimming photocell is ideal for areas without The nES 7 is ideal for small rooms without obstructions or areas with primarily walking obstructions and where daylight harvesting may be desired. Suggested applications include, but not motion. Ideal areas include hallways, corridors, storage rooms, and breakrooms. limited to, hallways, corridors, storage rooms, and breakrooms or other areas where people are typically Additionally, the NES7ADCX includes an integrated photocell, which enables daylight moving. harvesting controls. The MSDPDT7ADCX PIR/Microphonics Dual Tech occupancy sensor/automatic dimming photocell is ideal for areas with obstructions and where daylight harvesting is desired. Suggested applications include, but with obstructions, the nES PDT 7 dual technology sensor is recommended. The nES PDT 7 utilizes both PIR (passive infrared) and Microphonics technologies to detect occupancy. Additionally, the NESPDT7ADCX includes an integrated photocell, which enables daylight harvesting controls which is ideal for areas where windows are present. Sequence of OperationSequence of Operation MOTIONNO MOTIONMOTIONMOTIONNO MOTIONMOTION MAXMAX OccupantsRoom Sensor OccupantsRoom Sensor Detected In UnoccupiedDetects Detected In UnoccupiedDetects The SpaceMotionThe SpaceMotion MINMIN LIGHTS ON17.5 MIN2.5 MIN ATLIGHTS OFFLIGHTS ONLIGHTS ON7.5 MIN2.5 MIN ATLIGHTS OFFLIGHTS ON TIME DELAYA 1% LEVELTIME DELAYA 1% LEVEL *The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc. Sensor Coverage Pattern 9 FT Mounting Mini 360° Lens 5.518 Recommended for walking motion detection from mounting heights between 8 ft (2.44 m) and 20 ft (6.10 m) • 4.615 Initial detection of walking motion along sensor axes at distances of 2x the mounting height up to 15 ft (4.57 m) and •3.712 1.75x up to 20 ft (6.10 m).2.79 • 1.86 Provides 12 ft (3.66 m) radial detection of small motion when mounted at 9 ft (2.74 m) • 0.93 • 0 m0 ft 0.93 1.86 2.79 3.712 4.615 5.518 LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2016 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 06/28/16 TYPE 36 2BLT Volumetric Recessed Lighting 2'x4' PHOTOMETRICS 2BLT4 40L ADP LP835, 3945 delivered lumens, test no. LTL28918P37, tested in accordance to IESNA LM-79 2BLT4 48L ADP LP835, 5121 delivered lumens, test no. LTL28918P41, tested in accordance to IESNA LM-79 Constant Lumen Management Performance DataHE Performance Data Enabled by the embedded nLight control, the BLT actively tracks its Lumen PackageLumensInput WattsLPW Lumen PackageLumensInput WattsLPW run-time and manages its light source such that constant lumen 30L ADP LP830328630110 output is maintained over the system life. Referred to as lumen 48LHE ADP LP830465536127 30L ADP LP835337130113 management, this feature eliminates the energy waste created by 48LHE ADP LP835477536130 30L ADP LP840344530115 the traditional practice of over-lighting. 48LHE ADP LP840488036133 30L ADP LP850361430121 40L ADP LP830384634113 48LHE ADP LP850512136139 Without LumenManagement 40L ADP LP835394534116 60LHE ADP LP830547342129 Energy is wasted and light level is inconsistent. 40L ADP LP840403234118 60LHE ADP LP835561442132 40L ADP LP850423034124 100%34W 60LHE ADP LP840573842135 48L ADP LP830499345111 POWER INPUT 48L ADP LP835512145114 60LHE ADP LP850602042142 48L ADP LP840523445116 72LHE ADP LP830680552130 48L ADP LP850549245122 LIGHT 72LHE ADP LP835698152133 60L ADP LP830601453114 OUTPUT 72LHE ADP LP840713552136 60L ADP LP835616953117 Wasted Energy 60L ADP LP840630553119 72LHE ADP LP850748652143 60L ADP LP850661553125 80%27W 85LHE ADP LP830818964127. 01020304050 72L ADP LP830738867110 THOUSAND OPERATING HOURS 85LHE ADP LP835840064131 72L ADP LP835757967113 85LHE ADP LP8408585.64134 72L ADP LP840774667115 WithLumen Management 72L ADP LP850812767121 85LHE ADP LP850900864140 Energy is saved and light level remains consistent. AIR 30L ADP LP830307530103 AIR 30L ADP LP835313830105 100%34W MOUNTING DATA AIR 30L ADP LP840322330108 Saved Energy AIR 30L ADP LP850325030108 Ceiling TypeAppropriate POWER AIR 40L ADP LP830359934105 INPUT Trim Type AIR 40L ADP LP835367334108 AIR 40L ADP LP840377234110 Exposed grid tee AIR 40L ADP LP850380434111 (1’ and 9/16”)G AIR 48L ADP LP830467245104 LIGHT OUTPUT 80%27W AIR 48L ADP LP835489745109Concealed grid teeG 01020304050 THOUSAND OPERATING HOURS AIR 48L ADP LP840489745109 Plaster or plasterboard G* AIR 48L ADP LP850493945110 AIR 60L ADP LP830562853106 9/1615/16Screw Slot AIR 60L ADP LP835574353108 AIR 60L ADP LP840589953111 AIR 60L ADP LP850594953112 AIR 72L ADP LP830691467103 AIR 72L ADP LP835705567105 AIR 72L ADP LP840724767108 for plaster or plasterboard ceiling. Recommended rough-in dimensions for AIR 72L ADP LP850730967109 DGA installation is 24-3/4" x 48-3/4" (Tolerance is +1/8", -0”). LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2016 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 06/28/16 TYPE 37 Metalux DESCRIPTION Type Catalog # SNLED Lensed is a narrow LED lensed striplight series. This high quality luminaire is dedicated to the latest solid state lighting and electronic Project Lensed product is available with three different lens types. Date Comments The small size of the SNLED makes it an ideal choice for size restricted architectural applications. The SNLED Series can be the illumination Prepared by solution in commercial, industrial, retail and residential applications. Fixtures can be used in storage/utility areas, coves, display cases, shops, task and general area lighting. SPECIFICATION FEATURES to meet critical life-safety lighting ConstructionShielding Offers three different lensed optical Channel is die formed cold rolled requirements. The 90-minute steel with numerous KOs for ease batteries provide constant power distributions. (LC) Clear with linear of installation. Groove for Tong to the LED system, ensuring code-optical ribs. (LN) Semi-frost for Hanger. End plate quickly converts compliance. A test switch/indicator narrow distribution. (LW) Full frost to snap-in channel connector button can be tested safely from for wide distribution. for continuous row alignment. the ground using a laser pointer, Installation Channel/wireway cover secured while the patented EZ Key prevents Fixture may be surface, pendant, with sheet metal screws.accidental discharge of the battery or stem mounted. See accessories during construction. See ordering below in ordering information. information for details. Controls Equipped standard with a 0-10V Compliance continuous dimming driver that Finish SNLED LENSED Components are UL recognized. works with any standard 0-10V Multistage iron phosphate LED Indoor luminaires are cULus listed control/dimmer. Dimming range pretreatment ensures maximum for 40° C ambient environments, is 10% to 100%; varies by control bonding and rust inhibitor. High RoHS compliant, device. Combine with energy- and comply with IESNA saving products like occupancy LM-79. LEDs comply with LM-80 sensors, day lighting controls, and standard. Lensed LED Striplight standards. DesignLights lighting relay panels to maximize energy savings. For motion control, Channel/Wireway Cover reference options for both end and Die formed heavy gauge steel. Products List under Family Models middle of the row applications. for details. Electrical 2-11/16" Warranty Long-Life LED system coupled \[68mm\] Five-year warranty. with electronic (120-277V) driver to deliver optimal lighting performance. LED’s available in 3000K, 3500K, 4000K, or 5000K temperatures are available. Projected life is 60,000 hours at 3-11/16" 3-7/8" 70% lumen output. This driver is \[95mm\] \[98mm\] 0-10V dimming standard. Emergency Battery Pack Option Optional 120v-277v integral emergency battery pack is available in 7-watts or 14-watts 3" \[77mm\] MOUNTING DATA 2' Ceiling Stand-offHole for Embossments Toggle 3" \[77mm\] 14" \[355mm\] K.O (2) 2-1/2" \[64mm\] 7/8" \[22mm\] 24" \[609mm\] 4' K.O (3) Ceiling Stand-offHole for 7/8" \[22mm\] EmbossmentsToggle 3" \[77mm\] 2-1/2" 38" \[965mm\] \[64mm\] 48" \[1219mm\] 8' 2-1/2" Ceiling Stand-off \[64mm\] Embossments 3" \[77mm\] Hole for 26-3/4" \[680mm\] K.O (2) Toggle 7/8" \[22mm\] 5" \[127mm\] 96" \[2437mm\] Safe and convenient means of disconnecting power PS519008EN 201- SNLED LENSED TYPE 37 WATTAGE Stock* / Lumen Nominal SNLED TypeLengthCatalog LogicWattagelm/W MTOTypeLumens Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-18SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U190717.13105 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-22SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U232521.7101 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-26SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U271223.18112 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-18SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U203816.21111 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-22SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U230118.37120 Clear Lens (LC)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-26SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U268821.68120 Clear Lens (LC)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-30SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U306125.07120 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-34SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U343128.43120 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-37SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U382232.32114 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-41SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U423336.64112 Clear Lens (LC)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-46SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U461541.03112 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-49SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U499445.66107 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-52SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U535750.15104 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-56SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U571456.399 Clear Lens (LC)MTOHigh4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-60HL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U611550.71118 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-60SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U612250.14120 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-68SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U686356.86120 Clear Lens (LC)StockStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-75SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U764364.64116 Clear Lens (LC)StockStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-83SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U846673.28113 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-90SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U923082.06110 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-98SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U998891.32107 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-105SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U10714100.3105 Stock* / Lumen Nominal SNLED TypeLengthCatalog LogicWattagelm/W MTOTypeLumens Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-18SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U190117105 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-22SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U231822101 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-26SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U270423116 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-18SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U203216111 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-22SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U229418120 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-26SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U268022120 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-30SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U305225120 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-34SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U342128120 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-37SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U381032114 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-41SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U422037112 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-46SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U460141112 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-49SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U497946107 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-53SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U534150106 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-56SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U56975699 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOHigh4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-60HL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U609651118 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-60SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U610350120 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-68SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U684257120 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)StockStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-75SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U762065116 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)StockStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-83SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U844173113 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-91SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U920282111 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-98SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U995891107 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-106SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U10681100106 Eaton 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 PS519008EN P: 770-486-4800dimensions subject to 201- www.eaton.com/lightingchange without notice. SNLED LENSED TYPE 37 WATTAGE Stock* / Lumen Nominal SNLED TypeLengthCatalog LogicWattagelm/W MTOTypeLumens Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-16SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U170217.1399 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-20SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U207521.792 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-23SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U242123.18104 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-16SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U181916.21111 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-20SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U205418.37109 Full Frost Lens (LW)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-23SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U239921.68111 Full Frost Lens (LW)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-27SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U273225.07108 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-30SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U306228.43106 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-33SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U341132.32105 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-37SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U377836.64101 Full Frost Lens (LW)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-41SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U411941.03100 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-44SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U445745.6696 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-47SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U478150.1594 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-50SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U510056.389 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOHigh4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-54HL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U545850.71106 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-54SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U546450.14108 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-61SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U612556.86107 Full Frost Lens (LW)StockStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-67SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U682264.64104 Full Frost Lens (LW)StockStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-74SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U755673.28101 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-81SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U823882.0699 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-88SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U891591.3296 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-95SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U9562100.395 * Stocked in either 3500K or 4000K PHOTOMETRICS LUMEN MAINTENANCE TM-21 LumenTheoretical Ambient MaintenanceL70 Temperature (12,000 hours)(Hours) 25°C92.55%303,000 Max Ambient temp in compliance with CSA: 40°C Eaton 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 PS519008EN P: 770-486-4800dimensions subject to 201- www.eaton.com/lightingchange without notice. SNLED LENSED TYPE 37 ORDERING INFORMATION SAMPLE NUMBER: 4SNLED-LD4-46SL-LN-UNV-L835-CD1-U Driver Type Packaging 2=2' Length Optic CD=0-10V Dimming Driver 4=4' Length LC=Clear Lens U=Unit Pack (10% - 100% Dimming) 8T=8' Length LN=Semi-Frost Lens - Narrow HCD=0-10V Dimming Driver LW=Full Frost Lens - Wide (1% - 100% Dimming) (13) Series SD=Step-dim (Bi Level) (4, 11) SNLED=Commercial Voltage 5LTD=Fifth Light (DALI) LED Striplight (10) UNV=Universal Voltage 120-277 (4, 6, 11) Driver 347=347V 480=480V (4) Lamp Type Number of Drivers LD4=LED 4.0 1=1 Driver Options 2=2 Drivers Emergency LED Lumens Output (2) EL7W=7-watt, 120V-277V emergency battery Stocked LumenStocked LumenStocked Lumen pack installed (7), (4) (9)(9)(9) Packages - LC Packages - LN Packages - LW EL14W=14-watt 120V-277V emergency battery (8)(8)(8) 26SL=2600 26SL=2600 23SL=2300 ACCESSORIES pack installed (7), (4) 30SL=3000 30SL=3000 27SL=2700 (Order Separately) GTD2=Bodine Generator Transfer Device (15) 46SL=4600 32HL=3200 41SL=4100 AYC-Chain/Set=36" Chain Hanger ETS2=IOTA Emergency Transfer Switch (15) 75SL=7500 46SL=4600 67SL=6700 83SL=8300 75SL=7500 74SL=7400 Wiring SCF=Fixed Stem Set (Specify Length) 83SL=8300 PI/CPI=Plug-in Option MTO LumenMTO Lumen SCS=Swivel Stem Set (Specify Length) Motion Sensors Packages - LCMTO LumenPackages - LW SCA=Adjustable 48" Stem Set 18SL=1800(8)Packages - LN16SL=1600(8) EYE CHAIN SET/3FT=Eye Bolt Chain LB-ERMS360=360° Low Bay Motion Sensor - 22SL=2200(8)18SL=1800(8)20SL=2000(8) End of Row 34SL=3400 22SL=2200(8)30SL=3000 WG/SNF-2FT=2' Wire Guard LB-MRMS360=360° Low Bay Motion Sensor - 37SL=3700 34SL=3400 33SL=3300 WG/SNF-4FT=4' Wire Guard Middle of Row 41SL=4100 37SL=3700 37SL=3700 A1B/Spacer-U=Spacer 1-1/2" to 2-1/2" from ceiling HB-ERMS360=360° High Bay Motion Sensor - 49SL=4900 41SL=4100 44SL=4400 (5) End of Row 52SL=5200 49SL=4900 47SL=4700 TOGGLE=Single Toggle No. 2 (Specify Length) HB-MRMS360=360° High Bay Motion Sensor - 56SL=5600 53SL=5300 50SL=5000 (5)Y-TOGGLE=Y Toggle No. 2 (Specify Length) Middle of Row 60SL=6000 56SL=5600 54SL=5400 CCT 60HL=6000(1)60SL=6000 54HL=5400(1) L830=3000K 68SL=6800 60HL=6000(1)61SL=6100 L835=3500K 90SL=9000(3)68SL=6800 81SL=8100(3) L840=4000K 98SL=9800(3)91SL=9100(3)88SL=8800(3) L850=5000K 105SL=10,500(3)98SL=9800(3)95SL=9500(3) 130HL=13,000(3), (14)106SL=10,600(3) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) NOTES: 4 ft. only. Nominal lumen values. Two drivers required. 4 ft. and 8 ft. only. Motion Sensor offers dimmability. For a complete listing of Fifth Light products, visit www.eaton.com/lightingsyst ems With by the wattage of the emergency battery pack (100 lm/W x 7=700 lumens). (8) (9) (10) IES-format photometry for luminaire under emergency operation available. 2 ft. and 4 ft. only. Stocked by mid April 2015. (11)(12)(13)(14) packages), refer to www.designlights.org for details. 3700 lumen and above. Step dimming not available. HCD driver option not available with 6100, 6700, 7400, 7500 and 8300 lumen packages. Not (15) currently listed on DLC QPL. equired to ensure control is disabled while operating under emergency power. formation. SHIPPING DATA Length. Wt. 2 ft. 4.3 lbs. 4 ft. 8.2 lbs. 8 ft. 15.1 lbs. Eaton 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 PS519008EN P: 770-486-4800dimensions subject to 201- www.eaton.com/lightingchange without notice. TYPE 38 Project NameDate Catalog NumberType LED Direct Architectural Round / - CONSTRUCTION Recessed Electronic, 120 to 277 volt input and 36V output. 0-10 volt dimming. Must specify 1D for dimming in the ELECTRICAL circuiting options of the part number. LED LENS Fina is designed to install into acoustical grid and inaccessible ceiling. Specify G in the mounting section MOUNTING of the part number for grid ceilings. Specify FL, NF, or SF for inaccessible ceilings. Consult factory for detailed instal- lation instructions. FINISH WARRANTY IC Rated, UL and cUL Listed, approved for dry/damp location unless otherwise noted. LABELS Year LED 4-7/8” Warranty (123.8mm) Dimension A 24” or 48” (609.6mm)(1219.2mm) Regress Convex (CR)Regress Satine (AR) Dimension AF18F24F36F48 Convex (C)Satine (A)Concave (V) G, FL Mount19” 22-15/16” 34-15/16” 46-15/16” (482.6mm)(582.6mm)(864.5mm)(1192.2mm) NF Mount18” 21-15/16” 33-15/16” 45-15/16” (457.2mm)(557.2mm)(862.1mm)(1143.9mm) Lowered Convex (CL)Lowered Satine (AL)Lowered Concave (VL) LUMINAIRE SPECIFICATION F24-A-35-G-120-1C-W Sample Catalog #: F__-__-____-___-___-__-__-____ HOUSING 1 MOUNTINGVOLTAGECIRCUITINGFINISHOPTIONS SHIELDINGCOLOR/LUMENS Matte White W- Fina 18” 120 V F18-27K Color Temperature Lumen Options 120- Metallic Silver S- diameterSee Back for delivered lumens277 V 27- 277- Textured Black BL- See Back for delivered lumens347 V 5 27HO- 347- Fina 24” F24- Bronze BR- UNV UNV- diameter 30K Color Temperature Lumen Options Custom Color CC- (120-277) See Back for delivered lumens Fina 36” 30- F36- See Back for delivered lumens diameter 30HO- Single Circuit Fina 48” 1C- F48- 35K Color Temperature Lumen Options Single Circuit Dimming diameter 1D- See Back for delivered lumens 35- Single Circuit with Battery Pack 5,6 1B- See Back for delivered lumens 35HO- Single Circuit Emergency 7 1E- 40K Color Temperature Lumen Options Satine Lens A- Regress Satine LensSee Back for delivered lumens AR-40- Chicago Plenum CP- Lowered Satine LensSee Back for delivered lumens AL-40HO- 6’ Flex Whip FW6- Concave Lens V- 12’ Flex Whip FW12- 2 RGB LED Options Acoustical Grid Ceiling Lowered Concave Lens VL- Fusing GLR- RGB LED with DMX Module RGBX- Grid Ceiling with 3/4” G- Convex Lens C- Antimicrobial Paint AM- (19.1mm) Trim 4 3 Dual LED Options (White LED & RGB to be on separate circuits) Regress Convex Lens CR- Step Switching 8 SW- Dual White LED with RGB-DMX Module D____X- Lowered Convex Lens CL- Inaccessible Ceiling FL- Standard 3/4” (19.1mm) Flange Custom Output NF- Flangeless with 1/4” (6.4mm) Trim Specify color temp. and lumens CL_____- (i.e. CL354000) Spackle Flange SF- Specify color temp. and wattage CW____- (i.e. CW4060) (Specify lumens/watts between standard offering listed on back 12 Osram/Sylvania Color Changing RGB LED and components are for accent or decorative lighting and does not provide room illumination. See back page for more information. 3 Dual LED option is both white LED and RGB LED. White LED and RGB to be on separate circuits. Use “____” in the part number to specify the lumen package for the “white” LEDs only, i.e. D35HOS. See back page for more information. 4 Grid mounting option 5 347 volt not available with battery pack. 6 supplied by others. 78 Step switching available on 36” and 48” only. Pinnacle Architectural Lighting 12655 East 42nd Avenue, Suite 50 Denver, CO 80239 Phone 303.322.5570 Fax 303.322.5568 www.pinnacle-ltg.com © 2015 Pinnacle Architectural Lighting® October 2015 TYPE 38 PHOTOMETRY FINA RECESSED 963181744766940 723136333575205 48290822383470 24145411191735 Test#: ITL80341-RevBTest#: ITL80343-RevBTest#: ITL80423-RevBTest#: ITL80427-RevB Part #: F18A-40HOPart #: F24A-40HOPart #: F36A-40HOPart #: F48A-40HO Lumens per watt: 72Lumens per watt: 68Lumens per watt: 71Lumens per watt: 76 Total Delivered Lumens: 2,755Total Delivered Lumens: 5,199Total Delivered Lumens: 13,001Total Delivered Lumens: 20,244 DELIVERED LUMENS Color Temperature / Lumens F18F24F36F48 LumensWattsLumensWattsLumensWattsLumensWatts 27 1,352 lm22W2,568 lm44W4,609 lm72W8,964 lm151W 27HO 2,112 lm38W3,983 lm76W9,972 lm183W15,528 lm267W 30 1,647 lm22W3,127 lm44W5,606 lm72W10,904 lm151W 30HO 2,571 lm38W4,850 lm76W12,130 lm183W18,888 lm267W 35 1,720 lm22W3,267 lm44W5,858 lm72W11,394 lm151W 35HO 2,686 lm38W5,067 lm76W12,676 lm183W19,738 lm267W 40 1,765 lm22W3,352 lm44W6,008 lm72W11,686 lm151W 40HO 2,756 lm38W5,199 lm76W13,001 lm183W20,244 lm267W MODULESMOUNTING DETAILS Acoustical Grid Detail GGG 19” (482.6mm) 1/2” of 24” (609.6mm) Adjustment 22-15/16” (582.6mm) 1” Grid: 9/16” Grid:Screw Slot Grid:Recessed box allows for 1/2” of 24” Specify G in part # Specify G in part #Specify G in part # (609.6mm) adjustability to accommodate a variety of grid ceiling types. Inaccessible Ceiling Detail NF FLSF 34-15/16” (864.5mm) 48” (1219.2mm) 46-15/16” (1192.2mm) 48” Exposed Flanged:Metal Pan or Millwork:Drywall, Flangeless: (1219.2mm) Specify FL in part #Specify NF in part #Specify SF in part # COLOR CHANGING LED RGB LED is ideal for accent or decorative lighting and uses a Red, Green and Blue LED multi chip for color mixing. APPLICATION: RGB LED flexible linear strips are installed on the perimeter of the fixture housing and wired to a DMX interface TECHNICAL: that leaves factory with 3 bare wires for field connection. (DMX+, DMX-, and DMX GND.) 75w max wattage electronic driver. Wattage is 27.5w (18”), 33.0w (24”), 49.5w (36”) and 66w (48”). ELECTRICAL: UL and cUL Listed, approved for dry/damp location unless otherwise noted. LABELS: Specify RGBX in the color/lumens section of the part number. ORDERING INFORMATION: Sample Catalog #: F24B-A-40-RGBX-SF-120-1C-W. Provides digital compatibility for integrating RGB color with 3 channel dimming and control with a DMX RGB with DMX: system or controller using DMX-512 or DMX-512A protocol. Pinnacle Architectural Lighting 12655 East 42nd Avenue, Suite 50 Denver, CO 80239 Phone 303.322.5570 Fax 303.322.5568 www.pinnacle-ltg.com © 2015 Pinnacle Architectural Lighting® October 2015 TYPE 39 ACL CURTAIN™ SKU# ACL035 The new ACL CURTAIN™ is a versatile batten luminaire featuring (14) individual 15W RGBW 4-in-1 LEDs and the new advanced collimator optic lens producing a laser- like homogenized 4° color-changing beam from each lens which combined produce a 53° beam angle. Features include full individual pixel control, strobe, and selectable dimming curve effects, DMX, RDM (Remote Device Management), KlingNET™ and Art-NET support, 3/5pin XLR, powerCON, and RJ45 ethernet in/out connections, (4) button control full color 180° reversible menu display, 135W max power consumption, a multi-voltage universal auto switching power supply (100-240v), and included glare shield and frost filter. FEATURES Versatile 53° Beam Bar Luminaire New Advanced Collimator Optic Lens (14) Pixel Controlled 15W RGBW 4-in-1 LEDs Laser-Like Homogenized 4° Color Changing Beams Strobe and Selectable Dimming Curve EffectsGlare Shield + Frost Filter Installed DMX, KlingNET™ and Art-NET (DMX Over Ethernet) Flicker Free Operation for Broadcast TV and FILM Glare Shield and Frost Filter Included Specifications are subject to change without notice ©Elation Professional 09/30/15 Elation Professional USA | 6122 S. Eastern Ave. | Los Angeles, CA. 90040 Elation Professional B.V. | Junostraat 2 | 6468 EW Kerkrade, Netherlands 323-582-3322 | 323-832-9142 fax | www.elationlighting.com | info@elationlighting.com +31 45 546 85 66 | +31 45 546 85 96 fax | www.elationlighting.eu | info@elationlighting.eu II ELATION ACL CURTAIN™ www.elationlighting.com specifications TYPE 39 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PHOTOMETRIC DATA SOURCE (14) 15W RGBW 4-in-1 LEDs 100,000 Hour Average LED Life* *LED Life may vary depending on several factors including but not limited to: Environmental Conditions, Power/Voltage, Usage Patterns (On-Off Cycling), Control and Dimming. 53° Beam PHOTOMETRIC DATA ( Full ON) 53° 62° Field 46,740 LUX 4,342 FC @3.3’ (1m) 20,890 LUX 1,941 FC @6.6’ (2m) 1m 2m 13,520 LUX 1,256 FC @9.8’ (3m) 3m 4m 9,717 LUX 903 FC @13.1’ (4m) 5m 7,664 LUX 712 FC @16.4’ (5m) EFFECTS 1 m3.3 ft2 m6.6 ft3 m9.8 ft4 m13.1 ft5 m16.4 ft Individual Pixel Control 53° Beam Diameter Strobe and Selectable Dimming Curves 62° Field Diameter COLOR luxfcluxfcluxfcluxfcluxfc RGBW RED LEDs CONTROL / CONNECTIONS GREEN LEDs (11) DMX Channel Modes: BLUE LEDs (1CH:04 / 2CH:04 / 6 /1CH:08 / 2CH:08 / 10 / 12 / 56 / 58 / 60 / 63) WHITE LEDs RDM (Remote Device Management) FULL ON 4 Button Touch Control Panel Full Color 180° Reversible LCD Menu Display DIMENSIONAL DIAGRAMS 3pin/5pin DMX In/Out RJ45 Ethernet In/Out (KlingNET™ / Art-NET) powerCON Power In/Out SIZE / WEIGHT Length: 43.3” (1100mm) Width: 9.5” (241.2mm) (Glare Shield Installed) Vertical Height: 6.8” (172.5mm) Weight: 24.0 lbs. (10.9 kg) ELECTRICAL / THERMAL AC 100-240V - 50/60Hz 240W Max Power Consumption Power Linking: 4pcs Max @110V / 9pcs Max @240V 5F to 113°F (-15°C to 45°C) APPROVALS / RATINGS CE | IP30 INSTALLATION Rigging: Clamps (Not Included) Working Position: Any (360°) INCLUDED ITEMS powerCON Cable Glare Shiled No Glare Shield Glare Shield Installed Frost Filter OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES ORDER CODEITEM TRIGGER CLAMP Heavy Duty Wrap Around Hook Style Clamp EWDMXSYSTEM Wireless DMX System (1 Transmitter, 1 Receiver) PLC3 3’ (1m) PowerCON PRO Link Cable CAT6PRO5 5’ (1.5m) CAT6 EtherCON Cable AC5PDMX5PRO 5 ft. (1.5m) 5pin PRO DMX Cable Additional cable lengths available Specifications are subject to change without notice ©Elation Professional 09/30/15 Elation Professional USA | 6122 S. Eastern Ave. | Los Angeles, CA. 90040 Elation Professional B.V. | Junostraat 2 | 6468 EW Kerkrade, Netherlands 323-582-3322 | 323-832-9142 fax | www.elationlighting.com | info@elationlighting.com +31 45 546 85 66 | +31 45 546 85 96 fax | www.elationlighting.eu | info@elationlighting.eu TYPE 40 TYPE 41 FINELITE r s 10 10 YearYear LED Warranty 90 Wall to Ceiling TYPE 41 FINELITE 361 721 1082 1442 TYPE 41 FINELITE 4" 6" All-Thread location for securing to structure 1" T-bar1/2" T-bar Endcap forEndcap for Recessed Recessed Independent Independent Recessed Flange Housing Recessed Flange Housing Body & Lens = 46 7/8" Body & Lens = 46 7/8" 4 ft. Grid 4 ft. Grid (without Endcap) (without Endcap) T-Bar End T-Bar End Flange Flange 48" Center to Center 48" Center to Center 1/2" Screw Slot Endcap for Recessed Independent Recessed Flange Housing Body & Lens = 46 7/8" 4 ft. Grid (without Endcap) T-Bar End Flange 48" Center to Center Spackle FlangeVisible Flange RecessedIndependentRecessedIndependent Flange HousingBody & Lens = 48"Flange HousingBody & Lens = 48" 4 ft. Grid(without Endcap)4 ft. Grid(without Endcap) HardHard HardHard CeilingCeiling CeilingCeiling 0.25"0.25" 48"48" Ceiling CutoutCeiling Cutout TYPE 41 FINELITE 1.00” Daylight Occupancy SensorSensor TYPE 42 Catalog Number Notes FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS INTENDED USE Type BLT Series LED it an excellent choice for renovation projects. CONSTRUCTION — BLT enclosure components are die-formed for dimensional consistency and painted after fabrication with a polyester powder paint for improved performance and protection. 2BLT End plates contain easy-to-position integral T-bar clips for securely attaching the luminaire to the T-grid. For additional T-grid security, optional screw on T-bar clips are available. 2' x 2' LED to the luminaire aesthetics. LED boards are accessible from below; driver is accessible from the plenum. OPTICS — Volumetric illumination is achieved by creating an optimal mix of light to walls, partitions and vertical and horizontal work surfaces – rendering the interior space, objects and occupants in a more ELECTRICAL of illumination for extended service life. 70% LED lumen maintenance at 60,000 hours (L70/60,000). 0-10 volt dimming driver. Dims to 10% the Lumen Package designations in the Ordering Information below. Length: 23-3/4 (60.3) Width: 23-3/4 (60.3) Depth: 2-3/8 (6.0) Optional integrated nLight®controls make each luminaire addressable - allowing it to digitally communicate with other nLight enabled controls such as dimmers, switches, occupancy sensors and photocontrols. Simply Depth with Air Option: 2-3/4 (6.9) connect all the nLight enabled control devices and the BLT luminaires using standard Cat-5 cabling. Unique plug-and-play convenience as devices and luminaires automatically discover each other and self-commission. Lumen Management: Unique lumen management system (option N80) provides on board intelligence that actively manages the LED light source so that constant lumen output is maintained over the system life, preventing the energy waste created by the traditional practice of over-lighting. Step-level dimming option allows system to be switched to 50% power for compliance with common energy Driver disconnect provided where required to comply with US and Canadian codes. SENSOR— Integrated sensor (individual control): Sensor Switch MSD7ADCX ((Passive infrared (PIR)) ADPADSM or MSDPDT7ADCX ((PIR/Microphonics Dual Tech (PDT)) integrated occupancy sensor/automatic dimming Curved RibbedCurved Smooth the space. See page 2 for more details on the integrated sensor. Integrated Sensor (nLight Wired Networking): This sensor is nLight-enabled, meaning it has the ability to communicate over an nLight network. When wired, using CAT-5 cabling, with other nLight-enabled sensors, power packs, or WallPods, an nLight control zone is created. Once linked to a Gateway, directly or SDPSDSM 44444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444A Square RibbedSquare Smooth See page 2 for the nLight sensor options. INSTALLATION ceiling systems. Suitable for damp location. 444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444A See Accessories section. LISTINGS www.designlights.org/QPL to WARRANTY — 5-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx NOTE: All values are design or typical values, measured under laboratory conditions at 25 °C. LED 2 TYPE 42 2BLT Volumetric Recessed Lighting 2'x2' Example: 2BLT2 33L ADP EZ1 LP835 ORDERING INFORMATION Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative. 2BLT2 1 SeriesAir functionLumensVoltageDriverColor temperature 2BLT22X2 BLT(blank)Static Standard High ADPCurved, linear prisms(blank)MVOLTEZ1eldoLED dims to LP83082CRI, 3000 K 1% (0-10 volt AAir ADSMCurved, smooth120120VLP83582CRI, 3500 K (>100 LPW)(>130 LPW)dimming) supply/ SDPSquare, linear prisms277277VLP84082CRI, 4000 K return20L200033LHE3300SLDStep-level 4 SDSMSquare, smooth347347VLP85082CRI, 5000 K 5 dimming 33L330040LHE4000 LP93090CRI, 3000K LE1Lutron Ecosystem 40L400048LHE4800 driver dims to ADPTCurved, linear prismsLP93590CRI, 3500K 6 1% ADSMTCurved, smoothLP94090CRI, 4000K SDPTSquare, linear prismsLP95090CRI, 5000K SDSMTSquare, smooth 8 ControlsOccupancy controlOptions 11 (blank)No nLight®(blank)No sensor control Individual Control EL7L700 lumen battery pack 11 N80nLight® with 80% lumen nLight Wired Networking MSD7ADCXPIR integral occupancy EL14L1400 lumen battery pack managementsensor with automatic 12 NES7nLight™ nES 7 PIR integral CPChicago plenum dimming control 9 N80EMGnLight® with 80% lumen occupancy sensor 13 BGTDBodine Generator Transfer Device 5,10 photocell management For use with NESPDT7nLight™ nES PDT 7 dual PWS18366’ pre-wire, 3/8” diameter, 18 gauge, 1 circuit 7 generator supply EM powerMSDPDT7ADCXPDT integral technology integral occupancy sensor with PWS18466’ pre-wire, 3/8” diameter, 18 gauge, 2 circuit 9 N100nLight® without lumen occupancy control automatic dimming management PWS1846 PWSLVTwo cables: one 6' pre-wire, 3/8” diameter, NES7ADCXnLight™ nES 7 ADCX PIR 5,10 control photocell 18 gauge, 2 circuits; one 6' pre-wire, 3/8” N100EMGnLight® without lumen integral occupancy sensor 14 diameter, 18 gauge, purple and gray management For use with with automatic dimming 79 generator supply EM powerphotocell PWS1856LV6’ pre-wire, 3/8” diameter, 18 gauge, 1 circuit 14 w/low voltage purple and grey wires NESPDT7ADCXnLight™ nES PDT 7 dual technology integral 15 GLRFast-blowing fuse occupancy sensor with 15 GMFSlow-blowing fuse 9 automatic dimming photocell NPLTNarrow pallet 16 RRL_RELOC®-ready luminaire LATCEarthquake clip DWAMAnti-Microbial paint Accessories next page Stock/MTOCatalog Description *UPCLumensWattageLPWColor TemperatureVoltagePallet Qty Stock 2BLT2 33L ADP LP835008898044719083241301083500K/82 CRI120-27752 2BLT2 33L ADP LP840008898044719393313301114000K/82CRI120-27752 2BLT2 33L ADP EL14L LP835008898046200233241301083500K/82CRI120-27752 2BLT2 33L ADP EL14L LP840008898046200613313301114000K/82CRI120-27752 MTO2BLT2 33L ADP 347 LP835008898045693843241301083500K/82 CRI34752 2BLT2 33L ADP 347 LP840008898045694073313301114000K/82CRI34752 *0-10V Dimming to 10%. Notes 1 Approximate lumen output. 2 All versions may not achieve 130+ LPW. Refer to photometry on www.acuitybrands.com. 3 4 Not available with SLD driver, EL7L or EL14L battery packs. 5 Not available with N80, N80EMG, N100 N100EMG or occupancy control. 6 Not available with controls, occupancy controls, or PWS options. Consult factory for Hi-Lume dimming. 7 8 9 Requires N80, N80EMG, N100, or N100EMG. 10 Only available with EZ1 driver option. 0-10v dimming wires not accessible via access plate. 11 When using pre-wire option, use PWS1846. or PWS1846 PWSLV. 12 Not available with N80, N80EMG, N100 or N100EMG. 13 14 Not available with nLIGHT wired network or individual controls. 15 Must specify voltage, 120 or 277 with GLR & GMF fusing and BGTD. 16 For ordering logic consult: RRL_2013. LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2015-2016 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 06/29/16 TYPE 42 2BLT Volumetric Recessed Lighting 2'x2' Accessories: Order as separate catalog number.nLight® Control Accessories: Order as separate catalog number. Visit www.acuitybrands.com/products/controls/nlight. DGA22 WallPod stationsModel numberOccupancy sensorsModel number nPODM \[color\]Small motion 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech)nCM 9 RJB / nCM PDT 9 RJB nPODM DX \[color\]Large motion 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech)nCM10 RJB / nCM PDT 10 RJB Graphic touchscreennPOD GFX \[color\]Wall switch with raise/lowernWSX PDT LV DX \[color\] Photocell controlsModel numberCat-5 cable (plenum rated)Model number Full range dimmingnCM ADCX RJB10' cableCAT5 10FT J1 30' cableCAT5 30FT J1 Replacement Parts: Order as separate catalog number. *237LJR 2DBLT24 ADP LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens (light traps included) *237LKH 2DBLT24 SDP LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (light traps included) *237LKY2DBLT24 ADSM LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens (light traps included) *237LL72DBLT24 SDSM LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens (light traps included) *237LT1 2DBLT24 ADPT LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237LT3 2DBLT24 SDPT LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237LT5 2DBLT24 ADSMT LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237LT7 2DBLT24 SDSMT LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237LT92DBLT24 ADPT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237M4Y2DBLT24 SDPT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237M572DBLT24 ADSMT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237M5H2DBLT24 SDSMT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (trims included) LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2015-2016 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 06/29/16 TYPE 42 Volumetric Recessed Lighting 2'x2' 2BLT Sensor Options Occupancy Sensing Automatic nLight Wired Option Dimming PhotocellNetworking PIRPDT MSD7ADCXXX MSDPDT7ADCXXX NES7XX NES7ADCXXXX NESPDT7XX NESPDT7ADCXXXX Basic nLight Zone Integrated Sensor with Individual Control nLight Wired Networking The MSD7ADCX PIR occupancy sensor/automatic dimming photocell is ideal for areas without The nES 7 is ideal for small rooms without obstructions or areas with primarily walking obstructions and where daylight harvesting may be desired. Suggested applications include, but not motion. Ideal areas include hallways, corridors, storage rooms, and breakrooms. limited to, hallways, corridors, storage rooms, and breakrooms or other areas where people are typically Additionally, the NES7ADCX includes an integrated photocell, which enables daylight moving. harvesting controls. The MSDPDT7ADCX PIR/Microphonics Dual Tech occupancy sensor/automatic dimming photocell is ideal for areas with obstructions and where daylight harvesting is desired. Suggested applications include, but with obstructions, the nES PDT 7 dual technology sensor is recommended. The nES PDT 7 utilizes both PIR (passive infrared) and Microphonics technologies to detect occupancy. Additionally, the NESPDT7ADCX includes an integrated photocell, which enables daylight harvesting controls which is ideal for areas where windows are present. Sequence of OperationSequence of Operation MOTIONNO MOTIONMOTIONMOTIONNO MOTIONMOTION MAXMAX OccupantsRoom Sensor OccupantsRoom Sensor Detected In UnoccupiedDetects Detected In UnoccupiedDetects The SpaceMotionThe SpaceMotion MINMIN LIGHTS ON17.5 MIN2.5 MIN ATLIGHTS OFFLIGHTS ONLIGHTS ON7.5 MIN2.5 MIN ATLIGHTS OFFLIGHTS ON TIME DELAYA 1% LEVELTIME DELAYA 1% LEVEL *The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc. Sensor Coverage Pattern 9 FT Mounting Mini 360° Lens 5.518 Recommended for walking motion detection from mounting heights between 8 ft (2.44 m) and 20 ft (6.10 m) • 4.615 Initial detection of walking motion along sensor axes at distances of 2x the mounting height up to 15 ft (4.57 m) and •3.712 1.75x up to 20 ft (6.10 m).2.79 • 1.86 Provides 12 ft (3.66 m) radial detection of small motion when mounted at 9 ft (2.74 m) • 0.93 • 0 m0 ft 0.93 1.86 2.79 3.712 4.615 5.518 LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2015-2016 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 06/29/16 TYPE 42 2BLT Volumetric Recessed Lighting 2'x2' PHOTOMETRICS 2BLT2 33L ADP LP835, 3241 delivered lumens, test no. LTL28918P4, tested in accordance to IESNA LM-79 2BLT2 40L ADP LP835, 4210 delivered lumens, test no. LTL28918P5, tested in accordance to IESNA LM-79 Constant Lumen Management Performance Data HE Performance Data Enabled by the embedded nLight control, the BLT actively tracks its Lumen PackageLumensInput WattsLPW run-time and manages its light source such that constant lumen Lumen PackageLumensInput WattsLPW output is maintained over the system life. Referred to as lumen 20L ADP LP830215720110 33LHE ADP LP830353728126 management, this feature eliminates the energy waste created by 20L ADP LP835221320113 33LHE ADP LP835362828130 the traditional practice of over-lighting. 20L ADP LP840226120116 33LHE ADP LP840370828132 20L ADP LP850237320121 33LHE ADP LP840370828139 Without LumenManagement 33L ADP LP830316030106 Energy is wasted and light level is inconsistent. 40LHE ADP LP830411832127 33L ADP LP835324130108 40LHE ADP LP835422432131 100%30W POWER INPUT 33L ADP LP840331330111 40LHE ADP LP840431732134 33L ADP LP850347630116 40LHE ADP LP850453032140 40L ADP LP830410339106 48LHE ADP LP830469937128 LIGHT OUTPUT 40L ADP LP835420939108 48LHE ADP LP835482037131 Wasted Energy 40L ADP LP840430239111 48LHE ADP LP840492737134 80%24W 40L ADP LP850451439116 48LHE ADP LP850516937140 01020304050 THOUSAND OPERATING HOURS AIR 20L ADP LP830201920103 AIR 20L ADP LP835206020105 MOUNTING DATA WithLumen Management AIR 20L ADP LP840211620108 Energy is saved and light level remains consistent. Ceiling TypeAppropriate AIR 20L ADP LP850213420109 Trim Type 100%30W AIR 33L ADP LP830295728104 Exposed grid tee Saved Energy AIR 33L ADP LP835301728107 (1’ and 9/16”)G POWER INPUT AIR 33L ADP LP840309928109 Concealed grid teeG AIR 33L ADP LP850312628110 Plaster or plasterboard G* AIR 40L ADP LP83038413999 LIGHT OUTPUT AIR 40L ADP LP835391939101 80%24W 9/1615/16Screw Slot 01020304050 AIR 40L ADP LP840402539104 THOUSAND OPERATING HOURS AIR 40L ADP LP850406039104 for plaster or plasterboard ceiling. Recommended rough-in dimensions for DGA installation is 24-3/4" x 24-3/4" (Tolerance is +1/8", -0”). LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2015-2016 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 06/29/16 TYPE 43 Metalux DESCRIPTION Type Catalog # SNLED Lensed is a narrow LED lensed striplight series. This high quality luminaire is dedicated to the latest solid state lighting and electronic Project Lensed product is available with three different lens types. Date Comments The small size of the SNLED makes it an ideal choice for size restricted architectural applications. The SNLED Series can be the illumination Prepared by solution in commercial, industrial, retail and residential applications. Fixtures can be used in storage/utility areas, coves, display cases, shops, task and general area lighting. SPECIFICATION FEATURES to meet critical life-safety lighting ConstructionShielding Offers three different lensed optical Channel is die formed cold rolled requirements. The 90-minute steel with numerous KOs for ease batteries provide constant power distributions. (LC) Clear with linear of installation. Groove for Tong to the LED system, ensuring code-optical ribs. (LN) Semi-frost for Hanger. End plate quickly converts compliance. A test switch/indicator narrow distribution. (LW) Full frost to snap-in channel connector button can be tested safely from for wide distribution. for continuous row alignment. the ground using a laser pointer, Installation Channel/wireway cover secured while the patented EZ Key prevents Fixture may be surface, pendant, with sheet metal screws.accidental discharge of the battery or stem mounted. See accessories during construction. See ordering below in ordering information. information for details. Controls Equipped standard with a 0-10V Compliance continuous dimming driver that Finish SNLED LENSED Components are UL recognized. works with any standard 0-10V Multistage iron phosphate LED Indoor luminaires are cULus listed control/dimmer. Dimming range pretreatment ensures maximum for 40° C ambient environments, is 10% to 100%; varies by control bonding and rust inhibitor. High RoHS compliant, device. Combine with energy- and comply with IESNA saving products like occupancy LM-79. LEDs comply with LM-80 sensors, day lighting controls, and standard. Lensed LED Striplight standards. DesignLights lighting relay panels to maximize energy savings. For motion control, Channel/Wireway Cover reference options for both end and Die formed heavy gauge steel. Products List under Family Models middle of the row applications. for details. Electrical 2-11/16" Warranty Long-Life LED system coupled \[68mm\] Five-year warranty. with electronic (120-277V) driver to deliver optimal lighting performance. LED’s available in 3000K, 3500K, 4000K, or 5000K temperatures are available. Projected life is 60,000 hours at 3-11/16" 3-7/8" 70% lumen output. This driver is \[95mm\] \[98mm\] 0-10V dimming standard. Emergency Battery Pack Option Optional 120v-277v integral emergency battery pack is available in 7-watts or 14-watts 3" \[77mm\] MOUNTING DATA 2' Ceiling Stand-offHole for Embossments Toggle 3" \[77mm\] 14" \[355mm\] K.O (2) 2-1/2" \[64mm\] 7/8" \[22mm\] 24" \[609mm\] 4' K.O (3) Ceiling Stand-offHole for 7/8" \[22mm\] EmbossmentsToggle 3" \[77mm\] 2-1/2" 38" \[965mm\] \[64mm\] 48" \[1219mm\] 8' 2-1/2" Ceiling Stand-off \[64mm\] Embossments 3" \[77mm\] Hole for 26-3/4" \[680mm\] K.O (2) Toggle 7/8" \[22mm\] 5" \[127mm\] 96" \[2437mm\] Safe and convenient means of disconnecting power PS519008EN 201- SNLED LENSED TYPE 43 WATTAGE Stock* / Lumen Nominal SNLED TypeLengthCatalog LogicWattagelm/W MTOTypeLumens Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-18SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U190717.13105 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-22SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U232521.7101 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-26SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U271223.18112 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-18SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U203816.21111 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-22SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U230118.37120 Clear Lens (LC)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-26SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U268821.68120 Clear Lens (LC)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-30SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U306125.07120 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-34SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U343128.43120 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-37SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U382232.32114 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-41SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U423336.64112 Clear Lens (LC)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-46SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U461541.03112 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-49SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U499445.66107 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-52SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U535750.15104 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-56SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U571456.399 Clear Lens (LC)MTOHigh4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-60HL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U611550.71118 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-60SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U612250.14120 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-68SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U686356.86120 Clear Lens (LC)StockStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-75SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U764364.64116 Clear Lens (LC)StockStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-83SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U846673.28113 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-90SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U923082.06110 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-98SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U998891.32107 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-105SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U10714100.3105 Stock* / Lumen Nominal SNLED TypeLengthCatalog LogicWattagelm/W MTOTypeLumens Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-18SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U190117105 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-22SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U231822101 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-26SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U270423116 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-18SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U203216111 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-22SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U229418120 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-26SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U268022120 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-30SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U305225120 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-34SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U342128120 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-37SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U381032114 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-41SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U422037112 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-46SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U460141112 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-49SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U497946107 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-53SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U534150106 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-56SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U56975699 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOHigh4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-60HL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U609651118 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-60SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U610350120 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-68SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U684257120 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)StockStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-75SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U762065116 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)StockStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-83SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U844173113 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-91SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U920282111 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-98SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U995891107 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-106SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U10681100106 Eaton 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 PS519008EN P: 770-486-4800dimensions subject to 201- www.eaton.com/lightingchange without notice. SNLED LENSED TYPE 43 WATTAGE Stock* / Lumen Nominal SNLED TypeLengthCatalog LogicWattagelm/W MTOTypeLumens Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-16SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U170217.1399 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-20SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U207521.792 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-23SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U242123.18104 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-16SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U181916.21111 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-20SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U205418.37109 Full Frost Lens (LW)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-23SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U239921.68111 Full Frost Lens (LW)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-27SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U273225.07108 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-30SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U306228.43106 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-33SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U341132.32105 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-37SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U377836.64101 Full Frost Lens (LW)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-41SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U411941.03100 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-44SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U445745.6696 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-47SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U478150.1594 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-50SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U510056.389 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOHigh4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-54HL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U545850.71106 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-54SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U546450.14108 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-61SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U612556.86107 Full Frost Lens (LW)StockStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-67SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U682264.64104 Full Frost Lens (LW)StockStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-74SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U755673.28101 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-81SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U823882.0699 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-88SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U891591.3296 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-95SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U9562100.395 * Stocked in either 3500K or 4000K PHOTOMETRICS LUMEN MAINTENANCE TM-21 LumenTheoretical Ambient MaintenanceL70 Temperature (12,000 hours)(Hours) 25°C92.55%303,000 Max Ambient temp in compliance with CSA: 40°C Eaton 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 PS519008EN P: 770-486-4800dimensions subject to 201- www.eaton.com/lightingchange without notice. SNLED LENSED TYPE 43 ORDERING INFORMATION SAMPLE NUMBER: 4SNLED-LD4-46SL-LN-UNV-L835-CD1-U Driver Type Packaging 2=2' Length Optic CD=0-10V Dimming Driver 4=4' Length LC=Clear Lens U=Unit Pack (10% - 100% Dimming) 8T=8' Length LN=Semi-Frost Lens - Narrow HCD=0-10V Dimming Driver LW=Full Frost Lens - Wide (1% - 100% Dimming) (13) Series SD=Step-dim (Bi Level) (4, 11) SNLED=Commercial Voltage 5LTD=Fifth Light (DALI) LED Striplight (10) UNV=Universal Voltage 120-277 (4, 6, 11) Driver 347=347V 480=480V (4) Lamp Type Number of Drivers LD4=LED 4.0 1=1 Driver Options 2=2 Drivers Emergency LED Lumens Output (2) EL7W=7-watt, 120V-277V emergency battery Stocked LumenStocked LumenStocked Lumen pack installed (7), (4) (9)(9)(9) Packages - LC Packages - LN Packages - LW EL14W=14-watt 120V-277V emergency battery (8)(8)(8) 26SL=2600 26SL=2600 23SL=2300 ACCESSORIES pack installed (7), (4) 30SL=3000 30SL=3000 27SL=2700 (Order Separately) GTD2=Bodine Generator Transfer Device (15) 46SL=4600 32HL=3200 41SL=4100 AYC-Chain/Set=36" Chain Hanger ETS2=IOTA Emergency Transfer Switch (15) 75SL=7500 46SL=4600 67SL=6700 83SL=8300 75SL=7500 74SL=7400 Wiring SCF=Fixed Stem Set (Specify Length) 83SL=8300 PI/CPI=Plug-in Option MTO LumenMTO Lumen SCS=Swivel Stem Set (Specify Length) Motion Sensors Packages - LCMTO LumenPackages - LW SCA=Adjustable 48" Stem Set 18SL=1800(8)Packages - LN16SL=1600(8) EYE CHAIN SET/3FT=Eye Bolt Chain LB-ERMS360=360° Low Bay Motion Sensor - 22SL=2200(8)18SL=1800(8)20SL=2000(8) End of Row 34SL=3400 22SL=2200(8)30SL=3000 WG/SNF-2FT=2' Wire Guard LB-MRMS360=360° Low Bay Motion Sensor - 37SL=3700 34SL=3400 33SL=3300 WG/SNF-4FT=4' Wire Guard Middle of Row 41SL=4100 37SL=3700 37SL=3700 A1B/Spacer-U=Spacer 1-1/2" to 2-1/2" from ceiling HB-ERMS360=360° High Bay Motion Sensor - 49SL=4900 41SL=4100 44SL=4400 (5) End of Row 52SL=5200 49SL=4900 47SL=4700 TOGGLE=Single Toggle No. 2 (Specify Length) HB-MRMS360=360° High Bay Motion Sensor - 56SL=5600 53SL=5300 50SL=5000 (5)Y-TOGGLE=Y Toggle No. 2 (Specify Length) Middle of Row 60SL=6000 56SL=5600 54SL=5400 CCT 60HL=6000(1)60SL=6000 54HL=5400(1) L830=3000K 68SL=6800 60HL=6000(1)61SL=6100 L835=3500K 90SL=9000(3)68SL=6800 81SL=8100(3) L840=4000K 98SL=9800(3)91SL=9100(3)88SL=8800(3) L850=5000K 105SL=10,500(3)98SL=9800(3)95SL=9500(3) 130HL=13,000(3), (14)106SL=10,600(3) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) NOTES: 4 ft. only. Nominal lumen values. Two drivers required. 4 ft. and 8 ft. only. Motion Sensor offers dimmability. For a complete listing of Fifth Light products, visit www.eaton.com/lightingsyst ems With by the wattage of the emergency battery pack (100 lm/W x 7=700 lumens). (8) (9) (10) IES-format photometry for luminaire under emergency operation available. 2 ft. and 4 ft. only. Stocked by mid April 2015. (11)(12)(13)(14) packages), refer to www.designlights.org for details. 3700 lumen and above. Step dimming not available. HCD driver option not available with 6100, 6700, 7400, 7500 and 8300 lumen packages. Not (15) currently listed on DLC QPL. equired to ensure control is disabled while operating under emergency power. formation. SHIPPING DATA Length. Wt. 2 ft. 4.3 lbs. 4 ft. 8.2 lbs. 8 ft. 15.1 lbs. Eaton 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 PS519008EN P: 770-486-4800dimensions subject to 201- www.eaton.com/lightingchange without notice. TYPE 44 RING TM WHITE LED DIRECT & INDIRECT ILLUMINATION WEB PIN™ 238 GENERAL SPECIFICATION Body and trim: Steel and aluminum. Suspension Supplied Ring DIA:Total weight: points: sections: Top cover plate: White powder coated steel. 610mm/24"138Kg/18lbs Finish: Powder coated. 914mm/36"1 3 12Kg/26lbs Suspension: Stainless steel cables. 1315Kg/35lbs 1219mm/48" Power cable: Silver braided. 1524mm/60"1319Kg/42lbs 1829mm/72"1324Kg/52lbs Diffusers: Opal polycarbonate, supplied in sections. 16 2133mm/84"27Kg/60lbs Drivers: Integral, HPF electronic drivers for 120-277V, 0-10V, 2438mm/96"3632Kg/69lbs 1% dimming standard. 2743mm/108"3634Kg/75lbs Mechanical: Luminaires mount directly over J box (by others). 48 3657mm/144"46Kg/102lbs 5486mm/216"61269Kg/152lbs Approvals: ETL Ring luminaires are supplied in several sections for assembly on site. Luminaires are pre-wired and connect electrically and mechanically. © 2016 BETA-CALCO INC. BETACALCO.COM TYPE 44 RING TM WHITE LED DIRECT & INDIRECT ILLUMINATION WEB PIN™ 238 A SPECIFY LUMINAIRE oo CRI:*Direct lms:L70 @25C (77F):Photometry: Code:Diameter (A):Power:Indirect lms:Efficacy LPW: 950100 95 0100LED min 806038> 50,000 hrsFile# 610mm/24"87W 249299 950110 95 0110LED min 809438> 50,000 hrsFile# 914mm/36"144W 5024100 950170 95 0170LED min 8012644> 50,000 hrsFile# 1219mm/48"180W 503298 950120 95 0120LED min 8016622> 50,000 hrsFile# 1524mm/60"252W 8599100 950180 95 0180LED min 8019959> 50,000 hrsFile# 1829mm/72"288W 844899 950130 95 0130LED min 8024331> 50,000 hrsFile# 2133mm/84"375W 13306100 950190 95 0190LED min 8025055> 50,000 hrsFile# 2438mm/96"396W 1416699 950140 95 0140LED min 8029769> 50,000 hrsFile# 2743mm/108"454W 1530199 950150 95 0150LED min 8038814> 50,000 hrsFile# 3657mm/144"605W 1995197 950160 95 0160LED min 8062438> 50,000 hrsFile# 5486mm/216"987W 3566199 SPECIFY CCT B 125mm/5” DIA 30 3000K 35 3500K 40 4000K adjustable to 100mm/4” 3000mm/120” C SPECIFY SUSPENSION S1 Type A 100mm/4” (S1) Type A S2 Type B (not available with 3657mm/144" DIA or larger) Diameter (A) SPECIFY FINISH D WH White MS Metallic silver 152mm/6” DIA SPECIFY OPTIONS E PR1 Lumen reduction to approximately 50% of standard output PR2 Lumen reduction to approximately 75% of standard output adjustable to EN Encelium/Zigby control 3000mm/120” OD Opal diffuser for uplight Fixed angle SS Seperate switching (two power cables supplied) 100mm/4” *approx values based on 3000K Example Specification Code: 95 0110 35 S1 WH 100mm/4” (S2) Type B Diameter (A) © 2016 BETA-CALCO INC. BETACALCO.COM TYPE 45 CORE 300 CX TM up + down pendant LightingGroup PROJECT JobNotes Type Part # SPECIFICATIONS SourceTwo Xicato XTM LED modules - up to 3000 lumens each C.C.T.2700K, 3000K, 3500K or 4000K Color Consistency1x2 SDCM (MacAdam) along BBL, CCT +/- 40K to 70K, Duv +/- .001 CRI (Ra) 83 or 98 Driver / LocationIncluded / Remote mount or deep canopy options Dimming0-10V or phase dimming to 10% standard; DALI, DMX and 1% dimming available 100 to 277VAC, phase dimmable versions are 120VAC only Input Voltage Up to 47 watts max, depending on LED module / driver Power MaterialCNC machined aluminum with stainless steel hardware Powder coat - TGIC polyester for exterior and interior use Finish 6.8 lb. \[3.1 kg\] Weight LocationListed for Wet & Damp locations ETL Listed to UL 1598, 2108, 8750 and CSA C22.2# 9 & #250.0 Approvals L80 Life> 50,000 hours at 80% lumen maintenance based on IESNA LM-80-08 WarrantyLifetime Limited Warranty - see warranty for details IES Files INDOOR WET DIMMABLE OUTDOOR LOCATION 4001580 ORDERING LOGIC Driver# ofMountingUp DirectionDown DirectionColor Model LocationDimming CircuitsLocationOutputCRI *C.C.T.ReflectorOutputCRI *C.C.T.ReflectorCutoutShellHeat SinkSuspensionOptions ----- C3CT =Remote=None=Damp=700lm=83=2700K=20°=700lm=83=2700K=20°=None=Black Cord RN1D0783272007832720NXXXXBK =Deep=Phase=Wet=950lm=98**=3000K=40°=950lm=98**=3000K=40°=Round=Clear Cord (see chart on DP2W1098304010983040RCS page 4) Canopy=0-10V=1300lm=3500K =60°=1300lm=3500K =60°=Square V133560133560S =Other=2000lm=4000K=Baffle**=2000lm=4000K=Baffle**=Dual Z2040BF2040BFD =3000lm=3000lm=Custom=Custom 3030ZZZ * 98 CRI not available in 3000 lm** Not available with wet location Example Part Number: C3CT-RN1D-13832720-20832740-RS3A6BK ORE 00 X Pendan emote Driver, o Dimming, Circuit, amp Location UP = 00 lm, CRI, 00K, ° Reflector DOWN = 00 lm, CRI, 00K, ° Reflector ound C3CT-RN1D- 13832720-20832740-R Cutout, Red Shell, Black Heatsink, lac Cord S3A6 BK 1 v2LightingGroup.com TYPE 45 CORE 300 CX TM up + down pendant LightingGroup DIMENSIONS 6" 6" 0.3" Dual aircraft cable + cord suspension 2.4" Standard cable length = 6' Cable length is field adjustable To order longer cable put length in options section at the end of the part number Canopies fit standard 3.5" and 4" round and octagonal junction boxes 12.2" Not to scale, dimensions are nominal Consult factory for CAD drawings Standard shallow canopyOptional deep canopy for remote mounted LED driversfor canopy mounted LED drivers Order Code = D Diameter depends on LED driver size 4.5" CONTROL OPTIONS LED OPTIONS Order Code = 0-10V dimming to 10% V LED Specifications Reflector Order Code = Phase dimming to 10% 12, 3, 456 Standard LED Drivers* OptionP LESLumensWattage (W)Efficacy (lm/W) CRI (included in base price) 7005.6129Compatible with both forward and reverse phase dimmers 9508.2118 Ra = 83 ± 3 130011.7111eldoLED 0-10V, DALI, or DMX dimming to 0% 200019.5102 A-series, EcoSystem or Lutron Hi-lume™ Optional LED Drivers* 300029.3102forward phase dimming to 1% 20°, 40° & 60°19mm Lutron Hi-lume™ 5-series, EcoSystem dimming to 5% 7007.497 Ra = 98 95010.989 R9 90 130015.683*Standard LED drivers are suitable for Wet Location R15 95 200026.476 *Optional LED drivers are suitable for Damp Location All LED drivers must be mounted in a deep canopy or remote * Dual LED drivers available for independant Up + Down control LES: Light Emitting Surface diameter* 1 Choosing different lumen outputs for Up + Down may require dual drivers ±10%* 2 Consult factory for details Source lumens - see photometrics on page 3 for LOR to calculate delivered lumens 3 For EM applications: Higher lumen outputs are available in CORE / QUBE 400 series* 4 All LED drivers may be used with 3rd party inverter style systems Maximum luminaire wattage including LED driver = LED wattage x 1.2 5 Higher efficacies are available via lower drive currents - consult factory 6 CUTOUT OPTIONSCORD OPTIONS BlackClear Silver NoneRoundSquareDualCustom Order Code = Order Code =Order Code =Order Code = Order Code =Order Code = Order Code = CS NRS DZBK For dry and For all locations damp locations 2 v2LightingGroup.com TYPE 45 CORE 300 CX TM up + down pendant LightingGroup PHOTOMETRICS LM-79-08 IES files available at www.v2LightingGroup.com/downloads Beam Order Intensity Plot (cd)Polar Plot (cd)Cone DiagramDescription AngleCode(2000lm)(2000lm)(2000lm) CBCP = 3195 cd/klm Illuminance at CenterBeam Diameter 64000 Beam Angle = 21° 256 fc1.9' 5120 5' Field Angle = 63° 1600 3840 64 fc3.8' 10' 20° LOR = 89.4 % 20 3200 2560 28 fc5.7' 15' 4800 1280 Beam = full width @ 50% 16 fc7.6' Field = full width @ 90% 20' 6400 030°60°90° CBCP = 1607 cd/klm 0 3300Illuminance at CenterBeam Diameter Beam Angle = 43° 129 fc3.9' 2640 825 Field Angle = 73° 5' 1980 32 fc7.9' 40° LOR = 88.7 % 165010' 40 1320 14 fc11.8' 247515' 660 Beam = full width @ 50% 8 fc15.7' Field = full width @ 90% 330020' 030°60°90° CBCP = 1050 cd/klm 0 2200 Illuminance at CenterBeam Diameter Beam Angle = 59° 1760 84 fc5.6' 5' Field Angle = 86° 550 1320 21 fc11.3' 60° 10'LOR = 85.2 % 1100 60 880 9 fc16.9' 15' 1650 440 Beam = full width @ 50% 5 fc22.6' Field = full width @ 90% 20' 2200 030°60°90° The Reflector Baffle replaces the Beam Shaping Options standard reflector. Add the order code shown below to the options box at the end of the part number: 50% of the luminaire’s output is reflected back up into the fixture Reflector Order Code Description to uplight the visible heat sink. BF Baffle Honeycomb Louver -HL Diffusion Lens -DF Remaining output is a soft, wide Satin finish on any standard reflector -SF distribution. Linear Spread Lens (60° x 1°) -LS Wall Wash Lens (shifts beam 20° from vertical) -WW Easy twist-lock installation. 3 v2LightingGroup.com TYPE 45 CORE 300 CX TM up + down pendant LightingGroup COLOR OPTIONS Clear C1C2 PolishedBrushed Aluminum A1A2 A3 Anodized Clear SilverLight Champagne Effect Bronze A4A5A6 Medium Dark BronzeBlack Bronze Metallic M1M2M3M4 Sea FoamForest GrayCharcoal Pearl Gray M5M6M7M8 GunmetalDove GrayOld CopperOld Brass Gray L1L2L3L4 Basic Gloss WhiteGlossGlossGloss Black Light GrayDark Gray T1T2T3T4 TexturedTexturedTexturedTextured Matte WhiteMatte MetallicMatte Black Light GrayDark Gray Sparkle S1S2S3S4 LightDeepRedBurgundy OrangeOrange S5S6S7S8 VioletDeep BlueSky BlueBright Green The complete range of powder coat colors from Tiger Drylac is available - consult factory Custom match powder coat colors are available - consult factory Printed or on-screen colors are only approximations - consult v2 Color Chip Set Rev.4 before specifying 4 v2LightingGroup.com TYPE 46 Project NameDate Catalog NumberType LED Direct Architectural Round / - CONSTRUCTION Recessed Electronic, 120 to 277 volt input and 36V output. 0-10 volt dimming. Must specify 1D for dimming in the ELECTRICAL circuiting options of the part number. LED LENS Fina is designed to install into acoustical grid and inaccessible ceiling. Specify G in the mounting section MOUNTING of the part number for grid ceilings. Specify FL, NF, or SF for inaccessible ceilings. Consult factory for detailed instal- lation instructions. FINISH WARRANTY IC Rated, UL and cUL Listed, approved for dry/damp location unless otherwise noted. LABELS Year LED 4-7/8” Warranty (123.8mm) Dimension A 24” or 48” (609.6mm)(1219.2mm) Regress Convex (CR)Regress Satine (AR) Dimension AF18F24F36F48 Convex (C)Satine (A)Concave (V) G, FL Mount19” 22-15/16” 34-15/16” 46-15/16” (482.6mm)(582.6mm)(864.5mm)(1192.2mm) NF Mount18” 21-15/16” 33-15/16” 45-15/16” (457.2mm)(557.2mm)(862.1mm)(1143.9mm) Lowered Convex (CL)Lowered Satine (AL)Lowered Concave (VL) LUMINAIRE SPECIFICATION F24-A-35-G-120-1C-W Sample Catalog #: F__-__-____-___-___-__-__-____ HOUSING 1 MOUNTINGVOLTAGECIRCUITINGFINISHOPTIONS SHIELDINGCOLOR/LUMENS Matte White W- Fina 18” 120 V F18-27K Color Temperature Lumen Options 120- Metallic Silver S- diameterSee Back for delivered lumens277 V 27- 277- Textured Black BL- See Back for delivered lumens347 V 5 27HO- 347- Fina 24” F24- Bronze BR- UNV UNV- diameter 30K Color Temperature Lumen Options Custom Color CC- (120-277) See Back for delivered lumens Fina 36” 30- F36- See Back for delivered lumens diameter 30HO- Single Circuit Fina 48” 1C- F48- 35K Color Temperature Lumen Options Single Circuit Dimming diameter 1D- See Back for delivered lumens 35- Single Circuit with Battery Pack 5,6 1B- See Back for delivered lumens 35HO- Single Circuit Emergency 7 1E- 40K Color Temperature Lumen Options Satine Lens A- Regress Satine LensSee Back for delivered lumens AR-40- Chicago Plenum CP- Lowered Satine LensSee Back for delivered lumens AL-40HO- 6’ Flex Whip FW6- Concave Lens V- 12’ Flex Whip FW12- 2 RGB LED Options Acoustical Grid Ceiling Lowered Concave Lens VL- Fusing GLR- RGB LED with DMX Module RGBX- Grid Ceiling with 3/4” G- Convex Lens C- Antimicrobial Paint AM- (19.1mm) Trim 4 3 Dual LED Options (White LED & RGB to be on separate circuits) Regress Convex Lens CR- Step Switching 8 SW- Dual White LED with RGB-DMX Module D____X- Lowered Convex Lens CL- Inaccessible Ceiling FL- Standard 3/4” (19.1mm) Flange Custom Output NF- Flangeless with 1/4” (6.4mm) Trim Specify color temp. and lumens CL_____- (i.e. CL354000) Spackle Flange SF- Specify color temp. and wattage CW____- (i.e. CW4060) (Specify lumens/watts between standard offering listed on back 12 Osram/Sylvania Color Changing RGB LED and components are for accent or decorative lighting and does not provide room illumination. See back page for more information. 3 Dual LED option is both white LED and RGB LED. White LED and RGB to be on separate circuits. Use “____” in the part number to specify the lumen package for the “white” LEDs only, i.e. D35HOS. See back page for more information. 4 Grid mounting option 5 347 volt not available with battery pack. 6 supplied by others. 78 Step switching available on 36” and 48” only. Pinnacle Architectural Lighting 12655 East 42nd Avenue, Suite 50 Denver, CO 80239 Phone 303.322.5570 Fax 303.322.5568 www.pinnacle-ltg.com © 2015 Pinnacle Architectural Lighting® October 2015 TYPE 46 PHOTOMETRY FINA RECESSED 963181744766940 723136333575205 48290822383470 24145411191735 Test#: ITL80341-RevBTest#: ITL80343-RevBTest#: ITL80423-RevBTest#: ITL80427-RevB Part #: F18A-40HOPart #: F24A-40HOPart #: F36A-40HOPart #: F48A-40HO Lumens per watt: 72Lumens per watt: 68Lumens per watt: 71Lumens per watt: 76 Total Delivered Lumens: 2,755Total Delivered Lumens: 5,199Total Delivered Lumens: 13,001Total Delivered Lumens: 20,244 DELIVERED LUMENS Color Temperature / Lumens F18F24F36F48 LumensWattsLumensWattsLumensWattsLumensWatts 27 1,352 lm22W2,568 lm44W4,609 lm72W8,964 lm151W 27HO 2,112 lm38W3,983 lm76W9,972 lm183W15,528 lm267W 30 1,647 lm22W3,127 lm44W5,606 lm72W10,904 lm151W 30HO 2,571 lm38W4,850 lm76W12,130 lm183W18,888 lm267W 35 1,720 lm22W3,267 lm44W5,858 lm72W11,394 lm151W 35HO 2,686 lm38W5,067 lm76W12,676 lm183W19,738 lm267W 40 1,765 lm22W3,352 lm44W6,008 lm72W11,686 lm151W 40HO 2,756 lm38W5,199 lm76W13,001 lm183W20,244 lm267W MODULESMOUNTING DETAILS Acoustical Grid Detail GGG 19” (482.6mm) 1/2” of 24” (609.6mm) Adjustment 22-15/16” (582.6mm) 1” Grid: 9/16” Grid:Screw Slot Grid:Recessed box allows for 1/2” of 24” Specify G in part # Specify G in part #Specify G in part # (609.6mm) adjustability to accommodate a variety of grid ceiling types. Inaccessible Ceiling Detail NF FLSF 34-15/16” (864.5mm) 48” (1219.2mm) 46-15/16” (1192.2mm) 48” Exposed Flanged:Metal Pan or Millwork:Drywall, Flangeless: (1219.2mm) Specify FL in part #Specify NF in part #Specify SF in part # COLOR CHANGING LED RGB LED is ideal for accent or decorative lighting and uses a Red, Green and Blue LED multi chip for color mixing. APPLICATION: RGB LED flexible linear strips are installed on the perimeter of the fixture housing and wired to a DMX interface TECHNICAL: that leaves factory with 3 bare wires for field connection. (DMX+, DMX-, and DMX GND.) 75w max wattage electronic driver. Wattage is 27.5w (18”), 33.0w (24”), 49.5w (36”) and 66w (48”). ELECTRICAL: UL and cUL Listed, approved for dry/damp location unless otherwise noted. LABELS: Specify RGBX in the color/lumens section of the part number. ORDERING INFORMATION: Sample Catalog #: F24B-A-40-RGBX-SF-120-1C-W. Provides digital compatibility for integrating RGB color with 3 channel dimming and control with a DMX RGB with DMX: system or controller using DMX-512 or DMX-512A protocol. Pinnacle Architectural Lighting 12655 East 42nd Avenue, Suite 50 Denver, CO 80239 Phone 303.322.5570 Fax 303.322.5568 www.pinnacle-ltg.com © 2015 Pinnacle Architectural Lighting® October 2015 TYPE 47 RING TM WHITE LED DIRECT & INDIRECT ILLUMINATION WEB PIN™ 238 GENERAL SPECIFICATION Body and trim: Steel and aluminum. Suspension Supplied Ring DIA:Total weight: points: sections: Top cover plate: White powder coated steel. 610mm/24"138Kg/18lbs Finish: Powder coated. 914mm/36"1 3 12Kg/26lbs Suspension: Stainless steel cables. 1315Kg/35lbs 1219mm/48" Power cable: Silver braided. 1524mm/60"1319Kg/42lbs 1829mm/72"1324Kg/52lbs Diffusers: Opal polycarbonate, supplied in sections. 16 2133mm/84"27Kg/60lbs Drivers: Integral, HPF electronic drivers for 120-277V, 0-10V, 2438mm/96"3632Kg/69lbs 1% dimming standard. 2743mm/108"3634Kg/75lbs Mechanical: Luminaires mount directly over J box (by others). 48 3657mm/144"46Kg/102lbs 5486mm/216"61269Kg/152lbs Approvals: ETL Ring luminaires are supplied in several sections for assembly on site. Luminaires are pre-wired and connect electrically and mechanically. © 2016 BETA-CALCO INC. BETACALCO.COM TYPE 47 RING TM WHITE LED DIRECT & INDIRECT ILLUMINATION WEB PIN™ 238 A SPECIFY LUMINAIRE oo CRI:*Direct lms:L70 @25C (77F):Photometry: Code:Diameter (A):Power:Indirect lms:Efficacy LPW: 950100 95 0100LED min 806038> 50,000 hrsFile# 610mm/24"87W 249299 950110 95 0110LED min 809438> 50,000 hrsFile# 914mm/36"144W 5024100 950170 95 0170LED min 8012644> 50,000 hrsFile# 1219mm/48"180W 503298 950120 95 0120LED min 8016622> 50,000 hrsFile# 1524mm/60"252W 8599100 950180 95 0180LED min 8019959> 50,000 hrsFile# 1829mm/72"288W 844899 950130 95 0130LED min 8024331> 50,000 hrsFile# 2133mm/84"375W 13306100 950190 95 0190LED min 8025055> 50,000 hrsFile# 2438mm/96"396W 1416699 950140 95 0140LED min 8029769> 50,000 hrsFile# 2743mm/108"454W 1530199 950150 95 0150LED min 8038814> 50,000 hrsFile# 3657mm/144"605W 1995197 950160 95 0160LED min 8062438> 50,000 hrsFile# 5486mm/216"987W 3566199 SPECIFY CCT B 125mm/5” DIA 30 3000K 35 3500K 40 4000K adjustable to 100mm/4” 3000mm/120” C SPECIFY SUSPENSION S1 Type A 100mm/4” (S1) Type A S2 Type B (not available with 3657mm/144" DIA or larger) Diameter (A) SPECIFY FINISH D WH White MS Metallic silver 152mm/6” DIA SPECIFY OPTIONS E PR1 Lumen reduction to approximately 50% of standard output PR2 Lumen reduction to approximately 75% of standard output adjustable to EN Encelium/Zigby control 3000mm/120” OD Opal diffuser for uplight Fixed angle SS Seperate switching (two power cables supplied) 100mm/4” *approx values based on 3000K Example Specification Code: 95 0110 35 S1 WH 100mm/4” (S2) Type B Diameter (A) © 2016 BETA-CALCO INC. BETACALCO.COM TYPE 48 RING TM WHITE LED DIRECT & INDIRECT ILLUMINATION WEB PIN™ 238 GENERAL SPECIFICATION Body and trim: Steel and aluminum. Suspension Supplied Ring DIA:Total weight: points: sections: Top cover plate: White powder coated steel. 610mm/24"138Kg/18lbs Finish: Powder coated. 914mm/36"1 3 12Kg/26lbs Suspension: Stainless steel cables. 1315Kg/35lbs 1219mm/48" Power cable: Silver braided. 1524mm/60"1319Kg/42lbs 1829mm/72"1324Kg/52lbs Diffusers: Opal polycarbonate, supplied in sections. 16 2133mm/84"27Kg/60lbs Drivers: Integral, HPF electronic drivers for 120-277V, 0-10V, 2438mm/96"3632Kg/69lbs 1% dimming standard. 2743mm/108"3634Kg/75lbs Mechanical: Luminaires mount directly over J box (by others). 48 3657mm/144"46Kg/102lbs 5486mm/216"61269Kg/152lbs Approvals: ETL Ring luminaires are supplied in several sections for assembly on site. Luminaires are pre-wired and connect electrically and mechanically. © 2016 BETA-CALCO INC. BETACALCO.COM TYPE 48 RING TM WHITE LED DIRECT & INDIRECT ILLUMINATION WEB PIN™ 238 A SPECIFY LUMINAIRE oo CRI:*Direct lms:L70 @25C (77F):Photometry: Code:Diameter (A):Power:Indirect lms:Efficacy LPW: 950100 95 0100LED min 806038> 50,000 hrsFile# 610mm/24"87W 249299 950110 95 0110LED min 809438> 50,000 hrsFile# 914mm/36"144W 5024100 950170 95 0170LED min 8012644> 50,000 hrsFile# 1219mm/48"180W 503298 950120 95 0120LED min 8016622> 50,000 hrsFile# 1524mm/60"252W 8599100 950180 95 0180LED min 8019959> 50,000 hrsFile# 1829mm/72"288W 844899 950130 95 0130LED min 8024331> 50,000 hrsFile# 2133mm/84"375W 13306100 950190 95 0190LED min 8025055> 50,000 hrsFile# 2438mm/96"396W 1416699 950140 95 0140LED min 8029769> 50,000 hrsFile# 2743mm/108"454W 1530199 950150 95 0150LED min 8038814> 50,000 hrsFile# 3657mm/144"605W 1995197 950160 95 0160LED min 8062438> 50,000 hrsFile# 5486mm/216"987W 3566199 SPECIFY CCT B 125mm/5” DIA 30 3000K 35 3500K 40 4000K adjustable to 100mm/4” 3000mm/120” C SPECIFY SUSPENSION S1 Type A 100mm/4” (S1) Type A S2 Type B (not available with 3657mm/144" DIA or larger) Diameter (A) SPECIFY FINISH D WH White MS Metallic silver 152mm/6” DIA SPECIFY OPTIONS E PR1 Lumen reduction to approximately 50% of standard output PR2 Lumen reduction to approximately 75% of standard output adjustable to EN Encelium/Zigby control 3000mm/120” OD Opal diffuser for uplight Fixed angle SS Seperate switching (two power cables supplied) 100mm/4” *approx values based on 3000K Example Specification Code: 95 0110 35 S1 WH 100mm/4” (S2) Type B Diameter (A) © 2016 BETA-CALCO INC. BETACALCO.COM 1351 TYPE 49 WALL WASH ® BeveLED Trimless BASIC PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT DATE TYPE 1" REGRESS - Our narrow footprint housing provides an economical architectural solution while delivering high BeveLED Basic Recessed Wall Wash performance with LEDs. DELIVERED PERFORMANCE 1" Regress 14 Watts 20 Watts BeveLED Basic WALL WASH 1" Regress 80+ 80+ Color Rendering Index CRI CRI Bevel Finish Lumens per Watt 52 46 Color area Source Lumens 1100 1500 Delivered Lumens 725 950 Color Consistency 2-Step MacAdam Ellipse Performance based on 3000K 2700K 3000K 3500K CCT MULTIPLIER Ø 4" 1 2 80+ 80+ 80+ Color Rendering Index CRI CRI CRI Multiplier for Lumen Output 1.00 1.00 1.08 HOW TO SPECIFY Specify trim code and housing code to order: Example : Ordering Example: 1351W - B1 - 10 - LSTW4 - 6014 - M2 - 27KS - NCSM1 - 277V - DIML2 - CB27 TRIM ORDERING INFORMATION TRIMOPTIONBEVEL STYLE B1 BEVEL FINISH – – 1351 ______ 1351W Wet location 1 B1 1” Regress Bevel, 10 White Round Die Cast 13 Statuary Bronze Trimless 21 Black Wall Wash 28 Metalized Grey 1" 1 Regress Wet location, use with B1 RAL Custom Color trims only. (specify RAL #) AB1 1” Regress Bevel, Black Anodized Finish AC1 1” Regress Bevel, (Leave blank for AB1 and AC1 Bevel Styles) Clear Matte Anodized Finish HOUSING ORDERING INFORMATION DIMMING DRIVER SELECT ONE HOUSING CODEWATTAGEENGINE CODECOLORHOUSING TYPEOPTIONSACCESSORIES VOLTAGE – –––––– LRLW4M2 For use with 120V or 277V 120V NCSM1 New Construction CB27 27" C-Channel Bars LRLW4 6014 14W LED, M2 27KS 2700K, 80+ CRI 725 lumens 5/8”- 1-1/4” DIML2 0-10V dim, 10% (provided standard) 277V CB52 52" C-Channel Bars 30KS 3000K, 80+ CRI Ceiling Thickness 6020 20W LED, DIML4 Lutron A 3-wire/ECO, 1% EML Emergency battery 2 35KS 3500K, 80+ CRI 950 lumens NCSM2 New Construction DIML6A EldoLED 0-10V, 0.1%, EMLW Emergency battery, 1-1/4”- 2-1/4” logarithmic / Lutron controls 2 wet location Ceiling Thickness DIML6B EldoLED 0-10V Linear, 0.1%, MLXX - Millwork Adapter 3 linear controls IC Insulation-Contact XX=Specify Color Rated / Airtight DIML6E EldoLED 0-10V, 1%, (10, 13, 21, 28, RAL) logarithmic/Lutron controls Millwork not wet listed DIML6F EldoLED 0-10V, 1%, linear controls DIML7 EldoLED DALI, 0.1% For use with 120V only DIML3 Lutron A 2-wire, 1% 120V only 120V 2 NCSM housings require above ceiling access. Not for use with DIML9 TRIAC 2-wire, 15% IC housing. 2 Step MacAdam ellipse 120V only is standard for all 3 N/A with NCSM1 housing DIML10 ELV 2-wire, 15% 120V only ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2014. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. Patents pending. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. Lighting Revised 07/06/2016 1351 TYPE 49 WALL WASH ® BeveLED Trimless BASIC TRIM INFORMATION 1" Regress 1" Regress Finish Color Ø 4" 1 2 HOUSING INFORMATION New Construction - NCSMIC / Airtight - IC 4 3/" 4 7/" 3 8 X" NCSM1: /" - 1/" /"-1" 515 848 7" NCSM2:1/" - 2/" 11 44 8 3/" 8 3/" 8 8 Shown 13" with 8/" 1 5 3/" 4 EM option 4 19" (Plan View)19" (Plan View)18/" (Plan View) 5 8 22(Plan View)22(Plan View)22/" (Plan View) 1 8 SPECIFICATIONS TRIM: 4-1/2” round aperture with a 1” regressed bevel, THERMAL MANAGEMENT: Proprietary high performance HOUSING: Fabricated of 20 ga. galvanized steel retained by three ball plungers. Die cast aluminum bevel aluminum die cast heatsink for maximum LED life. Ambient with thru wire J-box, 4 in 4 out at min. 90°C, #12 is available in white, statuary bronze, black, and metalized xture location should not exceed 40°C AWG thru branch circuit wiring. IC rated housing during normal operation.rated for direct contact with insulation. anodized bevel. Custom color available (provide RAL#). FIELD REPLACEABLE DRIVER: 0-10V, 100%-10% solid state MAXIMUM CEILING THICKNESS: As per drawings TRIM LENS: Micro diffusion lens. electronic constant current driver with a high power factor above. ML option is for 1” max thickness wood with provided standard and sources 2mA. Specify 120V or 277V. IC housing and for 2-1/4” max thickness wood with REFLECTOR: Precision injection molded specular Driver complies with IEEE C62.41 surge protection.NCSM2 housing. Millwork option is not available with NCSM1 housing. distribution. DIMMING OPTIONS: Multiple dimming drivers available. See compatibility chart attached. Some on-time delay may CEILING CUT OUT: Millwork: 4-13/16” Ø FIELD REPLACEABLE LIGHT ENGINE: Available in 2 lumen be experienced depending on control system used. Note: All others: 5-1/2” Ø packages: 14W (725 delivered lumens) and 20W (950 DIML6A and DIML6E logarithmic control are intended for eld replaceable through the LISTINGS: Dry/Damp. Wet location option available use with Lutron control systems; DIML6B and DIML6F aperture without tools. with B1 trim only. NRTL/CSA-US tested to UL linear control are intended for use with non-Lutron standards. IBEW union made. controls. DIML6 drivers source 2mA. COLOR: BeveLED is available in 3 color temperatures (2700K, xture- WARRANTY: 5 years EMERGENCY: Emergency lighting battery pack is provided with remote test switch and require above ceiling access NOTES: Ellipse. 80+ color rendering index provided standard. for service. EM option is not available with IC housings.  Not for use in corrosive environment. RATED LIFE: Based on IESNA LM80-2008 50,000 hours at MOUNTING: y brackets and adjustable nailer bars  Use of pressure washer voids warranty. 70% lumen maintenance (L70). with integral nails provided. Nailer bars are extendible from  Trimless for drywall installation only. 14" to 24" centers. PHOTOMETRICS: Consult factory or website for IES 1126 River Road© 2014. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 ® USAI New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. Patents pending. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. Revised 07/06/2016 Lighting TYPE 49 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML2 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML2 LED: 0-10V Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 10%) DIML2 Dimmer Compatibility Chart Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Per Dimmer* 120V / 277V Use source current per Crestron iLux dimmer expansion module CLS-EXP-DIMFLV 100% - 10% Ð xture speciÐ cation Crestron DIN Rail dimmer DIN-4DIMFLV4 100% - 10% sheet to determine Crestron DIN Rail analog output module DIN-A08 100% - 10% number of Ð xtures per Crestron 8 Channel dimmer module GLX-DIMFLV8 100% - 10% dimmer. Max number Crestron 8 Channel dimmer module GLXP-DIMFLV8 100% - 10% of Ð xtures is limited by Leviton IllumaTech dimmer IP710-DLX 100% - 10% dimmer load rating. Lightolier (Philips) Vega V2000FAMU 100% - 10% Lutron Diva DVTV-XX 100% - 10% * NOTE: Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. DIML2 0-10V DIMMING W/RELAY TO SWITCH POWER FIXTURE DIMMER: 0-10V NOTE: (BY OTHERS) If switched, non-dimming operation is desired, LED 0-10V (-)GRAY cap off purple and gray wires individually at 0-10V (+)PURPLE V+ RED installation. Do NOT cap purple and gray wires SWITCHED HOTBLACK DRIVER V- BLACK together. NEUTRALWHITE GREEN GND CLASS 2 CONTROL WIRES LINE RELAY (BY OTHERS) NEUTRAL DIML2 0-10V DIMMING (NO RELAY) FIXTURE DIMMER: 0-10V w/ NOTE: POWER SWITCHING (BY OTHERS) If switched, non-dimming operation is desired, LED 0-10V (-)GRAY cap off purple and gray wires individually at 0-10V (+)PURPLE V+ RED installation. Do NOT cap purple and gray wires LINE SWITCHED HOTBLACK DRIVER V- BLACK together. NEUTRALWHITE GREEN GROUND GND NEUTRAL ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-2 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 49 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML3 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML3 LED: Lutron Hi-Lume A-Series 2 Wire Fwd Phase (with neutral) / LED Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 1%) 120V only. DIML3 Dimmer Compatibility Chart Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures Per Dimmer* Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Fixture Wattage 120V Only 39W and Less 40W - 80W ETC Sensor+ Cabinet ELV10 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 ETC Unison DRd Cabinet ELV10 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 Lutron Maestro Wireless¨ 600W dimmer MRF2-6ND-120- 100% - 1% 1 à 8 1 à 4 Lutron Maestro Wireless¨ 1000W dimmer MRF2-10ND-120- 100% - 1% 1 à 13 1 à 6 Lutron HomeWorks¨ QS adaptive dimmer HQRD-6NA- 100% - 1% 1 à 8 1 à 4 Lutron HomeWorks¨ QS 600W dimmer HQRD-6ND- 100% - 1% 1 à 8 1 à 4 Lutron HomeWorks¨ QS 1000 W dimmer HQRD-10ND- 100% - 1% 1 à 13 1 à 6 Lutron Caseta Wireless¨ Pro 1000W dimmer PD-10NXD- 100% - 1% 1 à 13 1 à 6 Lutron Stanza¨ dimmer SZ-6ND- 100% - 1% 1 à 8 1 à 4 Lutron RadioRA¨ 2 adaptive dimmer RRD-6NA- 100% - 1% 1 à 8 1 à 4 Lutron RadioRA¨ 2 1000 W dimmer RRD-10ND- 100% - 1% 1 à 6 1 à 3 Lutron myRoom DIN power module MQSE-4A1-D 100% - 1% 1 à 6 1 à 3 Lutron HomeWorks¨ QS wallbox power module HQRJ-WPM-6D-120- 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 Lutron Homeworks¨ DIN power module LQSE-4A1-D 100% - 1% 1 à 6 1 à 3 Lutron HomeWorks¨ wallbox power module HWI-WPM-6D-120 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 Lutron GRAFIK Eye¨ QS control unit QSGR-, QSGRJ- 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 Lutron GRAFIK Eye¨ 3000 control unit GRX-3100-, GRX-3500- 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 Lutron RPM-4U module HW-RPM-4U-120, LP-RPM-4U-120 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 Lutron RPM-4A module HW-RPM-4A-120, LP-RPM-4A-120 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 Lutron GP dimming panels Various 100% - 1% 1 à 26 1 à 13 Lutron Ariadni CL 250W dimmer AYCL-253P- 100%-1% 1 à 8 1 à 4 Lutron Diva CL 250W dimmer DVCL-253P-, DVSCCL-253P- 100%-1% 1 à 8 1 à 4 Lutron GraÐ k T CL or RF CL dimmer GT-250M-, GTJ-250M- 100%-1% 1 à 8 1 à 4 Lutron Nova T CL 250W dimmer NTCL-250- 100%-1% 1 à 10 1 à 5 * NOTE: Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. DIML3 2 WIRE PHASE DIMMING FIXTURE DIMMER: 2 WIRE PHASE (BY OTHERS) LED V+ RED LINESWITCHED HOTBLACK DRIVER V- BLACK NEUTRALWHITE GROUNDGREEN GND ONLY FOR SWITCHES WITH NEUTRAL NEUTRAL ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-3 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 49 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML4 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML4 LED: Lutron Hi-Lume A-Series LED Driver with 3-Wire FL Control / LED Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 1%) DIML4 3-Wire Dimmer Compatibility Chart Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures Per Control* Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Fixture Wattage 120V Only 39W and Less 40W - 80W ETC Sensor+ Cabinet D20 Dimming module 100% - 1% 1Ã53 1Ã26 ETC Unison DRd Cabinet D20F Dimming module 100% - 1% 1Ã53 1Ã26 Lutron Nova T NTF-10- 100%Ã1% 1Ã41 1 à 20 Lutron Nova T NTF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Nova NF-10- 100%Ã1% 1Ã41 1 à 20 Lutron Nova NF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Vareo VF-10- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Skylark SF-10P-, SF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Diva DVF-103P-, DVSCF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Ariadni AYF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Vierti VTF-6A- 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron Maestro MAF-6AM-, MSCF-6AM- 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron Maestro Wireless MRF2-F6AN-DV- 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron RadioRA 2 RRD-F6AN-DV- 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron HomeWorks QS HQRD-F6AN-DV 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron Interfaces PHPM-3F-120, PHPM-3F-DV 100%Ã1% 1Ã41 1 à 20 Lutron GP Dimming Panels Various 100%Ã1% 1Ã41 1 à 20 277V Only 40W and Less 41W - 80W ETC Sensor+ Cabinet D20 Dimming module 100% - 1% 1Ã53 1Ã26 ETC Unison DRd Cabinet D20F Dimming module 100% - 1% 1Ã53 1Ã26 Lutron Nova T NTF-10-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã44 1 à 22 Lutron Nova T NTF-103P-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Nova NF-10-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã44 1 à 22 Lutron Nova NF-103P-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Skylark SF-12P-277-, SF-12P-277-3 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Diva DVF-103P-277-, DVSCF-103P-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Ariadni AYF-103P-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã44 1 à 22 Lutron Vierti VTF-6A- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Maestro MAF-6AM-277-, MSCF-6AM-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Maestro Wireless MRF2-F6AN-DV- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron RadioRA 2 RRD-F6AN-DV- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron HomeWorks QS HQRD-F6AN-DV 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Interfaces PHPM-3F-DV 100%Ã1% 1Ã88 1 à 44 Lutron GP Dimming Panels Various 100%Ã1% 1Ã88 1 à 44 * NOTE: Number of Ð xtures may be higher if wattage is less than maximum values shown. Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. DIML4 wiring diagrams continued on next page ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-4 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 49 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML4 Continued DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML4 LED: Lutron Hi-Lume A-Series LED Driver with 3-Wire FL Control / LED Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 1%) DIML4 3 WIRE PHASE DIMMING FIXTURE DIMMER: 3 WIRE PHASE (BY OTHERS) LED CAP UNUSED PURPLE GRAY ECOSYS WIRES PURPLE V+ RED DIMMED HOT ORANGE LINE DRIVER V- BLACK SWITCHED HOT BLACK NEUTRAL WHITE GROUND GREEN GND NEUTRAL DIML4 LED: Lutron Hi-Lume A-Series LED Driver with EcoSystem Control / LED Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 1%) DIML4 EcoSystem Dimmer Compatibility Chart Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures Per Control* Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Fixture Wattage 120V / 277V 39W and Less 40W - 80W Lutron PowPak dimming module RMJ-ECO32-DV-B 100%Ã1% 1Ã32 1 à 16 Lutron Energi Savr Node QSN-1ECO-S, QSN-2ECO-S 100%Ã1% 1Ã64 1 à 32 Lutron GRAFIK Eye QS (120V ONLY) QSGRJ-_E, QSGR-_E 100%Ã1% 1Ã64 1 à 32 Lutron Quantum Various 100%Ã1% 1Ã64 1 à 32 * NOTE: Number of Ð xtures may be higher if wattage is less than maximum values shown. Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. DIML4 EcoSystem CONTROLS ECOSYS BUS E2 E1 FIXTURE E2 E1 WALL CONTROL (BY OTHERS) LED PURPLE GRAY CAP PURPLE UN-USED V+ RED ORANGE ORANGE WIRE DRIVER V- BLACK BLACK LINE WHITE NEUTRAL GREEN GND ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-4 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 49 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML6A, 6E DIML6B, 6F IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML6A and DIML6E LED Dimming Compatibility Table DIML6A and DIML6E are linearly programmed dimming drivers for use with logarithmic-style dimming controls (e.g., Lutron and others listed in the table below) DIML6A = EldoLED SOLOdrive 0-10V control dims from 100% to 0.1% DIML6E = EldoLED ECOdrive 0-10V control dims from 100% to 1% Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Per Dimmer* Refer to manufacturer's 120V & 277V DIML6A / E dimmer load rating for Lutron Diva DVTV/NFTV/NTFTV with PP-20 99% - 0.1% / 1% maximum and minimum Lutron Energi Savr Node QSN-4T16-S 100% - 0.1% / 1% Ð xture quantities per Lutron GP Dimming Panels TVM2 Module 99% - 0.1% / 1% dimmer. Lutron Interfaces GRX-TVI w/ GRX3503 100% - 0.1% / 1% Sensor Switch nIO nIO EZ 100% - 0.1% / 1% * NOTE: Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. DIML6B and DIML6F LED Dimming Compatibility Table DIML6B and DIML6F are logarithmic-programmed dimming drivers for use with linear-style dimming controls (e.g., Crestron, non-Lutron and others listed in the table below) DIML6B = EldoLED SOLOdrive 0-10V control dims from 100% to 0.1% DIMMER: 0-10V DIML6F = EldoLED ECOdrive 0-10V control dims from 100% to 1% (BY OTHERS) LED 0-10V (-)GRAY DIML6B Dimmer Compatibility Chart 0-10V (+)PURPLE Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures V+ RED Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Per Dimmer* SWITCHED HOTSWITCHED HOT DRIVER V- BLACK Refer to 120V & 277V DIML6B / F NEUTRALWHITE manufacturer's Bush-Jaeger Electronic potentiometer 2112U-101 100% - 0.1% / 1% GREEN dimmer load Jung Electronic potentiometer 240-10 100% - 0.1% / 1% GND rating for Leviton IllumaTech dimmer IP710-DLX 100% - 0.1% / 1% CLASS 2 CONTROL WIRES maximum and Lightolier (Philips) Momentum (120V ONLY) ZP600FAM120 100% - 0.1% / 1% LINE RELAY minimum Ð xture Merten Electronic potentiometer 5729 100% - 0.1% / 1% (BY OTHERS)DIML6A, 6B quantities per Pass & Seymour Titan CD4FB-W 100% - 0.1% / 1% NEUTRAL 0-10V DIMMING W/RELAY TO SWITCH POWER dimmer. Watt Stopper Miro DCLV1 100% - 0.1% / 1% Synergy Wallbox Dimmers ISD BC 100% - 0.1% / 1% ABB i-bus SD/S 2.16.1 100% - 0.1% / 1% Crestron Modules GLX-DIMFLV8, GLXP-DIMFLV8 100% - 0.1% / 1% Crestron Green Light GLPAC-DIMFLV4-, GLPAC-DIMFLV8- 100% - 0.1% / 1% DIML6A, 6B Crestron Green Light Power Pack GLPP-DIMFLVEX-PM, GLPP-1DIMFLV2EX-PM, GLPP-1DIMFLV3EX-PM 100% - 0.1% / 1% 0-10V (-)GRAY 0-10V DIMMING W/RELAY TO SWITCH POWER FIXTURE 0-10V (+)PURPLE Crestron DIN Rail Analog Output Module DIN-A08 100% - 0.1% / 1% DIMMER: 0-10V V+ RED SWITCHED HOTBLACK (BY OTHERS) V- BLACK Crestron DIN Rail 0-10V Fluorescent Dimmer DIN-4DIMFLV4 100% - 0.1% / 1% LED NEUTRALWHITE Crestron iLux 0-10V Dimmer Expansion Module CLS-EXP-DIMFLV 100% - 0.1% / 1% GREEN DRIVER * NOTE: Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. GND CLASS 2 CONTROL WIRES LINE DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: RELAY (BY OTHERS) NOTES: NEUTRAL Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. DIML6 DIML6 0-10V DIMMING (NO RELAY) 0-10V DIMMING W/RELAY TO SWITCH POWER FIXTURE FIXTURE DIMMER: 0-10V w/ DIMMER: 0-10V POWER SWITCHING (BY OTHERS) (BY OTHERS) LED 0-10V (-)GRAY LED 0-10V (-)GRAY 0-10V (+)PURPLE V+ RED0-10V (+)PURPLE V+ RED SWITCHED HOTBLACK DRIVER LINE SWITCHED HOTBLACK V- BLACK DRIVER V- BLACK NEUTRALWHITE NEUTRALWHITE GREEN GREEN GROUND GND GND CLASS 2 CONTROL WIRES LINE RELAY (BY OTHERS) NEUTRAL NEUTRAL ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 DIML6A, 6B New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 0-10V DIMMING (NO RELAY) All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-6 Revised 05/20/2016 Lighting FIXTURE DIMMER: 0-10V w/ POWER SWITCHING (BY OTHERS) LED TYPE 49 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML7 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML7 LED: EldoLED DALI Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 0.1%) DIML7 DALI CONTROLS DALI BUS DA DA FIXTURE WALL CONTROL (BY OTHERS)LED ORANGE (-) ORANGE/WHITE (+) V+ RED DRIVER BLACK LINE V- BLACK WHITE NEUTRAL GREEN GND ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-7 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 49 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML9 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML9 LED: TRIAC Forward Phase Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 15%) 120V Only DIML9 2 WIRE PHASE DIMMING FIXTURE DIMMER: 2 WIRE PHASE (BY OTHERS) LED V+ RED LINESWITCHED HOTBLACK DRIVER V- BLACK NEUTRALWHITE GROUNDGREEN GND ONLY FOR SWITCHES WITH NEUTRAL NEUTRAL ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-9 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 49 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML10 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML10 LED: ELV Reverse Phase Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 15%) 120V Only DIML10 2 WIRE PHASE DIMMING FIXTURE DIMMER: 2 WIRE PHASE (BY OTHERS) LED V+ RED LINESWITCHED HOTBLACK DRIVER V- BLACK NEUTRALWHITE GROUNDGREEN GND ONLY FOR SWITCHES WITH NEUTRAL NEUTRAL ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-10 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting MERGE ™ ELEMENT-Lighting.com TYPE 50 FLANGELESS LINEAR CHANNELS CONSTRUCTION 20 gauge sheet metal and aluminum extrusion with durable • 3" beveled ceiling aperture • IC: Available in 2', 4' or 8' lengths • IC suitable up to R60 spray foam insulation • • • Available in Flangeless/Mud-in, includes plaster plate, including • mitered ends as needed Optional illuminated 90° horizontal turns or 90° ceiling-to-wall • transitions (not available in Lay-in) Continuous linear runs require a start unit, intermediate • WHETHER BEING USED TO HIGHLIGHT ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS, OR DELIVER WELL-CONTROLLED GENERAL ILLUMINATION, ELEMENT LINEAR LAMPING MERGE PUTS THE FOCUS ON THE ROOM AND OFFERS STUNNING Dual sided illumination for even light along the channel • DESIGN FLEXIBILITY. WHETHER STATIC WHITE, PROGRAMMABLE WHITE, 700 Net lumens, 9 watts per foot @ 3500K, 80CRI • OR RGB MIXED COLORS, RECESSED LINES OF UNIFORM, GLARE-FREE Available in 2700K, 3000K, 3500K, Programmable White • LED LIGHT CAN BE DESIGNED TO MAKE 90° TURNS IN THE SAME (2700K-4000K), 80+ & 90+ CRI and RGB PLANE OR PERPENDICULAR TRANSITIONS FROM CEILING TO WALL 3-Step or better color binning on all non-RGB options • FOR ENHANCED ARCHITECTURAL INTEREST. TO FURTHER THE UTILITY DRIVER & DIMMING* OF THIS BEAUTIFULLY INTEGRATED LINEAR LIGHTING SYSTEM, SPOT Available in 120V or 277V HEADS OR PENDANTS CAN BE ADDED DIRECTLY INTO THE CHANNEL • AT ANY POINT ALONG ITS CONCEALED LOW-VOLTAGE BUS SYSTEM Each linear channel includes a self-contained ELV, 0-10V, • Lutron Hi-Lume 2 Wire PWM (120V only) or Lutron Hi-Lume FOR SIMULTANEOUS ACCENT OR TASK ILLUMINATION. 3 Wire-Eco System Driver, DMX driver for RGB. Concealed 10 gauge, low-voltage bus bar, order 12-volt remote • ALL ELEMENT MERGE COMPONENTS FEATURE A BEVELED APERTURE transformer sold separately TO INTEGRATE SEAMLESSLY WITH ARCHITECTURE FOR SLEEK CEILING Max run length is 80' for the channel; typical max run length is 40' • TO FIXTURE TRANSITIONS. AVAILABLE IN 2', 4' AND 8' LENGTHS (WITH A for the low-voltage bus which can be powered from both sides for a total of 80'; system wattage will impact max run length NUMBER OF CONNECTOR OPTIONS) FOR FLANGED, FLANGELESS, OR LAY-IN INSTALLATION. PERFORMANCE** LINEAR CHANNELOUTPUT (LMS)WATTAGE 2 FT 140018 4 FT 280036 8 FT 560072 **REPRESENTS 3500K/80CRI OPTIONAL EM: integrated emergency battery back-up to provide • illumination when main power is lost. EM battery is integrated in the Merge linear channel housing and provides 90 minutes indicator light for remote mounting. - 2' EM linear channel: 1063 lms/ft - 4' EM linear channel: 1107 lms/ft - 8' EM linear channel: 1107 lms/ft (illuminates 4' section of the 8' channel) * Consult Quotes Department for additional driver options 2016 Tech Lighting, L.L.C. All rights reserved. The “Element” graphic is a registered trademark of Element. 7400 Linder Avenue, Skokie, Illinois 60077 T 847.410.4400 F 847.410.4500 MERGE ™ ELEMENT-Lighting.com TYPE 50 FLANGELESS LINEAR CHANNELS HOUSING B D C - Individual A D = 3.0" C - Start C - Intermediate C - End DIMENSIONS FLANGELESS ABC 2' INDIVIDUAL 6.325.6424.30 2' START 6.325.6422.65 2' INTERMEDIATE 6.325.6424.00 2' END 6.325.6425.65 4' INDIVDUAL 6.325.6448.30 4' START 6.325.6446.65 4' INTERMEDIATE 6.325.6448.00 4' END 6.325.6449.65 8' INDIVIDUAL 6.325.6496.30 8' START 6.325.6494.65 8' INTERMEDIATE 6.325.6496.00 8' END 6.325.6497.65 ALL DIMENSIONS GIVEN IN INCHES. 2016 Tech Lighting, L.L.C. All rights reserved. The “Element” graphic is a registered trademark of Element. 7400 Linder Avenue, Skokie, Illinois 60077 T 847.410.4400 F 847.410.4500 MERGE ™ ELEMENT-Lighting.com TYPE 50 FLANGELESS LINEAR CHANNELS GRIDS LINEAR CHANNELS NOMINAL CEILING SYSTEMLENGTHTYPEOUTPUTAPPEARANCECRI / COLOR TEMPERATUREFINISHCONTROLSVOLTAGEOPTIONAL RLS32 2 FT S START 7 700 LUMENS/FT RL RECESSED 827 80 CRI, 2700K W MATTE WHITE ELV STANDARD ELV 1 120 VOLT EM EMERGENCY BATTERY ‡ 4 4 FT M INTERMEDIATEFLANGELESS 830 80 CRI, 3000K 010 0-10V DIMMING 2 277 VOLT(NON-IC ONLY) 8 8 FT E END 835 80 CRI, 3500K HL2W HI-LUME I INDIVIDUAL 927 90 CRI, 2700K2 WIRE/PWM† 930 90 CRI, 3000K HL3W HI-LUME 3 WIRE/ 935 90 CRI, 3500KECO-SYSTEM 82740 80 CRI,DMX DMX CONTROL PROGRAMMABLE WHITE* RGB RGB** RLS37RLWEM † ‡ * 0-10 VOLT DIMMING ONLY. **DMX CONTROL ONLY. HL2W – TWO WIRE LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRONIC DIMMING, 120 VOLT ONLY. EM ONLY AVAILABLE ON STATIC WHITE LINEAR CHANNELS. EM OPTION ONLY AVAILABLE FOR NON-IC CONSTRUCTION. PROJECT INFO FIXTURE TYPEJOB NAME FIXTURE QUANTITYNOTES 2016 Tech Lighting, L.L.C. All rights reserved. The “Element” graphic is a registered trademark of Element. 7400 Linder Avenue, Skokie, Illinois 60077 T 847.410.4400 F 847.410.4500 MERGE ™ ELEMENT-Lighting.com TYPE 51 FLANGELESS LINEAR CHANNELS CONSTRUCTION 20 gauge sheet metal and aluminum extrusion with durable • 3" beveled ceiling aperture • IC: Available in 2', 4' or 8' lengths • IC suitable up to R60 spray foam insulation • • • Available in Flangeless/Mud-in, includes plaster plate, including • mitered ends as needed Optional illuminated 90° horizontal turns or 90° ceiling-to-wall • transitions (not available in Lay-in) Continuous linear runs require a start unit, intermediate • WHETHER BEING USED TO HIGHLIGHT ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS, OR DELIVER WELL-CONTROLLED GENERAL ILLUMINATION, ELEMENT LINEAR LAMPING MERGE PUTS THE FOCUS ON THE ROOM AND OFFERS STUNNING Dual sided illumination for even light along the channel • DESIGN FLEXIBILITY. WHETHER STATIC WHITE, PROGRAMMABLE WHITE, 700 Net lumens, 9 watts per foot @ 3500K, 80CRI • OR RGB MIXED COLORS, RECESSED LINES OF UNIFORM, GLARE-FREE Available in 2700K, 3000K, 3500K, Programmable White • LED LIGHT CAN BE DESIGNED TO MAKE 90° TURNS IN THE SAME (2700K-4000K), 80+ & 90+ CRI and RGB PLANE OR PERPENDICULAR TRANSITIONS FROM CEILING TO WALL 3-Step or better color binning on all non-RGB options • FOR ENHANCED ARCHITECTURAL INTEREST. TO FURTHER THE UTILITY DRIVER & DIMMING* OF THIS BEAUTIFULLY INTEGRATED LINEAR LIGHTING SYSTEM, SPOT Available in 120V or 277V HEADS OR PENDANTS CAN BE ADDED DIRECTLY INTO THE CHANNEL • AT ANY POINT ALONG ITS CONCEALED LOW-VOLTAGE BUS SYSTEM Each linear channel includes a self-contained ELV, 0-10V, • Lutron Hi-Lume 2 Wire PWM (120V only) or Lutron Hi-Lume FOR SIMULTANEOUS ACCENT OR TASK ILLUMINATION. 3 Wire-Eco System Driver, DMX driver for RGB. Concealed 10 gauge, low-voltage bus bar, order 12-volt remote • ALL ELEMENT MERGE COMPONENTS FEATURE A BEVELED APERTURE transformer sold separately TO INTEGRATE SEAMLESSLY WITH ARCHITECTURE FOR SLEEK CEILING Max run length is 80' for the channel; typical max run length is 40' • TO FIXTURE TRANSITIONS. AVAILABLE IN 2', 4' AND 8' LENGTHS (WITH A for the low-voltage bus which can be powered from both sides for a total of 80'; system wattage will impact max run length NUMBER OF CONNECTOR OPTIONS) FOR FLANGED, FLANGELESS, OR LAY-IN INSTALLATION. PERFORMANCE** LINEAR CHANNELOUTPUT (LMS)WATTAGE 2 FT 140018 4 FT 280036 8 FT 560072 **REPRESENTS 3500K/80CRI OPTIONAL EM: integrated emergency battery back-up to provide • illumination when main power is lost. EM battery is integrated in the Merge linear channel housing and provides 90 minutes indicator light for remote mounting. - 2' EM linear channel: 1063 lms/ft - 4' EM linear channel: 1107 lms/ft - 8' EM linear channel: 1107 lms/ft (illuminates 4' section of the 8' channel) * Consult Quotes Department for additional driver options 2016 Tech Lighting, L.L.C. All rights reserved. The “Element” graphic is a registered trademark of Element. 7400 Linder Avenue, Skokie, Illinois 60077 T 847.410.4400 F 847.410.4500 MERGE ™ ELEMENT-Lighting.com TYPE 51 FLANGELESS LINEAR CHANNELS HOUSING B D C - Individual A D = 3.0" C - Start C - Intermediate C - End DIMENSIONS FLANGELESS ABC 2' INDIVIDUAL 6.325.6424.30 2' START 6.325.6422.65 2' INTERMEDIATE 6.325.6424.00 2' END 6.325.6425.65 4' INDIVDUAL 6.325.6448.30 4' START 6.325.6446.65 4' INTERMEDIATE 6.325.6448.00 4' END 6.325.6449.65 8' INDIVIDUAL 6.325.6496.30 8' START 6.325.6494.65 8' INTERMEDIATE 6.325.6496.00 8' END 6.325.6497.65 ALL DIMENSIONS GIVEN IN INCHES. 2016 Tech Lighting, L.L.C. All rights reserved. The “Element” graphic is a registered trademark of Element. 7400 Linder Avenue, Skokie, Illinois 60077 T 847.410.4400 F 847.410.4500 MERGE ™ ELEMENT-Lighting.com TYPE 51 FLANGELESS LINEAR CHANNELS GRIDS LINEAR CHANNELS NOMINAL CEILING SYSTEMLENGTHTYPEOUTPUTAPPEARANCECRI / COLOR TEMPERATUREFINISHCONTROLSVOLTAGEOPTIONAL RLS32 2 FT S START 7 700 LUMENS/FT RL RECESSED 827 80 CRI, 2700K W MATTE WHITE ELV STANDARD ELV 1 120 VOLT EM EMERGENCY BATTERY ‡ 4 4 FT M INTERMEDIATEFLANGELESS 830 80 CRI, 3000K 010 0-10V DIMMING 2 277 VOLT(NON-IC ONLY) 8 8 FT E END 835 80 CRI, 3500K HL2W HI-LUME I INDIVIDUAL 927 90 CRI, 2700K2 WIRE/PWM† 930 90 CRI, 3000K HL3W HI-LUME 3 WIRE/ 935 90 CRI, 3500KECO-SYSTEM 82740 80 CRI,DMX DMX CONTROL PROGRAMMABLE WHITE* RGB RGB** RLS37RLWEM † ‡ * 0-10 VOLT DIMMING ONLY. **DMX CONTROL ONLY. HL2W – TWO WIRE LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRONIC DIMMING, 120 VOLT ONLY. EM ONLY AVAILABLE ON STATIC WHITE LINEAR CHANNELS. EM OPTION ONLY AVAILABLE FOR NON-IC CONSTRUCTION. PROJECT INFO FIXTURE TYPEJOB NAME FIXTURE QUANTITYNOTES 2016 Tech Lighting, L.L.C. All rights reserved. The “Element” graphic is a registered trademark of Element. 7400 Linder Avenue, Skokie, Illinois 60077 T 847.410.4400 F 847.410.4500 MERGE ™ ELEMENT-Lighting.com TYPE 52 GIMBAL SPOT HEAD SPOT LAMPING Gimbal Spot Head mounts within the Merge linear channel, does • not break the ceiling plane. Note: Maximum number of spots is variable depending on the length of the housing panel; 1 spot per foot of housing panel. 40° tilt, 360° rotation • 836 lumens, 9.3 Watts @ 3500K, 80CRI • Available in 2700K, 3000K, 3500K; 80+ & 90+ CRI • 3 Step Color Binning or better • Field changeable Beam Optics (20°, 30°, 40°, 60°) • DRIVER & DIMMING Concealed 10 gauge, low-voltage bus bar, order low-voltage • remote transformer separately Dimming dependant on transformer, see grid for details • CREATING A CONTINUOUS UNINTERRUPTED LINE OF BEAUTIFUL, Max run length is 80' for the channel; typical max run length is 40' • GLARE-FREE LED LIGHT, THE ELEMENT MERGE RECESSED LINEAR for the low-voltage bus which can be powered from both sides for a total of 80'; system wattage will impact max run length SYSTEM INCONSPICUOUSLY PUTS LIGHT WHERE IT IS NEEDED WITHOUT DRAWING ATTENTION TO THE FIXTURE. THE ELEMENT MERGE GIMBAL SPOT HEAD OPTION ALLOWS YOU TO SIMPLY TWIST-AND-LOCK LED ADJUSTABLE SPOT HEADS ANYWHERE ALONG THE LOW-VOLTAGE BUS CHANNEL FOR STUNNING DESIGN FLEXIBILITY. THE MERGE GIMBAL SPOT DOES NOT BREAK THE CEILING PLANE FOR A SMOOTH OVERALL APPEARANCE. OPTIONS FOR BEAM SPREAD, MOUNTING, AND COLOR TEMPERATURE ALLOW DESIGNERS TO SPECIFY A SYSTEM TAILORED TO EXACTING DEMANDS. 2016 Tech Lighting, L.L.C. All rights reserved. The “Element” graphic is a registered trademark of Element. 7400 Linder Avenue, Skokie, Illinois 60077 T 847.410.4400 F 847.410.4500 MERGE ™ ELEMENT-Lighting.com TYPE 52 GIMBAL SPOT HEAD DIMENSIONS 2.9"2.3" 74 mm58 mm 2" 2" 51 mm 51 mm 4.9" 124 mm GIMBAL SPOT GRIDS SPOT HEAD*LENSES / LOUVERSREPLACEMENT OPTICS CRI/COLOR BEAM TYPEBEAM SPREAD SYSTEMTYPETEMPERATURESPREADFINISH MOCGG PLAIN GLASS 351LEDGATOPT20 20º RLS3G GIMBAL 827 80 CRI, 2700K 2 20ºW MATTE WHITE SF SOFT FOCUS 30 30º 830 80 CRI, 3000K 3 30º LL LINEAR SPREAD 40 40º 835 80 CRI, 3500K 4 40º EC EGGCRATE LOUVER 60 60º 927 90 CRI, 2700K 6 60º LS1-W 1" LONG SNOOT WHITE 930 90 CRI, 3000K LS12-W 1/2" LONG SNOOT WHITE 935 90 CRI, 3500K 351LEDGATOPT MOC RLS3GW *TRANSFORMER REQUIRED TRANSFORMERS* (ORDERED SEPARATELY) ITEM #DESCRIPTIONDIMMING 700AT060EL ELECTRONIC, 60W, 120VELV 700AT152EL ELECTRONIC, 150W, 120VELV 700AT152ELD010 ELECTRONIC, 150W, 120V0-10V 700AT150T MAGNETIC, 150W, 120VMAGNETIC 700AT150T277 MAGNETIC, 150W, 277VMAGNETIC 700AT302EL ELECTRONIC, 300W, 120VELV 700AT300T MAGNETIC, 300W, 120VMAGNETIC 700AT300T277 MAGNETIC, 300W, 277VMAGNETIC DO NOT LOAD TRANSFORMER ABOVE 70% OF RATED LOAD DUE TO IN-RUSH CURRENT. *CONSULT SPEC SHEETS FOR DIMENSIONS. PROJECT INFO FIXTURE TYPEJOB NAME FIXTURE QUANTITYNOTES 2016 Tech Lighting, L.L.C. All rights reserved. The “Element” graphic is a registered trademark of Element. 7400 Linder Avenue, Skokie, Illinois 60077 T 847.410.4400 F 847.410.4500 TYPE 53 MEDLEY C ® INTERIOR - REMOTE POWER SUPPLY WHITE LIGHT & STATIC COLORS SHAPING THE EXPERIENCE OF LIGHT ITEMSPECIFICATION LIGHT SOURCE 3.5W/FT, 6W/FT, 12W/FT OPTICS 7° X 60° 15° X 60° 30°X 60° 45°X 60° 60°X 60° 100°X 100° Asymmetric COLOR TEMPERATURES 2700K, 3000K, 3500K, 4000K, Static Red, Static Green, Static Blue, Static Amber CRI 82 PERFORMANCEWHITE (4000K) - 48" FIXTURE FIXTURE WATTAGEOPTICSLUMENSEFFICACY (lm/W)MAX CANDELA (CD / m 2) 3.5W/ current ASHRAE 3.5 (4.1 W/ft)7°107966 lm/W12011 CD / m 2 requirements 3.5 (4.1 W/ft)15° 97160 lm/W6202 CD / m 2 3.5 (4.1 W/ft)30° 98761 lm/W3559 CD / m 2 3.5 (4.1 W/ft)45° 92557 lm/W1423 CD / m 2 3.5 (4.1 W/ft)100°129679 lm/W522 CD / m 2 6 (7.4 W/ft)7°165056 lm/W19283 CD / m 2 6 (7.4 W/ft)15°148950 lm/W9518 CD / m 2 6 (7.4 W/ft)30°151551 lm/W5461 CD / m 2 6 (7.4 W/ft)45°141948 lm/W2184 CD / m 2 6 (7.9 W/ft)100°243377 lm/W615 CD / m 2 12 (14.2 W/ft)7°327254 lm/W38245 CD / m 2 12 (14.2 W/ft)15°295452 lm/W18877 CD / m 2 12 (14.2 W/ft)30°300453 lm/W10832 CD / m 2 12 (14.2 W/ft)45°281450 lm/W4332 CD / m 2 12 (16.4 W/ft)100°45921230 CD / m 70 lm/W 2 LUMEN MAINTENANCE 75,000 hrs L7075,000 hrs L70 ELECTRICAL DC VOLTAGE120V OR 277V POWER SUPPLYREMOTE POWER SUPPLY CONTROL Dimming0-10V, DMX PHYSICAL HOUSING DIMENSIONSHEIGHT X WIDTH X LENGTH: 3-3/8" X 2-3/4" X 12"/ 24" / 36" / 48" LENS OPERATING TEMPERATURE-20° C to 40° C CERTIFICATION WARRANTY 5 YEAR LIMITED All MEDLEY ® Insight Lighting www.insightlighting.com June 29, 2016 1:21 PM 1 of 6 TYPE 53 MEDLEY C ® INTERIOR - REMOTE POWER SUPPLY WHITE LIGHT & STATIC COLORS SHAPING THE EXPERIENCE OF LIGHT MC STEP 1 - FIXTURE ORDERING INFORMATION LED Light Mounting Voltage/Finish Wattage Watts Color/CCTDirectionLengthWiring Method(Dimming) /Ft MCWHITEU SMS = Surface 12"REM = Remote NO = No dimming WVS = Visor must order with Semi-Gloss 24" 3.527K7° MEDLEY C D = Downlight C1/100/PWRWL = Diffusing White CES = Close End 36" 615° SERIES 30K lens 48" 1230° must be BL 35K EAS60" 45° DIM = 0-10V dimming ordered Semi-Gloss WL Lens is 40K 72" 100° must order with Black PNS-X = Pendant 84" See below. STATIC COLORS (X = Pendant Length)96" BR Semi-Gloss 3.5R = Red 7° DMXDIM = DMX dimming Bronze 615° G = Green must order with 1230° B = Blue C1/100/RGB N 45° A = Amber Semi-Gloss 100° Natural DMX Controls are required. S Semi-Gloss Satin CC = Custom Color Contact additional charges will • • STEP 2 - POWER SUPPLY ORDERING INFORMATION NON-DIMMING POWER SUPPLIES CATALOG NUMBERDESCRIPTION C1/100/PWR/120V(1)-120V, 100W POWER SUPPLY C1/100/PWR/277V(1)-277V, 100W POWER SUPPLY 0-10V DIMMING POWER SUPPLIES C1/100/DIM/120V(1)-120V, 100W DIMMING POWER SUPPLY C1/100/DIM/277V(1)-277V, 100W DIMMING POWER SUPPLY DMX DIMMING POWER SUPPLIES C1 / 100 / RGB / 120V (1)-100W RGB POWER SUPPLY, 120V C1 / 100 / RGB / 277V (1)-100W RGB POWER SUPPLY, 277V CONTRA POWER SUPPLY OPTIONS CATALOG NUMBERDESCRIPTION PL-120 120V PLENUM RATED THERMAL PROTECTOR PL-277 277V PLENUM RATED THERMAL PROTECTOR NOTE: Due to remote power supply application variances, it is recommended to load the C1 Power Supplies at 80% of the wattage capacity. Insight Lighting www.insightlighting.com June 29, 2016 1:21 PM 2 of 6 TYPE 53 MEDLEY C ® INTERIOR - REMOTE POWER SUPPLY WHITE LIGHT & STATIC COLORS SHAPING THE EXPERIENCE OF LIGHT SMS - SURFACE, REMOTE POWER SUPPLY 4' Input Lead (no connector) 1-1/2" 55° Dim. B Max. 2" Dim. B Min. Top View 100° 3-1/4" Dim. A 1-1/2" 100° 55° 4' Input Lead (no connector) 2" Top View 2-3/4" Fixture Length12"24"36"48"60"72"84"96" Dim. A 12-1/2"24-1/2"36-1/2"48-1/2" 60-1/2"72-1/2"84-1/2"96-1/2" 5-1/4" / 11"19" / 23"19" / 35"29" / 47"41" / 59"53" / 71"65" / 83"74" / 95" CES - CLOSE END , REMOTE POWER SUPPLY Front View 1-1/2" 45°87° Dim. A 2-1/2" Dim. B 1-3/4" 4' Input Lead (no connector)Top View MOUNTING BRACKET DETAILS Fixture Length12"24"36"48"60"72"84"96" 1.08" Dim. A 12-1/2"24-1/2"36-1/2"48-1/2" 60-1/2"72-1/2"84-1/2"96-1/2" .50" Dim. B11-1/2"23-1/2"35-1/2"47-1/2"59-1/2"71-1/2"83-1/2"95-1/2" 1.00" 1.75" .28" Insight Lighting www.insightlighting.com June 29, 2016 1:21 PM 3 of 6 TYPE 53 MEDLEY C ® INTERIOR - REMOTE POWER SUPPLY WHITE LIGHT & STATIC COLORS SHAPING THE EXPERIENCE OF LIGHT EAS - EXTENDED ARM, REMOTE POWER SUPPLY 2-1/2"2-1/2" Dim. B 1-1/2" 2" Dim. A 5" Dia. 6-3/4" Front View Dim. B 12" Input Lead 90° 90°(no connector) Fixture Length12"24"36"48"60"72"84"96" Dim. A 12-1/2"24-1/2"36-1/2"48-1/2" 60-1/2"72-1/2"84-1/2"96-1/2" Dim. B13-1/4"25-1/4"37-1/4"49-1/4"61-1/4"73-1/4"85-1/4"97-1/4" CANOPY OPTIONS - EXTENDED ARM STANDARDOPTION Cat#: RLP5Cat#: RHP5 EAS Insight Lighting www.insightlighting.com June 29, 2016 1:21 PM 4 of 6 TYPE 53 MEDLEY C ® INTERIOR - REMOTE POWER SUPPLY WHITE LIGHT & STATIC COLORS SHAPING THE EXPERIENCE OF LIGHT PNS - PENDANT, REMOTE POWER SUPPLY 2"2" Dim. B 12" Input Lead " 4 Dia.(no connector) Specify 9" - 48" 2" 90°90° 1-1/2" Dim. A Front View Fixture Length12"24"36"48"60"72"84"96" Dim. A 12-1/2"24-1/2"36-1/2"48-1/2" 60-1/2"72-1/2"84-1/2"96-1/2" Dim. B13-1/4"25-1/4"37-1/4"49-1/4"61-1/4"73-1/4"85-1/4"97-1/4" CANOPY OPTIONS - PENDANT STANDARDOPTIONOPTIONOPTION Cat#: RLP4Cat#: RLP5Cat#: RHP5Cat#: SHP4.5 PNS Insight Lighting www.insightlighting.com June 29, 2016 1:21 PM 5 of 6 TYPE 53 REMOTE POWER SUPPLIES INTERIOR - REMOTE POWER SUPPLY DIMENSIONS SHAPING THE EXPERIENCE OF LIGHT CONTRA1 - PWR OR DIM (CONSTANT CURRENT) 5"7 1/2" 2 1/4" THERMAL PROTECTOR PLENUM RATED OPTION 12 7/8" 14 1/2" 3 3/4" SIDE VIEW BACK VIEW FRONT VIEW ( PLENUM ) Insight Lighting www.insightlighting.com June 29, 2016 1:21 PM 6 of 6 ® FLATFLEX 3000k TYPE 54 SPECIFICATION FLATFLEX: (6mm) thick and has every component hidden to resemble multitude of design options. Dimming is easy with MODA Dimmable Drivers - choice of MLV or 0-10v dimming. Full line of accessories available, MODA Xtrusions, clips and simple White or Clear Finishes. Supplied in contractor ready 150ft (45.7m) reels. UL listed for use in USA & Canada. Dimensions:Output: Delivered Lumens315.61 lm / ft CCT 3000k 150’ (45.72m) Chromaticity Ordinatesx: 0.4389 y: 0.4094 u: 0.2495 v: 0.5237 3/5” (14mm) Color Bin Tolerance+ 3% / - 3% 92.55 1/5”CRI82 (6mm) 70,000 Hours L70 @ 25°C : 90,000 Hours L50 @ 25°C Lumen Maintenance LED Spacing: 7/10” (17mm) 50,000 Hours L70 @ 50°C : 70,000 Hours L50 @ 50°C Cutting Distance: 4” (100mm) Max Continuous Length: 32’ 9 7/10” (10m) Testing DataLight Data LM-79-08 & LM-80-08 Supplied Length: 150’ (45.72m) Illuminance at a Distance: Electrical: Data Shown for 150º (For lux multiply fc by 10.7) Input Voltage24v DC Center Beam FCBeam Width Power Consumption3.41w (0.14A) - Varies based on length of run & driver 1.7 ft Power Factor 12.36 fc4.5 ft4.5 ft Dimming100-277v 0-10v Magnetic Low Voltage 3.3 ft 3.09 fc9.0 ft9.0 ft EmergencyN/A 5.0 ft 1.37 fc13.5 ft13.5 ft 6.7 ft 0.77 fc17.9 ft17.9 ft Physical: 8.3 ft 0.49 fc22.4 ft22.4 ft 10.0 ft 0.34 fc26.9 ft26.9 ft ApplicationsCove, Kitchen Cabinet, Furniture, Signage Vert. Spread: 106.8ºHoriz. Spread: 106.8º Length 150’ Drum (45.72m) DimensionsWidth 3/5” (14mm) Polar Candela Distribution: Lumens per Zone: Height 1/5” (6mm) Data Shown for 150º Weight14.3 lbs (6.48 Kg) Per Reel ZoneLumens% Total 0-1011.053.50% ConstructionTough Polyepoxide UV Protected Body. 10-2031.5610.00% 20-3047.3415.00% Thermal ManagementN/A 30-4057.4418.20% OpticsN/A 40-5059.9719.00% Fixture ConnectionsPush To Fit Connectors 50-6052.7116.70% 60-7034.4010.90% Operating Temperature-4°F ~ 122°F (-20°C ~ 50°C) 70-8014.204.50% Storage Temperature-40ºF ~ 176ºF (-40ºC ~ 80ºC) 80-904.731.50% Humidity0-95% Non Condensing 90-1001.890.60% Project Name: Notes: VDC2016405 © Copyright 2016 • 955 White Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119 • T: 702 407 7775 • F: 702 407 7773 • www.modalight.com SPECIFICATION TYPE 54 Luminance Data (cd/sq.m):CIE 1931 Chromaticity Diagram: Zonal Lumen Summary: Angle in Average Average Average ZoneLumens% Lamp% Fixt Degrees0-Deg45-Deg90-Deg 0-3089.95N.A.28.50% 45124425126934128063 0-40147.07N.A.46.60% 55119547122563123626 0-60260.06N.A.82.40% 60-9053.65N.A.17.00% 65110282112433113798 0-90313.72N.A.99.40% 75944509642197149 90-1801.89N.A.0.60% 85915869769299600 0-180315.61N.A.100% Spectral Power:Polar Graph: Data Shown for 150º Accessories: LEADER CABLEINLINE CONNECTORJUMPER CABLETERMINATORMOUNTING CLIPFF-XTR-3FT Power Lead for FLATFLEXConnector for FLATFLEXConnector for FLATFLEXTerminator for FLATFLEX (10pcs) Connects FLATFLEX ToConnects Two FLATFLEX Connects Two FLATFLEX and Terminates FLATFLEX To Screws Into Surface To Hold Screws Into Surface To Hold Power SupplyTogetherallows for corner bendsProtect FPCB From DustFLATFLEXFLATFLEX Connector Dim:Connector Dim:Connector Dim:L: 3/5” (17mm) L: 1 1/5” (30mm) L: 3’ (914mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 1/5” (6mm)W: 5/8” (16mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) H: 2/5” (11mm) H: 3/10” (8mm)H: 2/5” (10mm) H: 2/5” (11mm)H: 2/5” (11mm) H: 2/5” (11mm)2 Screws 1/2” (13mm) Finish: Finish:Finish:Finish: B-Black or W-White B-Black or W-WhiteB-Black or W-WhiteB-Black or W-White Options: Product NameFinishColor TempTested to UL & CSA by ETL For Use in USA & CANADA, Complies with California Title 24 Requirements, Lighting Facts. Exceeds ANSI C78.377A, CE & RoHS Compliant. FFB - Black Jacket3000k - Warm White C - Clear Jacket ClassClass 3 W - White Jacket EnvironmentDry Location - IP40 Warranty5 Year Limited Warranty Ordering: Sample SKU: FF-B-3000K-150FT TITLE 5 LOVE 24 THE EARTH RoHS 2013 MODA Products are protected under Worldwide Patents. Minimum order quantity may apply. TYPE 54 24v DRIVERS SPECIFICATION Non DimmingVoltage RangeIP RatingDimension Wattage 8 7/10” x 2 7/10” 1 1/2” MP17 100-277v ACIP67 150w (222mm x 68mm x 39mm) Voltage Range 0-10v DimmingIP RatingDimension Wattage 9 2/5” x 1 7/10” x 1 3/10” MP06 IP66 60w 347v AC (240mm x 43mm x 32mm) 9 2/5” x 1 7/10” x 1 3/10” 100-277v AC MP19N IP66 60w (240mm x 43mm x 32mm) 9 1/2” x 2 3/10” x 1 1/2” MP87 100-277v ACIP66 100w (241mm x 58mm x 37mm) 9 1/2” x 2 3/5” x 1 3/5” MP89 100-277v ACIP66 150w (241mm x 67mm x 40.5mm) Ordering: Sample SKU:MP19N © Copyright 2016 • 955 White Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119 • T: 702 407 7775 • F: 702 407 7773 • www.modalight.com ® FLATFLEX 3000k TYPE 55 SPECIFICATION FLATFLEX: (6mm) thick and has every component hidden to resemble multitude of design options. Dimming is easy with MODA Dimmable Drivers - choice of MLV or 0-10v dimming. Full line of accessories available, MODA Xtrusions, clips and simple White or Clear Finishes. Supplied in contractor ready 150ft (45.7m) reels. UL listed for use in USA & Canada. Dimensions:Output: Delivered Lumens315.61 lm / ft CCT 3000k 150’ (45.72m) Chromaticity Ordinatesx: 0.4389 y: 0.4094 u: 0.2495 v: 0.5237 3/5” (14mm) Color Bin Tolerance+ 3% / - 3% 92.55 1/5”CRI82 (6mm) 70,000 Hours L70 @ 25°C : 90,000 Hours L50 @ 25°C Lumen Maintenance LED Spacing: 7/10” (17mm) 50,000 Hours L70 @ 50°C : 70,000 Hours L50 @ 50°C Cutting Distance: 4” (100mm) Max Continuous Length: 32’ 9 7/10” (10m) Testing DataLight Data LM-79-08 & LM-80-08 Supplied Length: 150’ (45.72m) Illuminance at a Distance: Electrical: Data Shown for 150º (For lux multiply fc by 10.7) Input Voltage24v DC Center Beam FCBeam Width Power Consumption3.41w (0.14A) - Varies based on length of run & driver 1.7 ft Power Factor 12.36 fc4.5 ft4.5 ft Dimming100-277v 0-10v Magnetic Low Voltage 3.3 ft 3.09 fc9.0 ft9.0 ft EmergencyN/A 5.0 ft 1.37 fc13.5 ft13.5 ft 6.7 ft 0.77 fc17.9 ft17.9 ft Physical: 8.3 ft 0.49 fc22.4 ft22.4 ft 10.0 ft 0.34 fc26.9 ft26.9 ft ApplicationsCove, Kitchen Cabinet, Furniture, Signage Vert. Spread: 106.8ºHoriz. Spread: 106.8º Length 150’ Drum (45.72m) DimensionsWidth 3/5” (14mm) Polar Candela Distribution: Lumens per Zone: Height 1/5” (6mm) Data Shown for 150º Weight14.3 lbs (6.48 Kg) Per Reel ZoneLumens% Total 0-1011.053.50% ConstructionTough Polyepoxide UV Protected Body. 10-2031.5610.00% 20-3047.3415.00% Thermal ManagementN/A 30-4057.4418.20% OpticsN/A 40-5059.9719.00% Fixture ConnectionsPush To Fit Connectors 50-6052.7116.70% 60-7034.4010.90% Operating Temperature-4°F ~ 122°F (-20°C ~ 50°C) 70-8014.204.50% Storage Temperature-40ºF ~ 176ºF (-40ºC ~ 80ºC) 80-904.731.50% Humidity0-95% Non Condensing 90-1001.890.60% Project Name: Notes: VDC2016405 © Copyright 2016 • 955 White Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119 • T: 702 407 7775 • F: 702 407 7773 • www.modalight.com SPECIFICATION TYPE 55 Luminance Data (cd/sq.m):CIE 1931 Chromaticity Diagram: Zonal Lumen Summary: Angle in Average Average Average ZoneLumens% Lamp% Fixt Degrees0-Deg45-Deg90-Deg 0-3089.95N.A.28.50% 45124425126934128063 0-40147.07N.A.46.60% 55119547122563123626 0-60260.06N.A.82.40% 60-9053.65N.A.17.00% 65110282112433113798 0-90313.72N.A.99.40% 75944509642197149 90-1801.89N.A.0.60% 85915869769299600 0-180315.61N.A.100% Spectral Power:Polar Graph: Data Shown for 150º Accessories: LEADER CABLEINLINE CONNECTORJUMPER CABLETERMINATORMOUNTING CLIPFF-XTR-3FT Power Lead for FLATFLEXConnector for FLATFLEXConnector for FLATFLEXTerminator for FLATFLEX (10pcs) Connects FLATFLEX ToConnects Two FLATFLEX Connects Two FLATFLEX and Terminates FLATFLEX To Screws Into Surface To Hold Screws Into Surface To Hold Power SupplyTogetherallows for corner bendsProtect FPCB From DustFLATFLEXFLATFLEX Connector Dim:Connector Dim:Connector Dim:L: 3/5” (17mm) L: 1 1/5” (30mm) L: 3’ (914mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 1/5” (6mm)W: 5/8” (16mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) H: 2/5” (11mm) H: 3/10” (8mm)H: 2/5” (10mm) H: 2/5” (11mm)H: 2/5” (11mm) H: 2/5” (11mm)2 Screws 1/2” (13mm) Finish: Finish:Finish:Finish: B-Black or W-White B-Black or W-WhiteB-Black or W-WhiteB-Black or W-White Options: Product NameFinishColor TempTested to UL & CSA by ETL For Use in USA & CANADA, Complies with California Title 24 Requirements, Lighting Facts. Exceeds ANSI C78.377A, CE & RoHS Compliant. FFB - Black Jacket3000k - Warm White C - Clear Jacket ClassClass 3 W - White Jacket EnvironmentDry Location - IP40 Warranty5 Year Limited Warranty Ordering: Sample SKU: FF-B-3000K-150FT TITLE 5 LOVE 24 THE EARTH RoHS 2013 MODA Products are protected under Worldwide Patents. Minimum order quantity may apply. TYPE 55 24v DRIVERS SPECIFICATION Non DimmingVoltage RangeIP RatingDimension Wattage 8 7/10” x 2 7/10” 1 1/2” MP17 100-277v ACIP67 150w (222mm x 68mm x 39mm) Voltage Range 0-10v DimmingIP RatingDimension Wattage 9 2/5” x 1 7/10” x 1 3/10” MP06 IP66 60w 347v AC (240mm x 43mm x 32mm) 9 2/5” x 1 7/10” x 1 3/10” 100-277v AC MP19N IP66 60w (240mm x 43mm x 32mm) 9 1/2” x 2 3/10” x 1 1/2” MP87 100-277v ACIP66 100w (241mm x 58mm x 37mm) 9 1/2” x 2 3/5” x 1 3/5” MP89 100-277v ACIP66 150w (241mm x 67mm x 40.5mm) Ordering: Sample SKU:MP19N © Copyright 2016 • 955 White Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119 • T: 702 407 7775 • F: 702 407 7773 • www.modalight.com ® WANNABE 3000k TYPE 56 SPECIFICATION Line Voltage LED Linear System: High output solid state linear system with integral universal 100-277v AC power supply. Fully dimmable with ELV system’s. Up to 230 feet on a single line voltage circuit. Adjustable mounting bracket allows for easy adjustment when directing the light source. Built using a Samsung high performance LED package with precise spacing for for a quality light with no striations. Integral driver powers signature and exceptional long life that exceeds L70. Dimensions:Output: Delivered Lumens402.51 60º CCT & SDMC3000k - Single 3 SDMC Chromaticity Ordinatesx: 0.436 y: 0.401 Typical Color Bin ToleranceSingle Bin 78.31 1’ (305mm) CRI86 70,000 Hours L70 @ 25°C : 90,000 Hours L50 @ 25°C (43.6mm) Lumen Maintenance 50,000 Hours L70 @ 50°C : 70,000 Hours L50 @ 50°C Testing DataLight Data LM-79-08 & LM-80-08 Illuminance at a Distance: Electrical: Data Shown for 110º (For lux multiply fc by 10.7) Input Voltage Center Beam FCBeam Width Power Consumption5.14w (0.04A) Power Factor 2.0 ft32.7 fc5.8 ft5.8 ft DimmingElectronic Low Voltage Reverse Phase Trailing Edge 4.0 ft8.2 fc11.6 ft11.7 ft Emergency 3.6 fc17.4 ft17.5 ft 6.0 ft 2.0 fc23.3 ft29.1 ft 8.0 ft Physical: 1.3 fc29.1 ft29.1 ft 10.0 ft 0.9 fc34.9 ft35.0 ft 12.0 ft ApplicationsCove, Accent & Indirect General Illumination Vert. Spread: 110.9ºHoriz. Spread: 111.1º Length 1’ (305mm) Dimensions Polar Candela Distribution: Lumens per Zone: Data Shown for 110º Weight11.2 oz (318g) ZoneLumens% Total 0-1013.443.34% ConstructionPolycarbonate Body, Polycarbonate Lens 10-2038.569.58% 20-3058.3614.50% Thermal ManagementNatural Convection 30-4069.9617.38% Optics 40-5072.2917.96% Fixture ConnectionsIntegral Male & Female Connectors 50-6064.4016.00% 60-7047.5411.81% Operating Temperature-22ºF ~ 122ºF (-30ºC ~ 70ºC) 70-8023.395.81% Storage Temperature-40ºF ~ 176ºF (-40ºC ~ 80ºC) 80-905.511.37% Humidity0-95% Non Condensing 90-1003.060.76% Project Name: Notes: VDC2016504 © Copyright 2016 • 955 White Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119 • T: 702 407 7775 • F: 702 407 7773 • www.modalight.com SPECIFICATION TYPE 56 Luminance Data (cd/sq.m):CIE 1931 Chromaticity Diagram: Zonal Lumen Summary: Angle in Average Average Average ZoneLumens% Lamp% Fixt Degrees0-Deg45-Deg90-Deg 0-30110.29N.A.27.40% 45147451259412172 0-40180.32N.A.44.80% 55137441138310792 0-60317.18N.A.78.80% 60-9070.84N.A.17.60% 651164292468607 0-90393.65N.A.97.80% 75791980442421 90-1808.86N.A.2.20% 85209919282280 0-180402.51N.A.100% Spectral Power:Polar Graph: Data Shown for 110º Accessories: WANNABE-LEADER-CABLE WANNABE-JUMPER-CABLE WANNABE-END-CAP MODA-BRIDGE 1 10’ (3.05m) Lead Cable1’ (304.8mm) Jumper Cable0-10V to ELV Converter Provides Power to First Fixture of RunAllows Longer Connection Between Must be Fixed to Last Fixture for SafetyAllows user to convert a 0-10v dimming Fixturessignal into an ELV dimming signal that dims down to 0% Connector Dim.Connector Dim.Cap Dim.Product Dim. Tested to UL & CSA by ETL For Use in USA & CANADA, Complies with California Title 24 Requirements, Lighting Facts. Exceeds ANSI C78.377A, CE & RoHS Compliant. ClassClass 1 EnvironmentDry Location - IP20 Warranty5 Year Limited Warranty Ordering: SKU: WANNABE-3000K TITLE 5 LOVE 24 THE EARTH RoHS 2013 MODA Products are protected under Worldwide Patents. Minimum order quantity may apply. 3023 TYPE 57 DOWNLIGHT ® BeveLED 2.0 WARM GLOW DIMMING Covered By US Patent 8,456,109 and 8,581,520 1" REGRESS2-1/2" REGRESS LED Dimmed to 50%LED Dimmed to 20%LED Dimmed to 1% Warm Glow Dimming gradually transitions from 2700K, 3000K or 3500K down to 2200K - creating intimacy while enhancing the mood and feeling of the space. DELIVERED PERFORMANCE DOWNLIGHT 16 Watts Max 32 Watts Max Max Color Temperature 2700K 3000K 3500K 2700K 3000K 3500K 80+ 90+ 80+ 90+ 80+ 80+ 90+ 80+ 90+ 80+ Color Rendering Index CRI CRI CRI CRI CRI CRI CRI CRI CRI CRI Lumens per Watt 52 41 56 45 59 47 37 50 40 53 Source Lumens 1000 800 1075 875 1150 1700 1325 1800 1450 1925 Delivered Lumens 825 650 900 725 950 1400 1100 1500 1200 1600 HOW TO SPECIFY Ordering Example: Specify trim code and housing code to order: Example : 3023W - B1 - S - 10 - LRTD4 - 9016 - WGD1 - 2722KS - 30 - NC - 277V - DIML4 - CB27 BeveLED 2.0 Warm Glow Dimming Curve vs. TRIM ORDERING INFORMATION Actual Incandescent Dimming Curve TRIMOPTIONBEVEL STYLEFLANGE FINISHLENS Warm Glow Dimming 3000K LEDWarm Glow Dimming 2700K LED 100W A19 Lamp ––– 3023 ______ 100% 90% 01 Clear Matte 3023W Wet location 1 B1 1" Regress Bevel, F Frosted 80% (AC Bevel Only) Round Painted Die Cast EML Integral S Solite Downlight Matches Flange Finish 70% 02 Black Anodized Emergency (provided 1" or 2-1/2" Test Switch 2 AB1 1" Regress Bevel, (AB Bevel Only) standard) 60% Regress Black Anodized TZ TechZone 10 White 50% (NCSM only) AC1 1" Regress Bevel, 13 Statuary Bronze 40% N/A with 01 or Clear Matte Anodized 30% 21 Black nishes B2 2-1/2” Regress Bevel, 20% 28 Metalized Grey Painted Die Cast 3 10% 1 Wet location, use with B1 RAL Custom Color Matches Flange Finish trims only. (specify RAL #) 0% AB2 2-1/2" Regress Bevel, 300029002800270026002500240023002200 2 For use with NC housing Black Anodized 3 Correlated Color Temperature (CCT) only. AC2 2-1/2" Regress Bevel, Clear Matte Anodized 3 3 Not for use with NCSM or FT housing. HOUSING ORDERING INFORMATION DIMMING DRIVER HOUSING CODEWATTAGEENGINE CODECOLORREFLECTORHOUSING TYPEVOLTAGEACCESSORIES OPTIONS –––––––– LRTD4WGD1 NC New Construction DIML2 0-10V dim, 15% CB27 27" C-Channel Bars ° LRTD4 9016 16W LED, WGD1 - 30 30 beam 120V 2722KS (provided standard) 900 lumens 2700K-2200K, 80+ CRI FT Flat Housing CB52 52" C-Channel Bars ° 50 50 beam 277V DIML4 Lutron Hi-Lume 1% New Construction 9032 32W LED, EML Emergency battery 5 - ° 3022KS 80 80 beam 3-wire/ECO 1500 lumens NCSM Narrow Width 3000K-2200K, 80+ CRI EMLW Emergency battery, DIML6A ELDO 0-10V 0.1%, 5 wet location CP Chicago Plenum - 3522KS logarithmic TZ TechZone ceiling IC Insulation-Contact 3500K-2200K, 80+ CRI DIML6B ELDO 0-10V 0.1%, Rated / Airtight compatible 6 - 2722KH linear 2700K-2200K, 90+ CRI DIML7 ELDO DALI 0.1% - 3022KH See emergency solutions 4 5 DIML8 ELDO DMX 0.1% For use with NC or NCSM 3000K-2200K, 90+ CRI chart for EM options with housings only. NCSM housing these housings requires above ceiling access. 2 Step MacAdam ellipse 6 is standard for all 4 With NCSM housing only Note: N/A with FT housing ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2014. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. Lighting Revised 09/25/2015 TYPE 57 3023 ® BeveLED DOWNLIGHT * 2.0 WARM GLOW DIMMING Covered By US Patent 8,456,109 and 8,581,520 TRIM INFORMATION 1" Regress2-1/2" Regress1" Regress - TechZone Compatible 3023 Emergency Solutions EM Integral Remote Inverter 2 1" 2 1" Housing SERVICE Test Switch Test Switch By Others Regress Regress FT N/A X xtures that NCSM* Above ceiling X are provided Bevel access required with an integral Finish test switch are NC, 30º or 50º optic Through aperture X Color shipped with NC, 80º optic Through aperture X area a hole in the NC Wet Location Through aperture X Flange glass lens for CP N/A X Finish access. Refer to IC N/A X Color area “EMERGENCY * NCSM + DIML8 cannot be offered with EM SOLUTIONS” ØØ 3" 3" 11 nd out 22 xtures ØØ 4" 4" 1 Ø 1 3 1" 22 2 have an integral ØØ 5" 5" 113 Ø 4" 1 216 test switch. 2 Ø 5" 1 2 HOUSING INFORMATION New Construction New Construction New Construction Chicago Plenum 16W) - CP Universal Style Housing - NCFlat Housing - FT w/ Emergency - EMIC / Airtight (16W) - IC For Downlight Only 7" 7/" 7 16 2/” 3 4 4” 8/" 9 16 1/" 1 1/"4 1 1 1/" 8 8 7" 1/" 1 Chicago Plenum (32W) - CP 8 7 1/” 7" 4 IC / Airtight (32W) - IC 13" 8 1/” 4 13" 8/" 5 8 1 1/" 8 18 5/" (Plan View) 16" (Plan View) 7" 8 18 5/" (Plan View) 22/" (Plan View) 18 19" (Plan View) 8 22/" (Plan View) 1 8 8/" 3 8 New Construction - Narrow Width 8 3/" 13" 8 Shown with 5/" 3 4 EM 8 1/" 4 4/" 3 4 option 1 - 2 3/"18/" (Plan View) 5 168 19" (Plan View) 19" (Plan View) 22 1/" (Plan View) 8 22(Plan View) SPECIFICATIONS 22(Plan View) TRIM: 4-1/2" round aperture with a 1" regressed bevel THERMAL MANAGEMENT:MOUNTING: Proprietary high performance y brackets and adjustable aluminum die cast heatsink for maximum LED life. Ambient nailer bars with integral nails provided. Nailer bars anged and is available in white, xture location should not exceed 40°C are extendible from 14" to 24" centers. nishes. Also during normal operation. HOUSING: Fabricated of 20 ga. galvanized steel nish or FIELD REPLACEABLE DIMMING DRIVER: 0-10V, 100%-15% with thru wire J-box, 4 in 4 out at min. 90°C, #12 DIML2 solid state electronic constant current driver with a AWG thru branch circuit wiring. NCSM with TZ anges available (provide RAL#). high power factor provided standard. Specify 120V or 277V. option is compatible with TechZone ceiling systems. TechZone compatible trim option is not available with "01" or Driver complies with IEEE C62.41 surge protection. MAXIMUM CEILING THICKNESS: As per drawings DIMMING OPTIONS: Multiple dimming drivers available. above. TRIM LENS: Trim is shipped with integral solite lens See compatibility chart attached. Note: DIML6A logarithmic standard; frosted lens available as an option. CEILING CUT OUT: 5-1/16" Ø control is intended for use with Lutron control systems; REFLECTOR: Interchangeable precision injection molded DIML6B linear control is intended for use with non-Lutron LISTINGS: Dry/Damp. Wet location option available controls. DIML2 and DIML6 dimming drivers source 2mA. with B1 trim only. NRTL/CSA-US tested to UL 80° beam distribution. standards. IBEW union made. EMERGENCY: Fixtures provided with an integral test FIELD REPLACEABLE LIGHT ENGINE: Available in 2 lumen switch are provided with a hole in the glass lens as per WARRANTY: 5 years eld the drawing above. Fixtures provided with a remote test replaceable through the aperture without tools. NOTES: switch are provided with a 24” lead length for location of COLOR: BeveLED is available in 3 color temperatures with the test switch. Fixtures that have no USAI EM option may  Not for use in corrosive environment. Warm Glow dimming. All color temperatures will dim down be connected to an inverter (by others) for emergency  Use of pressure washer voids warranty. from initial CCT at 100% output to 2200K at minimum output. lighting. SPECIAL NOTE FOR NCSM HOUSING: DIML8 PHOTOMETRICS: Consult factory or website for IES cannot be combined with EM options in NCSM housing. consistency within a 2-Step MacAdam Ellipse. 80+ color See emergency solutions chart for more information on EM rendering index provided standard. 90+ CRI also available. test switches and servicing. RATED LIFE: Based on IESNA LM80-2008 50,000 hours at 70% lumen maintenance (L70). USAI® 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. Lighting Revised 03/02/2016 TYPE 57 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML2 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML2 LED: 0-10V Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 10%) DIML2 Dimmer Compatibility Chart Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Per Dimmer* 120V / 277V Use source current per Crestron iLux dimmer expansion module CLS-EXP-DIMFLV 100% - 10% Ð xture speciÐ cation Crestron DIN Rail dimmer DIN-4DIMFLV4 100% - 10% sheet to determine Crestron DIN Rail analog output module DIN-A08 100% - 10% number of Ð xtures per Crestron 8 Channel dimmer module GLX-DIMFLV8 100% - 10% dimmer. Max number Crestron 8 Channel dimmer module GLXP-DIMFLV8 100% - 10% of Ð xtures is limited by Leviton IllumaTech dimmer IP710-DLX 100% - 10% dimmer load rating. Lightolier (Philips) Vega V2000FAMU 100% - 10% Lutron Diva DVTV-XX 100% - 10% * NOTE: Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. DIML2 0-10V DIMMING W/RELAY TO SWITCH POWER FIXTURE DIMMER: 0-10V NOTE: (BY OTHERS) If switched, non-dimming operation is desired, LED 0-10V (-)GRAY cap off purple and gray wires individually at 0-10V (+)PURPLE V+ RED installation. Do NOT cap purple and gray wires SWITCHED HOTBLACK DRIVER V- BLACK together. NEUTRALWHITE GREEN GND CLASS 2 CONTROL WIRES LINE RELAY (BY OTHERS) NEUTRAL DIML2 0-10V DIMMING (NO RELAY) FIXTURE DIMMER: 0-10V w/ NOTE: POWER SWITCHING (BY OTHERS) If switched, non-dimming operation is desired, LED 0-10V (-)GRAY cap off purple and gray wires individually at 0-10V (+)PURPLE V+ RED installation. Do NOT cap purple and gray wires LINE SWITCHED HOTBLACK DRIVER V- BLACK together. NEUTRALWHITE GREEN GROUND GND NEUTRAL ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-2 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 57 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML4 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML4 LED: Lutron Hi-Lume A-Series LED Driver with 3-Wire FL Control / LED Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 1%) DIML4 3-Wire Dimmer Compatibility Chart Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures Per Control* Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Fixture Wattage 120V Only 39W and Less 40W - 80W ETC Sensor+ Cabinet D20 Dimming module 100% - 1% 1Ã53 1Ã26 ETC Unison DRd Cabinet D20F Dimming module 100% - 1% 1Ã53 1Ã26 Lutron Nova T NTF-10- 100%Ã1% 1Ã41 1 à 20 Lutron Nova T NTF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Nova NF-10- 100%Ã1% 1Ã41 1 à 20 Lutron Nova NF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Vareo VF-10- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Skylark SF-10P-, SF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Diva DVF-103P-, DVSCF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Ariadni AYF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Vierti VTF-6A- 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron Maestro MAF-6AM-, MSCF-6AM- 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron Maestro Wireless MRF2-F6AN-DV- 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron RadioRA 2 RRD-F6AN-DV- 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron HomeWorks QS HQRD-F6AN-DV 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron Interfaces PHPM-3F-120, PHPM-3F-DV 100%Ã1% 1Ã41 1 à 20 Lutron GP Dimming Panels Various 100%Ã1% 1Ã41 1 à 20 277V Only 40W and Less 41W - 80W ETC Sensor+ Cabinet D20 Dimming module 100% - 1% 1Ã53 1Ã26 ETC Unison DRd Cabinet D20F Dimming module 100% - 1% 1Ã53 1Ã26 Lutron Nova T NTF-10-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã44 1 à 22 Lutron Nova T NTF-103P-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Nova NF-10-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã44 1 à 22 Lutron Nova NF-103P-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Skylark SF-12P-277-, SF-12P-277-3 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Diva DVF-103P-277-, DVSCF-103P-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Ariadni AYF-103P-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã44 1 à 22 Lutron Vierti VTF-6A- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Maestro MAF-6AM-277-, MSCF-6AM-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Maestro Wireless MRF2-F6AN-DV- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron RadioRA 2 RRD-F6AN-DV- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron HomeWorks QS HQRD-F6AN-DV 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Interfaces PHPM-3F-DV 100%Ã1% 1Ã88 1 à 44 Lutron GP Dimming Panels Various 100%Ã1% 1Ã88 1 à 44 * NOTE: Number of Ð xtures may be higher if wattage is less than maximum values shown. Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. DIML4 wiring diagrams continued on next page ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-4 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 57 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML4 Continued DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML4 LED: Lutron Hi-Lume A-Series LED Driver with 3-Wire FL Control / LED Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 1%) DIML4 3 WIRE PHASE DIMMING FIXTURE DIMMER: 3 WIRE PHASE (BY OTHERS) LED CAP UNUSED PURPLE GRAY ECOSYS WIRES PURPLE V+ RED DIMMED HOT ORANGE LINE DRIVER V- BLACK SWITCHED HOT BLACK NEUTRAL WHITE GROUND GREEN GND NEUTRAL DIML4 LED: Lutron Hi-Lume A-Series LED Driver with EcoSystem Control / LED Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 1%) DIML4 EcoSystem Dimmer Compatibility Chart Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures Per Control* Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Fixture Wattage 120V / 277V 39W and Less 40W - 80W Lutron PowPak dimming module RMJ-ECO32-DV-B 100%Ã1% 1Ã32 1 à 16 Lutron Energi Savr Node QSN-1ECO-S, QSN-2ECO-S 100%Ã1% 1Ã64 1 à 32 Lutron GRAFIK Eye QS (120V ONLY) QSGRJ-_E, QSGR-_E 100%Ã1% 1Ã64 1 à 32 Lutron Quantum Various 100%Ã1% 1Ã64 1 à 32 * NOTE: Number of Ð xtures may be higher if wattage is less than maximum values shown. Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. DIML4 EcoSystem CONTROLS ECOSYS BUS E2 E1 FIXTURE E2 E1 WALL CONTROL (BY OTHERS) LED PURPLE GRAY CAP PURPLE UN-USED V+ RED ORANGE ORANGE WIRE DRIVER V- BLACK BLACK LINE WHITE NEUTRAL GREEN GND ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-4 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 57 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML6A, 6E DIML6B, 6F IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML6A and DIML6E LED Dimming Compatibility Table DIML6A and DIML6E are linearly programmed dimming drivers for use with logarithmic-style dimming controls (e.g., Lutron and others listed in the table below) DIML6A = EldoLED SOLOdrive 0-10V control dims from 100% to 0.1% DIML6E = EldoLED ECOdrive 0-10V control dims from 100% to 1% Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Per Dimmer* Refer to manufacturer's 120V & 277V DIML6A / E dimmer load rating for Lutron Diva DVTV/NFTV/NTFTV with PP-20 99% - 0.1% / 1% maximum and minimum Lutron Energi Savr Node QSN-4T16-S 100% - 0.1% / 1% Ð xture quantities per Lutron GP Dimming Panels TVM2 Module 99% - 0.1% / 1% dimmer. Lutron Interfaces GRX-TVI w/ GRX3503 100% - 0.1% / 1% Sensor Switch nIO nIO EZ 100% - 0.1% / 1% * NOTE: Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. DIML6B and DIML6F LED Dimming Compatibility Table DIML6B and DIML6F are logarithmic-programmed dimming drivers for use with linear-style dimming controls (e.g., Crestron, non-Lutron and others listed in the table below) DIML6B = EldoLED SOLOdrive 0-10V control dims from 100% to 0.1% DIMMER: 0-10V DIML6F = EldoLED ECOdrive 0-10V control dims from 100% to 1% (BY OTHERS) LED 0-10V (-)GRAY DIML6B Dimmer Compatibility Chart 0-10V (+)PURPLE Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures V+ RED Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Per Dimmer* SWITCHED HOTSWITCHED HOT DRIVER V- BLACK Refer to 120V & 277V DIML6B / F NEUTRALWHITE manufacturer's Bush-Jaeger Electronic potentiometer 2112U-101 100% - 0.1% / 1% GREEN dimmer load Jung Electronic potentiometer 240-10 100% - 0.1% / 1% GND rating for Leviton IllumaTech dimmer IP710-DLX 100% - 0.1% / 1% CLASS 2 CONTROL WIRES maximum and Lightolier (Philips) Momentum (120V ONLY) ZP600FAM120 100% - 0.1% / 1% LINE RELAY minimum Ð xture Merten Electronic potentiometer 5729 100% - 0.1% / 1% (BY OTHERS)DIML6A, 6B quantities per Pass & Seymour Titan CD4FB-W 100% - 0.1% / 1% NEUTRAL 0-10V DIMMING W/RELAY TO SWITCH POWER dimmer. Watt Stopper Miro DCLV1 100% - 0.1% / 1% Synergy Wallbox Dimmers ISD BC 100% - 0.1% / 1% ABB i-bus SD/S 2.16.1 100% - 0.1% / 1% Crestron Modules GLX-DIMFLV8, GLXP-DIMFLV8 100% - 0.1% / 1% Crestron Green Light GLPAC-DIMFLV4-, GLPAC-DIMFLV8- 100% - 0.1% / 1% DIML6A, 6B Crestron Green Light Power Pack GLPP-DIMFLVEX-PM, GLPP-1DIMFLV2EX-PM, GLPP-1DIMFLV3EX-PM 100% - 0.1% / 1% 0-10V (-)GRAY 0-10V DIMMING W/RELAY TO SWITCH POWER FIXTURE 0-10V (+)PURPLE Crestron DIN Rail Analog Output Module DIN-A08 100% - 0.1% / 1% DIMMER: 0-10V V+ RED SWITCHED HOTBLACK (BY OTHERS) V- BLACK Crestron DIN Rail 0-10V Fluorescent Dimmer DIN-4DIMFLV4 100% - 0.1% / 1% LED NEUTRALWHITE Crestron iLux 0-10V Dimmer Expansion Module CLS-EXP-DIMFLV 100% - 0.1% / 1% GREEN DRIVER * NOTE: Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. GND CLASS 2 CONTROL WIRES LINE DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: RELAY (BY OTHERS) NOTES: NEUTRAL Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. DIML6 DIML6 0-10V DIMMING (NO RELAY) 0-10V DIMMING W/RELAY TO SWITCH POWER FIXTURE FIXTURE DIMMER: 0-10V w/ DIMMER: 0-10V POWER SWITCHING (BY OTHERS) (BY OTHERS) LED 0-10V (-)GRAY LED 0-10V (-)GRAY 0-10V (+)PURPLE V+ RED0-10V (+)PURPLE V+ RED SWITCHED HOTBLACK DRIVER LINE SWITCHED HOTBLACK V- BLACK DRIVER V- BLACK NEUTRALWHITE NEUTRALWHITE GREEN GREEN GROUND GND GND CLASS 2 CONTROL WIRES LINE RELAY (BY OTHERS) NEUTRAL NEUTRAL ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 DIML6A, 6B New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 0-10V DIMMING (NO RELAY) All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-6 Revised 05/20/2016 Lighting FIXTURE DIMMER: 0-10V w/ POWER SWITCHING (BY OTHERS) LED TYPE 57 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML7 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML7 LED: EldoLED DALI Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 0.1%) DIML7 DALI CONTROLS DALI BUS DA DA FIXTURE WALL CONTROL (BY OTHERS)LED ORANGE (-) ORANGE/WHITE (+) V+ RED DRIVER BLACK LINE V- BLACK WHITE NEUTRAL GREEN GND ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-7 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 57 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML8 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML8 LED: EldoLED DMX Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 0.1%) DMX BUS - XLR CABLE OR SHIELDED DATA CABLE The data cable used must meet the following requirements: type: shielded, 2-conductor twisted pair  maximum capacitance between conductors: 30 pF/ft  maximum capacitance between conductor and shield: 55 pF/ft  maximum resistance: 0.02 ohms/ft  normal impedance: 100-140 ohms  conductive core: 24 AWG is recommended  If 3-wire data cables are preferred, we suggest a Belden 9841 or equivalent cable which meets the speciÐ cations for EIA RS-485 applications. Do not use standard microphone cables: they cannot transmit DMX512 data reliably over long distances. NOTE: DMX link termination device (by others) should be used on last Ð xture in line on a circuit to avoid signal loss. DMX BUS - XLR CABLE OR SHIELDED DATA CABLE SHIELD DMX (-) DMX (+) 5 PIN XLR JACKS STANDARD 8 BIT DMX 512 CONTROLLER (BY OTHERS) RED LED BLACK BARE V+ RED LINE BLACK DRIVER V- BLACK NEUTRAL WHITE GREEN GND FIXTURE ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-8 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting STEALTH ® SSL-ALED TYPE 58 SSL-ALED RECESSED LUMINAIRE DESCRIPTION A GeneralF Retention appropriately sized cut-out. dry or wet, interior or exterior applications. G Locking B Special Features Dimmable 3W AC LED (dimming by power supply); Required for IP65 wet location applications. C Effects Devices E - C 1.60” (41mm) sion lens; consult factory for availability of color 2.75” (70mm) - B tures. G D Installation Guidelines Optimum 18” (457mm) above walking surface; .94” F 36” (914mm) on-center. (24mm) E Gasket A Foam gasket provided. Required for IP65 wet loca- tion applications only. 2.59” (66mm) 1.61” (41mm) .125” (3mm) D TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTIONLISTING TUV listed for dry/damp (IP54 rated) and wet locations (IP65 rated); CE marked; Dark-Sky approved; Patent No. US ELECTRICAL D610,734 S. Luminaire requires factory supplied 12-volt AC power WARRANTY supply. May be integral to back box or remote. Secondary Five year warranty on LED lamp module and driver. One page 3 for available options and wiring requirements. components. Consult website for full warranty terms and MOUNTING conditions. See pages 2 & 3 for various mounting accessories. LED Proprietary 3 watt nominal AC LED, 80+ CRI, 2 SDCM, in color temperatures of 2700K, 3000K, 3500K & 4000K, plus Blue and Amber, 33 delivered lumens (10.5 lm/watt). Aver- ORDERING INFORMATION (Luminaire) Example: SSL-ALED-3K-NBR-NL SSL-ALED SERIESCOLOR TEMPFINISHLOCKING 2.7K W NL 2700KNon-Locking (IP54) SSL-ALED 3K B L 3000KBlack PowdercoatLocking* (IP65) 80+ CRI 3.5K C 3500K * NOTE: Locking version 4K IG 4000KIndustrial Gray required for IP65 wet Lumen Package216 lm location applications. BL NBR BlueNatural Bronze Power Consumption3.2 watts AM SS Amber CK BR Custom Color (Gel) LED Source lm/w67.5 lm/w ABR Fixture Delivered Output33 lm BRP BRM Matte Oil-Rubbed Bronze Plate Fixture lm/w10.5 lm/w MG Metallic Gray Powdercoat page 1 ©2016 Lucifer Lighting Company luciferlighting.com 3750 IH35 North As part of its policy of continuous research and product San Antonio, Texas 78219 PH development, the company reserves the right to change \[\] +1-210-227-7329 040816 \[\] \[FAX\] +1-210-227-4967 STEALTH ® SSL-ALED TYPE 58 SSL-ALED RECESSED LUMINAIRE DESCRIPTION Following mounting options require remote power supply SUITABLE FOR USE IN DRY LOCATIONS ONLY SSL-SC6 SSL-SC3 SSL-SC3 Stainless steel stud mount collar for dry locations only. 1/2” knockouts for wiring. SSL-SC6 Stainless steel stud mount collar for dry locations only. SSL-CC SSL-RM ) ) 1/2” knockouts for wiring. m m m m 3 2 6 6 ( SSL-RM (Remodel Collar) ( ” ” 5 4 . . 2 2 - terboard. Dry locations only. Requires Class 2 power supply. 2.5” (63mm) SSL-CC (Cavity Collar) Dry locations only. Requires Class 2 power supply. SUITABLE FOR USE IN WET OR DRY LOCATIONS Following mounting options require remote power supply ) m SSL-UMP . m q 6 S 8 )( ” m 4 . m 2” (51mm) 3 2 0 1 ( ” 4 ) m - m 6 1 3.9” (99mm) ( 3.4” (86mm) Sq. ” 3 proof box for wet and concrete pour locations. 6 5” (127mm) . SSL-MP-1.50/1.75/2.00/2.50/3.00 SSL-UMP SSL-MP-1.50/1.75/ Stainless steel mounting plate featuring an extended collar 2.00/2.50/3.00 Typically for wet and concrete pour locations. SSL-BB SSL-UMP mounting plate. Typically used in wet and con- ) m m crete pour applications. Features 1/2” knockouts. 2 ) 7 ) ( m ”m m 2 SSL-BB-1.50/1.75/2.00/2.50/3.00 2 m 8 7. 6 ( 2 7 ( ” 24.69” (119mm) ” 4.69” (119mm) 8 3 . 2 SSL-MP extended collar mounting plate, specify preferred 5.25” (133mm) Features 1/2” knockouts. SSL-SMB Aluminum surface mount box for interior or exterior appli- SSL-MP SSL-BBSSL-SMB SSL-BB-1.50/1.75/ 2.00/2.50/3.00 Following mounting options feature integral power supply options:SUITABLE FOR USE IN WET OR DRY LOCATIONS UBB-SL Universal back box, wet location and concrete pour rated. Features integral or remote power supply and secondary output capacity. See information. BOLLARD BOLLARD UBB-SL page 2 ©2016 Lucifer Lighting Company luciferlighting.com 3750 IH35 North As part of its policy of continuous research and product San Antonio, Texas 78219 PH development, the company reserves the right to change \[\] +1-210-227-7329 040816 \[\] \[FAX\] +1-210-227-4967 POWER SUPPLY OPTIONS SSL-ALED TYPE 58 PSA-60-12P-1 1.6” (42mm) 4” (104mm) Plug-in Class II power supply, 120V primary, 12V secondary, 60W electronic transformer (non-dimmable). Accommodates up to 8 lumi- - PSA-60-12H-JB-1 2.3” (58mm) 4.7” (119mm)4.7” (119mm) 4.700119.384.700119.37 PS-50-12AC-230E 3.7” (95mm) 1.1” (28mm) 230V ±10% 50Hz primary, 12V secondary, 50W electronic transformer (dimmable). IP44 rated. Includes leads for wiring. Accommodates up to 4 luminaires wired in Install in 28mm 1.7” (42mm) UNIVERSAL BACK BOX ORDERING INFORMATION UBB-JCT dry, wet and concrete pour applications.* Example: UBB-JCT-40-120T - UBB-JCT 3” (76mm) SERIESPOWER SUPPLY/VOLTAGE 10.5” (267mm) 40-120T 60-120E 4” (101mm) 50-230E 40-277T UBB-SL integral power supply. Suitable for dry, wet and concrete pour applications. Features separate line and low voltage wiring secondary wiring.* 4” (101mm) Example: UBB-SL-FL-20-120T -- UBB-SL FL 10.5” (267mm) SERIESFLANGE/APPLICATIONPOWER SUPPLY/VOLTAGE 4” (101mm) 20-120T 60-120E 20-277T LVF Low Voltage Feed (requires remote power supply) MOUNTING BRACKET OPTIONS *Mounting hardware ordered separately. Select from the following: UBBA-HGR UBBA-BKT Universal Mounting Brackets UBBA-HGRUBBA-BKT For Standard Joist Spacing Adjustable from 14” to 24” spacing NOTE: and applied loads. Consult factory for most recent dimming compatibility report. page 3 ©2016 Lucifer Lighting Company luciferlighting.com 3750 IH35 North As part of its policy of continuous research and product San Antonio, Texas 78219 PH development, the company reserves the right to change \[\] +1-210-227-7329 040816 \[\] \[FAX\] +1-210-227-4967 Universal voltage drivers and light engines are serviceable Maintains over 90% of initial light output after 36,000 hours Fully adjustable and lockable aiming with aiming index 2700K through 4000K at 70+, 80+ or 90+ CRI All aluminum and stainless steel construction for replacement or upgrade For photometric and lumen maintenance reports, visit thelightingquotient.com is maximized, resulting delivered to the target creating a distribution of refraction and total minimized while light illuminating surfaces uses a combination in high application technology uniformly. Glare is internal reflection, of light ideal for efficiency. fraqtir constant current driver. For complete driver specifications, see Use 90°C wire for supply connections. Integral electronic HPF Canopy conceals mounting plate and hardware. ordered (by others) concealed under splice cover. website, reference document MA-1303. TYPE 59 mount. X separately; specify Mounting: Electrical: Standard: Painted surfaces – 6 stage pretreatment and electrostatically U.S. Patent 8,465,190; foreign patents pending engine. Exterior heat sink anodized for maximum emissivity. conductivity. Precision formed asymmetric optical light bar frame and decorative end plates are finished in semigloss Extruded aluminum heat sink/housing, canopy, yoke, door applied thermoset polyester powder coating for a durable Two-piece extruded aluminum heat sink housing and light prismatic glass lens with elliptical distribution holographic Removable interior extrusion treated to maximize thermal of high temperature, water-clear acrylic. Tempered micro- white. All luminaire hardware is stainless steel; mounting abrasion, fade and corrosion resistant finish. hardware is zinc or electroplated steel. diffuser; maximizes Optic Assembly: Finish: 5/16 black Order separately. See Accessories Section for specifications. , 36" (915mm) setback , baffle = Swivel (up to 45°), 12 and 17 inch fixtures pendant = External vertical blade ( 60" (1.5m) maximum) = Wallwash Cantilever = Canada in inches = Straight, 24 inch fixtures = Straight, 12 inch fixtures = U.S. = 25° shielding = Semigloss white = Canada = Semigloss white = Custom color = 12 inch fixtures = 17 inch fixtures = 24 inch fixtures = Custom color = U.S. 0 J = Length = 12 and 17 inch = 24 inch fixtures AE V 000 = 45° 0 J VC 36 fixtures 24 02 99 02 99 VP CDF X L X L E Type: = For modification not listed, include detailed description. = Trailing Edge Dimming 120-277V input, dimming range thelightingquotient.com 100-10%, line voltage trailing edge/reverse phase/ELV (see Accessories Section for specifications) 114 Boston Post Road, West Haven, Connecticut 06516, USA = 2700K, 90+ CRI = 3000K, 90+ CRI = 4000K, 70+ CRI = UL listed or CSA certified for Canada Consult factory prior to specification = UL listed or CSA certified for U.S. Fax 203.931.4464 TYPE 59 The Lighting Quotient 2H3H4L dimming range 100%-dimming range 100%- input, dimming range 0.1%, 0-10V controls = Natatorium (pool) use = eldoLED SOLOdrive = eldoLED SOLOdrive 0.1%, DALI controls dimming 120-277V controls by others 100%-5%, 0-10V 120-277V input, 120-277V input, = 2700K, 80+ CRI = 3000K, 80+ CRI = 3500K, 80+ CRI = 4000K, 80+ CRI = 0-10V analog = Non-dimming Voice 203.931.4455 = No options dimming by othersby others from MA-1303 elliptipar Project: XXELED TEZX 000P2730354000 0J = External yoke for use with cantilever or pendant (order * Driver 500mA500mA500mA separately). For use in natatorium, consult factory. Electronic Dimming = External yoke with integral splice compartment = 120-277V 12-1/16"56W381236 17-13/16"110W756972 24-7/8"165W11365108 = 347V MA-1303 = Large smooth surface, integral driver number of LEDs in options below. MK To form a Catalog Number = External yoke on canopy Lumen/Wattage Options = Solid State (LED) Electronic Driver = 120-277V = 347V 503650725108 5/16 104 SEYX 83 TYPE 60 CORE 200 SX TM pendant LightingGroup PROJECT JobNotes Type Part # SPECIFICATIONS Xicato XTM LED module - up to 2000 lumens Source C.C.T.2700K, 3000K, 3500K or 4000K Color Consistency1x2 SDCM (MacAdam) along BBL, CCT +/- 40K to 70K, Duv +/- .001 CRI (Ra)83 or 98 Driver / LocationIncluded / Remote mount or deep canopy options Dimming0-10V or phase dimming to 10% standard; DALI, DMX and 1% dimming available Input Voltage100 to 277VAC, phase dimmable versions are 120VAC only PowerUp to 24 watts max, depending on LED module / driver MaterialCNC machined aluminum with stainless steel hardware Finish Powder coat - TGIC polyester for exterior and interior use Weight1.6 lb. \[0.7 kg\] LocationListed for Wet & Damp locations ApprovalsETL Listed to UL 1598, 2108, 8750 and CSA C22.2# 9 & #250.0 L80 Life> 50,000 hours at 80% lumen maintenance based on IESNA LM-80-08 WarrantyLifetime Limited Warranty - see warranty for details IES Files INDOOR WET DIMMABLE OUTDOOR LOCATION 4001580 ORDERING LOGIC DriverMounting Model LocationDimming LocationOutputCRI *C.C.T.ReflectorShell ColorSuspensionOptions ---- C2SP RND07832720BK =Remote=None=Damp=700 lm=83=2700K=20°=Black Cord XX DPW10983040WH =Deep=Phase=Wet=950 lm=98*=3000K=40°=White Cord (see chart on page 4) V133560CB =0-10V=1300 lm=3500K =60°=Clear Cord Canopy Z2040ZZCC =Other=2000 lm=4000K=Custom=Colored Cord /AC add to any cord * 98 CRI not available in 2000 lmfor aircraft cable RS## =Rigid Stem SS## =Swivel Stem ## = length in inches C2SP-RND-13832740-S3BK Example Part Number: C2SP-RND-13832740-S3 BK ORE 00 X endant emote Driver, o Dimming, amp Location 00 lm, CRI, 00K, ° Reflector Red Shell, lac Cord 1 v2LightingGroup.com TYPE 60 CORE 200 SX TM pendant LightingGroup DIMENSIONS 5" Standard cable length = 6' Cable length is field adjustable 0.3" To order longer cable put length in Rigid Stem Standard shallow canopy options section at end of part number RS## Order Code = for remote mounted LED drivers All canopies fit standard 3.5" and 4" round and ## = length in inches from octagonal junction boxes ## bottom of canopy to top of fixture Not to scale, dimensions are nominal 5" or 6" Consult factory for CAD drawings includes 10° hang straight 5" 2.4" Aircraft Cable Swivel Stem /AC Order Code = SS## Order Code = Optional deep canopy ## = length in inches from for canopy mounted LED drivers ## bottom of canopy to D Order Code = top of fixture Diameter depends on LED driver size 3.5" 360° rotation x 90° tilt swivel CONTROL OPTIONS LED OPTIONS V Order Code = 0-10V dimming to 10% LED Specifications Reflector 12, 3, 456 OptionP Order Code = Phase dimming to 10% LESLumensWattage (W)Efficacy (lm/W) CRI Standard LED Drivers* (included in base price) 7005.6129Compatible with both forward and reverse phase dimmers 9508.2118 Ra = 83 ± 3 130011.7111eldoLED 0-10V, DALI, or DMX dimming to 0% 20°, 40° & 60°19mm 200019.5102 A-series, EcoSystem or Lutron Hi-lume™ Optional LED Drivers* 7007.497forward phase dimming to 1% Ra = 98 95010.989Lutron Hi-lume™ 5-series, EcoSystem dimming to 5% R9 90 R15 95 130015.683 All LED drivers must be mounted in a deep canopy or remote * LES: Light Emitting Surface diameter*Standard LED drivers are suitable for Wet Location 1 ±10%*Optional LED drivers are suitable for Damp Location 2 For EM applications: Source lumens - see photometrics on page 3 for LOR to calculate delivered lumens* 3 All LED drivers may be used with 3rd party inverter style systems Higher lumen outputs are available in CORE / QUBE 300 and 400 series 4 Maximum luminaire wattage including LED driver = LED wattage x 1.2 5 Higher efficacies are available via lower drive currents - consult factory 6 CORD OPTIONS BlackWhiteClear Silver BraidCloth Cover BKWHCBCC Order Code = Order Code = Order Code = Order Code = For all locationsFor all locationsFor dry and dampFor dry and damp locations onlylocations only Specify cloth cord color in option section at the end of the part number 2 v2LightingGroup.com TYPE 60 CORE 200 SX TM pendant LightingGroup PHOTOMETRICS LM-79-08 IES files available at www.v2LightingGroup.com/downloads Beam Order Intensity Plot (cd)Polar Plot (cd)Cone DiagramDescription AngleCode(1300lm)(1300lm)(1300lm) 0 Illuminance at CenterBeam Diameter CBCP = 3195 cd/klm 4200 Beam Angle = 21° 166 fc1.9' 3360 5' 1050 Field Angle = 63° 2520 42 fc3.8' 10' 2100 20°20 LOR = 89.4% 1680 18 fc5.7' 15' 3150 840 Beam = full width @ 50% 10 fc7.6' Field = full width @ 90% 20' 4200 030°60°90° 0 2100 Illuminance at CenterBeam Diameter CBCP = 1607 cd/klm Beam Angle = 43° 84 fc3.9' 1680 5' 525 Field Angle = 73° 1260 21 fc7.9' 10' 1050 40°40 LOR = 88.7% 840 9 fc11.8' 15' 1575 420 Beam = full width @ 50% 5 fc15.7' Field = full width @ 90% 20' 2100 030°60°90° 0 1400 Illuminance at CenterBeam Diameter CBCP = 1050 cd/klm Beam Angle = 59° 55 fc5.6' 1120 5' 350 Field Angle = 86° 840 14 fc11.3' 10' 700 60°60 LOR = 85.2% 560 6 fc16.9' 1050 15' 280 Beam = full width @ 50% 3 fc22.6' Field = full width @ 90% 1400 20' 030°60°90° The Reflector Baffle replaces the Beam Shaping Options standard reflector. Add the order code shown below to the options box at the end of the part number: 50% of the luminaire’s output is reflected back up into the fixture Reflector Order Code Description to uplight the visible heat sink. BF Baffle -HL Honeycomb Louver Remaining output is a soft, wide -DF Diffusion Lens distribution. -SF Satin finish on any standard reflector -LS Linear Spread Lens (60° x 1°) Easy twist-lock installation. -WW Wall Wash Lens (shifts beam 20° from vertical) 3 v2LightingGroup.com TYPE 60 CORE 200 SX TM pendant LightingGroup COLOR OPTIONS A1A2 A3 Anodized Clear SilverLight Champagne Effect Bronze A4A5A6 Medium Dark BronzeBlack Bronze M1M2M3M4 Metallic PearlSea FoamForest GrayCharcoal Gray M5M6M7M8 GunmetalDove GrayOld CopperOld Brass Gray L1L2L3L4 Basic Gloss WhiteGlossGlossGloss Black Light GrayDark Gray T1T2T3T4 TexturedTexturedTexturedTextured Matte WhiteMatte MetallicMatte Black Light GrayDark Gray Sparkle S1S2S3S4 LightDeepRedBurgundy OrangeOrange S5S6S7S8 VioletDeep BlueSky BlueBright Green The complete range of powder coat colors from Tiger Drylac is available - consult factory Custom match powder coat colors are available - consult factory Printed or on-screen colors are only approximations - consult v2 Color Chip Set Rev.4 before specifying 4 v2LightingGroup.com TYPE 60 CORE 200 SX TM pendant LightingGroup CLOTH CORD COLOR OPTIONS For dry and damp locations only Solid Color Cloth Cords 1. Peach 2. Pink 3. Neon Pink 4. Hot Pink 5. Neon Coral 6. Red 7. Adobe 8. Orange 9. Neon Orange 12345678910111213 10. Goldenrod 11. Sunshine Yellow 12. Neon Yellow 13. Citrus Yellow 14. Olive Green 15. Kelly Green 16. Neon Green 17. Lime Green 18. Mint Green 19. Turquoise 20. Skyblue 62. Electric Blue 14151617181920622122232425 21. Cobalt Blue 22. Navy 23. Purple 24. Magenta 25. Blush 26. White 27. Silver 28. Gray 29. Black 30. Antique Brown 31. Chocolate Brown 26 272829303132333435 32. Flax 33. Khaki 34. Sand 35. Ivory Patterned Cloth Cords 36. White & Gray Dot 37. Gray & Citrus Yellow Dot 38. Neutral Tweed 39. Cool Tweed 40. Warm Tweed 41. Magenta & Orange Stripe 42. Turquoise & Brown Stripe 43. Green Argyle 44. Turq. & Yellow Houndstooth 363738394041424344454647484950 45. Navy & Coral Houndstooth 46. Brown & Ivory Houndstooth 47. Black & White Houndstooth 48. Black & White Zigzag 49. Red & White Zigzag 50. Yellow & White Zigzag Metallic Cloth Cords 51. Pearl Metallic 52. Champagne Metallic 53. Yellow Gold Metallic 54. Brass Metallic 55. Copper Metallic 56. Copper Penny 57. Currant Metallic 58. Bronze Metallic 59. Gunmetal 5152535455565758596061 60. Black Patent 61. Black Satin cloth cord color Specify in option section at the end of the part number Printed or on-screen colors are only approximations - consult sample before specifying 5 v2LightingGroup.com TYPE 61 Catalog Number Notes FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS INTENDED USE Type BLT Series LED it an excellent choice for renovation projects. CONSTRUCTION — BLT enclosure components are die-formed for dimensional consistency and painted after fabrication with a polyester powder paint for improved performance and protection. 2BLT End plates contain easy-to-position integral T-bar clips for securely attaching the luminaire to the T-grid. For additional T-grid security, optional screw on T-bar clips are available. 2' x 2' LED to the luminaire aesthetics. LED boards are accessible from below; driver is accessible from the plenum. OPTICS — Volumetric illumination is achieved by creating an optimal mix of light to walls, partitions and vertical and horizontal work surfaces – rendering the interior space, objects and occupants in a more ELECTRICAL of illumination for extended service life. 70% LED lumen maintenance at 60,000 hours (L70/60,000). 0-10 volt dimming driver. Dims to 10% the Lumen Package designations in the Ordering Information below. Length: 23-3/4 (60.3) Width: 23-3/4 (60.3) Depth: 2-3/8 (6.0) Optional integrated nLight®controls make each luminaire addressable - allowing it to digitally communicate with other nLight enabled controls such as dimmers, switches, occupancy sensors and photocontrols. Simply Depth with Air Option: 2-3/4 (6.9) connect all the nLight enabled control devices and the BLT luminaires using standard Cat-5 cabling. Unique plug-and-play convenience as devices and luminaires automatically discover each other and self-commission. Lumen Management: Unique lumen management system (option N80) provides on board intelligence that actively manages the LED light source so that constant lumen output is maintained over the system life, preventing the energy waste created by the traditional practice of over-lighting. Step-level dimming option allows system to be switched to 50% power for compliance with common energy Driver disconnect provided where required to comply with US and Canadian codes. SENSOR— Integrated sensor (individual control): Sensor Switch MSD7ADCX ((Passive infrared (PIR)) ADPADSM or MSDPDT7ADCX ((PIR/Microphonics Dual Tech (PDT)) integrated occupancy sensor/automatic dimming Curved RibbedCurved Smooth the space. See page 2 for more details on the integrated sensor. Integrated Sensor (nLight Wired Networking): This sensor is nLight-enabled, meaning it has the ability to communicate over an nLight network. When wired, using CAT-5 cabling, with other nLight-enabled sensors, power packs, or WallPods, an nLight control zone is created. Once linked to a Gateway, directly or SDPSDSM 44444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444A Square RibbedSquare Smooth See page 2 for the nLight sensor options. INSTALLATION ceiling systems. Suitable for damp location. 444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444A See Accessories section. LISTINGS www.designlights.org/QPL to WARRANTY — 5-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx NOTE: All values are design or typical values, measured under laboratory conditions at 25 °C. LED 2 TYPE 61 2BLT Volumetric Recessed Lighting 2'x2' Example: 2BLT2 33L ADP EZ1 LP835 ORDERING INFORMATION Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative. 2BLT2 1 SeriesAir functionLumensVoltageDriverColor temperature 2BLT22X2 BLT(blank)Static Standard High ADPCurved, linear prisms(blank)MVOLTEZ1eldoLED dims to LP83082CRI, 3000 K 1% (0-10 volt AAir ADSMCurved, smooth120120VLP83582CRI, 3500 K (>100 LPW)(>130 LPW)dimming) supply/ SDPSquare, linear prisms277277VLP84082CRI, 4000 K return20L200033LHE3300SLDStep-level 4 SDSMSquare, smooth347347VLP85082CRI, 5000 K 5 dimming 33L330040LHE4000 LP93090CRI, 3000K LE1Lutron Ecosystem 40L400048LHE4800 driver dims to ADPTCurved, linear prismsLP93590CRI, 3500K 6 1% ADSMTCurved, smoothLP94090CRI, 4000K SDPTSquare, linear prismsLP95090CRI, 5000K SDSMTSquare, smooth 8 ControlsOccupancy controlOptions 11 (blank)No nLight®(blank)No sensor control Individual Control EL7L700 lumen battery pack 11 N80nLight® with 80% lumen nLight Wired Networking MSD7ADCXPIR integral occupancy EL14L1400 lumen battery pack managementsensor with automatic 12 NES7nLight™ nES 7 PIR integral CPChicago plenum dimming control 9 N80EMGnLight® with 80% lumen occupancy sensor 13 BGTDBodine Generator Transfer Device 5,10 photocell management For use with NESPDT7nLight™ nES PDT 7 dual PWS18366’ pre-wire, 3/8” diameter, 18 gauge, 1 circuit 7 generator supply EM powerMSDPDT7ADCXPDT integral technology integral occupancy sensor with PWS18466’ pre-wire, 3/8” diameter, 18 gauge, 2 circuit 9 N100nLight® without lumen occupancy control automatic dimming management PWS1846 PWSLVTwo cables: one 6' pre-wire, 3/8” diameter, NES7ADCXnLight™ nES 7 ADCX PIR 5,10 control photocell 18 gauge, 2 circuits; one 6' pre-wire, 3/8” N100EMGnLight® without lumen integral occupancy sensor 14 diameter, 18 gauge, purple and gray management For use with with automatic dimming 79 generator supply EM powerphotocell PWS1856LV6’ pre-wire, 3/8” diameter, 18 gauge, 1 circuit 14 w/low voltage purple and grey wires NESPDT7ADCXnLight™ nES PDT 7 dual technology integral 15 GLRFast-blowing fuse occupancy sensor with 15 GMFSlow-blowing fuse 9 automatic dimming photocell NPLTNarrow pallet 16 RRL_RELOC®-ready luminaire LATCEarthquake clip DWAMAnti-Microbial paint Accessories next page Stock/MTOCatalog Description *UPCLumensWattageLPWColor TemperatureVoltagePallet Qty Stock 2BLT2 33L ADP LP835008898044719083241301083500K/82 CRI120-27752 2BLT2 33L ADP LP840008898044719393313301114000K/82CRI120-27752 2BLT2 33L ADP EL14L LP835008898046200233241301083500K/82CRI120-27752 2BLT2 33L ADP EL14L LP840008898046200613313301114000K/82CRI120-27752 MTO2BLT2 33L ADP 347 LP835008898045693843241301083500K/82 CRI34752 2BLT2 33L ADP 347 LP840008898045694073313301114000K/82CRI34752 *0-10V Dimming to 10%. Notes 1 Approximate lumen output. 2 All versions may not achieve 130+ LPW. Refer to photometry on www.acuitybrands.com. 3 4 Not available with SLD driver, EL7L or EL14L battery packs. 5 Not available with N80, N80EMG, N100 N100EMG or occupancy control. 6 Not available with controls, occupancy controls, or PWS options. Consult factory for Hi-Lume dimming. 7 8 9 Requires N80, N80EMG, N100, or N100EMG. 10 Only available with EZ1 driver option. 0-10v dimming wires not accessible via access plate. 11 When using pre-wire option, use PWS1846. or PWS1846 PWSLV. 12 Not available with N80, N80EMG, N100 or N100EMG. 13 14 Not available with nLIGHT wired network or individual controls. 15 Must specify voltage, 120 or 277 with GLR & GMF fusing and BGTD. 16 For ordering logic consult: RRL_2013. LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2015-2016 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 06/29/16 TYPE 61 2BLT Volumetric Recessed Lighting 2'x2' Accessories: Order as separate catalog number.nLight® Control Accessories: Order as separate catalog number. Visit www.acuitybrands.com/products/controls/nlight. DGA22 WallPod stationsModel numberOccupancy sensorsModel number nPODM \[color\]Small motion 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech)nCM 9 RJB / nCM PDT 9 RJB nPODM DX \[color\]Large motion 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech)nCM10 RJB / nCM PDT 10 RJB Graphic touchscreennPOD GFX \[color\]Wall switch with raise/lowernWSX PDT LV DX \[color\] Photocell controlsModel numberCat-5 cable (plenum rated)Model number Full range dimmingnCM ADCX RJB10' cableCAT5 10FT J1 30' cableCAT5 30FT J1 Replacement Parts: Order as separate catalog number. *237LJR 2DBLT24 ADP LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens (light traps included) *237LKH 2DBLT24 SDP LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (light traps included) *237LKY2DBLT24 ADSM LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens (light traps included) *237LL72DBLT24 SDSM LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens (light traps included) *237LT1 2DBLT24 ADPT LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237LT3 2DBLT24 SDPT LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237LT5 2DBLT24 ADSMT LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237LT7 2DBLT24 SDSMT LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237LT92DBLT24 ADPT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237M4Y2DBLT24 SDPT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237M572DBLT24 ADSMT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237M5H2DBLT24 SDSMT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (trims included) LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2015-2016 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 06/29/16 TYPE 61 Volumetric Recessed Lighting 2'x2' 2BLT Sensor Options Occupancy Sensing Automatic nLight Wired Option Dimming PhotocellNetworking PIRPDT MSD7ADCXXX MSDPDT7ADCXXX NES7XX NES7ADCXXXX NESPDT7XX NESPDT7ADCXXXX Basic nLight Zone Integrated Sensor with Individual Control nLight Wired Networking The MSD7ADCX PIR occupancy sensor/automatic dimming photocell is ideal for areas without The nES 7 is ideal for small rooms without obstructions or areas with primarily walking obstructions and where daylight harvesting may be desired. Suggested applications include, but not motion. Ideal areas include hallways, corridors, storage rooms, and breakrooms. limited to, hallways, corridors, storage rooms, and breakrooms or other areas where people are typically Additionally, the NES7ADCX includes an integrated photocell, which enables daylight moving. harvesting controls. The MSDPDT7ADCX PIR/Microphonics Dual Tech occupancy sensor/automatic dimming photocell is ideal for areas with obstructions and where daylight harvesting is desired. Suggested applications include, but with obstructions, the nES PDT 7 dual technology sensor is recommended. The nES PDT 7 utilizes both PIR (passive infrared) and Microphonics technologies to detect occupancy. Additionally, the NESPDT7ADCX includes an integrated photocell, which enables daylight harvesting controls which is ideal for areas where windows are present. Sequence of OperationSequence of Operation MOTIONNO MOTIONMOTIONMOTIONNO MOTIONMOTION MAXMAX OccupantsRoom Sensor OccupantsRoom Sensor Detected In UnoccupiedDetects Detected In UnoccupiedDetects The SpaceMotionThe SpaceMotion MINMIN LIGHTS ON17.5 MIN2.5 MIN ATLIGHTS OFFLIGHTS ONLIGHTS ON7.5 MIN2.5 MIN ATLIGHTS OFFLIGHTS ON TIME DELAYA 1% LEVELTIME DELAYA 1% LEVEL *The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc. Sensor Coverage Pattern 9 FT Mounting Mini 360° Lens 5.518 Recommended for walking motion detection from mounting heights between 8 ft (2.44 m) and 20 ft (6.10 m) • 4.615 Initial detection of walking motion along sensor axes at distances of 2x the mounting height up to 15 ft (4.57 m) and •3.712 1.75x up to 20 ft (6.10 m).2.79 • 1.86 Provides 12 ft (3.66 m) radial detection of small motion when mounted at 9 ft (2.74 m) • 0.93 • 0 m0 ft 0.93 1.86 2.79 3.712 4.615 5.518 LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2015-2016 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 06/29/16 TYPE 61 2BLT Volumetric Recessed Lighting 2'x2' PHOTOMETRICS 2BLT2 33L ADP LP835, 3241 delivered lumens, test no. LTL28918P4, tested in accordance to IESNA LM-79 2BLT2 40L ADP LP835, 4210 delivered lumens, test no. LTL28918P5, tested in accordance to IESNA LM-79 Constant Lumen Management Performance Data HE Performance Data Enabled by the embedded nLight control, the BLT actively tracks its Lumen PackageLumensInput WattsLPW run-time and manages its light source such that constant lumen Lumen PackageLumensInput WattsLPW output is maintained over the system life. Referred to as lumen 20L ADP LP830215720110 33LHE ADP LP830353728126 management, this feature eliminates the energy waste created by 20L ADP LP835221320113 33LHE ADP LP835362828130 the traditional practice of over-lighting. 20L ADP LP840226120116 33LHE ADP LP840370828132 20L ADP LP850237320121 33LHE ADP LP840370828139 Without LumenManagement 33L ADP LP830316030106 Energy is wasted and light level is inconsistent. 40LHE ADP LP830411832127 33L ADP LP835324130108 40LHE ADP LP835422432131 100%30W POWER INPUT 33L ADP LP840331330111 40LHE ADP LP840431732134 33L ADP LP850347630116 40LHE ADP LP850453032140 40L ADP LP830410339106 48LHE ADP LP830469937128 LIGHT OUTPUT 40L ADP LP835420939108 48LHE ADP LP835482037131 Wasted Energy 40L ADP LP840430239111 48LHE ADP LP840492737134 80%24W 40L ADP LP850451439116 48LHE ADP LP850516937140 01020304050 THOUSAND OPERATING HOURS AIR 20L ADP LP830201920103 AIR 20L ADP LP835206020105 MOUNTING DATA WithLumen Management AIR 20L ADP LP840211620108 Energy is saved and light level remains consistent. Ceiling TypeAppropriate AIR 20L ADP LP850213420109 Trim Type 100%30W AIR 33L ADP LP830295728104 Exposed grid tee Saved Energy AIR 33L ADP LP835301728107 (1’ and 9/16”)G POWER INPUT AIR 33L ADP LP840309928109 Concealed grid teeG AIR 33L ADP LP850312628110 Plaster or plasterboard G* AIR 40L ADP LP83038413999 LIGHT OUTPUT AIR 40L ADP LP835391939101 80%24W 9/1615/16Screw Slot 01020304050 AIR 40L ADP LP840402539104 THOUSAND OPERATING HOURS AIR 40L ADP LP850406039104 for plaster or plasterboard ceiling. Recommended rough-in dimensions for DGA installation is 24-3/4" x 24-3/4" (Tolerance is +1/8", -0”). LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2015-2016 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 06/29/16 TYPE 62 CORE 200 SX TM surface mount LightingGroup PROJECT JobNotes Type Part # SPECIFICATIONS Xicato XTM LED module - up to 2000 lumens Source C.C.T.2700K, 3000K, 3500K or 4000K Color Consistency1x2 SDCM (MacAdam) along BBL, CCT +/- 40K to 70K, Duv +/- .001 CRI (Ra)83 or 98 Driver / LocationIncluded / Remote mount or deep canopy options Dimming0-10V or phase dimming to 10% standard; DALI, DMX and 1% dimming available Input Voltage100 to 277VAC, phase dimmable versions are 120VAC only PowerUp to 24 watts max, depending on LED module / driver MaterialCNC machined aluminum with stainless steel hardware Finish Powder coat - TGIC polyester for exterior and interior use Weight1.6 lb. \[0.7 kg\] LocationListed for Wet & Damp locations ApprovalsETL Listed to UL 1598, 2108, 8750 and CSA C22.2# 9 & #250.0 L80 Life> 50,000 hours at 80% lumen maintenance based on IESNA LM-80-08 WarrantyLifetime Limited Warranty - see warranty for details IES Files INDOOR WET DIMMABLE OUTDOOR LOCATION 4001580 ORDERING LOGIC DriverMounting Model LocationDimming LocationOutputCRI *C.C.T.ReflectorShell ColorOptions ---- C2SM RND07832720 =Remote=None=Damp=700 lm=83=2700K=20° XX DPW10983040 =Deep=Phase=Wet=950 lm=98*=3000K=40° (see chart on page 4) V133560 =0-10V=1300 lm=3500K =60° Canopy Z2040ZZ =Other=2000 lm=4000K=Custom * 98 CRI not available in 2000 lm C2SM-RND-13832740-S3 Example Part Number: C2SM-RND-13832740-S3 ORE 00 X Surface ount emote Driver, o Dimming, amp Location 00 lm, CRI, 00K, ° Reflector Red Shell 1 v2LightingGroup.com TYPE 62 CORE 200 SX TM surface mount LightingGroup DIMENSIONS 5" All canopies fit standard 3.5" and 4" round and octagonal junction boxes 0.3" Not to scale, dimensions are nominal Consult factory for CAD drawings Standard shallow canopy for remote mounted LED drivers 5.8" 5" or 6" 2.4" 3.5" Optional deep canopy for canopy mounted LED drivers D Order Code = Diameter depends on LED driver size CONTROL OPTIONS LED OPTIONS V Order Code = 0-10V dimming to 10% LED Specifications Reflector 12, 3, 456 OptionP Order Code = Phase dimming to 10% LESLumensWattage (W)Efficacy (lm/W) CRI Standard LED Drivers* (included in base price) 7005.6129Compatible with both forward and reverse phase dimmers 9508.2118 Ra = 83 ± 3 130011.7111eldoLED 0-10V, DALI, or DMX dimming to 0% 20°, 40° & 60°19mm 200019.5102 A-series, EcoSystem or Lutron Hi-lume™ Optional LED Drivers* 7007.497forward phase dimming to 1% Ra = 98 95010.989Lutron Hi-lume™ 5-series, EcoSystem dimming to 5% R9 90 R15 95 130015.683 All LED drivers must be mounted in a deep canopy or remote * LES: Light Emitting Surface diameter*Standard LED drivers are suitable for Wet Location 1 ±10%*Optional LED drivers are suitable for Damp Location 2 For EM applications: Source lumens - see photometrics on page 3 for LOR to calculate delivered lumens* 3 All LED drivers may be used with 3rd party inverter style systems Higher lumen outputs are available in CORE / QUBE 300 and 400 series 4 Maximum luminaire wattage including LED driver = LED wattage x 1.2 5 Higher efficacies are available via lower drive currents - consult factory 6 2 v2LightingGroup.com TYPE 62 CORE 200 SX TM surface mount LightingGroup PHOTOMETRICS LM-79-08 IES files available at www.v2LightingGroup.com/downloads Beam Order Intensity Plot (cd)Polar Plot (cd)Cone DiagramDescription AngleCode(1300lm)(1300lm)(1300lm) 0 Illuminance at CenterBeam Diameter CBCP = 3195 cd/klm 4200 Beam Angle = 21° 166 fc1.9' 3360 5' 1050 Field Angle = 63° 2520 42 fc3.8' 10' 2100 20°20 LOR = 89.4% 1680 18 fc5.7' 15' 3150 840 Beam = full width @ 50% 10 fc7.6' Field = full width @ 90% 20' 4200 030°60°90° 0 2100 Illuminance at CenterBeam Diameter CBCP = 1607 cd/klm Beam Angle = 43° 84 fc3.9' 1680 5' 525 Field Angle = 73° 1260 21 fc7.9' 10' 1050 40°40 LOR = 88.7% 840 9 fc11.8' 15' 1575 420 Beam = full width @ 50% 5 fc15.7' Field = full width @ 90% 20' 2100 030°60°90° 0 1400 Illuminance at CenterBeam Diameter CBCP = 1050 cd/klm Beam Angle = 59° 55 fc5.6' 1120 5' 350 Field Angle = 86° 840 14 fc11.3' 10' 700 60°60 LOR = 85.2% 560 6 fc16.9' 1050 15' 280 Beam = full width @ 50% 3 fc22.6' Field = full width @ 90% 1400 20' 030°60°90° The Reflector Baffle replaces the Beam Shaping Options standard reflector. Add the order code shown below to the options box at the end of the part number: 50% of the luminaire’s output is reflected back up into the fixture Reflector Order Code Description to uplight the visible heat sink. BF Baffle -HL Honeycomb Louver Remaining output is a soft, wide -DF Diffusion Lens distribution. -SF Satin finish on any standard reflector -LS Linear Spread Lens (60° x 1°) Easy twist-lock installation. -WW Wall Wash Lens (shifts beam 20° from vertical) 3 v2LightingGroup.com TYPE 62 CORE 200 SX TM surface mount LightingGroup COLOR OPTIONS A1A2 A3 Anodized Clear SilverLight Champagne Effect Bronze A4A5A6 Medium Dark BronzeBlack Bronze M1M2M3M4 Metallic PearlSea FoamForest GrayCharcoal Gray M5M6M7M8 GunmetalDove GrayOld CopperOld Brass Gray L1L2L3L4 Basic Gloss WhiteGlossGlossGloss Black Light GrayDark Gray T1T2T3T4 TexturedTexturedTexturedTextured Matte WhiteMatte MetallicMatte Black Light GrayDark Gray Sparkle S1S2S3S4 LightDeepRedBurgundy OrangeOrange S5S6S7S8 VioletDeep BlueSky BlueBright Green The complete range of powder coat colors from Tiger Drylac is available - consult factory Custom match powder coat colors are available - consult factory Printed or on-screen colors are only approximations - consult v2 Color Chip Set Rev.4 before specifying 4 v2LightingGroup.com 3235 TYPE 63 ADJUSTABLE 40° ® BeveLED PROJECT INFORMATION ™ I CCCCCCCCCC ÐÐÐÐiiil ttttttt PROJECT nnnnnneeeeeeeeeeeeoooooooooooooorrrrrr+++ DATE TYPE 1" Regress ™™ InnnnniiiCCCCCCCCCCooooolll BeveLED Recessed Adjustable tttttttteeeeeeeeeee ooooooorrrrrr++++++++++ Color+. Tune the light from saturated blue, violet, green, yellow, orange, and red, to any of a wide variety of perfect architectural whites with project requiring full 1" Regress 1" Regress Bevel Finish Color area Flange Finish Color area Ø 3 1" 2 Ø 4" 1 2 Ø 5" 1 2 HOW TO SPECIFY Specify trim code and housing code to order: Example : Ordering Example: 3235W - B1- S - 10 - LRTA4 - 8432 - WRGB1 - 30KS - 35 - NC - 277V - DMX1M - RJ - CB27 TRIM ORDERING INFORMATION I iiiiCCCCCCCCCCllSpectrum ™ tttttttt nnnnnneeeeeeeeeeeooooooooooooooorrrrrr+++ TRIMOPTIONBEVEL STYLELENSFLANGE FINISH 1 ––– 3235 ___ S 0.8 3235 1 01 Clear Matte W Wet location B1 1” Regress Bevel, S Solite Round Painted Die Cast (AC Bevel only) (provided 0.6 Adjustable Matches Flange Finish standard) 02 Black Anodized Solite Lens AB1 1” Regress Bevel, (AB Bevel only) 0.4 Black Anodized 10 White AC1 1” Regress Bevel, 13 Statuary Bronze 0.2 Clear Matte Anodized 21 Black 0 28 Metalized Grey 400450500550600650700750 1 Wet location, use with B1 RAL Custom Color wavelength (nm) trims only. (specify RAL #) Independently mix white light with color in any combination HOUSING ORDERING INFORMATION imaginable to create a uniquely personal light source. HOUSING ENGINE PRIMARY CODECODE WATTAGEREFLECTORHOUSING TYPEVOLTAGECABLINGACCESSORIES WHITE DIMMING DRIVER –––––––– – LRTA48432 35 WRGB130KS NC New Construction DMX1M EldoLED DMX 0.1% RJ RJ45 Jacks CB27 27” C-Channel Bars ° LRTA48432 32W LED, WRGB1 - 35 35 beam 120V 30KS dimming, manual 1175 3000K, CP Chicago Plenum 2 WR Splice Connection CB52 52” C-Channel Bars 277V addressing using Lumen 80+ CRI IC Insulation-Contact XL XLR5 Connectors 3 EML Emergency battery 4 RDM protocol, 8 bit Maximum 2 Rated / Airtight EMLW Emergency battery, DMX2M EldoLED DMX 0.1% 4 wet location dimming, manual addressing using 4 For use with NC housings only. RDM protocol, 16 bit Provided with remote test switch. OPTICAL ACCESSORIES (Order separately) AL20F Refer to optical accessories matrix on AL30F next page for resulting AL40F beamspreads when AL55F accessory lens is AL80F ° combined with 35optics 3 Requires above ceiling AS61F access; N/A with IC or CP 2 Not available with EM. housings. Clearly specify quantity in your order ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2015. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. Lighting Revised 09/24/2015 3235 TYPE 63 ADJUSTABLE 40° ® BeveLED ™ IÐÐÐ ÐiiiCCCCCCCCCCl ttttttttt nnnnnneeeeeeeeeeeeoooooooooooooorrrrrr +++ TRIM INFORMATION 1" Regress Optical Accessories Matrix if you want… and you have…. 1" Regress ° 35 ° 40 beam AL30F Bevel Finish ° 45 beam AL40F Color area ° 55 beam AL55F (B1, AB1, AC1) ° 60 beam AL80F ° 40x60 beam AS61F Flange Finish size F Color area (10, 13, 21, 28, RAL) Ø 3" 1 2 Ø 4 1" 2 Ø 5" 1 2 HOUSING INFORMATION New Construction Chicago Plenum - CP Universal Style Housing - NC IC / Airtight - IC 7" 8/" 5 8 1/" 1 8 1/" 1 8 7" 7" 13" 13" 18/" (Plan View) 5 18/" (Plan View) 5 8 8 22/" (Plan View) 1 22 1/" (Plan View) 8 8 ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2015. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. Lighting Revised 09/24/2015 3235 TYPE 63 ADJUSTABLE 40° ® BeveLED ™ IÐÐÐ ÐiiiCCCCCCCCCCl ttttttttt nnnnnneeeeeeeeeeeeooooooooooooooorrrrrr +++ SPECIFICATIONS TRIM: 4-1/2” round aperture with a 1” regressed bevel CABLING: The DMX512 driver is provided with two twisted EMERGENCY: Emergency lighting battery pack with ange, retained by two mounting clips. Die cast pair cabling for connection with communication controls. remote test switch is serviceable through aperture anged and is available in white, xtures. Choose for NC housings. Bodine BSL26C provides 200mA nishes. Also your preferred method of connection when specifying. To for 90 minutes; delivers ~200-300 lumens. EMLW nish or avoid signal transmission problems, a DMX link terminator wet location option is available with B1 trim only and requires remote test switch. EM option is not RAL#).Communication cables and AC power lines must not be run available with IC or CP housings. in the same conduit. TRIM LENS: Trim is shipped with integral solite lens MOUNTING: y brackets and adjustable  RJ Cabling Option: standard. nailer bars with integral nails provided. Nailer bars interface board inside the junction box with RJ45 jacks for are extendible from 14” to 24” centers. REFLECTOR: Interchangeable precision injection molded use with CAT5 cable terminated with RJ45 connectors. HOUSING: . Fabricated of 20 ga. galvanized steel xtures with RJ45/CAT5 connections, with thru wire J-box, 4 in 4 out at min. 90°C, #12 the following ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 pin out standard is used. ADJUSTMENT: True hot aiming with center beam optics is AWG thru branch circuit wiring. Link termination dip switch is provided at the connector adjustable, with a completely tool-less mechanism. 0°-40° board; no separate link termination device is required. See lockable vertical tilt with 362° lockable rotation.MAXIMUM CEILING THICKNESS: As per drawings dimming compatibility pages for drawings and more details above. FIELD REPLACEABLE LIGHT ENGINE: Available in 1 lumen package: typical power draw is 23 input watts with 975 ACCESSORY HOLDER: Snap in accessory holder delivered lumens. Maximum power draw is 32 input watts eld replaceable 35° accepts “F” size lens, maximum 1. through the aperture without tools. CEILING CUT OUT: 5-1/16” Ø COLOR: LISTINGS: Dry/Damp. *Wet location option any color desired in the spectrum, from saturated blue, available with B1 trim only. NRTL/CSA-US tested to violet, green, yellow, orange, and red, to a wide variety of UL standards. IBEW union made. architectural whites. All color change is digitally controlled  WR Cabling Option: no interface board is supplied; cables through the DMX interface of your choice. WARRANTY: 5 years must be spliced inside the junction box for connection. The RATED LIFE: Based on IESNA LM80-2008 50,000 hours at data cable used must meet the following requirements: NOTES: 70% lumen maintenance (L70).  type: shielded, 2-conductor twisted pair  Not for use in corrosive environment.  maximum capacitance between conductors: 30 pF/ft THERMAL MANAGEMENT: Proprietary high performance  Use of pressure washer voids warranty.  maximum capacitance between conductor and aluminum die cast heatsink for maximum LED life. Ambient PHOTOMETRICS: Consult factory or website for IES shield: 55 pF/ft  maximum resistance: 0.02 ohms/ft during normal operation.  normal impedance: 100-140 ohms FIELD REPLACEABLE DIMMING DRIVER: Solid state  conductive core: 24 AWG is recommended electronic constant current DMX512 8-bit driver with a If 3-wire data cables are preferred, we suggest a Belden high power factor provided standard. Specify 120V or 277V. cations for Driver complies with IEEE C62.41 surge protection. Specify EIA RS-485 applications. Do not use standard microphone DXM1M for 8-bit communication controls; specify DMX2M cables: they cannot transmit DMX512 data reliably over for 16-bit communication controls. All driver options require long distances. NOTE: DMX link termination device (by remote device management (RDM) communication protocol xture in line on a circuit to for addressing. avoid signal loss.  XL Cabling Option: interface board on the junction box with standard 5-pin XLR5 jacks which accept XLR5 connectors for DMX communication. Any standard XLR cable can be used for this option. Link termination dip switch is provided at the connector board; no separate link termination device is required. NOTE: This cabling option requires above ceiling access. ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2015. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. Lighting Revised 09/24/2015 TYPE 63 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY ® BeveLED ™ IÐÐÐ ÐiiiCCCCCCCCCCl ttttttttt nnnnnneeeeeeeeeeeooooooooooooooorrrrrr+++ SELECTION GUIDE DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: DMX1M, DMX2M DMX1M: EldoLED DMX dimming with manual addressing, 8-bit (Dims down to 0%) DMX2M: EldoLED DMX dimming with manual addressing, 16-bit (Dims down to 0%) BLUEBLUE / WHITE 45 Choose from WR (splice connection), RJ (RJ45 jacks) and XL (XLR5 connectors) cabling options, GREEN/ WHITEGREEN 3 6 and refer to corresponding wiring diagram below: ORANGEBROWN / WHITE 2 7 DMX (-) ORANGE/ WHITEBROWN 18 SHIELD DMX (+) CAT 5 CABLE RJ CABLING OPTION RJ-45 CONNECTORS DMX DATA INDMX DATA OUT ON DMX+ ON DMX- TURN ON DIP SWITCH SHIELD OFF TO TERMINATE LAST FIXTURE ON DMX BUS OFF LOAD V+ LINE DRIVER V- NEUTRAL GROUND WR OPTION DMX DATA INDMX DATA OUT DMX+ BLUEDMX+  WR Cabling Option: no interface board is supplied; cables must be spliced inside the junction box for connection. The DMX- WHITEDMX- data cable used must meet the following requirements: SHIELD- SHIELD  type: shielded, 2-conductor twisted pair  maximum capacitance between conductors: 30 pF/ft  maximum capacitance between conductor and shield: 55 pF/ft LOAD  maximum resistance: 0.02 ohms/ft  normal impedance: 100-140 ohms V+ V+ DRIVER LINE  conductive core: 24 AWG is recommended V- V- NEUTRAL If 3-wire data cables are preferred, we suggest a Belden GROUND 9841 or equivalent cable which meets the speciÐ cations for EIA RS-485 applications. Do not use standard microphone cables: they cannot transmit DMX512 data reliably over long distances. NOTE: DMX link termination device (by others) should be used on last Ð xture in line on a circuit to avoid signal loss. XL CABLING OPTION NOTE: This cabling option requires above ceiling access. 4.75" XLR CABLE 5 PIN XLR CONNECTORS MALE FEMALE 1.-10" DMX DATA INDMX DATA OUT XLR CONNECTORS WHEN XLR5 IS SELECTED LEAVE CLEARANCE FOR DMX+ J-BOX TO SLIDE TO APERTURE DMX- Termination 1-1/8" SHIELD TURN ON DIP SWITCH TO TERMINATE TERMINATION LAST FIXTURE ON DMX BUS LOAD V+ LINE DRIVER V- NEUTRAL GROUND ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2014. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. Lighting I2-265 TYPE 63 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY ® BeveLED ™ IÐÐÐ ÐiiiCCCCCCCCCCl ttttttttt nnnnnneeeeeeeeeeeooooooooooooooorrrrrr+++ SELECTION GUIDE DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: DMX1M, DMX2M DMX MUST BE DAISY CHAINED IN SINGLE LINE CORRECT !INCORRECT ! DRIVER DRIVERDRIVERDRIVERDRIVER DRIVERDRIVER DRIVERDRIVER DRIVER DRIVER NOTES FOR DRIVERS: 1. DMX signal cable must NOT be run in same conduit as high voltage AC power lines. 2. Fixtures must be daisy chained in one serial line using Data in and Data out 3. Maximum of 32 DMX devices on a single DMX bus 4. Maximum of 1600 ft serial communication link distance 5. To avoid signal loss, DMX signal terminator should be used on last Ð xture in line. For RJ and XL cabling options, this is provided through a dip-switch on the connector board. For WR cabling options, this device (120 ohm resistor) is provided by others. 6. For best results when using WR cabling option use communication data splices. 7. Default state for Ð xtures off. Luminaire will not light until DMX signal is received. ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2014. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. Lighting I2-265 3233 TYPE 64 ADJUSTABLE ® BeveLED 2.0 WARM GLOW DIMMING Covered By US Patent 8,456,109 and 8,581,520 1" REGRESS LED Dimmed to 50%LED Dimmed to 20%LED Dimmed to 1% Warm Glow Dimming gradually transitions from 2700K, 3000K or 3500K down to 2200K - creating intimacy while enhancing the mood and feeling of the space. DELIVERED PERFORMANCE ADJUSTABLE 16 Watts Max 32 Watts Max Max Color Temperature .............................................................................................. 80+ 90+ 80+ 90+ 80+ 80+ 90+ 80+ 90+ 80+ Color Rendering Index CRI CRI CRI CRI CRI CRI CRI CRI CRI CRI Lumens per Watt 52 41 55 44 59 46 36 49 40 53 1925 ............................................................................ Delivered Lumens 825 650 875 700 950 1375 1100 1475 1200 1575 Center Beam Candlepower 8925 7025 9525 7675 9600 15025 11825 16000 12900 16000 HOW TO SPECIFY Ordering Example: Specify trim code and housing code to order: Example : 3233W - B1 - S - 10 - LRTA4 - 8416 - WGD1 - 2722KS - 30 - NC - 277V - DIML4 - CB27 BeveLED 2.0 Warm Glow Dimming Curve vs. TRIM ORDERING INFORMATION Actual Incandescent Dimming Curve TRIMOPTIONBEVEL STYLELENSFLANGE FINISH Warm Glow Dimming 3000K LEDWarm Glow Dimming 2700K LED 100W A19 Lamp ––– 3233 ______ 100% 90% 01 Clear Matte 3233W Wet location 1 B1 1" Regress Bevel, N No Glass 80% Round Painted Die Cast (AC Bevel Only) (use for 10º) TZ TechZone Adjustable Matches Flange Finish 70% (NCSM only) 02 Black Anodized S Solite AB1 1" Regress Bevel, (AB Bevel Only) (use for 30º) 60% Black Anodized 10 White F Frosted 50% AC1 1" Regress Bevel, 13 Statuary Bronze 40% C Clear Clear Matte Anodized 30% 21 Black 20% 28 Metalized Grey 10% RAL Custom Color 1 Wet location, use with B1 (specify RAL #) 0% trims only. 300029002800270026002500240023002200 Correlated Color Temperature (CCT) HOUSING ORDERING INFORMATION OPTICAL HOUSING ENGINE DIMMING DRIVER ACCESSORIES WATTAGECOLORREFLECTORHOUSING TYPEVOLTAGEACCESSORIES OPTIONS CODECODE (Order –––––––– LRTA4WGD1 separately) DIML2 0-10V dim, 15% CB27 27" C-Channel Bars °AL10E LRTA4 8416 16W LED, WGD1 - 10 10 beam 120V 2722KS NC New Construction Refer to optical (provided standard) 875 lumens 2700K-2200K, 80+ CRI CB52 52" C-Channel Bars °AL15E 30 30 beam 277V accessories CP Chicago Plenum DIML4 Lutron Hi-Lume 1% 8432 32W LED, matrix on next EML Emergency battery 2 - AL30E 3022KS IC Insulation- 3-wire/ECO 1475 lumens page for 3000K-2200K, 80+ CRI EMLW Emergency battery, Contact AS61E resulting DIML6A ELDO 0-10V 0.1%, Rated / Airtight 2 wet location - 3522KSAL20F beamspreads logarithmic 3500K-2200K, 80+ CRI when AL30F DIML6B ELDO 0-10V 0.1%, accessory - 2722KH AL40F linear lens is 2700K-2200K, 90+ CRI AL55F DIML7 ELDO DALI 0.1% combined - 3022KH ° with 10and AL80F DIML8 ELDO DMX 0.1% 3000K-2200K, 90+ CRI ° 30 optics AS61F 2 Step MacAdam ellipse 2 For use with NC housings only. is standard for all ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2014. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. Lighting Revised 09/25/2015 TYPE 64 3233 ® BeveLED ADJUSTABLE 2.0 WARM GLOW DIMMING Covered By US Patent 8,456,109 and 8,581,520 TRIM INFORMATION 1" Regress BeveLED 2.0 Optical Accessories Matrix 1" Regress if you want… and you have…. °° 10 30 ° 15 beam AL10E N/A ° 20 beam AL15E N/A Bevel Finish ° 25 beam AL30E N/A Color area ° 35 beam N/A AL20F ° 40 beam N/A AL30F Flange Finish ° 45 beam N/A AL40F Color area ° 55 beam N/A AL55F ° 60 beam N/A AL80F ° 20x60 beam AS61E N/A Ø 3" 1 2 ° 40x60 beam N/A AS61F Ø 4 1" size E size F 2 Ø 5" 1 2 HOUSING INFORMATION New ConstructionChicago Plenum (16W) - CPChicago Plenum (32W) - CP New Construction Universal Style Housing - NCIC / Airtight (16W) - ICIC / Airtight (32W) - IC w/ Emergency - EM 7/" 7 7"8/"8 9/" 5 16 816 1/" 1 1/"1/"1/" 111 8 888 7"7"7"7" 13" 13"13"13" 18/" (Plan View)18/" (Plan View)18/" (Plan View)18/" (Plan View) 5555 8888 22/" (Plan View)22/" (Plan View)22/" (Plan View)22/" (Plan View) 1111 8888 SPECIFICATIONS TRIM: 4-1/2" round aperture with a 1" regressed bevel RATED LIFE: HOUSING: Based on IESNA LM80-2008 50,000 hours at Fabricated of 20 ga. galvanized steel 70% lumen maintenance (L70).with thru wire J-box, 4 in 4 out at min. 90°C, #12 anged and is available in white, AWG thru branch circuit wiring. THERMAL MANAGEMENT: Proprietary high performance nishes. Also MAXIMUM CEILING THICKNESS: aluminum die cast heatsink for maximum LED life. Ambient As per drawings nish or xture location should not exceed 40°C above. during normal operation. RAL#). ACCESSORY HOLDER: Snap in accessory holder FIELD REPLACEABLE DIMMING DRIVER: 0-10V, 100%-15% ° t TRIM LENS: 30rim is shipped with integral solite lens. DIML2 solid state electronic constant current driver with a 10° accepts "E" size lens, maximum 2. ° 10 does not come with a solite lens unless selected as high power factor provided standard. Specify 120V or 277V. 30° accepts "F" size lens, maximum 2. an option. Frosted lens option available for both. 10° wet Driver complies with IEEE C62.41 surge protection. location is provided with a clear lens. CEILING CUT OUT: 5-1/16" Ø DIMMING OPTIONS: Multiple dimming drivers available. REFLECTOR: Interchangeable precision injection molded LISTINGS: Dry/Damp. Wet location option available See compatibility chart attached. Note: DIML6A logarithmic with B1 trim only. NRTL/CSA-US tested to UL control is intended for use with Lutron control systems; beam distribution. Note: 10° optic requires dedicated 10° standards. IBEW union made. DIML6B linear control is intended for use with non-Lutron light engine. controls. DIML2 and DIML6 dimming drivers source 2mA. WARRANTY: 5 years ADJUSTMENT: True hot aiming with center beam optics is EMERGENCY: Emergency lighting battery pack with remote NOTES: adjustable, with a completely tool-less mechanism. 0°-40° test switch is serviceable through aperture. EMLW wet  Not for use in corrosive environment. lockable vertical tilt with 362° lockable rotation. location option is available with B1 trim only and requires  Use of pressure washer voids warranty. FIELD REPLACEABLE LIGHT ENGINE: Available in 2 lumen remote test switch. Bodine BSL17C provides 200mA for 90 PHOTOMETRICS: Consult factory or website for IES eld minutes. EM option is available with NC housings only. replaceable through the aperture without tools. MOUNTING: y brackets and adjustable nailer bars COLOR: BeveLED is available in 3 color temperatures with with integral nails provided. Nailer bars are extendible from Warm Glow dimming. All color temperatures will dim down 14" to 24" centers. from initial CCT at 100% output to 2200K at minimum output. consistency within a 2-Step MacAdam Ellipse. 80+ color rendering index provided standard. 90+ CRI also available. ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2014. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. Lighting Revised 09/25/2015 TYPE 64 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML2 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML2 LED: 0-10V Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 10%) DIML2 Dimmer Compatibility Chart Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Per Dimmer* 120V / 277V Use source current per Crestron iLux dimmer expansion module CLS-EXP-DIMFLV 100% - 10% Ð xture speciÐ cation Crestron DIN Rail dimmer DIN-4DIMFLV4 100% - 10% sheet to determine Crestron DIN Rail analog output module DIN-A08 100% - 10% number of Ð xtures per Crestron 8 Channel dimmer module GLX-DIMFLV8 100% - 10% dimmer. Max number Crestron 8 Channel dimmer module GLXP-DIMFLV8 100% - 10% of Ð xtures is limited by Leviton IllumaTech dimmer IP710-DLX 100% - 10% dimmer load rating. Lightolier (Philips) Vega V2000FAMU 100% - 10% Lutron Diva DVTV-XX 100% - 10% * NOTE: Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. DIML2 0-10V DIMMING W/RELAY TO SWITCH POWER FIXTURE DIMMER: 0-10V NOTE: (BY OTHERS) If switched, non-dimming operation is desired, LED 0-10V (-)GRAY cap off purple and gray wires individually at 0-10V (+)PURPLE V+ RED installation. Do NOT cap purple and gray wires SWITCHED HOTBLACK DRIVER V- BLACK together. NEUTRALWHITE GREEN GND CLASS 2 CONTROL WIRES LINE RELAY (BY OTHERS) NEUTRAL DIML2 0-10V DIMMING (NO RELAY) FIXTURE DIMMER: 0-10V w/ NOTE: POWER SWITCHING (BY OTHERS) If switched, non-dimming operation is desired, LED 0-10V (-)GRAY cap off purple and gray wires individually at 0-10V (+)PURPLE V+ RED installation. Do NOT cap purple and gray wires LINE SWITCHED HOTBLACK DRIVER V- BLACK together. NEUTRALWHITE GREEN GROUND GND NEUTRAL ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-2 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 64 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML4 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML4 LED: Lutron Hi-Lume A-Series LED Driver with 3-Wire FL Control / LED Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 1%) DIML4 3-Wire Dimmer Compatibility Chart Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures Per Control* Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Fixture Wattage 120V Only 39W and Less 40W - 80W ETC Sensor+ Cabinet D20 Dimming module 100% - 1% 1Ã53 1Ã26 ETC Unison DRd Cabinet D20F Dimming module 100% - 1% 1Ã53 1Ã26 Lutron Nova T NTF-10- 100%Ã1% 1Ã41 1 à 20 Lutron Nova T NTF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Nova NF-10- 100%Ã1% 1Ã41 1 à 20 Lutron Nova NF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Vareo VF-10- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Skylark SF-10P-, SF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Diva DVF-103P-, DVSCF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Ariadni AYF-103P- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Vierti VTF-6A- 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron Maestro MAF-6AM-, MSCF-6AM- 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron Maestro Wireless MRF2-F6AN-DV- 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron RadioRA 2 RRD-F6AN-DV- 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron HomeWorks QS HQRD-F6AN-DV 100%Ã1% 1Ã15 1 à 7 Lutron Interfaces PHPM-3F-120, PHPM-3F-DV 100%Ã1% 1Ã41 1 à 20 Lutron GP Dimming Panels Various 100%Ã1% 1Ã41 1 à 20 277V Only 40W and Less 41W - 80W ETC Sensor+ Cabinet D20 Dimming module 100% - 1% 1Ã53 1Ã26 ETC Unison DRd Cabinet D20F Dimming module 100% - 1% 1Ã53 1Ã26 Lutron Nova T NTF-10-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã44 1 à 22 Lutron Nova T NTF-103P-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Nova NF-10-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã44 1 à 22 Lutron Nova NF-103P-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Skylark SF-12P-277-, SF-12P-277-3 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Diva DVF-103P-277-, DVSCF-103P-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Ariadni AYF-103P-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã44 1 à 22 Lutron Vierti VTF-6A- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Maestro MAF-6AM-277-, MSCF-6AM-277- 100%Ã1% 1Ã20 1 à 10 Lutron Maestro Wireless MRF2-F6AN-DV- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron RadioRA 2 RRD-F6AN-DV- 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron HomeWorks QS HQRD-F6AN-DV 100%Ã1% 1Ã33 1 à 16 Lutron Interfaces PHPM-3F-DV 100%Ã1% 1Ã88 1 à 44 Lutron GP Dimming Panels Various 100%Ã1% 1Ã88 1 à 44 * NOTE: Number of Ð xtures may be higher if wattage is less than maximum values shown. Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. DIML4 wiring diagrams continued on next page ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-4 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 64 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML4 Continued DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML4 LED: Lutron Hi-Lume A-Series LED Driver with 3-Wire FL Control / LED Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 1%) DIML4 3 WIRE PHASE DIMMING FIXTURE DIMMER: 3 WIRE PHASE (BY OTHERS) LED CAP UNUSED PURPLE GRAY ECOSYS WIRES PURPLE V+ RED DIMMED HOT ORANGE LINE DRIVER V- BLACK SWITCHED HOT BLACK NEUTRAL WHITE GROUND GREEN GND NEUTRAL DIML4 LED: Lutron Hi-Lume A-Series LED Driver with EcoSystem Control / LED Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 1%) DIML4 EcoSystem Dimmer Compatibility Chart Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures Per Control* Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Fixture Wattage 120V / 277V 39W and Less 40W - 80W Lutron PowPak dimming module RMJ-ECO32-DV-B 100%Ã1% 1Ã32 1 à 16 Lutron Energi Savr Node QSN-1ECO-S, QSN-2ECO-S 100%Ã1% 1Ã64 1 à 32 Lutron GRAFIK Eye QS (120V ONLY) QSGRJ-_E, QSGR-_E 100%Ã1% 1Ã64 1 à 32 Lutron Quantum Various 100%Ã1% 1Ã64 1 à 32 * NOTE: Number of Ð xtures may be higher if wattage is less than maximum values shown. Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. DIML4 EcoSystem CONTROLS ECOSYS BUS E2 E1 FIXTURE E2 E1 WALL CONTROL (BY OTHERS) LED PURPLE GRAY CAP PURPLE UN-USED V+ RED ORANGE ORANGE WIRE DRIVER V- BLACK BLACK LINE WHITE NEUTRAL GREEN GND ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-4 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 64 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML6A, 6E DIML6B, 6F IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML6A and DIML6E LED Dimming Compatibility Table DIML6A and DIML6E are linearly programmed dimming drivers for use with logarithmic-style dimming controls (e.g., Lutron and others listed in the table below) DIML6A = EldoLED SOLOdrive 0-10V control dims from 100% to 0.1% DIML6E = EldoLED ECOdrive 0-10V control dims from 100% to 1% Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Per Dimmer* Refer to manufacturer's 120V & 277V DIML6A / E dimmer load rating for Lutron Diva DVTV/NFTV/NTFTV with PP-20 99% - 0.1% / 1% maximum and minimum Lutron Energi Savr Node QSN-4T16-S 100% - 0.1% / 1% Ð xture quantities per Lutron GP Dimming Panels TVM2 Module 99% - 0.1% / 1% dimmer. Lutron Interfaces GRX-TVI w/ GRX3503 100% - 0.1% / 1% Sensor Switch nIO nIO EZ 100% - 0.1% / 1% * NOTE: Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. DIML6B and DIML6F LED Dimming Compatibility Table DIML6B and DIML6F are logarithmic-programmed dimming drivers for use with linear-style dimming controls (e.g., Crestron, non-Lutron and others listed in the table below) DIML6B = EldoLED SOLOdrive 0-10V control dims from 100% to 0.1% DIMMER: 0-10V DIML6F = EldoLED ECOdrive 0-10V control dims from 100% to 1% (BY OTHERS) LED 0-10V (-)GRAY DIML6B Dimmer Compatibility Chart 0-10V (+)PURPLE Dimmed Light Qty Fixtures V+ RED Manufacturer Product Part Number Output Range Per Dimmer* SWITCHED HOTSWITCHED HOT DRIVER V- BLACK Refer to 120V & 277V DIML6B / F NEUTRALWHITE manufacturer's Bush-Jaeger Electronic potentiometer 2112U-101 100% - 0.1% / 1% GREEN dimmer load Jung Electronic potentiometer 240-10 100% - 0.1% / 1% GND rating for Leviton IllumaTech dimmer IP710-DLX 100% - 0.1% / 1% CLASS 2 CONTROL WIRES maximum and Lightolier (Philips) Momentum (120V ONLY) ZP600FAM120 100% - 0.1% / 1% LINE RELAY minimum Ð xture Merten Electronic potentiometer 5729 100% - 0.1% / 1% (BY OTHERS)DIML6A, 6B quantities per Pass & Seymour Titan CD4FB-W 100% - 0.1% / 1% NEUTRAL 0-10V DIMMING W/RELAY TO SWITCH POWER dimmer. Watt Stopper Miro DCLV1 100% - 0.1% / 1% Synergy Wallbox Dimmers ISD BC 100% - 0.1% / 1% ABB i-bus SD/S 2.16.1 100% - 0.1% / 1% Crestron Modules GLX-DIMFLV8, GLXP-DIMFLV8 100% - 0.1% / 1% Crestron Green Light GLPAC-DIMFLV4-, GLPAC-DIMFLV8- 100% - 0.1% / 1% DIML6A, 6B Crestron Green Light Power Pack GLPP-DIMFLVEX-PM, GLPP-1DIMFLV2EX-PM, GLPP-1DIMFLV3EX-PM 100% - 0.1% / 1% 0-10V (-)GRAY 0-10V DIMMING W/RELAY TO SWITCH POWER FIXTURE 0-10V (+)PURPLE Crestron DIN Rail Analog Output Module DIN-A08 100% - 0.1% / 1% DIMMER: 0-10V V+ RED SWITCHED HOTBLACK (BY OTHERS) V- BLACK Crestron DIN Rail 0-10V Fluorescent Dimmer DIN-4DIMFLV4 100% - 0.1% / 1% LED NEUTRALWHITE Crestron iLux 0-10V Dimmer Expansion Module CLS-EXP-DIMFLV 100% - 0.1% / 1% GREEN DRIVER * NOTE: Refer to dimmer manufacturer's documentation for installation instructions and circuit details. GND CLASS 2 CONTROL WIRES LINE DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: RELAY (BY OTHERS) NOTES: NEUTRAL Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. DIML6 DIML6 0-10V DIMMING (NO RELAY) 0-10V DIMMING W/RELAY TO SWITCH POWER FIXTURE FIXTURE DIMMER: 0-10V w/ DIMMER: 0-10V POWER SWITCHING (BY OTHERS) (BY OTHERS) LED 0-10V (-)GRAY LED 0-10V (-)GRAY 0-10V (+)PURPLE V+ RED0-10V (+)PURPLE V+ RED SWITCHED HOTBLACK DRIVER LINE SWITCHED HOTBLACK V- BLACK DRIVER V- BLACK NEUTRALWHITE NEUTRALWHITE GREEN GREEN GROUND GND GND CLASS 2 CONTROL WIRES LINE RELAY (BY OTHERS) NEUTRAL NEUTRAL ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 DIML6A, 6B New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 0-10V DIMMING (NO RELAY) All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-6 Revised 05/20/2016 Lighting FIXTURE DIMMER: 0-10V w/ POWER SWITCHING (BY OTHERS) LED TYPE 64 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML7 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML7 LED: EldoLED DALI Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 0.1%) DIML7 DALI CONTROLS DALI BUS DA DA FIXTURE WALL CONTROL (BY OTHERS)LED ORANGE (-) ORANGE/WHITE (+) V+ RED DRIVER BLACK LINE V- BLACK WHITE NEUTRAL GREEN GND ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-7 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 64 DIMMING DRIVER COMPATIBILITY USAI ® SELECTION GUIDE Lighting DIML8 DIMMING DRIVER WIRING SCHEMES: NOTES: Wiring diagrams are examples of typical installations intended to illustrate the number of wires that must be run to Ð xture. These diagrams are not intended to specify all equipment necessary for a given dimming circuit. Refer to speciÐ c dimmer manufacturer's documentation for details. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Keep these instructions in a safe place for future reference. 2. Only qualiÐ ed electricians in accordance to local codes should install these Ð xtures. 3. De-energize the electrical circuit at the circuit breaker prior to installation process or servicing. 4. Make sure all connections are in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any local regulations. 5. Cap any wires not used separately (not together). DIML8 LED: EldoLED DMX Dimming Driver Wiring (Dims down to 0.1%) DMX BUS - XLR CABLE OR SHIELDED DATA CABLE The data cable used must meet the following requirements: type: shielded, 2-conductor twisted pair  maximum capacitance between conductors: 30 pF/ft  maximum capacitance between conductor and shield: 55 pF/ft  maximum resistance: 0.02 ohms/ft  normal impedance: 100-140 ohms  conductive core: 24 AWG is recommended  If 3-wire data cables are preferred, we suggest a Belden 9841 or equivalent cable which meets the speciÐ cations for EIA RS-485 applications. Do not use standard microphone cables: they cannot transmit DMX512 data reliably over long distances. NOTE: DMX link termination device (by others) should be used on last Ð xture in line on a circuit to avoid signal loss. DMX BUS - XLR CABLE OR SHIELDED DATA CABLE SHIELD DMX (-) DMX (+) 5 PIN XLR JACKS STANDARD 8 BIT DMX 512 CONTROLLER (BY OTHERS) RED LED BLACK BARE V+ RED LINE BLACK DRIVER V- BLACK NEUTRAL WHITE GREEN GND FIXTURE ® USAI 1126 River Road© 2016. USAI, LLC. www.usailighting.comT 845–565–8500 New Windsor, NY 12553All rights reserved. info@usailighting.comF 845–561–1130 All designs protected by copyright. I2-264-8 Revised 02/15/2016 Lighting TYPE 65 | LED™ Stream Square Linear PRULITE.COM 213.746.0360 Type: Job: Direct/Indirect D1-CW (or SYM) Light Output: 104 STSQ-LED35-MO-MO- UP TOLM/W D1-CW as far as the blueprint dictates. The Indirect Ceiling Wash has an 3473 Delivered Lumens extreme low angle batwing shape that creates beautifully uniform 33 Watts LO/LO MO/MO SO/SO HO/HO ceilings and minimizes glare on shiny screens. 104 lm/w lm/ft 600 868 1300 1500 3500 CCT Stream Suspended: Square (Integral & Remote Drivers) w/ft 5.8 8.5 13 16 and Oval (Remote Only) NOTE: Identical IES Lumen output may vary +/- 5% Stream Recessed Linear: performance for Square 3500K used for lm/ft estimates above 5 Stream Perimeter: Integral & Remote Driver4000K +2% llf, 3000K –2% See LED Details PDF for more info SERIESLED OUTPUTNOMINAL COLOR/ DISTRIBUTIONCIRCU-VOLT-MOUNTCEILING DRIVERSOPTIONS & LENGTHFINISHITINGAGEINGSYSTEMSCONTROLS COLOR –– STSQI CHOOSE DOWN Stream LED3 LO Low4´TMW SC UNV X1 T-Bar ND Non-Dimming, OsramEML UP Square 3000KTextured Single Exposed Emergency (120- MO Medium 8´DM10 0-10v 10% with 277) Matte Circuit Battery, Low (Standard) DOWN:UP: Integral LED35 Dimming, Osram White Aircraft SO StandardR___ Driver X3 Hard 3500KDC EMH (Standard) D1 Cable (Standard) NU No (Row length Ceiling Dual Emergency Direct HO High Uplight(Adjust- DM01 0-10v, 1% 1´ incre- LED4 YGW Battery, High Circuit, able) ments) X6 Slot Dimming, Universal 4000K Gloss PROG CW (Dim Grid IBC Insulated White Programmable down & Ceiling STEP Step Dimming, Braided Cord up light Light Output Wash Y__ sepa- (Specify desired lm/ PRUBIN rately) Pre- SYM LDE5 5% Lutron ft or w/ft) Meticulous mium Sym- (Ecosystem) Binning and Note: Specify Color metric separate Down /Up LDE1 1% Lutron Labeling every (NA - YBB Glow if desired LED Board (Soft Fade to Black) Matte within a 2-Step Black) LTE 1% Lutron, 3 Wire MacAdams CC Ellipse ECO 1% 0-10v, EldoLED Custom Color ECDA 1% DALI, EldoLED SOLO 0.1% 0-10v, Dim to Dark, EldoLED SODA 0.1% DALI, Dim to Dark, EldoLED 1 Linear © 2014 All rights reserved – All products manufactured at: Prudential Ltg. 1774 E. 21st Street, Los Angeles, CA 90058 07-06-2016 TYPE 65 | LED™ Stream Square Linear PRULITE.COM 213.746.0360 Low Output:Low Output: SQ-LED35-MO/MO-D1-CWSQ-LED35-SO-D1-NU 3473 Delivered Lumens 2883 Delivered Lumens 33 Watts34 Watts 104 lm/w 85 lm/w 3500 CCT 3500 CCT Zonal Lumen Summary: Zonal Lumen Summary: 0-90 = 100% 0-90 = 60% 663 Vertical Vertical 025456590025456590 AngleAngle 0 663663663663663 0 992992992992992 5 657658659658656 5 986985985982982 15 622622622619618 15 954947943937935 25 559558554550547 25 892880871863862 35 476474468461458 35 892878775768766 45 382379372366362 45 690670658655654 55 285282277271268 55 553534528525523 65 195192189185184 65 409396391379370 75 102102103102102 75 240236204165149 85 2629323434 85 6942343232 90 00000 90 00000 95 811631202714 105 5844311478253 Direct Only D1 Light Output: 115 550419218146101 100 125 524428278203153 UP TOLM/W 135 495423318249203 145 431389334277244 LO MO SO HO 155 380363333299282 lm/ft 340 510 720 900 165 350343330318311 w/ft 4 6 8.5 11 175 333331331329327 180 330330330330330 LUMEN MAINTENANCE LABELS ETL damp labeled and I.B.E.W. manufactured Designed to last with cool running mid-power LEDs projected to ELECTRICAL M maintain 90% (L90) of their initial output for 100,000 hours (at HO), current driver(s) with less than 20% THD when loaded to a and L70 exceeding 150,000 hours. minimum of 60%. Drivers sink a maximum of 6mA per driver. DM10 LED drivers are 0-10V dimmable and are compatible with LED SYSTEM LED modules and dr most 0-10V wall slide dimmers and direct 0-10V analog signal more detailed information. (optional) PROG Programmable light output. Specify desired lumens or watts per CONSTRUCTION linear foot. Min: 2.5 w/ft, consult factory for requests above 12 w/ft. ™ PRUBIN Prudential Ltg’s exclusive ‘job binning’ method that ensures Housing Aluminum extrusion, >25% PC recycled, 100% recyclable color temperature consistency across all luminaires on a project. End Caps Cast aluminum, >25% PC recycled, 100% recyclable Meticulously testing and labeling EVERY LED BOARD to +/- 25 lumens, +/- 50k CCT and +/- .004 Duv — while also separating positive from negative — allows us to match color, hue and UV Stable (UL 94v) intensity throughout a project LABELS ETL damp labeled and I.B.E.W. manufactured and provides a consistent color temperature within a 2-step MacAdam ellipse. MOUNTING Suspended by cable WARRANTY Single-source, 5 year limited warranty covers standard components and construction 2 Linear © 2014 All rights reserved – All products manufactured at: Prudential Ltg. 1774 E. 21st Street, Los Angeles, CA 90058 07-06-2016 TYPE 65 | LED Stream Square ™Linear PRULITE.COM 213.746.0360 YSL – Silver YPE – Pewter YRG – Rain Grey YST – Storm Grey YSK – Sky YDU – Dusk YSA – Sapphire YBB – Matte Black YDAYSR – Sunset Red MOUNTING CENTERS YFG – Forest Green YSN – Sand YUM – Umber YBR – Bronze Choose from one of our 14 Premium Colors with no set-up fee. For paint chip samples, please e-mail: info@prulite.com ADJOINING DETAIL CABLE MOUNTING 3 Linear © 2014 All rights reserved – All products manufactured at: Prudential Ltg. 1774 E. 21st Street, Los Angeles, CA 90058 07-06-2016 TYPE 66 Catalog Number Notes FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS INTENDED USE Type BLT Series LED it an excellent choice for renovation projects. CONSTRUCTION — BLT enclosure components are die-formed for dimensional consistency and painted after fabrication with a polyester powder paint for improved performance and protection. 2BLT End plates contain easy-to-position integral T-bar clips for securely attaching the luminaire to the T-grid. For additional T-grid security, optional screw on T-bar clips are available. 2' x 2' LED to the luminaire aesthetics. LED boards are accessible from below; driver is accessible from the plenum. OPTICS — Volumetric illumination is achieved by creating an optimal mix of light to walls, partitions and vertical and horizontal work surfaces – rendering the interior space, objects and occupants in a more ELECTRICAL of illumination for extended service life. 70% LED lumen maintenance at 60,000 hours (L70/60,000). 0-10 volt dimming driver. Dims to 10% the Lumen Package designations in the Ordering Information below. Length: 23-3/4 (60.3) Width: 23-3/4 (60.3) Depth: 2-3/8 (6.0) Optional integrated nLight®controls make each luminaire addressable - allowing it to digitally communicate with other nLight enabled controls such as dimmers, switches, occupancy sensors and photocontrols. Simply Depth with Air Option: 2-3/4 (6.9) connect all the nLight enabled control devices and the BLT luminaires using standard Cat-5 cabling. Unique plug-and-play convenience as devices and luminaires automatically discover each other and self-commission. Lumen Management: Unique lumen management system (option N80) provides on board intelligence that actively manages the LED light source so that constant lumen output is maintained over the system life, preventing the energy waste created by the traditional practice of over-lighting. Step-level dimming option allows system to be switched to 50% power for compliance with common energy Driver disconnect provided where required to comply with US and Canadian codes. SENSOR— Integrated sensor (individual control): Sensor Switch MSD7ADCX ((Passive infrared (PIR)) ADPADSM or MSDPDT7ADCX ((PIR/Microphonics Dual Tech (PDT)) integrated occupancy sensor/automatic dimming Curved RibbedCurved Smooth the space. See page 2 for more details on the integrated sensor. Integrated Sensor (nLight Wired Networking): This sensor is nLight-enabled, meaning it has the ability to communicate over an nLight network. When wired, using CAT-5 cabling, with other nLight-enabled sensors, power packs, or WallPods, an nLight control zone is created. Once linked to a Gateway, directly or SDPSDSM 44444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444A Square RibbedSquare Smooth See page 2 for the nLight sensor options. INSTALLATION ceiling systems. Suitable for damp location. 444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444A See Accessories section. LISTINGS www.designlights.org/QPL to WARRANTY — 5-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx NOTE: All values are design or typical values, measured under laboratory conditions at 25 °C. LED 2 TYPE 66 2BLT Volumetric Recessed Lighting 2'x2' Example: 2BLT2 33L ADP EZ1 LP835 ORDERING INFORMATION Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative. 2BLT2 1 SeriesAir functionLumensVoltageDriverColor temperature 2BLT22X2 BLT(blank)Static Standard High ADPCurved, linear prisms(blank)MVOLTEZ1eldoLED dims to LP83082CRI, 3000 K 1% (0-10 volt AAir ADSMCurved, smooth120120VLP83582CRI, 3500 K (>100 LPW)(>130 LPW)dimming) supply/ SDPSquare, linear prisms277277VLP84082CRI, 4000 K return20L200033LHE3300SLDStep-level 4 SDSMSquare, smooth347347VLP85082CRI, 5000 K 5 dimming 33L330040LHE4000 LP93090CRI, 3000K LE1Lutron Ecosystem 40L400048LHE4800 driver dims to ADPTCurved, linear prismsLP93590CRI, 3500K 6 1% ADSMTCurved, smoothLP94090CRI, 4000K SDPTSquare, linear prismsLP95090CRI, 5000K SDSMTSquare, smooth 8 ControlsOccupancy controlOptions 11 (blank)No nLight®(blank)No sensor control Individual Control EL7L700 lumen battery pack 11 N80nLight® with 80% lumen nLight Wired Networking MSD7ADCXPIR integral occupancy EL14L1400 lumen battery pack managementsensor with automatic 12 NES7nLight™ nES 7 PIR integral CPChicago plenum dimming control 9 N80EMGnLight® with 80% lumen occupancy sensor 13 BGTDBodine Generator Transfer Device 5,10 photocell management For use with NESPDT7nLight™ nES PDT 7 dual PWS18366’ pre-wire, 3/8” diameter, 18 gauge, 1 circuit 7 generator supply EM powerMSDPDT7ADCXPDT integral technology integral occupancy sensor with PWS18466’ pre-wire, 3/8” diameter, 18 gauge, 2 circuit 9 N100nLight® without lumen occupancy control automatic dimming management PWS1846 PWSLVTwo cables: one 6' pre-wire, 3/8” diameter, NES7ADCXnLight™ nES 7 ADCX PIR 5,10 control photocell 18 gauge, 2 circuits; one 6' pre-wire, 3/8” N100EMGnLight® without lumen integral occupancy sensor 14 diameter, 18 gauge, purple and gray management For use with with automatic dimming 79 generator supply EM powerphotocell PWS1856LV6’ pre-wire, 3/8” diameter, 18 gauge, 1 circuit 14 w/low voltage purple and grey wires NESPDT7ADCXnLight™ nES PDT 7 dual technology integral 15 GLRFast-blowing fuse occupancy sensor with 15 GMFSlow-blowing fuse 9 automatic dimming photocell NPLTNarrow pallet 16 RRL_RELOC®-ready luminaire LATCEarthquake clip DWAMAnti-Microbial paint Accessories next page Stock/MTOCatalog Description *UPCLumensWattageLPWColor TemperatureVoltagePallet Qty Stock 2BLT2 33L ADP LP835008898044719083241301083500K/82 CRI120-27752 2BLT2 33L ADP LP840008898044719393313301114000K/82CRI120-27752 2BLT2 33L ADP EL14L LP835008898046200233241301083500K/82CRI120-27752 2BLT2 33L ADP EL14L LP840008898046200613313301114000K/82CRI120-27752 MTO2BLT2 33L ADP 347 LP835008898045693843241301083500K/82 CRI34752 2BLT2 33L ADP 347 LP840008898045694073313301114000K/82CRI34752 *0-10V Dimming to 10%. Notes 1 Approximate lumen output. 2 All versions may not achieve 130+ LPW. Refer to photometry on www.acuitybrands.com. 3 4 Not available with SLD driver, EL7L or EL14L battery packs. 5 Not available with N80, N80EMG, N100 N100EMG or occupancy control. 6 Not available with controls, occupancy controls, or PWS options. Consult factory for Hi-Lume dimming. 7 8 9 Requires N80, N80EMG, N100, or N100EMG. 10 Only available with EZ1 driver option. 0-10v dimming wires not accessible via access plate. 11 When using pre-wire option, use PWS1846. or PWS1846 PWSLV. 12 Not available with N80, N80EMG, N100 or N100EMG. 13 14 Not available with nLIGHT wired network or individual controls. 15 Must specify voltage, 120 or 277 with GLR & GMF fusing and BGTD. 16 For ordering logic consult: RRL_2013. LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2015-2016 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 06/29/16 TYPE 66 2BLT Volumetric Recessed Lighting 2'x2' Accessories: Order as separate catalog number.nLight® Control Accessories: Order as separate catalog number. Visit www.acuitybrands.com/products/controls/nlight. DGA22 WallPod stationsModel numberOccupancy sensorsModel number nPODM \[color\]Small motion 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech)nCM 9 RJB / nCM PDT 9 RJB nPODM DX \[color\]Large motion 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech)nCM10 RJB / nCM PDT 10 RJB Graphic touchscreennPOD GFX \[color\]Wall switch with raise/lowernWSX PDT LV DX \[color\] Photocell controlsModel numberCat-5 cable (plenum rated)Model number Full range dimmingnCM ADCX RJB10' cableCAT5 10FT J1 30' cableCAT5 30FT J1 Replacement Parts: Order as separate catalog number. *237LJR 2DBLT24 ADP LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens (light traps included) *237LKH 2DBLT24 SDP LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (light traps included) *237LKY2DBLT24 ADSM LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens (light traps included) *237LL72DBLT24 SDSM LENS ASSEMBLY 2 ft. replacement lens (light traps included) *237LT1 2DBLT24 ADPT LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237LT3 2DBLT24 SDPT LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237LT5 2DBLT24 ADSMT LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237LT7 2DBLT24 SDSMT LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237LT92DBLT24 ADPT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237M4Y2DBLT24 SDPT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237M572DBLT24 ADSMT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (trims included) *237M5H2DBLT24 SDSMT SENSOR LENS ASSEMBLY2 ft. replacement lens (trims included) LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2015-2016 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 06/29/16 TYPE 66 Volumetric Recessed Lighting 2'x2' 2BLT Sensor Options Occupancy Sensing Automatic nLight Wired Option Dimming PhotocellNetworking PIRPDT MSD7ADCXXX MSDPDT7ADCXXX NES7XX NES7ADCXXXX NESPDT7XX NESPDT7ADCXXXX Basic nLight Zone Integrated Sensor with Individual Control nLight Wired Networking The MSD7ADCX PIR occupancy sensor/automatic dimming photocell is ideal for areas without The nES 7 is ideal for small rooms without obstructions or areas with primarily walking obstructions and where daylight harvesting may be desired. Suggested applications include, but not motion. Ideal areas include hallways, corridors, storage rooms, and breakrooms. limited to, hallways, corridors, storage rooms, and breakrooms or other areas where people are typically Additionally, the NES7ADCX includes an integrated photocell, which enables daylight moving. harvesting controls. The MSDPDT7ADCX PIR/Microphonics Dual Tech occupancy sensor/automatic dimming photocell is ideal for areas with obstructions and where daylight harvesting is desired. Suggested applications include, but with obstructions, the nES PDT 7 dual technology sensor is recommended. The nES PDT 7 utilizes both PIR (passive infrared) and Microphonics technologies to detect occupancy. Additionally, the NESPDT7ADCX includes an integrated photocell, which enables daylight harvesting controls which is ideal for areas where windows are present. Sequence of OperationSequence of Operation MOTIONNO MOTIONMOTIONMOTIONNO MOTIONMOTION MAXMAX OccupantsRoom Sensor OccupantsRoom Sensor Detected In UnoccupiedDetects Detected In UnoccupiedDetects The SpaceMotionThe SpaceMotion MINMIN LIGHTS ON17.5 MIN2.5 MIN ATLIGHTS OFFLIGHTS ONLIGHTS ON7.5 MIN2.5 MIN ATLIGHTS OFFLIGHTS ON TIME DELAYA 1% LEVELTIME DELAYA 1% LEVEL *The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc. Sensor Coverage Pattern 9 FT Mounting Mini 360° Lens 5.518 Recommended for walking motion detection from mounting heights between 8 ft (2.44 m) and 20 ft (6.10 m) • 4.615 Initial detection of walking motion along sensor axes at distances of 2x the mounting height up to 15 ft (4.57 m) and •3.712 1.75x up to 20 ft (6.10 m).2.79 • 1.86 Provides 12 ft (3.66 m) radial detection of small motion when mounted at 9 ft (2.74 m) • 0.93 • 0 m0 ft 0.93 1.86 2.79 3.712 4.615 5.518 LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2015-2016 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 06/29/16 TYPE 66 2BLT Volumetric Recessed Lighting 2'x2' PHOTOMETRICS 2BLT2 33L ADP LP835, 3241 delivered lumens, test no. LTL28918P4, tested in accordance to IESNA LM-79 2BLT2 40L ADP LP835, 4210 delivered lumens, test no. LTL28918P5, tested in accordance to IESNA LM-79 Constant Lumen Management Performance Data HE Performance Data Enabled by the embedded nLight control, the BLT actively tracks its Lumen PackageLumensInput WattsLPW run-time and manages its light source such that constant lumen Lumen PackageLumensInput WattsLPW output is maintained over the system life. Referred to as lumen 20L ADP LP830215720110 33LHE ADP LP830353728126 management, this feature eliminates the energy waste created by 20L ADP LP835221320113 33LHE ADP LP835362828130 the traditional practice of over-lighting. 20L ADP LP840226120116 33LHE ADP LP840370828132 20L ADP LP850237320121 33LHE ADP LP840370828139 Without LumenManagement 33L ADP LP830316030106 Energy is wasted and light level is inconsistent. 40LHE ADP LP830411832127 33L ADP LP835324130108 40LHE ADP LP835422432131 100%30W POWER INPUT 33L ADP LP840331330111 40LHE ADP LP840431732134 33L ADP LP850347630116 40LHE ADP LP850453032140 40L ADP LP830410339106 48LHE ADP LP830469937128 LIGHT OUTPUT 40L ADP LP835420939108 48LHE ADP LP835482037131 Wasted Energy 40L ADP LP840430239111 48LHE ADP LP840492737134 80%24W 40L ADP LP850451439116 48LHE ADP LP850516937140 01020304050 THOUSAND OPERATING HOURS AIR 20L ADP LP830201920103 AIR 20L ADP LP835206020105 MOUNTING DATA WithLumen Management AIR 20L ADP LP840211620108 Energy is saved and light level remains consistent. Ceiling TypeAppropriate AIR 20L ADP LP850213420109 Trim Type 100%30W AIR 33L ADP LP830295728104 Exposed grid tee Saved Energy AIR 33L ADP LP835301728107 (1’ and 9/16”)G POWER INPUT AIR 33L ADP LP840309928109 Concealed grid teeG AIR 33L ADP LP850312628110 Plaster or plasterboard G* AIR 40L ADP LP83038413999 LIGHT OUTPUT AIR 40L ADP LP835391939101 80%24W 9/1615/16Screw Slot 01020304050 AIR 40L ADP LP840402539104 THOUSAND OPERATING HOURS AIR 40L ADP LP850406039104 for plaster or plasterboard ceiling. Recommended rough-in dimensions for DGA installation is 24-3/4" x 24-3/4" (Tolerance is +1/8", -0”). LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2015-2016 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 06/29/16 TYPE 67 ± 21" 533 mm 1.5" 38 mm MIN 25"MAX 76" / 635 mm1930 mm 17.2" 437 mm  41.2" 1046 mm TYPE 68 Catalog Number Notes FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS INTENDED USE Type Typical applications include transit, parking garage, awnings, cold storage, food processing, docks, schools, hospitals, carwashes, natatoriums and exterior environments where moisture or dust is a concern. Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic. Click here for Acrylic Environmental Compatibility table for suitable uses. LED Enclosed and Gasketed CONSTRUCTION continuous poured-in-place NEMA 4X gasket. Simple two-piece design consists of housing and optical assembly to streamline installation process. Polymeric latches positively attach to housing and keep from DMW2 becoming a hindrance during install. OPTICS — Injection-molded, acrylic lens (.080" thick), provides high impact-resistance comparable to 100% DR. F1 rated for outdoor use, lenses resist breaking, yellowing or becoming brittle over time. UV Polycarbonate lens is recommend for lower mounting heights where vandal protection is desired. ELECTRICAL — Tool- less one piece optical assembly combines LEDs and lens into one component. Optical assembly easily connects to housing with plug and play harness, eliminating time consuming Integral surge protection tested in accordance with IEEE/ANSI C62.41.2 to industrial standards 6kV/3kA. L85 at 60,000 hours. INSTALLATION — Two-piece design makes installations faster than ever by simplifying wiring connections. Power connection is easily accommodated through pre-drilled holes at each end, optional Stainless steel (#316) surface spring-mounting brackets with bail wires standard (2 included) allow for ceiling, wall or suspended mount. Swivel stem(provided by others) when pendant mounting. Factory installed junction box option accommodates up to 4X4 sized boxes and includes integrated gasket to maintain wet location listings. installs, ideal for end to end installations or larger jobs. LISTINGS (-40°C) to 104°F (40°C) (see Operational Data chart for actual temperature rating per lumen package). F1 rating makes luminaire suitable for wet locations without covered ceilings. NEMA 4X rated. IP ratings: IP65 and IP66 rated. 1500 PSI hose-down. NSF listed for Splash Zone II. www.designlights.org/QPL WARRANTY — 5-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx Ambient temperatures that exceed 104°F (40°C) will result in reduced life and will void warranty. Note: All values are design or typical values, measured under laboratory conditions at 25 °C. DIMENSIONS 24.0 (60.96) All dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted. 5.88 (14.94) 3.74 (9.50) PHOTOMETRICS Please see www.lithonia.com. INDUSTRIAL DMW2 INDUSTRIAL DMW2 Page 1 of 4 TYPE 68 DMW2 LED Wet Location Example: DMW2 L24 4000LM MD PCL MVOLT GZ1 40K 80CRI ORDERING INFORMATION Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative. Color Color rendering SeriesLengthNominal lumensDistributionVoltageDrivertemperatureindex DMW2LED wet L2424"2000LM2,000 lumensACLAcrylicMVOLT120-277V30K3000 K80CRI80 CRI MDMedium GZ11% location distribution 3000LM3,000 lumensAFLFrosted acrylic120120Vdimmng35K3500 K90CRI90 CRI 4000LM4,000 lumensPCLPolycarbonate208208V40K4000 K WDWide distribution PFLFrosted 240240V50K5000 K Polycarbonate 277277V 347347V 1 480480V 1 Options SFSingle fusing 2,3 CS886' Brad Harrison 16/3 cord and straight MSI10XAWL10M DSCXAWLXpoint wireless integral motion sensor, On/ blade plug set, NEMA 4X rated 2,7 DFDouble fusing 2,4 2,10 CS88L1212' Brad Harrison 16/3 cord and straight PS1050Emergency LED battery pack for 0°C and up blade plug set, NEMA 4X rated MSI10NWLLow mount 360 integral motion sensor, wet 2,7 (1400 lumens)2,5 2,10 PMP4X 6,7 CS88RBrad Harrison receptacle for use with CS88 cord set, NEMA 4X rated 7 MSI102L3VWLLow mount 360 integral motion sensor, wet WLFEND 7,8 location, High/Low operation (3 level) 2,10 NOM WLFEND2 7,8 MSI10NWL DSCNWLlow mount 360 integral motion sensor, WLFEND4X TPSTorxT10 tamper-resistant screws 7,8 STSLStainless steel latches 2,10 WLFEND24X XADXPoint wireless relay 2,7,11 7,8 JSBJunction box snap-bracket 6,7,9 QMBQuick-mount ceiling bracket CS896' white cord, 16/3, no plug, wet location 7 CS89L1212' white cord, 16/3, no plug, wet location 7 Notes 1. Utilizes a step down transformer. Accessories: Order as separate catalog number. 2. Must specify voltage. 3. 120 or 277V. RK1 T10BIT W/PIN UHex-base driver bit, Torx TX10, for tamper-resistant screws with center reject pin 4. 208,240,347, or 480V. RK1 T10DRV UTorx TX10 screwdriver for use with tamper-resistant screws with center reject pin 5. 120,208,240, or 277V. Not available with cord, XAD, JSB, or PMP4X options. DMW2WLF Maximum ambient temperature 25°C. DMW2QMBQuick-mount ceiling bracket 6. 7. Not available with PS1050. 8. Not available with cordsets or sensors. 9. Not intended for wall mounting. Voids IP65 rating and NSF listing. 10. Not available with XAD. Maximum ambient temperature 35°C. 11. Minimum ambient temperature -20°C. INDUSTRIAL DMW2 Page 2 of 4 TYPE 68 DMW2 LED Wet Location OPERATIONAL DATA Ambient Nominal LumensNominal LumensComparable DMW2, 80CRI Medium WattageColor Temp Frosted Acylic, 80CRIClear Acylic, 80CRILight Source Temperature 30K 24192419 35K24812556 2000LM-20°C to 40°C1-32T8 lamp 18 40K25362612 50K 26612740 30K34833587 35K 25723680 -20°C to 40°C2-32T8 lamps 3000LM27 40K36513761 50K38313946 30K 46314770 35K47514893 3-32T8 Lamps, 4000LM-40°C to 40°C 40 2-54T5HO lamps 40K 48555001 50K50945247 OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES QMB SMBJSBPMP4X Surface mounting bracket Quick mounting bracketJunction mounting bracket Pendant monopoint (factory installed only)(factory installed only) (Not intended for wall mounting. Voids IP65 rating.) INDUSTRIAL DMW2 Page 3 of 4 TYPE 68 DMW2 LED Wet Location OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES Motion Sensor ) (see www.sensorswitch.com for additional information • 360° coverage • • Photocell optional • IP66 rated • Photocell and 0-10VDC dimming options. Fixture sensor nomenclatureSBOR sensor nomenclature MSI10NWL SBOR 10 OEX EB3 WH MSI102L3VWL SBOR 10 OEX D EB3 WH 3V MSI10NWL DSCNWL SBOR 10 OEX P EB3 WH MOTION SENSOR ORDERING INFORMATION Example: MSI10NWL Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative. SeriesLens optionDimmingMaximum dim levelEnvironmental factors MSIPassive infrared occupancy 10Low mount, 360°N0VWLWet location sensor 2LXXBi level range1V1 VDC 1 CXXContinous dim range2V2 VDC 1 XA Xpoint wireless signal to external system3V3 VDC 4V4 VDC 5V5 VDC PHOTOCELL ORDERING INFORMATION Example: DSCNWL Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative. SeriesDimmingEnvironmental factors DSCPassive infrared occupancy sensor w/photocellNWLWet location 2LXXBi level range 1 CXXContinous dim range 1 XA Xpoint wireless signal to external system Notes 1 XX denotes dimming range.(Ex. 3V, 4V, etc.) DMW2 INDUSTRIAL: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-315-4963 www.lithonia.com © 2015-2016 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved Rev. 07/07/16 Page 4 of 4 TYPE 69 Powered By HIGH END SYSTEMS SKU# EMO101 The new EMOTION™ is a compact high output lightweight plug and play digital projector moving head lighting fixture featuring the OSRAM 240W UHP >80CRI 6,700K lamp producing 4,000 ANSI lumens and native 1024 x 768 support. Key features include an internal 64GB solid- state hard drive media server with royalty free digital gobo and video images, live background effects and allows custom content to be easily uploaded remotely via the PC based CMA application. Included Collage Generator™ allows for seamless projection arrays (2-16 fixtures) and variable edge blending. CMY and RGB color mixing, digital and optical zoom, motorized focus, mechanical shutter, dimmer, 540° pan, and 240° tilt control via DMX / Art-NET, (2) USB 3.0 ports, 5pin DMX, RJ45 EtherCON, and powerCON in/out, and a multi- voltage universal auto switching power supply (100-240v). FEATURES Compact High Output Digital Projector Moving Head OSRAM 240W UHP Lamp - 3,000 Average Hour Lamp Life* 4,000 ANSI Lumens / Native 1024 x 768 (XGA) DLP / DMD Internal 64GB Solid-State Hard Drive Media Server Elation Gobo Catalog Included (Royalty Free) 255 Video Images Included (Royalty Free) 40 Live / Background Effects and Color Control Easy Custom Content Upload via CMA Application DMX Control via 5pin DMX or Ar-NET Digital and Optical Zoom / Motorized Focus CMY + RGB Color Mixing / Mechanical Shutter / Dimmer Collage Generator™ Variable Edge Blending Specifications are subject to change without notice ©Elation Professional 02/03/16 Elation Professional USA | 6122 S. Eastern Ave. | Los Angeles, CA. 90040 Elation Professional B.V. | Junostraat 2 | 6468 EW Kerkrade, The Netherlands 323-582-3322 | 323-832-9142 fax | www.elationlighting.com | info@elationlighting.com +31 45 546 85 66 | +31 45 546 85 96 fax | www.elationlighting.eu | info@elationlighting.eu II ELATION EMOTION™ www.elationlighting.com specifications TYPE 69 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDED ROYALITY FREE VIDEO AND GOBO CONTENT* *Sample of Content - Not All Content Listed Below PROJECTOR SPECIFICATIONS OSRAM UHP 240W Lamp 4,000 ANSI Lumens, >80CRI 6,700K 3,000 Hour Average Lamp Life* (6,000 Hours ECO Mode) *LED Life may vary depending on several factors including but not limited to: Environmental #056 #057 #058 #059 #060 #061 #062 Conditions, Power/Voltage, Usage Patterns (On-Off Cycling), Control and Dimming. Aspect Ratio: 4:3 Native (16:9 Compatible) Resolution: XGA 1074 x 768 Image Size 30” to 307” #063 #064 #065 #066 #067 #068 #069 Projection Distance: 3.9’ (1.2m) - 32.8’ (10m) Contrast Ratio: 15,000 : 1 Display Technology: DLP DMD Chip 1 Billion Colors (10bit) #070 #071 #072 #073 #074 #075 #076 EFFECTS Digital and Optical Zoom, Motorized Focus CMY / RGB Color Mixing #077 #078 #079 #080 #081 #082 #083 Mechanical Shutter / Dimmer Elation Gobo Catalog (Royalty Free) 255 Video Images (Royalty Free) 40 Live / Background Effects and Color Control 28 Transition Effects Between Layers #057 #058 #059 #060 #061 #062 #063 COLLAGE GENERATOR™ Software (included) This effect enables multiple Elation eMotion™ fixtures to create an array of seamless projections using from 2-16 #064 #065 #066 #067 #068 #069 #070 fixtures. The effect can create vertical, horizontal and central panoramic configurations controlled from a DMX console. Stock, custom, and custom HD Collage Generator™ content can all be displayed in Collage #071 #072 #073 #074 #075 #076 #077 Mode. VARIABLE EDGE BLENDING #078 #079 #080 #081 #082 #083 #084 On-the-Fly adjustment of blend overlap between mul- tiple projectors when used in conjunction with any of DIMENSIONAL DIAGRAMS the Collage Generator™ Modes. Using this mode gives more flexibility for sizing a collage to a given screen or projection surface, as well as smoother blending if wider blend regions are used. CONTROL / CONNECTIONS (2) DMX Channel Modes (32 / 54) Dual Layer Media Content Control 6 Button Touch Control Panel Full Color 180° Reversible LCD Menu Display (2) USB 3.0 Ports - Graphics Server Inputs 5pin DMX In/Out (2) RJ45 Ports - Graphics Server / Art-NET Inputs powerCON Power In/Out SIZE / WEIGHT Length: 18.9” (480mm) Width: 15.0” (382mm) Vertical Height: 22.4” (569mm) OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Weight: 44.0 lbs. (20 kg) ELECTRICAL / THERMAL ORDER CODEITEM AC 100-240V - 50/60Hz TRIGGER CLAMP Heavy Duty Wrap Around Hook Style Clamp 350W Max Power Consumption 40° - 95°F (5° - 35°C) DRCEMO Dual Road Case For eMotion™ APPROVALS / RATINGS PLC3 3’ (1m) PowerCON PRO Link Cable CE | IP20 CAT6PRO5 5’ (1.5m) CAT6 EtherCON Cable INSTALLATION AC5PDMX5PRO 5 ft. (1.5m) 5pin PRO DMX Cable Rigging: Clamps (Not Included) Additional cable lengths available Working Position: Flat Surface / Inverted (180°) Specifications are subject to change without notice ©Elation Professional 02/03/16 Elation Professional USA | 6122 S. Eastern Ave. | Los Angeles, CA. 90040 Elation Professional B.V. | Junostraat 2 | 6468 EW Kerkrade, The Netherlands 323-582-3322 | 323-832-9142 fax | www.elationlighting.com | info@elationlighting.com +31 45 546 85 66 | +31 45 546 85 96 fax | www.elationlighting.eu | info@elationlighting.eu TYPE 70 Catalog Number Notes FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS Type INTENDED USE — Suitable for wet location (4X option), security/prisons and high-abuse applications. CONSTRUCTION thick. NEMA 4X option available for wet and hose-down applications. Clear, UV-stable polycarbonate cover is .130" thick to prevent cracking or breaking. Cover is secured with four stainless steel, Torx T20 tamperproof screws with center pin. Polycarbonate faceplate incorporates universal directional chevron knockouts that are concealed and easily All-Conditions Exits removed and replaced. Universal mount (UM) option available – top, back, end mounting or conduit entry (canopy provided). LV Letters 6" high with 3/4" stroke, with 100 ft viewing distance rating, based upon UL924 standards. U.S. Patent No. 5,611,163 and D383,501. OPTICS — Lamp is constructed using new LED technology. Provides perfectly uniform illumination. The typical life of the exit LED lamp is 10 years. Single-face exit uses one LED lamp; double-face exit uses White on white LED LAMPS w/red letter color two LED lamps. NEMA 4X Rating Available Low energy consumption — red lamp consumes 2.3W (120V); green lamp consumes 1.7W (120V). INSTALLATION Conduit entry (1/2" - 14 UNC) included with universal mounting. Cast-aluminum canopy attaches to 10-gauge steel mounting plate for top or end mounting (not required for back mounting). Canopy mounting bracket provides 160 lbs. of mounting strength when mounted to suitable structure. LISTINGS — UL Listed. Listed and labeled to comply with Canadian Standards C-860 and C22.2 No. 9 (see Options). 4X option is UL Listed to NEMA 4X ratings. Meets UL 924, NFPA 101 (current Life Safety Code), NEC Black on black w/green letter color WARRANTY — 5-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:WARRANTY www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx All life safety equipment, including emergency lighting for path of egress must be maintained, serviced, and tested in accordance with all National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) and local codes. Failure to perform the required maintenance, service, or testing could jeopardize the safety of occupants and will void all warranties. Example: LV S W 1 R 120/277 ORDERING INFORMATION bolded options . LVS SeriesFace typeFaceplate/housing colorNumber of facesLetter colorInput voltageMountingOptions 4 LVS Stencil(blank)Black faceplate 1 Single face R Red 120/277 Dual (blank)Back mount(Blank)None 1 on black housingvoltage 211 2Double faceGGreen UM Universal FI 120/347Dual mount W White on white X2Primary and secondary AC inputs 3 voltage 1,5,6 provided WBWhite on black DLUL Listed for damp locations (10°C - 40°C) BWBlack on white 1 4XUL Listed for NEMA 4X ABAluminum on 1 black 3 LDC66V DC input for LED lamps AWAluminum on 3 LDC12/4812V-48V DC input for LED lamps 1 white CSAListed and labeled to comply with Canadian Standards Notes 1Not available with CSA option. 2Available with universal mount only. Accessories: Order as separate catalog number. 3Only available with CSA option. 4 ELA TPS T20Torx tamperproof bit for T20 center-pin screw 5UL Listed as emergency lighting equipment. ELA VSAStem/Conduit mounting kit (see spec sheet ELA-VSA) 6Must specify input voltage (120 or 277V). Not available dual voltage. EMERGENCY LV_E TYPE 70 LV LED, Extreme SPECIFICATIONSMOUNTING All dimensions are in inches (centimeters). ELECTRICAL Shipping weight: 11 lbs. (5 kgs.) Primary Circuit End Mount TypicalSupplyInputMax. Number of 12 TypeLED lifevoltagelampswattsamps 12.3.15 Red10 years 120 24.6.30 6 8.5 (15.2) (21.6) 12.2.13 Red10 years277 24.4.26 11.12.29 Red10 years347 13-7/8 23.16.29 (35.2) 11.7.087 Green10 years120 22.8.081 15 11.9.089 (38.1) Green10 years277 23.3.086 Back Mount Notes 1 Based on continuous operation. The typical life of the exit LED lamp is 10 years. 13-7/8 2 Two-lamp version available with double-face only. (35.2) 8-3/4 Supplemental Emergency Circuit (22.2) 4 TypeNo. of facesNominal lamp voltageElectrical wattsInput amps (10.2) 4-3/8 LDC6161.44.24 (11.1) LDC12/481121.9.15 4-3/4 (12.1) LDC12/481241.8.07 9-1/2 LDC12/481321.8.06 (24.1) LDC12/481481.7.04 LDC6262.9.48 Top Mount Top Mount LDC12/482123.1.26 Single-Face Double-Face LDC12/482243.1.13 6 (15.2) LDC12/482323.3.10 LDC12/482483.4.07 9-7/8 (24.9) KEY FEATURES 34-1/4 (7.6)(10.8) NEMA 4X Mounting Plate 4-3/8 (11.1) UL and CSA approved for damp or NEMA4X wet The typical life of the exit LED lamp is 10 years. locations (see options). Cold weather — down to o -40C (LV EL N emergency only). 4-3/8 (11.1) Housing or canopy mounting bracket should be attached to mounting surface using suitable fastener for type of wall material. All four mounting hole positions should be used, and anchors or screws should have a minimum pullout rating of LV_E EMERGENCY: One Lithonia Way, Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-334-8694 Fax: 770-981-8141 www.lithonia.com © 1996-2014 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 08/25/14 TYPE 71 Catalog Number Notes FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS Type INTENDED USE — Suitable for wet location (4X option), security/prisons and high-abuse applications. CONSTRUCTION thick. NEMA 4X option available for wet and hose-down applications. Clear, UV-stable polycarbonate cover is .130" thick to prevent cracking or breaking. Cover is secured with four stainless steel, Torx T20 tamperproof screws with center pin. Polycarbonate faceplate incorporates universal directional chevron knockouts that are concealed and easily All-Conditions Exits removed and replaced. Universal mount (UM) option available – top, back, end mounting or conduit entry (canopy provided). LV Letters 6" high with 3/4" stroke, with 100 ft viewing distance rating, based upon UL924 standards. U.S. Patent No. 5,611,163 and D383,501. OPTICS — Lamp is constructed using new LED technology. Provides perfectly uniform illumination. The typical life of the exit LED lamp is 10 years. Single-face exit uses one LED lamp; double-face exit uses White on white LED LAMPS w/red letter color two LED lamps. NEMA 4X Rating Available Low energy consumption — red lamp consumes 2.3W (120V); green lamp consumes 1.7W (120V). INSTALLATION Conduit entry (1/2" - 14 UNC) included with universal mounting. Cast-aluminum canopy attaches to 10-gauge steel mounting plate for top or end mounting (not required for back mounting). Canopy mounting bracket provides 160 lbs. of mounting strength when mounted to suitable structure. LISTINGS — UL Listed. Listed and labeled to comply with Canadian Standards C-860 and C22.2 No. 9 (see Options). 4X option is UL Listed to NEMA 4X ratings. Meets UL 924, NFPA 101 (current Life Safety Code), NEC Black on black w/green letter color WARRANTY — 5-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:WARRANTY www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx All life safety equipment, including emergency lighting for path of egress must be maintained, serviced, and tested in accordance with all National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) and local codes. Failure to perform the required maintenance, service, or testing could jeopardize the safety of occupants and will void all warranties. Example: LV S W 1 R 120/277 ORDERING INFORMATION bolded options . LVS SeriesFace typeFaceplate/housing colorNumber of facesLetter colorInput voltageMountingOptions 4 LVS Stencil(blank)Black faceplate 1 Single face R Red 120/277 Dual (blank)Back mount(Blank)None 1 on black housingvoltage 211 2Double faceGGreen UM Universal FI 120/347Dual mount W White on white X2Primary and secondary AC inputs 3 voltage 1,5,6 provided WBWhite on black DLUL Listed for damp locations (10°C - 40°C) BWBlack on white 1 4XUL Listed for NEMA 4X ABAluminum on 1 black 3 LDC66V DC input for LED lamps AWAluminum on 3 LDC12/4812V-48V DC input for LED lamps 1 white CSAListed and labeled to comply with Canadian Standards Notes 1Not available with CSA option. 2Available with universal mount only. Accessories: Order as separate catalog number. 3Only available with CSA option. 4 ELA TPS T20Torx tamperproof bit for T20 center-pin screw 5UL Listed as emergency lighting equipment. ELA VSAStem/Conduit mounting kit (see spec sheet ELA-VSA) 6Must specify input voltage (120 or 277V). Not available dual voltage. EMERGENCY LV_E TYPE 71 LV LED, Extreme SPECIFICATIONSMOUNTING All dimensions are in inches (centimeters). ELECTRICAL Shipping weight: 11 lbs. (5 kgs.) Primary Circuit End Mount TypicalSupplyInputMax. Number of 12 TypeLED lifevoltagelampswattsamps 12.3.15 Red10 years 120 24.6.30 6 8.5 (15.2) (21.6) 12.2.13 Red10 years277 24.4.26 11.12.29 Red10 years347 13-7/8 23.16.29 (35.2) 11.7.087 Green10 years120 22.8.081 15 11.9.089 (38.1) Green10 years277 23.3.086 Back Mount Notes 1 Based on continuous operation. The typical life of the exit LED lamp is 10 years. 13-7/8 2 Two-lamp version available with double-face only. (35.2) 8-3/4 Supplemental Emergency Circuit (22.2) 4 TypeNo. of facesNominal lamp voltageElectrical wattsInput amps (10.2) 4-3/8 LDC6161.44.24 (11.1) LDC12/481121.9.15 4-3/4 (12.1) LDC12/481241.8.07 9-1/2 LDC12/481321.8.06 (24.1) LDC12/481481.7.04 LDC6262.9.48 Top Mount Top Mount LDC12/482123.1.26 Single-Face Double-Face LDC12/482243.1.13 6 (15.2) LDC12/482323.3.10 LDC12/482483.4.07 9-7/8 (24.9) KEY FEATURES 34-1/4 (7.6)(10.8) NEMA 4X Mounting Plate 4-3/8 (11.1) UL and CSA approved for damp or NEMA4X wet The typical life of the exit LED lamp is 10 years. locations (see options). Cold weather — down to o -40C (LV EL N emergency only). 4-3/8 (11.1) Housing or canopy mounting bracket should be attached to mounting surface using suitable fastener for type of wall material. All four mounting hole positions should be used, and anchors or screws should have a minimum pullout rating of LV_E EMERGENCY: One Lithonia Way, Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-334-8694 Fax: 770-981-8141 www.lithonia.com © 1996-2014 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 08/25/14 TYPE 72 Catalog Number Notes FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS INTENDED USE Ideal for applications requiring general purpose emergency lighting exit sign. — Type CONSTRUCTION Die-cast aluminum construction – compact housing. Brushed aluminum faceplate — other surface contaminants. Also available in white housing. Fully overlapping light seal prevents light leaks. Universal directional chevron knockouts are concealed and easily removed. Provisions for conduit entry and pendant mounting. Letters 6” high with 3/4” stroke, with 100 ft viewing distance rating, based upon UL924 standard. Die-Cast Aluminum Exit U.S. Patent No. 5,739,639. Other patents pending. OPTICS The typical life of the exit LED lamp is 10 years. — LQC ELECTRICAL Dual-voltage input capability 120 or 277 VAC. Emergency models provided with test switch, — status indicator and a battery that automatically recharges when normal power is restored. Battery option:Emergency models provided with maintenance-free, sealed nickel-cadmium battery which provides 90 minutes of emergency power. INSTALLATION Universal mounting (top or end). Back — Quick-mount installation - less than 5 minutes. mount - only available with single face. Completely concealed, easily removed mounting knockouts and LED LAMPS hole plugs. No exposed hardware. Die-cast aluminum canopy provided. Faceplate accessory kit available LISTINGS UL listed. Damp location listing 50°F to 104°F (10°C to 40°C). Meets UL 924, NFPA 101 (current — WARRANTY — 5-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx 8-1/4 (20.9) Length: 11-3/4 (29.8) All values are design or typical values, measured under laboratory conditions at 25 °C. Depth: 2 (5.1) 11-3/4 2 Height: 8-1/4 (20.9) (29.8)(5.1) Weight: 4.5 lbs. (2.0 kg) Example: LQC 1 R EL N ORDERING INFORMATION LQC FamilyHousing colorNumber of facesLetter colorOperation LQC (blank)Matte black, brushed 1 Single face R Red(blank)AC only 120/277 aluminum face 2 Double Face G Green EL N 120/277 VAC input with nickel-cadmium battery back-up W White Accessories: Order as separate item. ELA WG1Back-mount wireguard 1 ELA WGEXTTop-mount wireguard 1 ELA WGEXEEnd-mount wireguard 1 ELA B US1212” pendant-mount kit with black canopy. To order white canopy, replace B with W in catalog number. To order 24” or 36” lengths, replace 12 with 24 or 36 2 ELA LQCFPKBrushed/black faceplate kit with red and green sign panel for 1-face to 2-face ELA LQCBPK ELA W LQCBPK Notes ELA W LQCFPK 1 See spec sheet ELA-WG. conversion 2 See spec sheet ELA-StemKits. EMERGENCY LQC TYPE 72 LQC Quantum Die-cast Aluminum LED ® SPECIFICATIONSMOUNTING Shipping weight: 4.5 lbs. (2.0 kgs.) ELECTRICAL Top Mounting Primary Circuit TypicalSupplyInputMax. End Mounting 4-3/4 TypeLED lifevoltagewattsamps 1 (12.1) 120.6.05 Red LED AC only 10 years 277.7.06 1201.0.05 Green LED AC only10 years 8-3/4 2771.2.06 5-3/48-1/4 (22.2) 120.6.06(14.6)(20.9) Red LED emergency10 years 277.7.05 1201.0.05 Green LED emergency10 years 2771.2.06 2 11-3/4 (5.0) (29.8) Back Mounting BATTERY (EL N option) Sealed Nickel-Cadmium 8-1/4 ShelfTypicalOptimum (20.9) life 2 life 2 Maintenance 3 temperature 4 4-1/8 50°–104°F (10.5) 3 years 7 - 9 yearsnone (10°–40°C) 5-7/8 (14.9) Notes 11-3/4 1 Based on continuous operation. The typical life of the LED lamp is 10 years. (29.8) 2 At 77°F (25°C). 3 All life safety equipment, including emergency lighting for path of egress must be maintained, serviced, and tested in accordance with all National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) and local codes. Failure to perform the required maintenance, service, or testing could jeopardize the safety of occupants and will void all warranties. 4 Optimum ambient temperature range where unit will provide capacity for 90 minutes. Higher and lower KEY FEATURES ELA LQCFPK The typical life of the LED lamp is 10 years. Faceplate accessory kit with red and Quick-Mount installation less than 5 minutes. conversion. LQC EMERGENCY : One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.334.8694 Fax: 770.981-8141 www.lithonia.com ©2007-2013 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 09/24/15 TYPE 73 Catalog Number Notes FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS INTENDED USE Ideal for applications requiring general purpose emergency lighting exit sign. — Type CONSTRUCTION Die-cast aluminum construction – compact housing. Brushed aluminum faceplate — other surface contaminants. Also available in white housing. Fully overlapping light seal prevents light leaks. Universal directional chevron knockouts are concealed and easily removed. Provisions for conduit entry and pendant mounting. Letters 6” high with 3/4” stroke, with 100 ft viewing distance rating, based upon UL924 standard. Die-Cast Aluminum Exit U.S. Patent No. 5,739,639. Other patents pending. OPTICS The typical life of the exit LED lamp is 10 years. — LQC ELECTRICAL Dual-voltage input capability 120 or 277 VAC. Emergency models provided with test switch, — status indicator and a battery that automatically recharges when normal power is restored. Battery option:Emergency models provided with maintenance-free, sealed nickel-cadmium battery which provides 90 minutes of emergency power. INSTALLATION Universal mounting (top or end). Back — Quick-mount installation - less than 5 minutes. mount - only available with single face. Completely concealed, easily removed mounting knockouts and LED LAMPS hole plugs. No exposed hardware. Die-cast aluminum canopy provided. Faceplate accessory kit available LISTINGS UL listed. Damp location listing 50°F to 104°F (10°C to 40°C). Meets UL 924, NFPA 101 (current — WARRANTY — 5-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx 8-1/4 (20.9) Length: 11-3/4 (29.8) All values are design or typical values, measured under laboratory conditions at 25 °C. Depth: 2 (5.1) 11-3/4 2 Height: 8-1/4 (20.9) (29.8)(5.1) Weight: 4.5 lbs. (2.0 kg) Example: LQC 1 R EL N ORDERING INFORMATION LQC FamilyHousing colorNumber of facesLetter colorOperation LQC (blank)Matte black, brushed 1 Single face R Red(blank)AC only 120/277 aluminum face 2 Double Face G Green EL N 120/277 VAC input with nickel-cadmium battery back-up W White Accessories: Order as separate item. ELA WG1Back-mount wireguard 1 ELA WGEXTTop-mount wireguard 1 ELA WGEXEEnd-mount wireguard 1 ELA B US1212” pendant-mount kit with black canopy. To order white canopy, replace B with W in catalog number. To order 24” or 36” lengths, replace 12 with 24 or 36 2 ELA LQCFPKBrushed/black faceplate kit with red and green sign panel for 1-face to 2-face ELA LQCBPK ELA W LQCBPK Notes ELA W LQCFPK 1 See spec sheet ELA-WG. conversion 2 See spec sheet ELA-StemKits. EMERGENCY LQC TYPE 73 LQC Quantum Die-cast Aluminum LED ® SPECIFICATIONSMOUNTING Shipping weight: 4.5 lbs. (2.0 kgs.) ELECTRICAL Top Mounting Primary Circuit TypicalSupplyInputMax. End Mounting 4-3/4 TypeLED lifevoltagewattsamps 1 (12.1) 120.6.05 Red LED AC only 10 years 277.7.06 1201.0.05 Green LED AC only10 years 8-3/4 2771.2.06 5-3/48-1/4 (22.2) 120.6.06(14.6)(20.9) Red LED emergency10 years 277.7.05 1201.0.05 Green LED emergency10 years 2771.2.06 2 11-3/4 (5.0) (29.8) Back Mounting BATTERY (EL N option) Sealed Nickel-Cadmium 8-1/4 ShelfTypicalOptimum (20.9) life 2 life 2 Maintenance 3 temperature 4 4-1/8 50°–104°F (10.5) 3 years 7 - 9 yearsnone (10°–40°C) 5-7/8 (14.9) Notes 11-3/4 1 Based on continuous operation. The typical life of the LED lamp is 10 years. (29.8) 2 At 77°F (25°C). 3 All life safety equipment, including emergency lighting for path of egress must be maintained, serviced, and tested in accordance with all National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) and local codes. Failure to perform the required maintenance, service, or testing could jeopardize the safety of occupants and will void all warranties. 4 Optimum ambient temperature range where unit will provide capacity for 90 minutes. Higher and lower KEY FEATURES ELA LQCFPK The typical life of the LED lamp is 10 years. Faceplate accessory kit with red and Quick-Mount installation less than 5 minutes. conversion. LQC EMERGENCY : One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.334.8694 Fax: 770.981-8141 www.lithonia.com ©2007-2013 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 09/24/15 TYPE 74 Nera ™ LED bottom detail DIMENSIONAL DATAFEATURES Unique aesthetic inspired by the visual void design philosophy. Luminaire sizes available in 2’x2’, 3’x3’ and 4’x4’. Frosted acrylic optical diffuser produces 50/50 light distribution. 37.77"49.70" 25.85" 959.4mm1262.4mm 656.6mm Features Power-Up suspension system which delivers power through the suspension cables and eliminates visual clutter of separate power cord. 1.60" Installations include grid, drywall and surface-mount/open 40.6mm ceilings. 45.94" 22.09" 34.01" 1166.9mm 561.1mm 863.9mm Choice of output levels to meet a wide variety of application needs. PERFORMANCE detail PRODUCT OVERVIEW fixture information 2'3'4' 25.85" 656.6mm Delivered Lumens: 6000lm 37.77" canopy Total System Watts: 53W 959.4mm 4.5" x 4.5" 49.70" canopy 1262.4mm 6.0" x 6.0" canopy Photometric performance is measured in accordance with IESNA LM-79. 9.0" x 9.0" Visit focalpointlights.com for complete photometric data. Focal Point LLC | 4141 S. Pulaski Rd, Chicago, IL 60632 | 773.247.9494 | focalpointlights.com | @focalpointlightMay 2016 B fixture: project: TYPE 74 ORDERING Luminaire SeriesFNRP DETAILS FNRP Nominal Size open ceilingdrywall/hard surface grid * bar hangers standard ShieldingFL50 2'x2' L x W x H 2'x2' 2'x2' 18.80" x 5.50" x 2.48" Lumen Output Standard L x W x H L x W x H 35.34" x 4.26" x 3.83" 17.94" x 5.14" x 7.65" Emergency L x W x H 35.34" x 5.57" x 3.83" 3'x3' L x W x H 18.80" x 8.14" x 2.48" 3'x3' L x W x H 17.94" x 7.14" x 7.65" 3'x3' & 4'x4' L x W x H 35.34" x 9.87" x 3.83" 4'x4' L x W x H 18.80" x 10.00" x 2.48" 4'x4' Open ceiling emergency L x W x H requires additional box 17.94" x 9.64" x 7.65" 17.11" x 4.61" x 1.69" (LU5 & LD1 drivers only) SPECIFICATIONS (LU5 & LD1 drivers only) Color Temperature Linear LED module incorporates premium LEDs on a robust platform to achieve excellent thermal management. Available in 3000K, 3500K, 4000K with CRI>80, 3SDCM. LED boards and drivers are replaceable. Circuits1C Extruded aluminum rails and die-cast corners. 2' x 2' unit weight: 4.6lbs. 3' x 3' unit weight: 6.8lbs. 4' x 4' unit weight: 9.3lbs. VoltageUNV UNV Driver 0.125" thick extruded acrylic lens. Minimum mounting height: 2' x 2': 12". 3' x 3': 18". 4' x 4': 24". LU5 Mounting Low voltage power delivered via aircraft suspension/power cable. Adjustable suspension G to 96", consult factory for longer lengths. Drivers in sheet metal enclosure above ceiling (Consult factory for TechZone Ceilings.) or surface mount for open ceilings.Drivers are replaceable. Standard 120-277V constant current driver includes 0-10V analog dimming. Power factor > .9. (Not available with Emergency Battery) Suspension and Power Feed Bodine BSL-310LP. Emergency output for 90 minutes. Maximum mounting height: 16.6ft (Adjustable aircraft cable with integral low voltage power delivery) UL and cUL listed. Suitable for Dry or Damp Locations, indoor use only. Polyester powder coat applied over a 5-stage pre–treatment. Factory Options CCS (May be required by local code) Calculated: L90 at 100,000 hours Reported: L90 at >36,000 hours CP (Not available with Open Ceiling mounting. CCS (Derived from EPA TM-21 calculator per 6,000 hours of LED test data) shipped standard with CP option) LED system rated for operation in ambient environments up to 25°C. 5 year limited warranty. (Test switch in canopy. Not available with HS mounting.) Finish PS PERFORMANCE CHART White See page 3 Focal Point LLC reserves the right to change specifications for product improvement without notification.*For more information visit focalpointlights.com/reference or consult factory. TYPE 74 PERFORMANCE CHART LPW 2000 17.7113 250022.0114 2' x 2' 300026.6113 350031.2112 4000 36.0111 300026.5113 375033.0114 3' x 3' 450039.8113 5250 46.8112 600052.9112 400035.3113 500044.0114 4' x 4' 600053.1113 700062.5112 8000 70.5108 *Lumen output may vary +/- 5%. Actual wattage may vary +/- 5% TYPE 74 Nera ™ FNRP-22-FL60-4000L-35K-1C-120-LD1-G-WH Filename: FNRP22FL604000L35K.IESLumens:4193lm Test #: 1205427System Watts:36W LED - 2'x2' PENDANT LPW:115 CANDLEPOWER DISTRIBUTIONLUMEN SUMMARYLUMINANCE DATA 2 (CD/M) Horizontal AngleVertical Horizontal Vertical 180170160150140% °°°°° Angle Angle ZoneLumensFixture 0°22.5°45°67.5°90°0° 750 130 61861861861861879519.0126012521277 ° 600 614615617616614143143.1123412191263 450 120 ° 596596597596595210950.3133412121378 555556558557557208449.7167615741744 90-180 300 110 ° Total 4193100.0 Luminaire 496497499499499318925323302 150 100 ° 421423425426426 0 90 ° 340342344346348 CO-EFFICIENTS OF UTILIZATION 80 279275262280288 150° Floor20 228223226228237 70 ° 300 Ceiling807050301000 187177169182194 Wall7050301070501050105010501000 450 60 ° 44964496449644964149414941493501350129092909236523652109 313131616 RCR 0 40313819362834573704352132052962272624502277197718541629 600 193181170177187 1 50 ° 36433296300927683339303925752556220321111848170015091310 235226225223228 2 750 010203040 °°°°° 33082876254222763028265321222234182318461535148612571080 285277261274278 3 ° 0 3017253321781907276123391782197315371633129813171067910 4 344343341340338 ° 0 ° 45 ° 45 276422481888162225302079151817581314145911151181920780 5 °383382380379377 90 ° 90 25422011165513992328186213111579113913159691068803678 6 489490488486486 234818121464122021521680114514299981193852973709597 7 544545545544544 217716421305107419971524100913008821090756892632530 8 581582583582582 2026149611729531861139189711907861001677823568476 9 600601603602601 189113701059851173912768031095705924609763514430 10 604604604604604 Go to www.focalpointlights.com for additional photometric data. TYPE 74 Nera ™ FNRP-33-FL60-6000L-35K-1C-120-LD1-G-WH Filename: FNRP33FL606000L35K.IESLumens:5927lm Test #: 1205426System Watts:53W LED - 3'x3' PENDANT LPW:112 CANDLEPOWER DISTRIBUTIONLUMEN SUMMARYLUMINANCE DATA 2 (CD/M) Horizontal AngleHorizontal Vertical Vertical % 180170160150140 °°°°° AngleAngle ZoneLumensFixture 0°22.5°45°67.5°90°0° 1125 852852852852852109418.5842830842 130 ° 900 854848848847849197233.3846809839 675 120 ° 822818819818819295849.9933836929 765765765765765296950.1119811321192 90-18 450 110 ° Total 687688685686682249122012508 5927100.0 Luminaire 225 100 ° 586587584586586 0 90 ° 483475470473479 CO-EFFICIENTS OF UTILIZATION 401388368387399 80 225° Floor20 329319323320327 70 ° 450 Ceiling807050301000 277274270277279 Wall7050301070501050105010501000 675 60 ° 63496349634963495856585658564936493640944094332133212958 1610898 RCR 0 56825376510348565216495244994159381934293180275725802259 900 276272268276281 1 50 ° 51324637422838844700427236103585308129532577236720951812 333323330327336 2 1125 010203040 °°°°° 46594045357031914261372829733132254825802138206817421492 408396375397410 3 ° 0 42493561305826733885328624952765214622821807183314781255 4 488483479482486 ° 0 ° 45 ° 45 38923161265022733559292021252464183520391551164312731075 5 589587586587588 ° 90 ° 90 3580282723221960327626151835221315891837134814861112935 6 681684683684679 330725472054170930282359160220021392166711851353982822 7 761760760759760 306523071831150328102140141218221230152310511241875730 8 808805806805808 28522103164413342618195312541668109613999401145786655 9 834831833831832 2663192614851191244717911122153498312918471061711592 10 836836836836836 Go to www.focalpointlights.com for additional photometric data. TYPE 74 Nera ™ FNRP-44-FL60-8000L-35K-1C-120-LD1-G-WH Filename: FNRP44FL608000L35K.IESLumens:7578lm Test #: 1205425System Watts:70W LED - 4'x4' PENDANT LPW:108 CANDLEPOWER DISTRIBUTIONLUMEN SUMMARYLUMINANCE DATA 2 (CD/M) Horizontal AngleVertical Horizontal Vertical 180170160150140% °°°°° Angle Angle ZoneLumensFixture 0°22.5°45°67.5°90°0° 1250 130 898898898898898129817.1644592636 ° 1000 984972977970981234230.9656591644 750 120 ° 10149809649801013363147.9761629746 945909890908943394752.110279191008 90-108 500 110 ° Total 7578100.0 Luminaire 840806786803835219320042169 250 100 ° 722690670683712 0 90 ° 602569549561591 CO-EFFICIENTS OF UTILIZATION 80 523484440478512 250° Floor20 447419413415439 70 ° 500 Ceiling807050301000 374378371374370 Wall7050301070501050105010501000 750 60 ° 80818081808180817434743474346227622751225122410841083631 2928252828 RCR 0 72146818646361436603626156735218477842603938337731482727 1000 368375373378371 1 50 ° 65105873534549015943539245404490384336583178288925432172 437428433429441 2 1250 010203040 °°°°° 59085119450840215386470237333918317231922630251921081781 526511489514531 3 ° 0 53874505385933654909414231303457266928222220223117851495 4 631626624629636 ° 0 45° ° 45 49333997334228594496367926643079227925201903199915361279 5 °774775776777779 90 ° 90 45373573292724634138329422982765197322701653180713401110 6 911911912914914 4189321825882146382429702005250017272060145216461182976 7 10231021102010221025 3883291423051887354926941765227515251881128715101053867 8 10991096109510951099 361326552069167333052458156720821358172711511393946777 9 11381134113311331137 337224311868149330892254140019141217159410361291856702 10 11381138113811381138 Go to www.focalpointlights.com for additional photometric data. TYPE 75 Nera ™ LED bottom detail DIMENSIONAL DATAFEATURES Unique aesthetic inspired by the visual void design philosophy. Luminaire sizes available in 2’x2’, 3’x3’ and 4’x4’. Frosted acrylic optical diffuser produces 50/50 light distribution. 37.77"49.70" 25.85" 959.4mm1262.4mm 656.6mm Features Power-Up suspension system which delivers power through the suspension cables and eliminates visual clutter of separate power cord. 1.60" Installations include grid, drywall and surface-mount/open 40.6mm ceilings. 45.94" 22.09" 34.01" 1166.9mm 561.1mm 863.9mm Choice of output levels to meet a wide variety of application needs. PERFORMANCE detail PRODUCT OVERVIEW fixture information 2'3'4' 25.85" 656.6mm Delivered Lumens: 6000lm 37.77" canopy Total System Watts: 53W 959.4mm 4.5" x 4.5" 49.70" canopy 1262.4mm 6.0" x 6.0" canopy Photometric performance is measured in accordance with IESNA LM-79. 9.0" x 9.0" Visit focalpointlights.com for complete photometric data. Focal Point LLC | 4141 S. Pulaski Rd, Chicago, IL 60632 | 773.247.9494 | focalpointlights.com | @focalpointlightMay 2016 B fixture: project: TYPE 75 ORDERING Luminaire SeriesFNRP DETAILS FNRP Nominal Size open ceilingdrywall/hard surface grid * bar hangers standard ShieldingFL50 2'x2' L x W x H 2'x2' 2'x2' 18.80" x 5.50" x 2.48" Lumen Output Standard L x W x H L x W x H 35.34" x 4.26" x 3.83" 17.94" x 5.14" x 7.65" Emergency L x W x H 35.34" x 5.57" x 3.83" 3'x3' L x W x H 18.80" x 8.14" x 2.48" 3'x3' L x W x H 17.94" x 7.14" x 7.65" 3'x3' & 4'x4' L x W x H 35.34" x 9.87" x 3.83" 4'x4' L x W x H 18.80" x 10.00" x 2.48" 4'x4' Open ceiling emergency L x W x H requires additional box 17.94" x 9.64" x 7.65" 17.11" x 4.61" x 1.69" (LU5 & LD1 drivers only) SPECIFICATIONS (LU5 & LD1 drivers only) Color Temperature Linear LED module incorporates premium LEDs on a robust platform to achieve excellent thermal management. Available in 3000K, 3500K, 4000K with CRI>80, 3SDCM. LED boards and drivers are replaceable. Circuits1C Extruded aluminum rails and die-cast corners. 2' x 2' unit weight: 4.6lbs. 3' x 3' unit weight: 6.8lbs. 4' x 4' unit weight: 9.3lbs. VoltageUNV UNV Driver 0.125" thick extruded acrylic lens. Minimum mounting height: 2' x 2': 12". 3' x 3': 18". 4' x 4': 24". LU5 Mounting Low voltage power delivered via aircraft suspension/power cable. Adjustable suspension G to 96", consult factory for longer lengths. Drivers in sheet metal enclosure above ceiling (Consult factory for TechZone Ceilings.) or surface mount for open ceilings.Drivers are replaceable. Standard 120-277V constant current driver includes 0-10V analog dimming. Power factor > .9. (Not available with Emergency Battery) Suspension and Power Feed Bodine BSL-310LP. Emergency output for 90 minutes. Maximum mounting height: 16.6ft (Adjustable aircraft cable with integral low voltage power delivery) UL and cUL listed. Suitable for Dry or Damp Locations, indoor use only. Polyester powder coat applied over a 5-stage pre–treatment. Factory Options CCS (May be required by local code) Calculated: L90 at 100,000 hours Reported: L90 at >36,000 hours CP (Not available with Open Ceiling mounting. CCS (Derived from EPA TM-21 calculator per 6,000 hours of LED test data) shipped standard with CP option) LED system rated for operation in ambient environments up to 25°C. 5 year limited warranty. (Test switch in canopy. Not available with HS mounting.) Finish PS PERFORMANCE CHART White See page 3 Focal Point LLC reserves the right to change specifications for product improvement without notification.*For more information visit focalpointlights.com/reference or consult factory. TYPE 75 PERFORMANCE CHART LPW 2000 17.7113 250022.0114 2' x 2' 300026.6113 350031.2112 4000 36.0111 300026.5113 375033.0114 3' x 3' 450039.8113 5250 46.8112 600052.9112 400035.3113 500044.0114 4' x 4' 600053.1113 700062.5112 8000 70.5108 *Lumen output may vary +/- 5%. Actual wattage may vary +/- 5% TYPE 75 Nera ™ FNRP-22-FL60-4000L-35K-1C-120-LD1-G-WH Filename: FNRP22FL604000L35K.IESLumens:4193lm Test #: 1205427System Watts:36W LED - 2'x2' PENDANT LPW:115 CANDLEPOWER DISTRIBUTIONLUMEN SUMMARYLUMINANCE DATA 2 (CD/M) Horizontal AngleVertical Horizontal Vertical 180170160150140% °°°°° Angle Angle ZoneLumensFixture 0°22.5°45°67.5°90°0° 750 130 61861861861861879519.0126012521277 ° 600 614615617616614143143.1123412191263 450 120 ° 596596597596595210950.3133412121378 555556558557557208449.7167615741744 90-180 300 110 ° Total 4193100.0 Luminaire 496497499499499318925323302 150 100 ° 421423425426426 0 90 ° 340342344346348 CO-EFFICIENTS OF UTILIZATION 80 279275262280288 150° Floor20 228223226228237 70 ° 300 Ceiling807050301000 187177169182194 Wall7050301070501050105010501000 450 60 ° 44964496449644964149414941493501350129092909236523652109 313131616 RCR 0 40313819362834573704352132052962272624502277197718541629 600 193181170177187 1 50 ° 36433296300927683339303925752556220321111848170015091310 235226225223228 2 750 010203040 °°°°° 33082876254222763028265321222234182318461535148612571080 285277261274278 3 ° 0 3017253321781907276123391782197315371633129813171067910 4 344343341340338 ° 0 ° 45 ° 45 276422481888162225302079151817581314145911151181920780 5 °383382380379377 90 ° 90 25422011165513992328186213111579113913159691068803678 6 489490488486486 234818121464122021521680114514299981193852973709597 7 544545545544544 217716421305107419971524100913008821090756892632530 8 581582583582582 2026149611729531861139189711907861001677823568476 9 600601603602601 189113701059851173912768031095705924609763514430 10 604604604604604 Go to www.focalpointlights.com for additional photometric data. TYPE 75 Nera ™ FNRP-33-FL60-6000L-35K-1C-120-LD1-G-WH Filename: FNRP33FL606000L35K.IESLumens:5927lm Test #: 1205426System Watts:53W LED - 3'x3' PENDANT LPW:112 CANDLEPOWER DISTRIBUTIONLUMEN SUMMARYLUMINANCE DATA 2 (CD/M) Horizontal AngleHorizontal Vertical Vertical % 180170160150140 °°°°° AngleAngle ZoneLumensFixture 0°22.5°45°67.5°90°0° 1125 852852852852852109418.5842830842 130 ° 900 854848848847849197233.3846809839 675 120 ° 822818819818819295849.9933836929 765765765765765296950.1119811321192 90-18 450 110 ° Total 687688685686682249122012508 5927100.0 Luminaire 225 100 ° 586587584586586 0 90 ° 483475470473479 CO-EFFICIENTS OF UTILIZATION 401388368387399 80 225° Floor20 329319323320327 70 ° 450 Ceiling807050301000 277274270277279 Wall7050301070501050105010501000 675 60 ° 63496349634963495856585658564936493640944094332133212958 1610898 RCR 0 56825376510348565216495244994159381934293180275725802259 900 276272268276281 1 50 ° 51324637422838844700427236103585308129532577236720951812 333323330327336 2 1125 010203040 °°°°° 46594045357031914261372829733132254825802138206817421492 408396375397410 3 ° 0 42493561305826733885328624952765214622821807183314781255 4 488483479482486 ° 0 ° 45 ° 45 38923161265022733559292021252464183520391551164312731075 5 589587586587588 ° 90 ° 90 3580282723221960327626151835221315891837134814861112935 6 681684683684679 330725472054170930282359160220021392166711851353982822 7 761760760759760 306523071831150328102140141218221230152310511241875730 8 808805806805808 28522103164413342618195312541668109613999401145786655 9 834831833831832 2663192614851191244717911122153498312918471061711592 10 836836836836836 Go to www.focalpointlights.com for additional photometric data. TYPE 75 Nera ™ FNRP-44-FL60-8000L-35K-1C-120-LD1-G-WH Filename: FNRP44FL608000L35K.IESLumens:7578lm Test #: 1205425System Watts:70W LED - 4'x4' PENDANT LPW:108 CANDLEPOWER DISTRIBUTIONLUMEN SUMMARYLUMINANCE DATA 2 (CD/M) Horizontal AngleVertical Horizontal Vertical 180170160150140% °°°°° Angle Angle ZoneLumensFixture 0°22.5°45°67.5°90°0° 1250 130 898898898898898129817.1644592636 ° 1000 984972977970981234230.9656591644 750 120 ° 10149809649801013363147.9761629746 945909890908943394752.110279191008 90-108 500 110 ° Total 7578100.0 Luminaire 840806786803835219320042169 250 100 ° 722690670683712 0 90 ° 602569549561591 CO-EFFICIENTS OF UTILIZATION 80 523484440478512 250° Floor20 447419413415439 70 ° 500 Ceiling807050301000 374378371374370 Wall7050301070501050105010501000 750 60 ° 80818081808180817434743474346227622751225122410841083631 2928252828 RCR 0 72146818646361436603626156735218477842603938337731482727 1000 368375373378371 1 50 ° 65105873534549015943539245404490384336583178288925432172 437428433429441 2 1250 010203040 °°°°° 59085119450840215386470237333918317231922630251921081781 526511489514531 3 ° 0 53874505385933654909414231303457266928222220223117851495 4 631626624629636 ° 0 45° ° 45 49333997334228594496367926643079227925201903199915361279 5 °774775776777779 90 ° 90 45373573292724634138329422982765197322701653180713401110 6 911911912914914 4189321825882146382429702005250017272060145216461182976 7 10231021102010221025 3883291423051887354926941765227515251881128715101053867 8 10991096109510951099 361326552069167333052458156720821358172711511393946777 9 11381134113311331137 337224311868149330892254140019141217159410361291856702 10 11381138113811381138 Go to www.focalpointlights.com for additional photometric data. TYPE 76 CORE 300 CX TM up + down pendant LightingGroup PROJECT JobNotes Type Part # SPECIFICATIONS SourceTwo Xicato XTM LED modules - up to 3000 lumens each C.C.T.2700K, 3000K, 3500K or 4000K Color Consistency1x2 SDCM (MacAdam) along BBL, CCT +/- 40K to 70K, Duv +/- .001 CRI (Ra) 83 or 98 Driver / LocationIncluded / Remote mount or deep canopy options Dimming0-10V or phase dimming to 10% standard; DALI, DMX and 1% dimming available 100 to 277VAC, phase dimmable versions are 120VAC only Input Voltage Up to 47 watts max, depending on LED module / driver Power MaterialCNC machined aluminum with stainless steel hardware Powder coat - TGIC polyester for exterior and interior use Finish 6.8 lb. \[3.1 kg\] Weight LocationListed for Wet & Damp locations ETL Listed to UL 1598, 2108, 8750 and CSA C22.2# 9 & #250.0 Approvals L80 Life> 50,000 hours at 80% lumen maintenance based on IESNA LM-80-08 WarrantyLifetime Limited Warranty - see warranty for details IES Files INDOOR WET DIMMABLE OUTDOOR LOCATION 4001580 ORDERING LOGIC Driver# ofMountingUp DirectionDown DirectionColor Model LocationDimming CircuitsLocationOutputCRI *C.C.T.ReflectorOutputCRI *C.C.T.ReflectorCutoutShellHeat SinkSuspensionOptions ----- C3CT =Remote=None=Damp=700lm=83=2700K=20°=700lm=83=2700K=20°=None=Black Cord RN1D0783272007832720NXXXXBK =Deep=Phase=Wet=950lm=98**=3000K=40°=950lm=98**=3000K=40°=Round=Clear Cord (see chart on DP2W1098304010983040RCS page 4) Canopy=0-10V=1300lm=3500K =60°=1300lm=3500K =60°=Square V133560133560S =Other=2000lm=4000K=Baffle**=2000lm=4000K=Baffle**=Dual Z2040BF2040BFD =3000lm=3000lm=Custom=Custom 3030ZZZ * 98 CRI not available in 3000 lm** Not available with wet location Example Part Number: C3CT-RN1D-13832720-20832740-RS3A6BK ORE 00 X Pendan emote Driver, o Dimming, Circuit, amp Location UP = 00 lm, CRI, 00K, ° Reflector DOWN = 00 lm, CRI, 00K, ° Reflector ound C3CT-RN1D- 13832720-20832740-R Cutout, Red Shell, Black Heatsink, lac Cord S3A6 BK 1 v2LightingGroup.com TYPE 76 CORE 300 CX TM up + down pendant LightingGroup DIMENSIONS 6" 6" 0.3" Dual aircraft cable + cord suspension 2.4" Standard cable length = 6' Cable length is field adjustable To order longer cable put length in options section at the end of the part number Canopies fit standard 3.5" and 4" round and octagonal junction boxes 12.2" Not to scale, dimensions are nominal Consult factory for CAD drawings Standard shallow canopyOptional deep canopy for remote mounted LED driversfor canopy mounted LED drivers Order Code = D Diameter depends on LED driver size 4.5" CONTROL OPTIONS LED OPTIONS Order Code = 0-10V dimming to 10% V LED Specifications Reflector Order Code = Phase dimming to 10% 12, 3, 456 Standard LED Drivers* OptionP LESLumensWattage (W)Efficacy (lm/W) CRI (included in base price) 7005.6129Compatible with both forward and reverse phase dimmers 9508.2118 Ra = 83 ± 3 130011.7111eldoLED 0-10V, DALI, or DMX dimming to 0% 200019.5102 A-series, EcoSystem or Lutron Hi-lume™ Optional LED Drivers* 300029.3102forward phase dimming to 1% 20°, 40° & 60°19mm Lutron Hi-lume™ 5-series, EcoSystem dimming to 5% 7007.497 Ra = 98 95010.989 R9 90 130015.683*Standard LED drivers are suitable for Wet Location R15 95 200026.476 *Optional LED drivers are suitable for Damp Location All LED drivers must be mounted in a deep canopy or remote * Dual LED drivers available for independant Up + Down control LES: Light Emitting Surface diameter* 1 Choosing different lumen outputs for Up + Down may require dual drivers ±10%* 2 Consult factory for details Source lumens - see photometrics on page 3 for LOR to calculate delivered lumens 3 For EM applications: Higher lumen outputs are available in CORE / QUBE 400 series* 4 All LED drivers may be used with 3rd party inverter style systems Maximum luminaire wattage including LED driver = LED wattage x 1.2 5 Higher efficacies are available via lower drive currents - consult factory 6 CUTOUT OPTIONSCORD OPTIONS BlackClear Silver NoneRoundSquareDualCustom Order Code = Order Code =Order Code =Order Code = Order Code =Order Code = Order Code = CS NRS DZBK For dry and For all locations damp locations 2 v2LightingGroup.com TYPE 76 CORE 300 CX TM up + down pendant LightingGroup PHOTOMETRICS LM-79-08 IES files available at www.v2LightingGroup.com/downloads Beam Order Intensity Plot (cd)Polar Plot (cd)Cone DiagramDescription AngleCode(2000lm)(2000lm)(2000lm) CBCP = 3195 cd/klm Illuminance at CenterBeam Diameter 64000 Beam Angle = 21° 256 fc1.9' 5120 5' Field Angle = 63° 1600 3840 64 fc3.8' 10' 20° LOR = 89.4 % 20 3200 2560 28 fc5.7' 15' 4800 1280 Beam = full width @ 50% 16 fc7.6' Field = full width @ 90% 20' 6400 030°60°90° CBCP = 1607 cd/klm 0 3300Illuminance at CenterBeam Diameter Beam Angle = 43° 129 fc3.9' 2640 825 Field Angle = 73° 5' 1980 32 fc7.9' 40° LOR = 88.7 % 165010' 40 1320 14 fc11.8' 247515' 660 Beam = full width @ 50% 8 fc15.7' Field = full width @ 90% 330020' 030°60°90° CBCP = 1050 cd/klm 0 2200 Illuminance at CenterBeam Diameter Beam Angle = 59° 1760 84 fc5.6' 5' Field Angle = 86° 550 1320 21 fc11.3' 60° 10'LOR = 85.2 % 1100 60 880 9 fc16.9' 15' 1650 440 Beam = full width @ 50% 5 fc22.6' Field = full width @ 90% 20' 2200 030°60°90° The Reflector Baffle replaces the Beam Shaping Options standard reflector. Add the order code shown below to the options box at the end of the part number: 50% of the luminaire’s output is reflected back up into the fixture Reflector Order Code Description to uplight the visible heat sink. BF Baffle Honeycomb Louver -HL Diffusion Lens -DF Remaining output is a soft, wide Satin finish on any standard reflector -SF distribution. Linear Spread Lens (60° x 1°) -LS Wall Wash Lens (shifts beam 20° from vertical) -WW Easy twist-lock installation. 3 v2LightingGroup.com TYPE 76 CORE 300 CX TM up + down pendant LightingGroup COLOR OPTIONS Clear C1C2 PolishedBrushed Aluminum A1A2 A3 Anodized Clear SilverLight Champagne Effect Bronze A4A5A6 Medium Dark BronzeBlack Bronze Metallic M1M2M3M4 Sea FoamForest GrayCharcoal Pearl Gray M5M6M7M8 GunmetalDove GrayOld CopperOld Brass Gray L1L2L3L4 Basic Gloss WhiteGlossGlossGloss Black Light GrayDark Gray T1T2T3T4 TexturedTexturedTexturedTextured Matte WhiteMatte MetallicMatte Black Light GrayDark Gray Sparkle S1S2S3S4 LightDeepRedBurgundy OrangeOrange S5S6S7S8 VioletDeep BlueSky BlueBright Green The complete range of powder coat colors from Tiger Drylac is available - consult factory Custom match powder coat colors are available - consult factory Printed or on-screen colors are only approximations - consult v2 Color Chip Set Rev.4 before specifying 4 v2LightingGroup.com TYPE 77 FINELITE r s 10 10 YearYear LED Warranty 90 Wall to Ceiling TYPE 77 FINELITE 361 721 1082 1442 TYPE 77 FINELITE 4" 6" All-Thread location for securing to structure 1" T-bar1/2" T-bar Endcap forEndcap for Recessed Recessed Independent Independent Recessed Flange Housing Recessed Flange Housing Body & Lens = 46 7/8" Body & Lens = 46 7/8" 4 ft. Grid 4 ft. Grid (without Endcap) (without Endcap) T-Bar End T-Bar End Flange Flange 48" Center to Center 48" Center to Center 1/2" Screw Slot Endcap for Recessed Independent Recessed Flange Housing Body & Lens = 46 7/8" 4 ft. Grid (without Endcap) T-Bar End Flange 48" Center to Center Spackle FlangeVisible Flange RecessedIndependentRecessedIndependent Flange HousingBody & Lens = 48"Flange HousingBody & Lens = 48" 4 ft. Grid(without Endcap)4 ft. Grid(without Endcap) HardHard HardHard CeilingCeiling CeilingCeiling 0.25"0.25" 48"48" Ceiling CutoutCeiling Cutout TYPE 77 FINELITE 1.00” Daylight Occupancy SensorSensor TYPE 78 Metalux DESCRIPTION Type Catalog # SNLED Lensed is a narrow LED lensed striplight series. This high quality luminaire is dedicated to the latest solid state lighting and electronic Project Lensed product is available with three different lens types. Date Comments The small size of the SNLED makes it an ideal choice for size restricted architectural applications. The SNLED Series can be the illumination Prepared by solution in commercial, industrial, retail and residential applications. Fixtures can be used in storage/utility areas, coves, display cases, shops, task and general area lighting. SPECIFICATION FEATURES to meet critical life-safety lighting ConstructionShielding Offers three different lensed optical Channel is die formed cold rolled requirements. The 90-minute steel with numerous KOs for ease batteries provide constant power distributions. (LC) Clear with linear of installation. Groove for Tong to the LED system, ensuring code-optical ribs. (LN) Semi-frost for Hanger. End plate quickly converts compliance. A test switch/indicator narrow distribution. (LW) Full frost to snap-in channel connector button can be tested safely from for wide distribution. for continuous row alignment. the ground using a laser pointer, Installation Channel/wireway cover secured while the patented EZ Key prevents Fixture may be surface, pendant, with sheet metal screws.accidental discharge of the battery or stem mounted. See accessories during construction. See ordering below in ordering information. information for details. Controls Equipped standard with a 0-10V Compliance continuous dimming driver that Finish SNLED LENSED Components are UL recognized. works with any standard 0-10V Multistage iron phosphate LED Indoor luminaires are cULus listed control/dimmer. Dimming range pretreatment ensures maximum for 40° C ambient environments, is 10% to 100%; varies by control bonding and rust inhibitor. High RoHS compliant, device. Combine with energy- and comply with IESNA saving products like occupancy LM-79. LEDs comply with LM-80 sensors, day lighting controls, and standard. Lensed LED Striplight standards. DesignLights lighting relay panels to maximize energy savings. For motion control, Channel/Wireway Cover reference options for both end and Die formed heavy gauge steel. Products List under Family Models middle of the row applications. for details. Electrical 2-11/16" Warranty Long-Life LED system coupled \[68mm\] Five-year warranty. with electronic (120-277V) driver to deliver optimal lighting performance. LED’s available in 3000K, 3500K, 4000K, or 5000K temperatures are available. Projected life is 60,000 hours at 3-11/16" 3-7/8" 70% lumen output. This driver is \[95mm\] \[98mm\] 0-10V dimming standard. Emergency Battery Pack Option Optional 120v-277v integral emergency battery pack is available in 7-watts or 14-watts 3" \[77mm\] MOUNTING DATA 2' Ceiling Stand-offHole for Embossments Toggle 3" \[77mm\] 14" \[355mm\] K.O (2) 2-1/2" \[64mm\] 7/8" \[22mm\] 24" \[609mm\] 4' K.O (3) Ceiling Stand-offHole for 7/8" \[22mm\] EmbossmentsToggle 3" \[77mm\] 2-1/2" 38" \[965mm\] \[64mm\] 48" \[1219mm\] 8' 2-1/2" Ceiling Stand-off \[64mm\] Embossments 3" \[77mm\] Hole for 26-3/4" \[680mm\] K.O (2) Toggle 7/8" \[22mm\] 5" \[127mm\] 96" \[2437mm\] Safe and convenient means of disconnecting power PS519008EN 201- SNLED LENSED TYPE 78 WATTAGE Stock* / Lumen Nominal SNLED TypeLengthCatalog LogicWattagelm/W MTOTypeLumens Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-18SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U190717.13105 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-22SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U232521.7101 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-26SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U271223.18112 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-18SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U203816.21111 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-22SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U230118.37120 Clear Lens (LC)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-26SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U268821.68120 Clear Lens (LC)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-30SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U306125.07120 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-34SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U343128.43120 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-37SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U382232.32114 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-41SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U423336.64112 Clear Lens (LC)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-46SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U461541.03112 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-49SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U499445.66107 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-52SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U535750.15104 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-56SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U571456.399 Clear Lens (LC)MTOHigh4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-60HL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U611550.71118 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-60SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U612250.14120 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-68SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U686356.86120 Clear Lens (LC)StockStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-75SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U764364.64116 Clear Lens (LC)StockStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-83SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U846673.28113 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-90SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U923082.06110 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-98SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U998891.32107 Clear Lens (LC)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-105SL-LC-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U10714100.3105 Stock* / Lumen Nominal SNLED TypeLengthCatalog LogicWattagelm/W MTOTypeLumens Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-18SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U190117105 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-22SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U231822101 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-26SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U270423116 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-18SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U203216111 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-22SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U229418120 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-26SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U268022120 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-30SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U305225120 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-34SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U342128120 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-37SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U381032114 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-41SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U422037112 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-46SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U460141112 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-49SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U497946107 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-53SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U534150106 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-56SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U56975699 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOHigh4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-60HL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U609651118 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-60SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U610350120 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-68SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U684257120 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)StockStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-75SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U762065116 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)StockStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-83SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U844173113 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-91SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U920282111 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-98SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U995891107 Semi-Frost Lens (LN)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-106SL-LN-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U10681100106 Eaton 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 PS519008EN P: 770-486-4800dimensions subject to 201- www.eaton.com/lightingchange without notice. SNLED LENSED TYPE 78 WATTAGE Stock* / Lumen Nominal SNLED TypeLengthCatalog LogicWattagelm/W MTOTypeLumens Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-16SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U170217.1399 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-20SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U207521.792 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard2 ft.2SNLED-LD4-23SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U242123.18104 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-16SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U181916.21111 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-20SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U205418.37109 Full Frost Lens (LW)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-23SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U239921.68111 Full Frost Lens (LW)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-27SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U273225.07108 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-30SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U306228.43106 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-33SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U341132.32105 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-37SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U377836.64101 Full Frost Lens (LW)StockStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-41SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U411941.03100 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-44SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U445745.6696 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-47SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U478150.1594 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-50SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U510056.389 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOHigh4 ft.4SNLED-LD4-54HL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U545850.71106 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-54SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U546450.14108 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-61SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U612556.86107 Full Frost Lens (LW)StockStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-67SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U682264.64104 Full Frost Lens (LW)StockStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-74SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U755673.28101 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-81SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U823882.0699 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-88SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U891591.3296 Full Frost Lens (LW)MTOStandard8 ft.8TSNLED-LD4-95SL-LW-UNV-L8XX-CD2-U9562100.395 * Stocked in either 3500K or 4000K PHOTOMETRICS LUMEN MAINTENANCE TM-21 LumenTheoretical Ambient MaintenanceL70 Temperature (12,000 hours)(Hours) 25°C92.55%303,000 Max Ambient temp in compliance with CSA: 40°C Eaton 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 PS519008EN P: 770-486-4800dimensions subject to 201- www.eaton.com/lightingchange without notice. SNLED LENSED TYPE 78 ORDERING INFORMATION SAMPLE NUMBER: 4SNLED-LD4-46SL-LN-UNV-L835-CD1-U Driver Type Packaging 2=2' Length Optic CD=0-10V Dimming Driver 4=4' Length LC=Clear Lens U=Unit Pack (10% - 100% Dimming) 8T=8' Length LN=Semi-Frost Lens - Narrow HCD=0-10V Dimming Driver LW=Full Frost Lens - Wide (1% - 100% Dimming) (13) Series SD=Step-dim (Bi Level) (4, 11) SNLED=Commercial Voltage 5LTD=Fifth Light (DALI) LED Striplight (10) UNV=Universal Voltage 120-277 (4, 6, 11) Driver 347=347V 480=480V (4) Lamp Type Number of Drivers LD4=LED 4.0 1=1 Driver Options 2=2 Drivers Emergency LED Lumens Output (2) EL7W=7-watt, 120V-277V emergency battery Stocked LumenStocked LumenStocked Lumen pack installed (7), (4) (9)(9)(9) Packages - LC Packages - LN Packages - LW EL14W=14-watt 120V-277V emergency battery (8)(8)(8) 26SL=2600 26SL=2600 23SL=2300 ACCESSORIES pack installed (7), (4) 30SL=3000 30SL=3000 27SL=2700 (Order Separately) GTD2=Bodine Generator Transfer Device (15) 46SL=4600 32HL=3200 41SL=4100 AYC-Chain/Set=36" Chain Hanger ETS2=IOTA Emergency Transfer Switch (15) 75SL=7500 46SL=4600 67SL=6700 83SL=8300 75SL=7500 74SL=7400 Wiring SCF=Fixed Stem Set (Specify Length) 83SL=8300 PI/CPI=Plug-in Option MTO LumenMTO Lumen SCS=Swivel Stem Set (Specify Length) Motion Sensors Packages - LCMTO LumenPackages - LW SCA=Adjustable 48" Stem Set 18SL=1800(8)Packages - LN16SL=1600(8) EYE CHAIN SET/3FT=Eye Bolt Chain LB-ERMS360=360° Low Bay Motion Sensor - 22SL=2200(8)18SL=1800(8)20SL=2000(8) End of Row 34SL=3400 22SL=2200(8)30SL=3000 WG/SNF-2FT=2' Wire Guard LB-MRMS360=360° Low Bay Motion Sensor - 37SL=3700 34SL=3400 33SL=3300 WG/SNF-4FT=4' Wire Guard Middle of Row 41SL=4100 37SL=3700 37SL=3700 A1B/Spacer-U=Spacer 1-1/2" to 2-1/2" from ceiling HB-ERMS360=360° High Bay Motion Sensor - 49SL=4900 41SL=4100 44SL=4400 (5) End of Row 52SL=5200 49SL=4900 47SL=4700 TOGGLE=Single Toggle No. 2 (Specify Length) HB-MRMS360=360° High Bay Motion Sensor - 56SL=5600 53SL=5300 50SL=5000 (5)Y-TOGGLE=Y Toggle No. 2 (Specify Length) Middle of Row 60SL=6000 56SL=5600 54SL=5400 CCT 60HL=6000(1)60SL=6000 54HL=5400(1) L830=3000K 68SL=6800 60HL=6000(1)61SL=6100 L835=3500K 90SL=9000(3)68SL=6800 81SL=8100(3) L840=4000K 98SL=9800(3)91SL=9100(3)88SL=8800(3) L850=5000K 105SL=10,500(3)98SL=9800(3)95SL=9500(3) 130HL=13,000(3), (14)106SL=10,600(3) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) NOTES: 4 ft. only. Nominal lumen values. Two drivers required. 4 ft. and 8 ft. only. Motion Sensor offers dimmability. For a complete listing of Fifth Light products, visit www.eaton.com/lightingsyst ems With by the wattage of the emergency battery pack (100 lm/W x 7=700 lumens). (8) (9) (10) IES-format photometry for luminaire under emergency operation available. 2 ft. and 4 ft. only. Stocked by mid April 2015. (11)(12)(13)(14) packages), refer to www.designlights.org for details. 3700 lumen and above. Step dimming not available. HCD driver option not available with 6100, 6700, 7400, 7500 and 8300 lumen packages. Not (15) currently listed on DLC QPL. equired to ensure control is disabled while operating under emergency power. formation. SHIPPING DATA Length. Wt. 2 ft. 4.3 lbs. 4 ft. 8.2 lbs. 8 ft. 15.1 lbs. Eaton 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 PS519008EN P: 770-486-4800dimensions subject to 201- www.eaton.com/lightingchange without notice. ® FLATFLEX 3000k TYPE 79 SPECIFICATION FLATFLEX: (6mm) thick and has every component hidden to resemble multitude of design options. Dimming is easy with MODA Dimmable Drivers - choice of MLV or 0-10v dimming. Full line of accessories available, MODA Xtrusions, clips and simple White or Clear Finishes. Supplied in contractor ready 150ft (45.7m) reels. UL listed for use in USA & Canada. Dimensions:Output: Delivered Lumens315.61 lm / ft CCT 3000k 150’ (45.72m) Chromaticity Ordinatesx: 0.4389 y: 0.4094 u: 0.2495 v: 0.5237 3/5” (14mm) Color Bin Tolerance+ 3% / - 3% 92.55 1/5”CRI82 (6mm) 70,000 Hours L70 @ 25°C : 90,000 Hours L50 @ 25°C Lumen Maintenance LED Spacing: 7/10” (17mm) 50,000 Hours L70 @ 50°C : 70,000 Hours L50 @ 50°C Cutting Distance: 4” (100mm) Max Continuous Length: 32’ 9 7/10” (10m) Testing DataLight Data LM-79-08 & LM-80-08 Supplied Length: 150’ (45.72m) Illuminance at a Distance: Electrical: Data Shown for 150º (For lux multiply fc by 10.7) Input Voltage24v DC Center Beam FCBeam Width Power Consumption3.41w (0.14A) - Varies based on length of run & driver 1.7 ft Power Factor 12.36 fc4.5 ft4.5 ft Dimming100-277v 0-10v Magnetic Low Voltage 3.3 ft 3.09 fc9.0 ft9.0 ft EmergencyN/A 5.0 ft 1.37 fc13.5 ft13.5 ft 6.7 ft 0.77 fc17.9 ft17.9 ft Physical: 8.3 ft 0.49 fc22.4 ft22.4 ft 10.0 ft 0.34 fc26.9 ft26.9 ft ApplicationsCove, Kitchen Cabinet, Furniture, Signage Vert. Spread: 106.8ºHoriz. Spread: 106.8º Length 150’ Drum (45.72m) DimensionsWidth 3/5” (14mm) Polar Candela Distribution: Lumens per Zone: Height 1/5” (6mm) Data Shown for 150º Weight14.3 lbs (6.48 Kg) Per Reel ZoneLumens% Total 0-1011.053.50% ConstructionTough Polyepoxide UV Protected Body. 10-2031.5610.00% 20-3047.3415.00% Thermal ManagementN/A 30-4057.4418.20% OpticsN/A 40-5059.9719.00% Fixture ConnectionsPush To Fit Connectors 50-6052.7116.70% 60-7034.4010.90% Operating Temperature-4°F ~ 122°F (-20°C ~ 50°C) 70-8014.204.50% Storage Temperature-40ºF ~ 176ºF (-40ºC ~ 80ºC) 80-904.731.50% Humidity0-95% Non Condensing 90-1001.890.60% Project Name: Notes: VDC2016405 © Copyright 2016 • 955 White Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119 • T: 702 407 7775 • F: 702 407 7773 • www.modalight.com SPECIFICATION TYPE 79 Luminance Data (cd/sq.m):CIE 1931 Chromaticity Diagram: Zonal Lumen Summary: Angle in Average Average Average ZoneLumens% Lamp% Fixt Degrees0-Deg45-Deg90-Deg 0-3089.95N.A.28.50% 45124425126934128063 0-40147.07N.A.46.60% 55119547122563123626 0-60260.06N.A.82.40% 60-9053.65N.A.17.00% 65110282112433113798 0-90313.72N.A.99.40% 75944509642197149 90-1801.89N.A.0.60% 85915869769299600 0-180315.61N.A.100% Spectral Power:Polar Graph: Data Shown for 150º Accessories: LEADER CABLEINLINE CONNECTORJUMPER CABLETERMINATORMOUNTING CLIPFF-XTR-3FT Power Lead for FLATFLEXConnector for FLATFLEXConnector for FLATFLEXTerminator for FLATFLEX (10pcs) Connects FLATFLEX ToConnects Two FLATFLEX Connects Two FLATFLEX and Terminates FLATFLEX To Screws Into Surface To Hold Screws Into Surface To Hold Power SupplyTogetherallows for corner bendsProtect FPCB From DustFLATFLEXFLATFLEX Connector Dim:Connector Dim:Connector Dim:L: 3/5” (17mm) L: 1 1/5” (30mm) L: 3’ (914mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) L: 1 1/2” (39mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 1/5” (6mm)W: 5/8” (16mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) W: 3/5” (18mm) H: 2/5” (11mm) H: 3/10” (8mm)H: 2/5” (10mm) H: 2/5” (11mm)H: 2/5” (11mm) H: 2/5” (11mm)2 Screws 1/2” (13mm) Finish: Finish:Finish:Finish: B-Black or W-White B-Black or W-WhiteB-Black or W-WhiteB-Black or W-White Options: Product NameFinishColor TempTested to UL & CSA by ETL For Use in USA & CANADA, Complies with California Title 24 Requirements, Lighting Facts. Exceeds ANSI C78.377A, CE & RoHS Compliant. FFB - Black Jacket3000k - Warm White C - Clear Jacket ClassClass 3 W - White Jacket EnvironmentDry Location - IP40 Warranty5 Year Limited Warranty Ordering: Sample SKU: FF-B-3000K-150FT TITLE 5 LOVE 24 THE EARTH RoHS 2013 MODA Products are protected under Worldwide Patents. Minimum order quantity may apply. TYPE 79 24v DRIVERS SPECIFICATION Non DimmingVoltage RangeIP RatingDimension Wattage 8 7/10” x 2 7/10” 1 1/2” MP17 100-277v ACIP67 150w (222mm x 68mm x 39mm) Voltage Range 0-10v DimmingIP RatingDimension Wattage 9 2/5” x 1 7/10” x 1 3/10” MP06 IP66 60w 347v AC (240mm x 43mm x 32mm) 9 2/5” x 1 7/10” x 1 3/10” 100-277v AC MP19N IP66 60w (240mm x 43mm x 32mm) 9 1/2” x 2 3/10” x 1 1/2” MP87 100-277v ACIP66 100w (241mm x 58mm x 37mm) 9 1/2” x 2 3/5” x 1 3/5” MP89 100-277v ACIP66 150w (241mm x 67mm x 40.5mm) Ordering: Sample SKU:MP19N © Copyright 2016 • 955 White Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119 • T: 702 407 7775 • F: 702 407 7773 • www.modalight.com TYPE 80 TYPE 81 VIA 2 LED RECESSED ASYMMETRIC WWW.LUMENWERX.COM DESCRIPTION PROJECT: Via 2 is the elegant and flexible linear TYPE: LED luminaire system for pendant, NOTES: surface, recessed or in-wall installation, whether as discrete luminaires or continuous runs. Via 2 features both wall wash and asymmetric optical configurations, which are difficult to achieve in luminaires. See separate spec sheets for patterns and other available mountings. Shown with ARO optics ORDER GUIDE IC RATED VIA2RAROLED LUMINAIRE IDOPTICSLIGHT SOURCECRILUMEN PACKAGESCOLOR TEMP. VIA2R - via 2" recessed ARO - asymmetric reflector optic- high performance LED 80 - 80CRI 375 - low output 375lm/ft 30 - 3000k LED - med. output 500lm/ft 90 - 90CRI 500 35 - 3500k 40 - 4000k LUMINAIRE LENGTHVOLTAGEDRIVERELECTRICAL Standard sections- 2', 3', 4', 5', 8' & 12'120 - 120V D - dimming 0-10V 1 - 1 circuit For all other specify length 277 - 277V- emergency battery pack (for min 4' fixture) DA - Dali+#EB #FT - nominal length in feet UNV - 120V-277V LA2 - Lutron Hi-Lume A - 2 wires 120V +#EM - emergency light circuit - Lutron Hi-Lume A - 3 wires /EcoS #IN - length in inches 347 - 347V LA3 +#NL - night light circuit Continuous Run- for luminaires over 12'- Lutron EcoSystem H LEH +GTD - generator transfer device Minimum Individual section 2'- Lutron EcoSystem 5 LE5 - other (consult factory) OTH MOUNTINGFINISHCONTROLSOPTIONS - tegular 9/16" TG9 W - matte whiteONBOARD FU - fuse - flexible whip cable (6' std) TG15 - tegular 15/16"CF# OMS - Motion Sensor & power pack FWC - custom finish specify RAL# - t-bar 9/16" TB9 ODS - Daylight Sensor & controller CP - Chicago Plenum - t-bar 15/16" TB15 WIRELESS CU - custom ST EWC - EnOcean Wireless Controller - screw slot t-bar DTR - drywall trim LMC - Lutron Motion Controller DTL - drywall trimless LDC - Lutron Daylight Controller - drywall mud flange DMF - other ceiling (specify) OHC See page 2 for ordering code detailed information CROSS SECTIONOPTICS VIA2R - asymmetric ARO - Asymmetric Reflector Optic File Name: VIA2-RECESSED-ASY-SPECPage: 1 / 4June 12, 2016 © www.lumenwerx.com (T) 514-225-4304 (F) 514-931-4862 All rights are reserved to LumenWerx ULC. LumenWerx ULC. reserves the right to change or modify product specifications without notification TYPE 81 VIA 2 LED RECESSED ASYMMETRIC WWW.LUMENWERX.COM OPTICSEMERGENCY ASYMMETRIC REFLECTOR OPTIC (ARO) has a split light distribution: a modified Factory installed long life high temperature lambertian distribution with peak intensity at nadir to one side and batwing with recyclable Ni-Cad battery pack with test switch and º peak intensity at 40 to the other. ARO uses a matte finished reflector combined charge indicator, minimum of 90 minutes operation, º with a high-transmission diffusing film. A “visor” shields luminaire hardware from up to 1000 lumens per 4ft (25C) emergency lighting lateral viewing angles. ARO is also available in an indirect distribution.output. Recharge time of 24 hours. LIGHT SOURCE - LEDMOUNTING OPTIONS Custom Linear array of mid-flux LED’s are aluminum-mounted for optimal thermal Recess mount into exposed or concealed T-Bar or performance. Available in 3000K, 3500K and 4000K with a minimum 80 CRI and Tegular grid ceiling an option for 90 CRI with elevated R9 value. Color consistency maintained to within 3 SDCM. LEDs operated at reduced drive current to optimize efficacy and lumen maintenance. All LEDs have been tested in accordance with IESNA LM-80-08 and the results have shown L80 lumen maintenance greater than 60,000 hours. Absolute product photometry is measured and presented in accordance with IESNA LM-79, unless otherwise indicated. PERFORMANCE PER 4' AT 4000K LED outputColor TempWattsNominal Delivered Efficacy Lumens LPW TG9 - tegular 9/16"TG15 - tegular 15/16" low output4000K18150084 medium output4000K24200083 LUMINAIRE LENGTH Via 2 is made up of standard 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 and 12 foot sections that may be joined together to create longer continuous run lengths. Exact run length must be noted in the product code. The minimum individual section available is 2 foot. All individual sections are joined together onsite using the joiner kits provided. LumenWerx offers joiner kits that are extremely simple to work with in the field and result in a fixture that appears virtually seamless with no light leak at any TB9 - t-bar 9/16"TB15 - t-bar 15/16" connection. Joining system ST - screw slot t-bar t-barMud flange ELECTRICAL Factory-set adjustable output current electronic driver with 120-277V AC line input. Dimmable from at least 100%-5% with 0-10V control. Rated life (90% survivorship) ºº of 50,000 hours at 50C max. ambient (and 70C max. case) temperature. At maximum driver load: Efficiency>84%, PF>0.9, THD<20%. Other specifiable options include Lutron Hi-Lume A (specify 2, 3 or 4 wires), EcoSystem H (100%-1%, fade-to- black) and EcoSystem 5 (100%-5%) dimmable drivers and DALI protocol drivers. File Name: VIA2-RECESSED-ASY-SPECPage: 2 / 4June 12, 2016 © www.lumenwerx.com (T) 514-225-4304 (F) 514-931-4862 All rights are reserved to LumenWerx ULC. LumenWerx ULC. reserves the right to change or modify product specifications without notification TYPE 81 VIA 2 LED RECESSED ASYMMETRIC WWW.LUMENWERX.COM Mounting for drywall ceilings are available with visible trim, mud flange trim or Wireless trimless EnOcean Wireless Controller (EWC) provides both a power pack for presence detection control and a 0-10V interface for daylight harvesting. EnOcean wireless sensors (by others) mounted in the room signal the onboard EWC. This option permits manual on/automatic off (vacancy) control. Lutron Motion Controller (LMC) and Lutron Daylight Controller (LDC) provide inputs to Ecosystem drivers. Compatible Lutron wireless motion and daylight sensors (by others) mounted in the room signal onboard LPC or LDC. This option permits manual on/automatic off (vacancy) control. DTR - drywall trim DTL - drywall trimless CONSTRUCTION Housing - Extruded Aluminum (0.095" nominal) up to 90% Recycled Content Interior brackets - Die formed cold rolled sheet steel 18 gauge thick Joining system - Die cast Zinc (0.95" nominal) and die Formed galvanized sheet 18 gauge Reflectors - Extruded Aluminum (0.070" nominal) up to 90% Recycled Content. Mud flange - Extruded Aluminum (0.075" nominal) up to 90% Recycled Content DMF - drywall mud flange Slip-through bracket - Die Formed galvanized sheet 18 gauge FINISH End plate - Die formed cold rolled sheet steel 18 Interior - 95%, reflective matte powder coated white paint gauge thick Exterior - matte white or silver powder coating. Custom finishes are also available. WEIGHT Via 2 4ft - 9.03lbs - 4.1kg CONTROLS Via 2 8ft - 18.28lbs - 8.3kg LumenWerx offers several options for integrating motion and daylight controls into Via 2 12ft - 27.97lbs - 12.7kg Via 2 luminaires. Wireless options incorporate a wireless controller/powerpack into the luminaire, which receives signals from a wireless sensor (by others) installed in CERTIFICATIONS the space. The advantages of the wireless option include greater flexibility of control ETL - Rated for Dry/Damp locations. Conforms to UL options, sensor coverage and system integration. Onboard options incorporate Standard 1598 and certified to CAN/CSA Standard both the sensor and controller/powerpack. Onboard sensors, while inherently C22.2 No. 250.0. simpler, have limitations of control and coverage. Chicago plenum - City of Chicago Approved (CCEA) Onboard IC rated - suitable for direct contact with insulation. Onboard Motion Sensor and power pack (OMS) provide automatic on and automatic off control, using PIR detection. Sensor is designed to detect fine-motion WARRANTY when installed within 6' of occupants. LumenWerx provides a five-year limited warranty Onboard Daylight Sensor and controller (ODS) provide input for 0-10V dimming of electrical and mechanical performance of the drivers. Separate switched control of line input is required for on/off control. luminaires, including the LED boards, drivers, and auxiliary electronics. LumenWerx will repair or replace defective luminaires or components at our discretion, provided they have been installed and operated in accordance with our specifications. Other limitations apply, please refer to the full warranty on our website. File Name: VIA2-RECESSED-ASY-SPECPage: 3 / 4June 12, 2016 © www.lumenwerx.com (T) 514-225-4304 (F) 514-931-4862 All rights are reserved to LumenWerx ULC. LumenWerx ULC. reserves the right to change or modify product specifications without notification TYPE 81 VIA 2 LED RECESSED ASYMMETRIC WWW.LUMENWERX.COM 375 LUMEN AT 80CRI - LOW OUTPUT PERFORMANCE PER 4' LED outputColor TempWattsNominal Delivered Efficacy Lumens LPW low output3000K19150079 low output3500K18.5150081 low output4000K18150084 500 LUMEN AT 80CRI - MEDIUM OUTPUT PERFORMANCE PER 4' LED outputColor TempWattsNominal Delivered Efficacy Lumens LPW medium output3000K25.5200078 medium output3500K25200080 medium output4000K24200083 File Name: VIA2-RECESSED-ASY-SPECPage: 4 / 4June 12, 2016 © www.lumenwerx.com (T) 514-225-4304 (F) 514-931-4862 All rights are reserved to LumenWerx ULC. LumenWerx ULC. reserves the right to change or modify product specifications without notification Job Name:Contact: TYPE 82 Ordering Code:Fixture Type: Eco Track System Eco Track Description ECO Track is a 1 circuit, 20A rated, line voltage track system. Its lightweight, compact elegant design is easy to install saving on overall project costs. The track is a 120v 1-circuit system with 1 neutral. The rail is constructed of 1 3/8" extruded aluminum section and the live circuit and neutral conductors are made of heavy gauge copper. ECO Track can be surface mounted, on drop rods or wire pendant suspension. Offered in white, matte silver or black. Ordering Codes Follow the steps to specify, Tech Specs • 2400VA maximum 370GES - 208 - bk example: • 120VAC input • 20-amp circuit 1234 • #12-gauge copper conductors are co-extruded in PVC insulator. BaseLengthShape Finish • Suitable for dry location only • made for Bruck and listed under the name Global Trac. 370GES204bk ECO Trackstraightblack 2081sv factory bentmatte silver 212wh white Eco End Cap Description 1 3/8" Tech Specs • made for Bruck and listed under the name Global Trac. Ordering Codes Follow the steps to specify, 370GES - 41 - sv example: 123 BaseTypeFinish 370GES41bk ECOend capblack sv matte silver wh white 15774 Gateway Circlep:714.259.9959In a continuing effort to offer the best product possible we reserve the right to change, without v.7.6.16 Bruck Lighting By Ledra Brands Inc.www.brucklighting.com Tustin, CA 92780f:714.259.9969 Job Name:Contact: TYPE 82 Ordering Code:Fixture Type: Eco Connectors Description Connectors for Eco Track. Offered in White, Matte Silver, or Black. 34 40 4" 2 3/4" 38 3440 Tech Specs • 2400VA maximum • 120VAC input • 20-amp circuit • made for Bruck and listed under the name Global Trac. 4" 4" Ordering Codes 1438 Follow the steps to specify, 370GES - 34 - sv example: 123 BaseTypeFinish 2 3/4" 2 1/4" 370GES34bk ECOadjustable L-connectorblack 40sv T-connectormatte silver 14wh straight feed connectorwhite 2113+16 38 X-connector 21 linear coupler 13+16 conduit continuation kit Eco Mounting 5"5" Description Point. Offered in white or black. Tech Specs • 2400VA maximum 37 • 120VAC input • 20-amp circuit • made for Bruck and listed under the name Global Trac. 9 1/4" 2 5/8" 2 3/4" 1011 Ordering Codes Follow the steps to specify, 370GEA - 10 - 12 - bk example: 1234 BaseTypeLength 1 Finish 370GEA3712bk ECOstem & canopy kit12 inblack 1018wh universal stem suspension point18 inwhite 1124 end feed stem suspension point24 in 48 48 in Note cuttable. 15774 Gateway Circlep:714.259.9959In a continuing effort to offer the best product possible we reserve the right to change, without v.7.6.16 Bruck Lighting By Ledra Brands Inc.www.brucklighting.com Tustin, CA 92780f:714.259.9969 Job Name:Contact: TYPE 82 Ordering Code:Fixture Type: Eco Mounting Clips Description Mounting Clips for Eco Track. 3" 3" Tech Specs • 2400VA maximum 712 • 120VAC input • 20-amp circuit • made for Bruck and listed under the name Global Trac. Ordering Codes 3" Follow the steps to specify, 370GEA - 7 example: 6 12 BaseType 7 370GEA ECO 12 cable suspension clip 6 Ordering Codes Mounting Clip Follow the steps to specify, Accessories 370SKB - 30 example: 123 Description BaseTypeFinish* Ceiling Cup for use with Suspension Wire. 370SKB30bk ECOceiling cupblack 30 34wh suspension wire, 5ftwhite 34/3m suspension wire, 9ft Eco Power Feeds Description Power Feeds for Eco Track. 11, 12 3 1/4"2 3/4" 1767 11, 1213+16 Tech Specs • 2400VA maximum • 120VAC input • 20-amp circuit • made for Bruck and listed under the name Global Trac. Ordering Codes Follow the steps to specify, 370GES - 11 - bk example: 1717 123 BaseTypeFinish* 370GES11bk ECOend feedblack 12sv end feed, mirrormatte silver 13+16wh conduit continuation kitwhite 17 T-bar feed kit 67 15774 Gateway Circlep:714.259.9959In a continuing effort to offer the best product possible we reserve the right to change, without v.7.6.16 Bruck Lighting By Ledra Brands Inc.www.brucklighting.com Tustin, CA 92780f:714.259.9969 Job Name:Contact: TYPE 82 Ordering Code:Fixture Type: Eco Circuit Breakers Description This power feed circuit breaker limits the allowable electric load that can be put on the circuit. Tech Specs 11cb, 12cb14cb • 2400VA maximum • 120VAC input • 20-amp circuit • made for Bruck and listed under the name Global Trac. Ordering Codes Follow the steps to specify, 370GES - 11cb - wh - 050 example: 1232 BaseTypeFinishCircuit Breaker 370GES11cbbk010 ECOcircuit breakerblack1 amp circuit breaker 12cbsv020 circuit breaker, mirrormatte silver2 amp circuit breaker 14cbwh030 circuit breakerwhite3 amp circuit breaker 050 5 amp circuit breaker 070 7 amp circuit breaker 100 10 amp circuit breaker 120 12 amp circuit breaker Ordering Codes Eco Adapters Follow the steps to specify, 370050 - bk example: Description 12 Tech Specs BaseFinish • made for Bruck and listed under the name Global Trac. 370050bk Eco step down transformerblack sv matte silver wh white Eco Cover & Monopoint Description Eco Outlet Box Cover. Tech Specs • made for Bruck and listed under the name Global Trac. 1570 Ordering Codes Follow the steps to specify, 370GES - 15 - wh example: 123 BaseTypeFinish 370GES15bk GEOoutlet box coverblack 70sv monopointmatte silver wh white 15774 Gateway Circlep:714.259.9959In a continuing effort to offer the best product possible we reserve the right to change, without v.7.6.16 Bruck Lighting By Ledra Brands Inc.www.brucklighting.com Tustin, CA 92780f:714.259.9969 15774 Gateway CirclePH: 714.259.9959 www.brucklighting.com Bruck By Ledra Brands Inc. Tustin, CA 92780FAX: 714.259.9969 TYPE 83 Job Name:Contact: Ordering Code:Fixture Type: Z25 LED Track Spot Description Housing Mounting S3 - bk Electrical / Led Driver - - - Consult factory for other voltage options Listings - S1 - mcS2 - whBD - mc - - Ordering Codes 350425 - XTM19 - 20LM - 35K - 83 - SA20 - S3 - 120 - ELV - mc - geosv LED Part Number Delivered Lumen CCT CRI Snoot Voltage 350425 1 XTM1916LM 1360 lm 27K 2700K 83 83 CRI DA20S1120 120V 2 1700 lm3000K 2 98 CRI 20LM30K98DA40S2 30LM 2550 lm V30K 3000K Vibrant DA60 S3 1 3230 lm3500K 38LM35KSA20BD 40K 4000K SA40CRO corona ring / lens 2 2700K Beauty B27KSA60 Finish Dimming Mounting ELVbk black ecobk ECO/HALO black matte chromeECO/HALO matte chrome mcecosv wh white ecowh ECO/HALO white GEO black geobk geosv GEO matte chrome geo eco/halozon GEO white geowh zonmc Zonyx matte chrome Notes 1. 38LM available only in 83 CRI. 2. B27K Beauty Series is only available for 20LM. Choose 98 CRI (Actual 95 CRI). 4-5/8" 5-1/4" 5-1/4" S2 S1S3 v.6.29.16Z25Page 1 of 6 15774 Gateway CirclePH: 714.259.9959 www.brucklighting.com Bruck By Ledra Brands Inc. Tustin, CA 92780FAX: 714.259.9969 TYPE 83 Job Name:Contact: Ordering Code:Fixture Type: Xicato Series LED Performance SDCM DUV+/- 0.001 Life 5 year “no color shift” warranty Warranty Delivered Lumen / Wattage Chart Standard Series Source Lumens Delivered Lumens Fixture Wattage LED CCT 1600 lm 1360 lm13.2 W CRI Ra 83 typical 19.5 W 2000 lm 1700 lm 97 GAI 2550 lm28.5 W 3000 lm BB 3230 lm30.1 W 3800 lm () Color Rendering Index 3000K Typical Ra R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 R15 83 82 89 95 84 82 87 86 65 16 64 79 58 81 93 75 Artist Series Source Lumens Delivered Lumens Fixture Wattage LED CCT 1600 lm 1360 lm 15.6 W 98 typical CRI Ra 1700 lm 2000 lm 17.5 W 109 GAI 2550 lm 3000 lm 22.3 W BB () Color Rendering Index 3000K Typical Ra R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 R15 98 98 99 98 98 98 97 98 98 98 99 98 88 81 98 98 Vibrant Series (V80) Source Lumens Delivered Lumens Fixture Wattage LED 3000k CCT 1600 lm 1360 lm11.7 W 83 typical CRI Ra 2000 lm 13.5 W 1700 lm GAI 111 3000 lm 2550 lm18.6 W BB 3800 lm 3230 lm29.1 W () Color Rendering Index 3000K Typical Ra R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 R15 83 82 89 95 84 82 87 86 65 16 64 79 58 81 93 75 Vibrant Series (V95) Source Lumens Delivered Lumens Fixture Wattage LED CCT 3000k 1600 lm 1360 lm15.6 W CRI Ra 98 typical 2000 lm 17.5 W 1700 lm 120 GAI 3000 lm 2550 lm23.3 W BB () Color Rendering Index 3000K Typical Ra R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 R15 98 99 92 97 96 98 96 95 94 90 97 95 97 98 98 98 Beauty Series Source Lumens Delivered Lumens Fixture Wattage LED 2700k CCT 2000 lm 1700 lm26.4 W 95 typical CRI Ra GAI 133 BB () Color Rendering Index 3000K Typical Ra R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 R15 95 96 96 97 94 95 92 94 95 95 92 91 88 95 99 97 Notes v.6.29.16Z25Page 2 of 6 15774 Gateway CirclePH: 714.259.9959 www.brucklighting.com Bruck By Ledra Brands Inc. Tustin, CA 92780FAX: 714.259.9969 TYPE 83 Job Name:Contact: Ordering Code:Fixture Type: Snoot S1S2S3BD extendedbarndoors Accessories 900331 Diffuser lens 900332 Frosted lens 900330 Linear lens 900331900332900330 v.6.29.16Z25Page 3 of 6 BLANK PAGE Chauncey – Schematic Design Development Iowa City, Iowa August 4, 2016 Rohrbach Associates PC